Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2016January 19, 2021

Registration No. 333-211129333-251804

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
__________________________

HELIUS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________

Wyoming
Delaware384536-4787690

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 400, 41 University Drive
100

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

(215) 809-2018944-6100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
__________________________

Philippe Deschamps

Dane C. Andreeff

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 400, 41 University Drive
100

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

(215) 809-2018944-6100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
__________________________

Copies to:
Ori Solomon
Proskauer Rose LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
(617) 526-9600
(617) 526-9899 (facsimile)

Phillip D. Torrence, Esq.

Meredith Ervine, Esq.

Honigman LLP

650 Trade Centre Way, Suite 200

Kalamazoo, Michigan 49002

(269) 337-7700

Michael F. Nertney

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10105-0302

(212) 370-1300

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.[X]  ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.[  ]  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.[  ]  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.[  ]  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer [  ]Accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [  ]Smaller reporting company [X]
 (Do not check if a
 smaller reporting company)  Emerging growth company


TableIf an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Contentsthe Securities Act.  ☐

__________________________

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

    Proposed  Proposed    

 

    Maximum  Maximum    

 

    Offering  Aggregate  Amount of 

Title of Each Class of Securities

 Amount to be  Price Per  Offering  Registration 

to be Registered

 Registered  Share(4) Price(4) Fee(5)

 

            

Class A Common Stock, without par value (1)

 11,953,115  $1.04  $12,431,239.60  $1,251.83 

 

            

Warrants to purchase Common Stock(2)

 5,074,560          

 

            

Class A Common Stock, without par value, issuable upon exercise of warrants(3)

 5,074,560  $1.16  $5,886,489.60  $592.77 

 

            

Total

       $18,317,729.20  $1,844.60 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)
 Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

Units consisting of:

 $9,200,000 $1,004.00

Shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  

Warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (3)

  

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, issuable upon exercise of Warrants

 $5,290,000 $578.00

Warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock to be issued to the Underwriter (3)

  

Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock to be issued to the Underwriter (4)

 $460,000 $51.00

Total

 $14,950,000 $1,633.00(5)

 

 

(1)

Includes such indeterminate numberEstimated solely for the purpose of additional shares of common stock,computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 416457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”“Act”),. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Act, the securities registered also include such indeterminate amounts and numbers of shares of common stock issuable to cover additional securities that may be offered or issued as a result ofto prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(2)

Represents warrants to purchase shares of common stock (the “Warrants”) exercisable at CAD$1.50 per share, expiring on April 18, 2019.

(3)

Includes such indeterminate number Also includes the offering price of additional shares of common stock, pursuantunits that the underwriters have the option to Rule 416 under the Securities Act that may be issued upon the exercise of the warrants as a result of the operation of anti-dilution provisions contained in such warrants.purchase.

(4)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) and Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, based upon the average of the high and low price per share of the registrant’s common stock on the OTCQB on June 24, 2016 and the exercise price of the Warrants, respectively, based on the conversion of the Canadian dollar denominated exercise price of CAD$1.50 at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016 of U.S. $1.00 = CAD $1.30.

(5)(2)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price. price of all securities being registered.

(3)

No separate registration fee is required for the Warrants, pursuant to Rule 457(g) promulgatedor Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act. A registration fee inThe warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 115% of the public offering price. Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(4)

We have agreed to issue upon the closing of this offering, warrants to the underwriter (or its designees) entitling it to purchase up to 4% of the aggregate number of units sold to investors in this offering at an exercise price of 125% of the public offering price per unit.

(5)

Of this amount of $7,064.52$654.60 was previously paid by the Registrant in connection with the original filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197387), first filed on July 14, 2014 and subsequently withdrawn prior to the sale of any securities thereunder. Pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act, the Registrant hereby applies $1,825.63 of the previously paid filing fee against amounts due herewith.this registration statement.

__________________________

The registrantRegistrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrantRegistrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until thethis Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to saidsuch Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securitiesWe may not be soldsell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 28, 2016January 19, 2021

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

LOGO

HELIUS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

11,953,115 Shares518,806 Units consisting of Class A Common Stock
5,074,560 Warrants to purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock and
5,074,560 Shares of Class A Common Stock Issuable upon Exercise of Warrants

This prospectus relates to the offer and sale from time to time by the selling securityholders named in this prospectus of up to 11,953,115 shares of our Class A common stock without par value (the “Common Shares”, and together with the Warrant Shares (as defined below), the “Shares”), 5,074,560 warrants to purchase(and shares of our Class A common stock (the “Warrants”) and 5,074,560 sharesunderlying such warrants)

We are offering 518,806 Units, with each Unit consisting of ourone share of Class A common stock, issuable upon the exercise of the Warrantspar value $0.001 per share (the “Warrant Shares”“common stock”), and togetherone warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of our common stock (together with the Common Shares andshares of common stock underlying such warrants, the “Units”) at an assumed public offering price of $15.42 per Unit. Warrants included in the “Securities”).

The prices at which the selling securityholders may sell the Securities in this offering will be determined by the prevailing market prices for the Securities or in privately negotiated transactions. See “Plan of Distribution.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Shares or Warrants in this offering by the selling securityholders. Upon the cash exercise of the Warrants, however, we will receive theUnits have an exercise price of $             per whole share of common stock (the “Warrants”), or 115% of the Warrants. Ifprice of each Unit sold in the Warrants are cashlessly exercised weoffering.

The Units will not receive any cash from these exercises.be certificated and the shares of common stock and Warrants comprising the Units are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. The funds that we receive are expectedWarrants will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire on the five year anniversary of the original issuance date.

The price of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market during recent periods will only be one of many factors in determining the public offering price. Other factors to be used for (a) completionconsidered in determining the public offering price include our history, our prospects, the industry in which we operate, our past and present operating results, the previous experience of our executive officers, the general condition of the traumatic brain injury registrational clinical trial and submission of data for FDA clearance; (b) build commercial inventory and launch post FDA clearance; (c) pursue clinical trials in other neurological conditions such as multiple sclerosis and stroke; (d) invest in device development to acceleratesecurities markets at the launch of the next generation of the commercial PoNS™ therapy; and (e) general corporate purposes. We have agreed to pay all of the registration coststime of this offering other than underwriting discounts and commissions.discussions between the underwriter and prospective investors. The recent market price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the final offering price. All Unit, share, and Warrant numbers included in this prospectus are based upon an assumed public offering price per Unit of $15.42, the closing price of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market on January 15, 2021.

Our Class A common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HSDT” and on the Toronto Stock Exchange, (the “TSX”)or TSX, under the symbol “HSM” and is quoted on“HSM.” See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” in this prospectus for important information about the OTCQB marketplace, operated by OTC Markets Group, under the symbol “HSDT.” Our Warrants have also been approved for listing on the TSX. See “Summary - Recent Developments - TSX Listing.” On June 24, 2016 the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on (a)The Nasdaq Capital Market. We do not intend to list the TSX was CAD$1.31 per share and (b) the OTCQB was US$1.01 per share.Warrants to be sold in this offering on any stock exchange or other trading market.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.


Table of Contents

Investing in our common stock or warrantssecurities involves a high degree of risk. Before buyingmaking any Shares or Warrants,investment in our securities, you should read and carefully readconsider the discussionrisks described in this prospectus under the section of material risks of investing in our Securities in “Risk Factors” beginningthis prospectus entitled “Risk Factors on page 117 of this prospectus. We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should read the entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.

Per
Unit (1)
Total

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions (2)

Proceeds, before expenses, to Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

(1)

The public offering price and underwriting discount in respect of the Units corresponds to (i) a public offering price per share of common stock of $         ($         net of the underwriting discount) and (ii) a public offering price per Warrant of $         ($         net of the underwriting discount).

(2)

We have agreed to pay certain expenses of the underwriter in this offering. We refer you to “Underwriting” on page 121 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

June 28, 2016


TableThe underwriter has the option to purchase up to (i) 77,820 additional shares of Contentscommon stock, and/or (ii) additional Warrants to purchase up to 38,910 additional shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price per share of common stock and the public offering price per Warrant set forth above less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The over-allotment option may be used to purchase shares of common stock and/or Warrants, or any combination thereof, as determined by the underwriter, but such purchases cannot exceed an aggregate of 15% of the number of shares of common stock to be issued at closing and 15% of the Warrants. The over-allotment option is exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus.

In addition, we have agreed to issue upon the closing of this offering to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., as representative of the underwriters, warrants that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales in this offering entitling the representative to purchase 4.0% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriters’ warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting” beginning on page 121.

The underwriter expects to deliver the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus against payment therefor on or about             , 2021.

Sole Book-Running Manager

Ladenburg Thalmann

The date of this prospectus is             , 2021.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

ii 

Currency and Exchange RatesWHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ii

SummaryPROSPECTUS SUMMARY

1

The OfferingRISK FACTORS

97

Risk FactorsCAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

1135

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking StatementsUSE OF PROCEEDS

3236

Use of ProceedsMARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY

3437

Dividend PolicyCAPITALIZATION

3438

DilutionDILUTION

3640

Market For Common EquityMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

3742

Determination of Offering PriceBUSINESS

3860

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsMANAGEMENT

3996

BusinessEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

47104

ManagementCERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

69111

Executive and Director CompensationSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

73113

Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsDESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

78115

Principal StockholdersUNDERWRITING

81121

Selling SecurityholdersMATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

84125

Plan of DistributionLEGAL MATTERS

92129

Description of Capital StockEXPERTS

95129

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders of Our
Common Stock and WarrantsFINANCIAL STATEMENTS

98
Legal Matters106
Experts106
Where You Can Find More InformationF-1106

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any supplement or amendmentfree-writing prospectus that we authorize to this prospectus. Neither we norbe distributed to you. We have not, and the selling securityholders haveunderwriter has not, authorized anyone to provide you with additionalinformation different from or in addition to that contained in this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus. If anyone provides you with different information. Neither we nor the selling securityholders take responsibility for, nor can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any otheror inconsistent information, that others may give you. Neither we nor the selling securityholdersyou should not rely on it. We are making an offeroffering to sell, theseand are seeking offers to buy, the securities offered by this prospectus only in any jurisdictionjurisdictions where an offer or sale is notoffers and sales are permitted. You should assume that theThe information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the securities. Our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. You should also read and consider the information in the documents to which we have referred you under the caption “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in this prospectus.

We have not, and the underwriter has not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the securities and distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. No sales of our securities under this prospectus will be made to a resident of Canada.

We obtained industry and market data used throughout this prospectus through our research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and industry and general publications. We have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources.

i


TableABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of Contents

CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE RATES

Unless otherwise stated, all dollar amountsa registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). It omits some of the information contained in the registration statement and reference is made to the registration statement for further information with regard to us and the symbol “$” refer to United States dollars,securities being offered hereby. You should review the information and “CAD$” refers to Canada dollars.

The Canadian dollar exchange rates for United States dollars for each of the yearsexhibits in the five-year period ended December 31, 2015registration statement for further information about us and the securities being offered hereby. Statements in this prospectus concerning any document we filed as reportedan exhibit to the registration statement or that we otherwise filed with the SEC are not intended to be comprehensive and are qualified by reference to the Bank of Canada, were as follows:filings. You should review the complete document to evaluate these statements.

Year Ended December 31 (Cdn. $ per U.S. $1.00)

 

 Last  Low  High  Average 

2015

 1.3840  1.1749  1.3965  1.2785 

2014

 1.1601  1.0589  1.1672  1.1045 

2013

 1.0636  0.9845  1.0704  1.0299 

2012

 0.9949  0.9642  1.0443  0.9996 

2011

 1.0170  0.9407  1.0658  0.9449 

On June 24, 2016,You should read this prospectus and the rate of exchange of the Canadian dollar, basedadditional information described below under “Where You Can Find Additional Information” before making an investment decision. You should rely only on the daily noon rateinformation contained in Canadathis prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted, including Canada.

You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as publishedof any date other than the date on the front of such document. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those date.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Our reports, proxy statements and other information filed with the SEC are available free of charge to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. These documents may also be accessed on our website at www.heliusmedical.com. We are not including the information on our website as a part of, nor incorporating it by reference into, this prospectus or the Bankregistration statement of Canada, was
U.S. $1.00 = Canadian $1.30.which it forms a part.

ii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in other parts of this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision.Before investingdeciding to invest in the Shares and Warrants,our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus carefully, including our financial statements and the related notes, and the information set forth underin the sections titledsection “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.“Where You Can Find Additional Information.

Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Helius,” “we,” “us”, and “our” refer to Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, NeuroHabilitation Corporation,Helius Medical, Inc., or NHC, andHMI, Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc. Unless otherwise specified, all references, or HMC, Helius Canada Acquisition Ltd., or HCA, and Helius NeuroRehab, Inc., or HNR.

All trademarks or trade names referred to “dollars,” “US$” or “$” in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to United States dollars.without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend the use or display of other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Company Overview

We are a neurotech company focused on neurological wellness. Our financial statements are preparedpurpose is to develop, license and acquire unique and non-invasive platform technologies that amplify the brain’s ability to heal itself.

Our first product, known as the Portable Neuromodulation Stimulator, or PoNSTM (“PoNS”), is authorized for sale in accordanceCanada as a class II, non-implantable, medical device intended as a short term treatment (14 weeks) of gait deficit due to symptoms from multiple sclerosis (“MS”), and balance deficit due to mild-to-moderate traumatic brain injury (“mmTBI”) and is to be used in conjunction with accounting principles generally acceptedphysical therapy, or the PoNS Treatment (“PoNS Treatment”). The PoNS is an investigational medical device in the United States, the European Union (“EU”), and Australia (“AUS”). The device is currently under review for de novo classification and clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of America.MS. It is also under premarket review by the AUS Therapeutic Goods Administration. PoNS Treatment is currently not commercially available in the United States, the European Union or Australia.

OverviewCorporate History

The Company

On June 13, 2014, we acquired a 100% interest in NeuroHabilitation Corporation, (“NHC”) pursuant to a plan of merger whereby our wholly owned subsidiary was merged with and into NeuroHabilitation Corporation and all of the common shares in the capital ofor NHC, were cancelled in consideration for the issuance of an aggregate of 35,300,083 shares of our Class A common stock to the shareholders of NHC. NHC is now our wholly owned subsidiary. Prior to the transaction we had no active business.

NHC is a Delaware company,corporation, incorporated on January 22, 2013, which is involved in the medical device industry. In January 2013, NeuroHabilitation CorporationHMI entered into an exclusive rights agreement whereby Advanced Neuro-Rehabilitation LLC, (“ANR”)or ANR, granted NHC exclusive worldwide rights to ANR’s trade secrets, knowhow and patent pending technology for a non-invasive means for delivering neurostimulation through the oral cavity, in exchange for a 50% equity investment in NeuroHabilitation CorporationNHC and a 4% royalty of NHC’s revenue collected from (a) the saleU.S. sales of products covered by any claim of the patent pending rights to end users and (b) services related to the therapy or use of such products in therapy services.

The brain’s abilityOn June 13, 2014, we acquired a 100% interest in NHC pursuant to reorganize its operation in response to new information sources, new functional needs, or new communication pathways is referred to as neuroplasticity. Neuroplasticity is a process underlyingplan of merger whereby our wholly-owned subsidiary was merged with and into NHC and all cerebral learning, training, and rehabilitation. Neuromodulation is the use of various external stimulation to intentionally change and regulate the internal electrochemical environment of the brain.

Our Mission and Principal Product

Our mission is to develop, license and acquire non-invasive treatments designed to help patients affected by neurological symptoms caused by disease or trauma. Applying the principles of neuroplasticity, our portable neuromodulation stimulator (“PoNS™”) device is designed to induce Cranial Nerve Non Invasive Neuromodulation that utilizes the brain’s innate ability to achieve neuroplastic change to aid persons with neurological, cognitive, sensory, and motor disorders when combined with the rehabilitation process. For more information, see “Business – Our Principle Product.”

Business Uncertainties and Going Concern Risk

To date we have not generated any revenue from the sales of products or services. There are a number of conditions that we must satisfy before we will be able to generate revenue, including but not limited to successful completion of the TBI or MS clinical studies, U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), CE Mark or Health Canada clearance of the PoNS™ device for balance disorder associated with TBI, manufacturing of a commercially-viable version of the PoNS™ device and demonstration of safety and effectiveness sufficient to generate commercial orders by customers for our product. In addition, given the importance of the U.S. Army to our early commercial plans, if the U.S. Army were to eventually decide not to purchase our product, we would need to replace those salescommon shares in the civilian market which will lower our early commercialization forecast. To date, we have not achieved anycapital of these conditions, and the successful achievement of such conditions will require significant expenditures. Because we have not generated any revenues, we are significantly dependent on funding from outside investors. There is no guarantee that such funding will be available at all orNHC were cancelled in sufficient amounts to satisfy our required expenditures. Furthermore, even if we were able to raise sufficient capital to manufacture a commercially-viable version of the PoNS™ device and to receive FDA, CE Mark or Health Canada clearance, we do not currently have any contract or other arrangement to sell the PoNS™ device. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will ever be able to generate any revenue from the sales of products or services.


Table of Contents


There is substantial doubt that we can continue as an on-going businessconsideration for the next twelve months unlessissuance of an aggregate of 201,714 shares of our common stock to the shareholders of NHC. NHC, which changed its name to Helius Medical, Inc. in December 2018, is now our wholly-owned subsidiary. Prior to the transaction we obtain additional capital to pay our expenditures. As discussed in more detail below,had no active business.

On January 31, 2019, we recently raised additional capital informed another wholly owned subsidiary, Helius NeuroRehab, Inc., a Delaware corporation. On October 10, 2019, we formed Helius Canada Acquisition Ltd., a company incorporated under the



federal laws of Canada and a wholly owned subsidiary of Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc., a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada, which acquired Heuro Canada, Inc. from Health Tech Connex Inc. on October 30, 2019.

Recent Developments

October 2020 Private Placement

On October 26, 2020, the Company closed on a private placement of an unregistered offeringaggregate of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock (the “October 2020 Private Placement”) at a purchase price of $18.20 per unit, consisting of one share and a warrant to purchase 0.50 shares of common stock, resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $3.4 million, excluding the proceeds, if any, that the Company may receive in the future from the exercise of the warrants. The Company incurred $0.2 million in share issuance costs, including placement agent fees. The warrants have an initial exercise price of $15.82 per share and are exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The Company also issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase 961 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $19.775 per share. An officer of the Company and affiliates of an officer and director of the Company participated in the private placement on the same terms and conditions as all other purchasers, except that they paid $18.354 per unit and their warrants have an exercise price of $16.1665 per share.

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the closing of the October 2020 Private Placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the October 2020 Private Placement has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the subsequent financing.

Nasdaq Notice

On March 23, 2020, the Company received notice from the Listing Qualifications Staff (the “Staff”) of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) that the bid price for the Company’s common stock had closed below $1.00 per share for the prior 30-consecutive business day period and that the Company had been granted a 180-day grace period, through September 21, 2020, to regain compliance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Rule”). Thereafter, on April 17, 2020, the Company received an additional notice from the Staff indicating that Nasdaq had temporarily stayed enforcement of the Minimum Bid Price Rule through June 30, 2020 and, accordingly, the 180-day grace period applicable to the Company would not expire until December 3, 2020.

On December 4, 2020, the Company received notice from the Staff indicating that the Company was not eligible for an additional 180 day extension to meet the Minimum Bid Price Rule. As a result, the Staff determined that the Company’s securities would be subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the “Panel”). The Company timely submitted a request for a hearing before the Panel, which request stayed any suspension or delisting action by Nasdaq at least until the hearing process concludes and any extension granted by the Panel expires.

On January 15, 2021, the Company received notice from the Staff that the bid price deficiency of the Company had been cured, and that the Company was in compliance with all applicable listing standards, and so the scheduled hearing before the Panel was cancelled.



Reverse Stock Split

At a special meeting of our stockholders on December 28, 2020, our stockholders approved a reverse split of our outstanding common stock at a ratio in the range of 1-for-5 to 1-for-35 to be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors, whereby each outstanding 5 to 35 shares would be combined, converted and changed into 1 share of our common stock, to enable the Company to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements. Following such meeting, our board of directors approved a final reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-35. We filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to effect the reverse stock split. The reverse stock split was effective as of 5:00 pm Eastern Time on December 31, 2020, and our common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Capital Market and TSX on January 4, 2021. The reverse stock split did not change the par value of our stock or the authorized number of common or preferred shares. All share and per share amounts for all periods presented in this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split we previously effected on January 22, 2018 and for the reverse stock split effected on December 31, 2020.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to a number of risks that you should be aware of before making a decision to invest in our securities, as fully described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. The principal factors and uncertainties that make investing in our securities risky include, among others:

We have a history of losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future;

We will require additional financing to carry out our plan of operations, and failure to obtain such financing may cause our business to fail;

We currently only have one product candidate, the PoNS device, which is authorized for commercial distribution in Canada, and we intendhave not obtained authorization to seek additional funding. However, we do not currently have sufficient resourcesdistribute the PoNS device commercially in the United States, Europe or Australia and may never obtain such authorization;

We may encounter substantial delays in planned clinical trials, and planned clinical trials may fail to accomplish alldemonstrate the safety and efficacy of the conditions necessaryPoNS device to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities;

Generation of revenue related to the PoNS technology is dependent on the PoNS Treatment being prescribed by physicians in the United States and our ability to train physical therapists in the supervision of the use of the PoNS Treatment;

Market awareness of the PoNS device is limited, and the neuromodulation market is new and uncertain;

We face significant competition in our market;

We are dependent on third-party scientists and research institutions, in part, for usresearch and development and on third parties for the manufacture and distribution of our product;

The COVID-19 pandemic and outbreaks of communicable diseases may continue to generate revenue.materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

Third parties may gain access to our technology if our intellectual property protection is insufficient;

We may be subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings, including intellectual property litigation, which may adversely affect our business;

Commercialization of our product outside of Canada is dependent on obtaining market authorization from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, which will require significant time, research, development, and clinical study expenditures and ultimately may not be successful;



Failure to secure contracts with workers’ compensation and third-party administrators or rehabilitation clinics could have a negative impact on our sales and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results;

Failure to obtain a reimbursement code from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services so that the PoNS device is covered by Medicare and Medicaid could have a negative impact on our intended sales and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results;

If we fail to comply with healthcare laws, we could face substantial penalties and financial exposure;

We face ongoing government scrutiny and regulation in connection with the development of product candidates and following marketing authorization;

After commercialization, a product recall or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products could have a significant adverse impact on us; and

We have been the victim of a cyber-related crime, and our controls may not be successful in avoiding future cyber-related crimes.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, PA 18940 and our telephone number is 215-944-6100. We maintain a corporate website at www.heliusmedical.com. We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports, as soon as its reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to the SEC. We are not including the information on our website as a part of, nor incorporating it by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. Additionally, the SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information that issuers (including us) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is http://www.sec.gov.



The Offering

Issuer

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Units Offered

We are offering 518,806 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of common stock and a Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of our common stock (together with the shares of common stock underlying such Warrants).

Offering Price per Unit

$15.42 combined price for each Unit based upon an assumed offering price of $15.42, the closing price of our common stock on January 15, 2021.

Description of Warrants

The Warrants will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire on the five year anniversary of the original issuance date and have an initial exercise price per share equal to $                 per share, or 115% of the price of each Unit sold in the offering, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of recapitalization events, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common stock.

Description of Underwriters’ Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., as representative of the underwriters, warrants, that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales in this offering, entitling the representative to purchase 4.0% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriters’ warrants and the common shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”

Shares of common stock underlying the Warrants

259,403 shares.

Shares of common stock outstanding before this offering

1,566,163 shares as of January 11, 2021.

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

2,084,969 shares (2,344,372 shares if the Warrants sold in this offering are exercised in full).

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase up to an additional 77,820 shares of common stock and/or Warrants to purchase up to 38,910 shares of common stock at the assumed public offering price per share of common stock and the assumed public offering price per Warrant set forth on the cover page hereto less the underwriting discounts and commission. This option is exercisable, in whole or in part, for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus.


Market and Trading Symbol

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HSDT” and on the TSX under the symbol “HSM.” See “—Recent Developments” above for important information about the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. There is no established trading market for the Warrants being offered and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for the listing of the Warrants on any national securities exchange or other trading market. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Warrants will be limited.

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for funding operations, working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” herein.

No listing of Warrants

We do not intend to apply for listing of the Warrants on any securities exchange or trading system.

Risk FactorsCorporate Information

Our businessprincipal executive offices are located at 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, PA 18940 and our Securitiestelephone number is 215-944-6100. We maintain a corporate website at www.heliusmedical.com. We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports, as soon as its reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to the SEC. We are subject tonot including the information on our website as a numberpart of, risksnor incorporating it by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully init forms a part. Additionally, the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks includeSEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information that issuers (including us) file electronically with the following:SEC. The SEC’s website address is http://www.sec.gov.



The Offering

Issuer

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Units Offered

risks relatedWe are offering 518,806 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of common stock and a Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of our common stock (together with the Company’s limited operating history;shares of common stock underlying such Warrants).

Offering Price per Unit

$15.42 combined price for each Unit based upon an assumed offering price of $15.42, the closing price of our common stock on January 15, 2021.

Description of Warrants

there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;

The Warrants will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire on the Company’s failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, resulting in restatementsfive year anniversary of the Company’s financial statements on January 11, 2016original issuance date and again on April 26, 2016;

the Company being dependent on the ability and expertisehave an initial exercise price per share equal to $                 per share, or 115% of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Medical Officer and a very limited number of employees;

the Company having incurred losses since its inception and its anticipation that it will continue to incur substantial net losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or sustain profitability;

risks relating to the Company requiring additional financing to carry out its plan of operations;

risks related to the Company raising additional capital by issuing securities or through debt financing or licensing arrangements that may cause dilution to existing shareholders, restrict its operations or require the Company to relinquish proprietary rights;

risks concerning the Company only having one product candidate, which is still in development, and the Company not having obtained clearance from the FDA or Health Canada with respect thereto;

the Company’s dependence on outside scientists and third-party research institutions for its research and development in order to be able to commercialize its product candidates;

the risk that if the Company fails to obtain FDA clearance for commercialization of or otherwise fails to ensure that the PoNS™ device is available for purchase by the U.S. Government by December 31, 2017, the Company will be subject to significant risk of loss of data and proprietary rights and a US$2,000,000 contract penalty payable to A&B pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Strategic Agreement (as such terms are defined below);

the risk that the Strategic Agreement may be terminated;

2


Table of Contents



risks related to the conduct of clinical trials, including as a result of the Company’s dependence on third parties to conduct clinical trials;

risks related to the limited market awareness of the Company and its product;

risks related to the neuromodulation market being new and growing but undefined;

the Company’s PoNS™ technology being a new “untested” form of neurostimulation therapy and the medical community tending to be very conservative in adopting new therapies;

risks related to the Company needing to expand its products beyond its single product by commercializing new product candidates, and the Company not being able to do so in a timely fashion and at expected costs, or at all;

the Company cannot provide assurances that the development by others of new or improved devices or products will not result in the Company’s present and future products from becoming obsolete;

if the Company’s intellectual property protection is inadequate, competitors may gain access to the Company’s technology and undermine its competitive condition and any successful intellectual property challenges or infringement proceedings against us could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations;

the Company being subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings, including intellectual property litigation, such as patent infringement claims, which may result in the Company being liable for damages and having to alter or cease certain of its business practices or product lines;

risks related to technologies and products used or developed by the Company infringing on the patent or proprietary rights of other parties;

if the Company’s expenses are greater than anticipated, then the Company will have fewer funds with which to pursue its plan of operations and its financing requirements will be greater than anticipated;

the Company not being able to build an effective distribution network for its products;

the Company being dependent on a single source for the manufacture of its product;

the U.S. Army being under no obligation to purchase the PoNS™ device from the Company and there being no assurance that the U.S. Army will ultimately purchase the Company’s product;

risks related to the product liability claims and insufficient product liability insurance if and when the Company sells its products;

the Company being an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and the Company not being certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make the Common Shares less attractive to investors;

risks related to competition;

risks related to the Company’s officers being subject to conflicts of interest;

risks concerning approval and clearance for the Company’s products from the FDA, CE Mark or Health Canada and other foreign regulatory authorities;

3


Table of Contents



obtaining FDA clearance will be costly, may result in time-consuming delays and will subject the Company to ongoing compliance costs and regulatory risk for non-compliance;

risks related to the clinical trial process, including the Company’s ability to recruit subjects for the clinical trials to be completed in the forecasted timeline;

risks associated with the Company being unable to obtain a reimbursement code from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services so that the PoNS™ device is covered under Medicare and Medicaid;

if hospitals and other healthcare providers are unable to obtain coverage or adequate reimbursement for procedures performed with the Company’s products, its product will not likely be widely used;

a decline in the price of each Unit sold in the Common offering, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of recapitalization events, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our common stock.

Description of Underwriters’ Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., as representative of the underwriters, warrants, that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales in this offering, entitling the representative to purchase 4.0% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriters’ warrants and the common shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”

Shares could affectof common stock underlying the Company’s abilityWarrants

259,403 shares.

Shares of common stock outstanding before this offering

1,566,163 shares as of January 11, 2021.

Shares of common stock to raisebe outstanding after this offering

2,084,969 shares (2,344,372 shares if the Warrants sold in this offering are exercised in full).

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase up to an additional 77,820 shares of common stock and/or Warrants to purchase up to 38,910 shares of common stock at the assumed public offering price per share of common stock and the assumed public offering price per Warrant set forth on the cover page hereto less the underwriting discounts and commission. This option is exercisable, in whole or in part, for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus.


Market and Trading Symbol

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HSDT” and on the TSX under the symbol “HSM.” See “—Recent Developments” above for important information about the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. There is no established trading market for the Warrants being offered and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for the listing of the Warrants on any requirednational securities exchange or other trading market. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Warrants will be limited.

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for funding operations, working capital and adversely impact its operations;general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” herein.

No listing of Warrants

risks associated with two major shareholdersWe do not intend to apply for listing of the Company having the ability to take shareholder action without the involvement of the Company’s managementWarrants on any securities exchange or the Company’s other shareholders;

risks associated with the Common Shares being a penny stock under the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”);

risks related to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (the “FINRA”) sales practice requirements;

risks related to the future sales of the Company’s equity securities diluting the ownership percentage of the Company’s existing shareholders and decreasing the market price for the Common Shares; and

the Company being authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares which could result in substantial dilution to current shareholders and potential investors in the Common Shares.

trading system.

Recent Developments

Restatement of Previously Issued and Amended Financial Statements Filed January 11, 2016 and February 16, 2016

On April 26, 2016, the Company filed restated financial statements covering the periods ending December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015, and June 30, 2015 (the “Second Restatement”). The Second Restatement resulted from a reevaluation of the classification of the warrants that the Company issued in private placements in 2015. Previously, the Company had classified these warrants as equity instruments. Under Accounting Standards Codification 815-40-15, if the exercise price of an instrument is denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, the instrument shall not be considered as indexed to the Company’s own stock because it is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Instead, the instrument should be recorded as a liability at fair value through profit or loss. The exercise prices of the warrants are denominated in U.S. dollars, but the functional currency of the Company is the Canadian dollar. Accordingly, these warrants should be classified as liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The Company therefore determined to reclassify the fair value of these warrants from equity to liability through profit or loss. For more information about this restatement, see Note 13, “Restatement of Previously Issued and Restated Financial Statements,” to our interim financial statements for the period ending December 31, 2015 included in our Form 10-Q amended on April 26, 2016.

Prior Restatement of the Company’s Financial Statements

On January 7, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors, after considering the recommendations of management, concluded that the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2015 and the quarters ended June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015 (the “Non-Reliance Periods”) should not be relied upon because of errors identified therein, relating to the accounting for share based compensation for non-employee consultants. The Company’s Board of Directors discussed their conclusions with the Company’s independent registered accounting firm. The independent registered accounting firm agreed with the conclusion that the financial statements for the Non-Reliance Periods should no longer be relied upon. On January 11, 2016, the Company filed restated financial statements covering such periods. For more information about this restatement, see Note 12, “Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements,” to our financial statements for the period ending March 31, 2015, and Note 12, “Correction of an Error in Previously Issued Financial Statements,” to our financial statements for the period ending December 31, 2015 included in our Form 10-K and Form 10-Q amended on January 11, 2016.

4


Table of Contents


Offshore Offering and Private Placement

On April 18, 2016, the Company issued 9,215,000 units at a price of CAD$1.00 (US$0.78) per unit for total net proceeds of $7,199,781. On May 2, 2016, the Company issued an additional 1,090,125 units at a price of CAD$1.00 (US$0.78) for additional net proceeds of $765,062, and aggregate net proceeds of $7,964,843. Each unit consisted of one share of our common stock and one half of one Warrant. Each Warrant is exercisable for one share of our common stock on or before April 18, 2019 at an exercise price of CAD$1.50 (US$1.16 per share at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016). Of the units issued on April 28 and May 2, 2016, 3,817,500 units were issued in the United States to accredited investors in private placements and 6,487,625 units were issued in an offshore offering conducted solely outside of the U.S. (the “Offshore Offering”). The Company expects the net proceeds of the Offshore Offering and the private placements to advance, including and without limitation, the following business objectives: (a) completion of the traumatic brain injury registrational clinical trial and submission of data for FDA clearance; (b) build commercial inventory and successfully launch distribution post FDA clearance; (c) pursue clinical trials in other neurological conditions such as multiple sclerosis and stroke; (d) invest in device development to accelerate the launch of the next generation of the commercial PoNS™ therapy; and (e) general corporate purposes.

The Company paid the agent for the Offshore Offering, Mackie Research Capital Corporation (the “Agent”), a cash commission equal to 6% of the gross proceeds of the Offshore Offering and concurrent private placement for a cash commission of CAD$501,458 (US$391,794) and issued to the Agent non-transferrable compensation options exercisable to purchase 501,457 units. Each compensation option entitles the holder thereof to acquire one unit at CAD$1.50 (US$1.16 per share at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016) until the date which is 24 months following the closing date of the Offshore Offering.

Pursuant to our contractual obligations with respect to the Offshore Offering, we are required to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and resale of the Securities.

Warrant Exercises

We received CAD $1,825,600 (US$1,409,947) from the exercise of certain warrants issued in 2014, all of which was received after the end of our fiscal year on March 31, 2016. The warrants expired on May 30, 2016 and were originally issued in connection with our private placement of subscription receipts that closed on May 30, 2014. Each warrant entitled the holder thereof to purchase one additional share of common stock at a price of CAD $1.00 prior to expiration.

TSX Listing

Our shares of Class A common stock were approved for listing on the TSX on April 18, 2016. However, some of our shares of common stock were issued in the Offshore Offering in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and are listed under a separate ticker symbol for trading on the TSX. These shares of common stock are subject to restrictions on their re-sale to a U.S. person (as that term is defined in Regulation S), or to a person in the United States, unless in a registered transaction or pursuant to an applicable safe harbor or exemption from registration. Our Warrants were also approved for listing on the TSX on April 18, 2016. However, because only the Warrants issued in the Offshore Offering in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act were approved for listing on the TSX, the Warrants listed on the TSX may not be purchased by or on behalf of a U.S. person, or by a person in the United States, unless in a registered transaction or pursuant to an applicable safe harbor or exemption from registration. As of June 24, 2016, there have been no reported sales of our Warrants on the TSX.

5


Table of Contents


Bylaw Amendments

On March 17, 2016, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) approved certain amendments to the Company’s Bylaws (the “Bylaw Amendments”). Pursuant to the Bylaw Amendments, the Company’s Bylaws now provide that the Board may designate a record date, not exceeding 55 and not less than 25 calendar days prior to (i) a shareholders meeting, (ii) the date for the payment of any dividend, (iii) the allotment of rights, or (iv) to the date shareholders may exercise rights in respect of any exchange or reclassification of shares. If no record date is set by the Board, the default record date for a meeting of shareholders shall be the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed (which shall not exceed fifty-five (55) or be less than twenty-five (25) calendar days prior to the meeting). In addition, the Bylaw Amendments provide that the Board may not issue shares of common stock in exchange for promissory notes as consideration.

New Patents

Since July 2015, Helius has collectively been issued 28 patents by the U.S. and foreign patent offices. Additionally, Helius has received Notices of Allowance for two new U.S. patent applications and three Russian patent applications. The Company has a further 11 patents (8 U.S. and 3 international) pending on its technology in the U.S. and other markets around the world. For a full description of the allowed patents, please see “Business - Company Owned Intellectual Property” below.

Extension of CRADA to December 31, 2017

On December 31, 2015, the Company announced that the CRADA (as defined below) had been amended to extend the expiration date of the CRADA to December 31, 2017.

Changes to the Board of Directors

On December 29, 2015, the Board appointed Dr. Huaizheng Peng to the Board, pursuant to the terms of the funding commitment from A&B (as defined below), all as more particularly described below. The Board also appointed Mr. Blane Walter to the Board. Concurrently with such appointments, Joyce LaViscount and Yuri Danilov resigned from the Board. Ms. LaViscount continues to serve as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Mr. Danilov continues to contribute to the scientific advancement of the PoNSTM device. Mr. Walter replaced Mr. Danilov on the Company’s Audit Committee.

In connection with their appointment to the Board, Mr. Walter and Dr. Peng were each granted options to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price equal to CAD$1.24 per share for a period of two years from the date of issuance. One-third of such shares vest on each of the date of the grant, the first anniversary of the date of the grant and the second anniversary of the date of the grant.

Changes to Management

On October 21, 2015, the Company announced that the Board had appointed Joyce LaViscount as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Ms. LaViscount has extensive experience in finance and operations roles after spending the past 15 years in the pharmaceutical industry, including with Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc., Pfizer, Inc., Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. and Aptalis Pharma. Ms. LaViscount joined the Company from MediMedia Health where she was Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer for the private equity-owned company. Ms. LaViscount had been a member of the Board since March 2015.

Strategic Agreement with A&B and A&B Credit Facility

On October 13, 2015, the Company announced that it, through its wholly owned subsidiary NHC, entered into the Strategic Agreement with A&B for the development and commercialization of the PoNS™ therapy in China, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and Singapore (collectively, the “Territories”). A&B is an investment and development company owned by Dr. Lam Kong and based in Hong Kong. The Strategic Agreement transfers ownership of certain Asian patents, patent applications, and product support material for the PoNS™ device from NHC to A&B and grants to A&B, among other things, an exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable and royalty-free license, with the right to sublicense, to certain NHC technology, as more particularly described in the Strategic Agreement,to market, promote, distribute and sell PoNS™ devices solely within the Territories. Pursuant to the Strategic Agreement, A&B has assumed all development, patent (both application and defense), future manufacturing, clinical trial, and regulatory clearance costs for the Territories. The Company and A&B will share and transfer ownership of any intellectual property or support material (developed by either party) for their respective geographies. In connection with the Strategic Agreement, A&B agreed to provide a credit facility to the Company.

6


Table of Contents


On November 10, 2015, the Company announced that it had issued a convertible promissory note (the “Note”) to A&B in connection with the drawdown of US$2.0 million under the Company’s US$7.0 million credit facility with A&B (the “A&B Credit Facility”). The Company elected to immediately satisfy the terms of the Note by issuing to A&B: (i) 2,083,333 shares of common stock at a deemed price of US$0.96 per share; and (ii) 1,041,667 common share purchase warrants, with each warrant entitling A&B to purchase an additional common share at a price of US$1.44 for a period of three years expiring on November 10, 2018.

On December 29, 2015, the Company drew down the remaining US$5.0 million from the A&B Credit Facility in exchange for the issuance to A&B of 5,555,556 shares of common stock at a price of US$0.90 per share and warrants to purchase 2,777,778 shares for a period of three years having an exercise price of US$1.35 per common share. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the funding commitment from A&B, the Company granted A&B the right to nominate one person to serve on the Board. A&B nominated Dr. Peng and the Board appointed Dr. Peng to the Board on December 29, 2016. The common shares and warrants issued to A&B, and the common shares underlying such warrants, were subject to a four-month statutory hold period.

Dispute with Wicab

On January 5, 2015, Wicab Inc. (“Wicab”) sued the Company, NHC, Mitch Tyler, a director of the Company and NHC, Yuri Danilov, a former director of the Company and a director of NHC,and ANR, in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin. ANR is the licensor to the Company of three issued patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407 and 8,909,345 and 9,020,612) and other patents pending related to neurostimulation methods and devices. The complaint contained various state and common law claims arising from Messrs. Danilov’s and Tyler’s prior employment with Wicab and relating to ownership of two of the issued patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407 and 8,909,345). U.S. Patent No. 9,020,612 was not included in the Wicab complaint. The complaint alleged, among other things, that following their departure from Wicab, Messrs. Danilov and Tyler knowingly filed patent applications for and used ideas and inventions developed at Wicab in violation of various non-competition and confidentiality agreements, and that the two issued patents are therefore rightfully the property of Wicab. The complaint sought an unspecified amount of monetary damages, an injunction preventing NHC from using the ideas and inventions in the two patents, an order transferring ownership of the patents from ANR to Wicab, and recovery of costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company conducted an internal investigation and determined that Wicab expressly waived all rights in the two issued patents and, additionally, that Wicab’s claims were barred by the six year statute of limitations in Wisconsin. On January 14, 2015, the Company informed Wicab of its belief that the claims were barred due to the express waiver and the statute of limitations. On the same day, Wicab dismissed the complaint without prejudice.

On October 12, 2015, the Company received a letter from Wicab alleging that the two issued patents were invalid in view of prior art cited in the letter, including scientific publications and patent applications, and that Paul Bach-y-Rita, Wicab’s founder, should have been named as an inventor on these two issued patents. Wicab indicated in the letter that it may file reexamination or inter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to attempt to invalidate the claims in the two issued patents. Wicab also stated that it would consider an unspecified “business solution” to resolve this matter. On December 10, 2015, representatives of each of the Company and Wicab met to discuss the parameters of a potential settlement. There can be no guarantee that a settlement will be reached. In the event that a settlement with Wicab is not reached, Wicab may file reexamination orinter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to challenge the validity of the two issued patents. If the Company receives an adverse decision from the U.S. Patent Office in connection with these proceedings, some or all of the claims in the two patents may be invalidated or otherwise impaired, which could prevent the Company from bringing an infringement suit against a future competitor for making use of the PoNS™ technology for neurorehabilitation, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. Wicab may also take other actions against the Company, its assets, intellectual property rights, officers, directors, employees, agents or other persons or entities which may also have a material on business, operating results and financial condition.

7


Table of Contents


Sole Source Cost Sharing Contract with the USAMRMC

On July 7, 2015, the Company announced that NHC entered into a sole source cost sharing contract with the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (the “USAMRMC”). The contract will support the Company’s registrational trial investigating the safety and effectiveness of the PoNS™ device. Under the contract, the USAMRMC will reimburse the Company for costs related to the registrational trial of up to a maximum amount of $2,996,244, which represents approximately 62% of the Company’s initially budgeted costs associated with the registrational trial. The sole source cost sharing agreement expires December 31, 2016.

Corporate Information

We are incorporated in the state of Wyoming under the name “Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.” Our principal executive offices are located at 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 400, 41 University Drive,100, Newtown, Pennsylvania,PA 18940 and our telephone number is (215) 809-2018. Our215-944-6100. We maintain a corporate website at www.heliusmedical.com. We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports, as soon as its reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to the SEC. We are not including the information on our website as a part of, nor incorporating it by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. Additionally, the SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information that issuers (including us) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address iswww.heliusmedical.com. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. http://www.sec.gov.



The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase the Shares or the Warrants.Offering

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

Issuer

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Units Offered

reduced disclosure aboutWe are offering 518,806 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of common stock and a Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of our executive compensation arrangements;common stock (together with the shares of common stock underlying such Warrants).

Offering Price per Unit

$15.42 combined price for each Unit based upon an assumed offering price of $15.42, the closing price of our common stock on January 15, 2021.

Description of Warrants

no non-binding shareholder advisory votesThe Warrants will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire on executive compensationthe five year anniversary of the original issuance date and have an initial exercise price per share equal to $                 per share, or golden parachute arrangements;

exemption from115% of the auditor attestation requirementprice of each Unit sold in the assessmentoffering, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of recapitalization events, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our internal control over financial reporting; andcommon stock.

Description of Underwriters’ Warrants

reduced disclosureUpon the closing of financial informationthis offering, we have agreed to issue to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., as representative of the underwriters, warrants, that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales in this prospectus, including two yearsoffering, entitling the representative to purchase 4.0% of audited financial information and two yearsthe number of selected financial information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues as of the end of a fiscal year, have more than $700.0 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or if we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three year period. We choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information provided by other public companies.

The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies.

8


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

The selling securityholders

The selling securityholders are namedshares of common stock sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus under “Selling Securityholders”

Shares offered byis a part also covers the selling securityholders

17,027,675 Shares, including 11,953,115 Common Sharesunderwriters’ warrants and up to 5,074,560 Warrant Shares

Warrants offered by the selling securityholders

5,074,560 Warrants

Sharescommon shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”

Shares of common stock underlying the Warrants

259,403 shares.

Shares of common stock outstanding before this offering

1,566,163 shares as of January 11, 2021.

5,074,560Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

2,084,969 shares (2,344,372 shares if the Warrants sold in this offering are exercised in full).

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase up to an additional 77,820 shares of common stock and/or Warrants to purchase up to 38,910 shares of common stock at the assumed public offering price per share of common stock and the assumed public offering price per Warrant Shares

Offering Price

The selling securityholders may sell their sharesset forth on the cover page hereto less the underwriting discounts and Warrants offered under this prospectus at prevailing market prices, privately negotiated pricescommission. This option is exercisable, in whole or otherwise. See “Planin part, for a period of Distribution.”

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any of the proceeds45 days from the saledate of this prospectus.



Market and Trading Symbol

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the Shares bysymbol “HSDT” and on the selling securityholders. UponTSX under the cash exercisesymbol “HSM.” See “—Recent Developments” above for important information about the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. There is no established trading market for the Warrants being offered and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for the listing of the Warrants we will receiveon any national securities exchange or other trading market. Without an active trading market, the exercise priceliquidity of the Warrants. IfWarrants will be limited.

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the Warrants are cashlessly exercised we will not receive any cash from these exercises. The funds that we receive are expected to be usednet proceeds of this offering for (a) completion of the traumatic brain injury registrational clinical trialfunding operations, working capital and submission of data for FDA clearance; (b) build commercial inventory and launch post FDA clearance; (c) pursue clinical trials in other neurological conditions such as multiple sclerosis and stroke; (d) invest in device development to accelerate the launch of the next generation of the commercial PoNS™ therapy; and (e) general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”Proceeds” herein.

No listing of Warrants

We do not intend to apply for listing of the Warrants on any securities exchange or trading system.

Risk Factors

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock or warrantssecurities involvesa high degree of risk.You should readcarefully review and consider the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” sectionon page 7 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in the Shares or the Warrants.

TSX symbol; OTCQB symbol

TSX symbol “HSM”

OTCQB symbol “HSDT”

Terms of the Warrants

Warrants offered by the selling securityholders

5,074,560 Warrants

Exercise

Each of the Warrants is exercisable to purchase one common share of the Company at a purchase price of CAD$1.50 (US$1.16 per share at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016)

Expiration Date

4:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on April 18, 2019

this offering.

9


Table of Contents


Unless we indicateExcept as otherwise or the context otherwise requires,indicated, all information in this prospectus:prospectus is based on 1,566,163 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 11, 2021 and excludes the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus and issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and also excludes the following:

is based on 84,323,934 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 24, 2016;

does not reflect the 6,675,360 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding at June 24, 2016 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.08

111,074 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of January 11, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of US$156.23 per share;

does not reflect the 4,528,609 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at June 24, 2016 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.62 per share;

does not reflect the 5,152,562 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants outstanding at June 24, 2016 exercisable at price of CAD $1.50 per share, of which 5,074,560 are being offered pursuant to this prospectus;

does not reflect the 501,457 shares of common stock and 250,728 warrants further exercisable into that number of common shares issuable upon the exercise of the Agent’s compensation options outstanding at June 24, 2016; and

does not reflect the 5,432,656 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our June 2014 Stock Incentive Plan at June 24, 2016.

10


Table191,921 shares of Contentscommon stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants (excluding the Warrants) outstanding as of January 11, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of US$16.01, and 68,351 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of January 11, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of CAD$428.75 (or US$335.28 based on the exchange rate on January 11, 2021); and

96,969 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of January 11, 2021.

All share and per share amounts for all periods presented in this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split we previously effected on January 22, 2018 and for the reverse stock split effected on December 31, 2020.



RISK FACTORS

InvestingAn investment in our common stock or warrants involvessecurities has a high degree of risk. YouBefore you invest you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all ofand the other information contained in this prospectus, includingprospectus. Any of the risks and uncertainties set forth herein could materially and adversely affect our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the endbusiness, results of this prospectus, the risk factors discussed in Part I., “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2016. Our business, operating resultsoperations and financial condition, which in turn could be seriously harmed due to anymaterially and adversely affect the trading price or value of the following risks. The risks described below may not be all of the risks facing our company.securities. Additional risks not presentlycurrently known to us or thatwhich we currently consider immaterial based on information currently available to us may also impair our business operations. Youmaterially adversely affect us. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment due to any of these risks.investment.

Risks Related to Our Company

We have a very limited operating historyFinancial Position and have a history of operating losses.

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. is our holding company and it has no material assets other than cash and cash equivalents and its ownership of all of the outstanding shares of NHC, which is our wholly owned subsidiary. NHC was incorporated in Delaware on January 22, 2013 and has had limited operations to date. Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses. As of March 31, 2016, our accumulated deficit was approximately $26,305,263.

We are heavily dependent upon the ability and expertise of our CEO and a very limited number of employees and the loss of such individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

We currently have a very small management team and almost no other employees. Our success is dependent upon the ability, expertise, judgment, discretion and good faith of our senior management, and in particular Mr. Philippe Deschamps, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Currently, Mr. Deschamps is joined by Jonathan Sackier, our Chief Medical Officer, Joyce LaViscount, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Brian Bapty, our Vice President of Strategy and Business Development, and two others as our only full-time employees. We also have engaged 20 full-time equivalent persons as independent contractors. While employment agreements are customarily used as a primary method of retaining the services of key employees, these agreements cannot assure the continued services of such employees. Any loss of the services of such individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements. We may be unable to continue to operate without the threat of liquidationNeed for the foreseeable future.

In connection with our management’s assessment, our report from our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses from operations and net capital deficiency raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. For example, our existing capital resources will be insufficient to fund our operations beyond the end of the fourth quarter of calendar 2016. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our consolidated financial statements, and investors will likely lose all or a part of their investment. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

11


Table of Contents

We have identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we do not maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we could fail to report our financial results accurately.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Under the direction of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, our management evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective as of March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015, and March 31, 2016.

In April of 2016, the Board, after consulting with the Company’s management, determined that it was necessary to re-evaluate the Company’s accounting relating to warrants issued as part of its private placements conducted in April, June and July of 2015 (the “2015 Warrants”), and to restate the Company’s previously reviewed, unaudited, condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2015, the three months and six months ended September 30, 2015, and the three and nine months ended December 31, 2015, as a result of an error in the classification of the 2015 Warrants. The Company previously recorded the issuance of the 2015 Warrants as equity instruments instead of liabilities. The warrant exercise prices are denominated in U.S. dollars whereas the functional currency of the Company is the Canadian dollar; as such, the settlement of the warrants fails the fixed for fixed criteria of ASC 815 and they are required to be recorded as a liability at their fair value on inception. The warrant liability is required to be re-measured at its fair value on each reporting date with the changes in fair value recorded in the Company’s Statement of Comprehensive Loss.

The Company had previously restated its consolidated financial statements for the periods as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2015 and the quarters therein and its interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and the three months and six months ended September 30, 2015, as a result of the Company not previously re-measuring the fair value of stock options awarded to non-employees that had not yet vested. The Company’s management has determined that the improper design of controls with respect to the calculation of the fair value of the Company’s share based compensation was a deficiency in its internal control over financial reporting. It is possible that other control deficiencies could be identified in the future or may exist or occur without being identified. In the event additional material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered in the future, they may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, our financial statements may contain material misstatements or omissions.Capital

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial net losses for the foreseeable future. We may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception. For our fiscalthe years ending Marchended December 31, 20162019 and March 31, 2015,2018, we incurred a net loss of $6,881,812$9.8 million and $9,838,317,$28.6 million, respectively, and used cash in operations of $7,937,412$21.0 million and $6,321,285$19.6 million, respectively. We have an accumulated deficit of $ $26,305,263 and $19,423,451$104.8 million as of MarchDecember 31, 20162019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we incurred a net loss of $11.4 million and March 31, 2015, respectively.used cash in operations of $9.6 million. As of September 30, 2020, our accumulated deficit was $116.4 million. Our losses have resulted primarily from costs incurred in connection with our design, manufacturing and development activities, research and development activities, stock basedbuilding our commercial infrastructure, stock-based compensation, legal, advertising, marketing and investor relations, and general and administrative expenses associated with our operations. EvenWhile we have received a medical device license from Health Canada to market the PoNS device in Canada, and even if we are successful in obtaining clearancemarketing authorization from the FDA and launchingin order to launch our PoNS™PoNS device intoin the market,United States or additional foreign regulatory authorities to launch outside of the United States, we expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future as we continue to sell and market our current product and research and develop and seek regulatory approvalsmarketing authorization for other potentialour product candidates.candidate.

We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business enterprise, including under-capitalization, cash shortages, limitations with respect to personnel, financial and other resources, lack of significant revenue and the risk that we will not achieve our growth objective. If sales revenue from our currentany product or any potential product candidatescandidate that receivereceives marketing clearanceauthorization from the FDA or other regulatory body is insufficient, if we are unable to develop and commercialize any of our potential product candidates, or if our product development is delayed, we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

12


Table of Contents

We will require additional financing to carry out our plan of operations and if we are unable to obtain such financing, our business may fail.

We currently have limited working capital and liquid assets. We heldhad cash totaling $2,643,937 asof $5.5 million and $2.7 million at MarchDecember 31, 2016.2019 and September 30, 2020, respectively. To date we have not generated anysignificant revenue from the salescommercial sale of products or of services. There are a number of conditions that we must satisfy before we will be able to generate significant revenue, including but not limited to completion of our clinical trial for the treatment of balance disorder in subjects with mild to moderate TBI, FDA clearancemarketing authorization of the PoNS™PoNS device, for treating balance disorder in patients with mild to moderate TBI , manufacturing of a commercially-viable version of the PoNS™PoNS device, obtaining favorable reimbursement from third party payers, and demonstration of effectiveness sufficient to generate commercial orders by customers for our product. While we are currently seeking additional funding, weWe do not currently have sufficient resources to accomplish anyall of these conditions necessary for us to generate significant revenue, and we do not expectbelieve our existing capital resources, prior to generate revenue in an amountthe offering to which this prospectus relates, will be sufficient to fund our operations forthroughout the foreseeable future.first quarter of 2021. We will therefore require substantial additional funds in order to continue to conduct the research and development and regulatory clearance and approvalauthorization activities necessary to bring our product to market, to establish effective marketing and sales capabilities and to develop other product candidates. Our existing capital resources will not be sufficient to enable us to fund the completion of the development and commercialization of our current product and our product candidates. We cannot determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of the current or future development and commercialization of our product candidate or if, when, or to what extent we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of our current product candidate or potential future product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approvalauthorization for our current product candidate and any potential future product candidates. in the United States, Europe or Australia.

We may be unable to raise the additional funding to finance our business on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain additional financing as needed, we may be requiredforced to reduce the scope of our operations and pursue only those projects that canplanned capital expenditures or sell certain assets, including intellectual property, and we may be funded through cash flows generated from its existingforced to cease or wind down operations, if any.seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or liquidate and dissolve our company, which would have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock.

Raising additional capital by issuing securities or through debt financings or licensing arrangements may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidate on terms unfavorable to us.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of such securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or product candidate, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidate, or otherwise grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts for our product candidate or our preclinical product candidates, or grant rights to develop and market potential future product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our product development and commercialization goals and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements. We may be unable to continue to operate without the threat of liquidation for the foreseeable future.

In connection with our management’s assessment, our report from our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses from operations and net capital deficiency raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe our existing capital resources, prior to the offering to which this prospectus relates, will be sufficient to fund our operations throughout the first quarter of 2021. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We expect our expenses to increase over time in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we: invest in marketing and distribution capabilities in support of potentially commercializing our PoNS device in the U.S., if approved; make improvements to our manufacturing process and product design; launch the TBI-002 trial or conduct other trials of the PoNS device; pursue further regulatory approvals; maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and add additional personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in raising additional capital or that such capital, if available, will be on terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our consolidated financial statements, and investors will likely lose all or a part of their investment. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Risks Related to the Development and Commercialization of our Product Candidate

We currently only have one product candidate, which is still in development, and we have not obtained clearanceauthorization from the FDA to commercially distribute the device in the United States, a CE Mark for commercial distribution in Europe or clearance from Health Canada to commercially distribute the deviceTGA for commercial distribution in Canada,Australia, and we may never obtain such clearances.authorizations.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, and license and development agreements through strategic partnerships with third parties. For example, we recently completed a license agreement and debt and equity financing arrangement with A&B. Under the agreements with A&B, we licensed the use of our intellectual property in Asia, and arranged for financing through the issuance of significant amounts of our common stock. We currently have no products approvedauthorized for commercial distribution.distribution in either the United States, Europe or Australia or in any other country outside of Canada. We currently are dependent ondeveloping the potential development of a single product which is our PoNS™PoNS device for use in the neuromodulation market. We are still developing this product, andmarket, but we cannot begin marketing and selling the device in the United States, Europe or CanadaAustralia until we obtain clearancesapplicable authorizations from the FDA, European Union (Notified Body) or Health Canada,Therapeutic Goods Administration in Australia, respectively. WeWhile we have not yet submitted applications for regulatory clearancemarketing authorization in the United States Europe, or Canada. Theand Australia, the process of obtaining regulatory clearanceauthorization is expensive and time-consuming and can vary substantially based upon, among other things, the type, complexity and novelty of a product. Changes in regulatory policy, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application may cause delays in the clearanceauthorization of a product candidate or rejection of a regulatory application altogether.

In April 2019, the FDA declined our request for de novo classification of the PoNS device for use to improve balance in patients with mmTBI. In reaching its conclusion, the FDA noted that it did not have sufficient information to discern the relative independent contributions of the PoNS device and physical therapy to establish sufficient evidence of effectiveness based on our clinical trials. In October 2019, we had a pre-submission meeting where the FDA provided feedback needed to help complete the design of a new clinical trial intended to address the FDA’s request for a trial that demonstrates the benefit of the PoNS Treatment compared to physical therapy alone. In January 2020, we received the FDA’s feedback on the minutes from the October 2019 pre-submission meeting. In its feedback, the FDA provided post-meeting notes with specific recommendations regarding the trial design that were not discussed in the October 2019 pre-submission meeting. Based on the receipt of the FDA’s final minutes from the pre-submission meeting, we finalized our clinical protocol for a new trial, TBI-002, intended to support a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. The launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended, and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

In March 2020, we announced that based on the quality of the data included in our MS submission package to Health Canada and the significant unmet needs of those afflicted with MS, we are prioritizing the MS indication as the pathway to pursue our first U.S. clearance of the PoNS device. On May 7, 2020 we received Breakthrough Designation for the PoNS device as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program. On August 4, 2020, we submitted our request to the FDA for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of gait deficit due to symptoms from MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program in patients over 18 years of age.

On October 19, 2020, we announced that we received a request for additional information from the FDA related to the Company’s request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device, which includes requests for additional analysis of clinical data and proposes certain labeling modifications. On January 11, 2021, we announced that we submitted our formal response to the FDA’s request for additional information.

The FDA has substantial discretion in the de novo review and clearance processesprocess and may refuse to accept anyour application or may decide that our data are insufficient for clearanceto grant the de novo request and require additional pre-clinical, clinical, or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay, limit, or prevent marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance of a product candidate.authorities. Any marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-market commitments that render the product candidate not commercially viable. If our attempts to obtain marketing authorization are unsuccessful, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to sustain and grow our business, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be materially adversely affected.

13


Table of Contents

If we are able to complete development of the PoNS™PoNS device and obtain clearancemarketing authorization of the PoNS™PoNS device for the treatment of chronic balancegait deficit in patients with mild to moderate TBI or chronic gait and balance deficit associated with MS in the United States, Europe or Canada,Australia, we plan to develop the PoNS™PoNS device to treatfor other indications, or symptoms caused by neurological disorders. We would be required to commit our own resources to fund development of any other indications and each would require separate FDA clearance.clearance or other marketing authorization. The costs of such development efforts and FDA clearances wouldclearance or other marketing authorization could be substantial and would likely require additional funding, and each such indication would be subject to the same foregoing risks and uncertainties for FDA clearance.clearance/authorization.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted, and may continue to materially and adversely impact, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and around the world. The Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition have been adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and global economic conditions. The outbreak and spread of COVID-19 has significantly increased economic uncertainty. Authorities implemented numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, and business shutdowns. The COVID-19 pandemic initially led to the closure of PoNS-authorized clinic locations across Canada from March until June 2020. Patients who completed their initial training in the clinics prior to the closures have been able to continue working independently in the at-home portion of the treatment, with remote check-ins with their certified therapists. While all clinics have re-opened, they are all currently operating at reduced capacity within provincial guidelines, which limited operations to 50% capacity during the second half of 2020. Some patients have begun to return to these clinics for treatment, but patients have been and may continue to be less willing to return to the clinics due to COVID-19, impacting our commercial activities and our customer engagement efforts. We have expanded our services to include remote training and treatment, but the long-term viability of these remote programs is still being assessed. In addition, the resurgence of COVID-19 cases across Canada in the fourth quarter of 2020 has led to further restrictions on clinic activities. Additionally, while we do not currently have any clinical trials underway, we are running clinical experience programs in Canada and have experienced delays in the programs as trial participant attendance has generally decreased as a result of the pandemic, and clinics and clinical research sites have experienced delays and difficulties in recruiting and re-hiring clinical site staff, leading to further delays in the development and approval of the Company’s product candidate. As noted above, prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our expectation was that we would move forward with the launch of our TBI-002 trial and we had estimated that enrollment would begin in April 2020 with the completion of the trial and submission to the FDA in the second quarter of 2021. However, the launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

The COVID-19 pandemic and other outbreaks may cause delays in or the suspension of our business partners manufacturing operations, our research and product development activities, our regulatory workstreams, our research and development activities and other important commercial functions. We are also dependent upon our suppliers for the manufacture of our PoNS device, and in the second quarter of 2020, two of our business partners diverted resources towards other activities related to COVID-19, resulting in delays in the development and manufacturing of our product. Such diversion of suppliers’ resources may occur again in the future, and the pandemic could limit our suppliers’ ability to travel or ship materials or force temporary closure of facilities that we rely upon. Disruptions in business operations or governmental operations due to COVID-19 may delay the timing for the submission and approval of the Company’s marketing applications with regulatory agencies. Further, the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could affect our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

As the COVID-19 pandemic continues, we may experience additional disruptions that could severely impact our business and planned clinical trials including:

Diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct on clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of clinical trials;

Interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site monitoring, due to limitation on travel imposed or recommended by federal or state governments, employers and others;

Delays in receiving approval from local regulatory authorities to initiate our planned clinical trials;

Changes in local regulations as part of a response to the COVID-19 pandemic which may require us to change the way in which clinical trials are conducted and may result in unexpected costs;

Delays in necessary interactions with local regulators, ethics committees and other important agencies and contractors due to limitations in employee resources or forced furlough of government employees; and

Delay in the timing of our interactions with the FDA due to absenteeism by federal employees or the diversion of their efforts and attention to approval of other therapeutics or other activities related to COVID-19.

In addition to the risks specifically described above, the COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated and precipitated the other risks described herein, and may continue to do so. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. The Company does not know yet the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on its business, operations or the global economy as a whole.

Our PoNS technology is a novel form of neurostimulation therapy, and the medical community tends not to adopt new therapies very rapidly. If physicians elect not to prescribe the PoNS Treatment, or if we cannot train physical therapists in the supervision of the use of the PoNS Treatment, we will be unable to generate significant revenue, if any.

Our deployment strategy in the United States depends on physicians prescribing the PoNS Treatment to patients with relevant neurological disorders and physical therapists being trained in the supervision of patients’ use of our treatment. Novel technologies are usually more slowly adopted by the medical community, as the medical community tends to be very conservative. Physicians may elect not to use our products for a variety of reasons, including:

lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting the beneficial characteristics of our technology;

limited long-term data on the use of PoNS technology for therapy;

physicians’ perception that there are insufficient advantages of our product relative to currently available products or compared to physical therapy alone;

our inability to effectively train physical therapists in the supervision of patients’ use of the therapy;

our ability to develop our commercial infrastructure to successfully launch;

hospitals may choose not to purchase our product;

group purchasing organizations may choose not to contract for our product, thus limiting availability of our products to hospital purchasers;

lack of coverage or adequate payment from managed care plans and other third-party payers for our product;

Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers may limit or not permit reimbursement for our product; and

the development or improvement of competitive products.

If the medical community is slow to adopt, or declines to adopt our PoNS device for neurostimulation therapy, we will not be able to generate significant revenues, if any, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

There is limited market awareness of our product, and the neuromodulation market is new and uncertain.

There is currently limited market awareness of our product. In order to succeed, we must, among other things, increase market awareness of our PoNS Treatment and implement a sales and marketing strategy. If we fail in any of these endeavors or experience delays in pursuing them, we will not generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated. In addition, if the neuromodulation market fails to become more integrated in neurological therapy, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We face significant competition in an environment of rapid technological change, and our competitors may develop devices or products that are more advanced or more effective than ours are which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully market the PoNS device.

The neurostimulation market involves rapidly developing technology. Our competitors in the industry are predominantly large companies with longer operating histories, with significantly easier access to capital and other resources and an established product pipeline than us. The combined clinical research and product development done by the industry, including by us and all of our competitors, is foundational, and neurostimulation has slowly become integrated into neurological therapy. This foundation has allowed new and innovative neurostimulation companies to enter the market. New developments occur rapidly, and we anticipate that we will face increasing competition as new companies enter our market.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to establish ourselves in the neurostimulation market, or, if established, that we will be able to maintain our market position, if any. Our commercial opportunity may be reduced if our competitors develop new or improved products that are more convenient, more effective or less expensive than our product candidate is. Competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory marketing authorization for their products more rapidly or earlier than we may obtain marketing authorization for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render the PoNS device uneconomical or obsolete.

Risks Related to our Reliance on Third Parties

We are, and will continue to be, dependent in significant part on outside scientists and third-party research institutions for our research and development in order to be able to commercialize our product candidate.

We currently have a limited number of employees and resources available to perform the research and development necessary to commercialize our PoNS™ devicePoNS Treatment and potential future product candidates. We therefore rely, at present, and will continue to rely, on third-party research institutioninstitutions, collaborators and consultants for this capability.

Our subsidiary, NHC, is currently party toWe depend on third parties for the CRADA (as defined below) with the inventors, background patent ownersmanufacture and distribution of our product and the Army Laboratories. Pursuantloss of our third-party manufacturer and distributor could harm our business.

We depend on our third-party contract manufacturing partner to manufacture and supply our PoNS device for clinical and commercial purposes, and this contract manufacturer manufactured the CRADA,units for our engineering

and device verification testing and is building the Army Laboratories agreelaunch quantities for commercialization. Additionally, we depend on a different third-party distribution partner to cooperatewarehouse and ship our products to customers. Our reliance on a third-party manufacturer and a distribution provider to supply us with NHC on research for the ongoing designour PoNS device and development to determine if the PoNS™ device can be developed for commercial useprovide such other distribution services exposes us to risks that could delay our sales or result in assisting physical therapy in the treatment of soldiers and others with military relevant neurological disorders,higher costs or lost product revenues. In addition, our manufacturers could encounter difficulties, including, but not limited to, Tinnitus, post-traumatic stress disorder, or PTSD, pain and any subsequent indications identifiedthose caused by the parties. UnderCOVID-19 pandemic, in securing long-lead time components, achieving volume production, quality control and quality assurance or suffer shortages of qualified personnel, which could result in their inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our commercially available product to meet market demand. Our third-party manufacturer or distributor may also fail to follow and remain in compliance with the FDA-mandated Quality System Regulations, or QSR, compliance which is required for all medical devices, or fail to document their compliance to QSRs, either of which could lead to significant delays in the availability of materials for our product and/or FDA enforcement actions against them and/or us.

If we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of our product that meet our specifications and quality standards, it will be difficult for us to compete effectively. While we have supply and quality agreements in place with our manufacturer, they may change the terms of our future orders or choose not to supply us with products in the initial CRADA,future. Furthermore, if such manufacturer fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to purchase our product from other third-party manufacturers, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms or in sufficient time, if at all. In addition, if we are solely responsiblerequired to fund and oversee clinical studieschange manufacturers for the PoNS™ device and seek FDA clearance and approval of the PoNS™ device. We are also solely responsible to complete the research and development efforts necessary to commercialize our PoNS™ device. However, on July 7, 2015, we announced that NHC entered into a sole-source contractual agreement with USAMRMC to support the execution of the registration trial for treatment of balance disorder associated with mild to moderate TBI. The objective of this contract is to defray the costs of the registration trial. The Army Laboratories also agreed in the January 12, 2015 amendment to our CRADA to be responsible to support the execution of clinical studies for the PoNS™ device as a treatment for mutually agreed upon military relevant neurological disorders, which could include but not be limited to Tinnitus, PTSD, and pain and any subsequent indications identified by the parties. The amount of such support, if any, and the terms of such responsibility to support such clinical studies are not yet negotiated and we have no assurance that we can ultimately reach agreement with the Army Laboratories on such amount or terms of support, and there can be no assurance that the Army Laboratories will not otherwise attempt to renegotiate its responsibilities under the CRADA. The Army Laboratories may terminate their obligations under the CRADA at any time upon 30 days prior written notice to us. If there are insufficient funds available to cover the necessary research and development costs for our product, the Army Laboratories could terminate the CRADA and cease research and development efforts which could jeopardize our ability to commercialize our PoNS™ device.

14


Table of Contents

If we fail to obtain FDA clearance for commercialization of or otherwise fail to ensure that the PoNS™ device is available for purchase by the U.S. Government by December 31, 2017, we are subject to significant risk of loss of data, proprietary rights and to certain contractual penalties.

Under the CRADA if we fail to obtain FDA clearance of the PoNS™ device or otherwise fail to ensure that the PoNS™ device is available for purchase by the U.S. Government, in each case by the expiration date under the CRADA of December 31, 2017, we may forfeit the right to pursue commercialization on our own. Specifically, in either such case,reason, we will be required to (i) transfer possession, ownership and sponsorship of any regulatory application, and correspondence supporting the PoNS™ technology to the USAMRMC and (ii) provide the U.S. Government with a non-exclusive, irrevocable license to any patent, copyright, data rights, proprietary information and regulatory information, in order to permit the U.S. Government to pursue commercialization on its own. Any such loss of our ability to exclusively market and sell the PoNS™ device would have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, under our Strategic Agreement with A&B if we fail to obtain FDA clearance for commercialization of or otherwise fail to ensureverify that the PoNS™ device is available for purchase bynew manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the U.S. Government by December 31, 2017, we are subject toverification of a US$2,000,000 contract penalty payable to A&B.

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials,new manufacturer or our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate the safety and efficacyreverification of our product candidate to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidate, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. Clinical testing is expensive, time consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Delays can be costly andan existing manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to complete a clinical trial.

There is limited market awareness ofproduce and distribute our product and the neuromodulation market is new and uncertain.

There is currently limited market awareness of our product. In order to succeed, we must among other things increase market awareness of our PoNS™ product and implement a sales and marketing strategy. If we fail in any of these endeavors or experience delays in pursuing them, we will not generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated. In addition, should the neuromodulation market fail to expand, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business and financial position.

Our PoNS™ technology is a new “untested” form of neurostimulation therapy and the medical community tends not to adopt new therapies very rapidly, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial position.

The effectiveness of our PoNS™ technology to treat TBI or any other neurological disorder has not been established in studies conducted in a controlled environment designed to produce scientifically significant results. Accordingly, our PoNS™ technology is a new “untested”, and therefore unproven, therapy. Unproven and untested technologies are usually more slowly adopted by the medical community as the medical community tends to be very conservative and does not adopt new “untested” therapies very rapidly. Physicians may elect not to use our products for a variety of reasons, including:

lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting the beneficial characteristics of our technology;

limited long-term data on the use of PoNS™ technology for therapy;

physicians’ perception that there are insufficient advantages of our product relative to currently available products;

hospitals may choose not to purchase our product;

15


Table of Contents


group purchasing organizations may choose not to contract for our product, thus limiting availability of our products to hospital purchasers;

lack of coverage or adequate payment from managed care plans and other third-party payers for our product;

Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers may limit or not permit reimbursement for our product; and

the development of or improvement of competitive products.

If the medical community reacts in a similar fashion to adopting our PoNS™ device for neurostimulation therapy, we will not be able to generate significant revenues, if any.timely manner.

In order to be successful, we must expand our productsproduct lines beyond our single product by commercializing new potential product candidates,PoNS Treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms from MS or balance deficit due to mmTBI, but we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion and at expected costs, or at all.

In order to be successful, we will need to expand our product lines beyond our PoNS™ device which is currently our only product.PoNS Treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms from MS or balance deficit due to mmTBI. To succeed in our commercialization efforts, we must effectively continue product development and testing, obtain regulatory clearances and approvals,authorizations, and enhance our sales, marketing and marketingmarket access and reimbursement capabilities. There is no assurance that we will succeed in developing a future product candidate or in bringing any of our current or potential future product candidates to market.market outside of Canada. If we fail in bringing our product candidatecandidates to market, or experience delays in doing so, we will not generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

The development of additional products is subject to the risks of failure inherent in the development of new, state of the art products, laboratory devices and products based on new technologies. These risks include: (a) delays in product development or manufacturing; (b) unplanned expenditures for product development or manufacturing; (c) failure of new products to have the desired effect or an acceptable accuracy and/or safety profile; (d) emergence of superior or equivalent products; (e) failure by any potential collaborative partners to successfully develop products; and (f) the dependence on third parties for the manufacture, development and sale of our products. Because of these risks, our research and development efforts or those of potential collaborative partners may not result in any commercially viable products. If a significant portion of these development efforts is not successfully completed, or any products are not commercially successful, we are less likely to generate significant revenues, or become profitable. The failure to perform such activities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of its operations.

We can provide no assurance that the development by others of new or improved devices or products will not result in our present and future products from becoming obsolete.

The areas in which we plan

Risks Related to commercialize, distribute, and/or sell products involves rapidly developing technology. There can be no assurance that we will be able to establish ourselves in such fields, or, if established, that we will be able to maintain our market position, if any. There can be no assurance that the development by others of new or improved products will not make our present and future products, if any, superfluous or obsolete.Intellectual Property

If our intellectual property protection is inadequate, competitors may gain access to our technology and undermine our competitive position.

We regard our intended and future intellectual property as important to our success, and we intend to rely on patent law to protect our proprietary rights. Despite our precautions, unauthorized third parties may copy certain portions of our devices or products or reverse engineer or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We may seek additional patents in the future. We do not know if any future patent application will be issued with the scope of the claims, we seek, if at all or whether any patents we receive will be challenged or invalidated. Thus, we cannot assure you that any intellectual property rights that we may receive can be successfully asserted in the future or that they will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent, as do the laws of the United States. Our means of protecting any proprietary rights we may receive in the United States or abroad may not be adequate and competitors may independently develop a similar technology. Any failure to protect our proprietary information and any successful intellectual property challenges or infringement proceedings against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition orand results of operations.

16


Table of Contents

Our future success depends on our ability to obtain approval on the patent for the PoNS™ technology, failing which we may be unable to protect our proprietary information and any competitive advantage which may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patent approval for the PoNS™ technology. There can be no assurance that the patent applications made will result in the issuance of patents or that the term of the patents will be extendable after they expire in due course, which would prevent us from being able to protect our proprietary information and may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Much of our know-how and technology may not be patentable, though they may constitute trade secrets. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. To help protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology, we require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. There can be no assurance that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, knowhow or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure.

Our intellectual property has been and may be the subject of lawsuits. See “Legal Proceedings.”

We may be subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings, including intellectual property litigation, such as patent infringement claims, which could adversely affect our business.

We, as well as certain of our directors and officers, may be subject to claims or lawsuits. These lawsuits may result in significant legal fees and expenses and could divert management’s time and other resources. If the claims contained in these lawsuits are successfully asserted against us, we could be liable for damages and be required to alter or cease certain of our business practices or product lines. Any of these outcomes could cause our business, financial performance and cash position to be negatively impacted.

Additionally, our commercial success will also depend, in part, on not infringing on the patents or proprietary rights of others. There can be no assurance that the technologies and products used or developed by us will not infringe such rights. If such infringement occurs and we are not able to obtain a license from the relevant third party, we will not be able to continue the development, manufacture, use, or sale of any such infringing technology or product. There can be no assurance that necessary licenses to third-party technology will be available at all or on commercially reasonable term.terms. In some cases, litigation or other proceedings may be necessary to defend against or assert claims of infringement or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of third parties. Any potential litigation could result in substantial costs to, and diversion of, our resources and could have a material and adverse impact on us.

An adverse outcome in any such litigation or proceeding could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to cease using the subject technology or require us to license the subject technology from the third party, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

On January 5, 2015, Wicab sued the Company, NHC, Mitch Tyler, a director of the Company and NHC and Yuri Danilov, a former director of the Company and a director of NHC,and ANR, in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin. ANR is the licensorThere are risks to the Company of three issued patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407 and 8,909,345 and 9,020,612) and other patents pending related to neurostimulation methods and devices. The complaint contained various state and common law claims arising from Messrs. Danilov’s and Tyler’s prior employment with Wicab and relating to ownership of two of the issued patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407 and 8,909,345). U.S. Patent No. 9,020,612 was not included in the Wicab complaint. The complaint alleged, among other things, that following their departure from Wicab, Danilov and Tyler knowingly filed patent applications for and used ideas and inventions developed at Wicab in violation of various non-competition and confidentiality agreements, and that the two issued patents are therefore rightfully the property of Wicab. The complaint sought an unspecified amount of monetary damages, an injunction preventing NHC from using the ideas and inventions in the two patents, an order transferring ownership of the patents from ANR to Wicab, and recovery of costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company conducted an internal investigation and determined that Wicab expressly waived all rights in the two issued patents and, additionally, that Wicab’s claims were barred by the six year statute of limitations in Wisconsin. On January 14, 2015, the Company informed Wicab of its belief that the claims were barred due to the express waiver and the statute of limitations. On the same day, Wicab dismissed the complaint without prejudice.

17


Table of Contents

On October 12, 2015, the Company received a letter from Wicab alleging that the two issued patents were invalid in view of prior art cited in the letter, including scientific publications and patent applications, and that Paul Bach-y-Rita, Wicab’s founder, should have been named as an inventor on these two issued patents. Wicab indicated in the letter that it may file reexamination or inter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to attempt to invalidate the claims in the two issued patents. Wicab also stated that it would consider an unspecified “business solution” to resolve this matter. On December 10, 2015, representatives of each of the Company and Wicab met to discuss the parameters of a potential settlement. As of the date of this filing, these discussion are ongoing and there can be no guarantee that a settlement will be reached. In the event that a settlement with Wicab is not reached, Wicab may file reexamination orinter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to challenge the validity of the two issued patents. If the Company receives an adverse decision from the U.S. Patent Office in connection with these proceedings, some or all of the claims in the two patents may be invalidated or otherwise impaired, which could prevent the Company from bringing an infringement suit against a future competitor for making use of the PoNS™ technology for neurorehabilitation, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. Wicab may also take other actions against the Company, its assets,our intellectual property rights, officers, directors, employees, agents or other persons or entities which may also have a materialbased on our international business operating results and financial condition. See “Legal Proceedings.”

If our expenses are greater than anticipated, then we will have fewer funds with which to pursue our plan of operations and our financing requirements will be greater than anticipated.operations.

We may find that the costs of carrying outface risks to our plan of operations are greater than we anticipate. Increased operating costs may cause the amount of financing that we require to increase. Investors may be more reluctant to provide additional financing if we cannot demonstrate that we can control our operating costs. There is no assurance that additional financing requiredtechnology and intellectual property as a result of our operating costs being greater than anticipated will be availableconducting business outside of the United States, including as a result of our strategic agreement with A&B (and subsequent transfer of assets to us. If weCMS and CMS Medical Hong Kong Limited), and particularly in jurisdictions that do not controlhave comparable levels of protection of corporate proprietary information and assets such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and customer information and records. While these risks are common to many companies, conducting business in certain foreign jurisdictions, housing technology, data and intellectual property abroad, or licensing technology to joint ventures with foreign partners may have more significant exposure. Pursuant to our operating expenses, thenagreement with A&B, we will have fewer funds with which to carry out our plan of operations with the result that our business may fail.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, substantial changes in a corporation’s ownership may limit the amount of net operating losses (“NOL”s) that can be utilized annually in the future to offset the corporation’s (and the corporation’s affiliates’) U.S. federal and state taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change intransferred ownership of more than 50% within any three-year period. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the corporation that underwent the ownership change, immediately before the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect any limitation in future years (including by the way of exercising of warrants). We plan to undertake a study to analyze and determine if any historical ownership changes of us or our subsidiary NHC have occurred to determine if there are any permanent limitations on our ability to utilize NOLs in the future. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred, the limitations on the usecertain of our NOLs could increase our U.S. federalAsian patents, patent applications, and state tax liabilityproduct support material for the PoNS device from us to A&B and reduce the amount of cash available for distributiongranted to shareholders or otherwise adversely affect the value ofA&B, among

other things, an investment in our common stock or Warrants.

We may not be ableexclusive license to build an effective distribution network for our products.

We currently have very few employees and will likely need to rely on third party distributors to sell our product. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in entering into and maintaining productive arrangements with an adequate number of distributors that are sufficiently committed to selling our products. The establishment of a distribution network is expensive and time consuming. As we launch new products and increase our marketing effort with respect to existing products, we will need to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled independent distributors with significant technical knowledge. In addition, the commissions we pay our distributors could increase over time which would result in higher sales and marketing expenses. Furthermore, current and potential distributors may market, promote, distribute and sell the products of our competitors. Even if the distributors market and sell our products, our competitors may be able, by offering higher commission payments orPoNS device solely within specified Asian territories. Subsequently. A&B partnered with other incentives, to persuade these distributors to reduce or terminate their sales and marketing efforts related to our products. The distributors may also help competitors solicit business from our existing customers. Some of our independent distributors will likely account for a significant portion of our sales volume, and, if we were to lose them, our sales could be adversely affected. Even if we engage and maintain suitable relationships with an adequate number of distributors, they may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products, or ultimately succeedcompanies in selling our products.

18


Table of Contents

We depend on a single source for the manufacture of our product and the loss of this third-party manufacture could harm our business.

We will be dependent on a single third-party to manufacture and supply our PoNS™ device. This manufacturer will also hold our inventory, warehouse and ship our products to our distribution center who will ship to customers as well as handle customer service related tasks. Our reliance on a single third-party manufacturer to supply us with our PoNS™ device and a separate vendor to provide such other distribution and warranty services exposes us to risks that could delay our sales, or resultforeign jurisdictions in higher costs or lost product revenues. In particular, our manufacturer could:

encounter difficulties in achieving volume production, quality control and quality assurance or suffer shortages of qualified personnel, which could result in their inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our commercially available product to meet market demand, or it could experience similar problems that result in the manufacture of insufficient quantities of our product candidate; and

fail to follow and remain in compliance with the FDA-mandated QSRs, compliance which is required for all medical devices, or fail to document their compliance to QSRs, either of which could lead to significant delays in the availability of materials for our product.

If we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of our product that meet our specifications and quality standards, it will be difficult for us to compete effectively. We have no supply agreements in place with our manufacturer and it may change the terms of our future orders or choose not to supply us with products in the future. Furthermore, if such manufacturer fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to purchase our product from other third-party manufacturers, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms or in sufficient time, if at all. In addition, if we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associatedconnection with the verification of a new manufacturer or the re-verification of an existing manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to producedevelopment and distribute our product in a timely manner.

If the U.S. Army were to decide not to purchase our product or chose to no longer provide financial support for our clinical testing through the sole-source cost sharing contract we would face risks related to finding new partners or customers.

The U.S. Army is under no obligation to purchase the PoNS™ device from us and there is no assurance that the U.S. Army will ultimately purchase the Company’s product. Given the importancemanufacturing of the U.S. Army to our commercial plans, if the U.S. Army were to eventually decide not to purchase our product, we would need to find other buyers for our product. If the U.S. Army were to decline to purchase our product, we may have more difficulty persuading other third parties to purchase our product. Additionally, through our subsidiary NHC, we are party to a sole source cost sharing contract with the USAMRMC. Under the contract, the USAMRMC will reimburse the Company for costs related to a registrational trial investigating the safety and effectiveness of the PoNS™PoNS device, up to a maximum amount of $2,996,244. The contract expires on December 31, 2016, however the Company is working with the USAMRMC to extend the contract into 2017 based on the current trial forecast timelines. If we fail to complete the registrational trial or renew the contract by that time we face the risk of needing to find additional financial support for the trial.

19


Table of Contents

If and when we sell our products, we may be liable for product liability claims and we may not carry sufficient product liability insurance.

The devices and products that we intend to developwhich may expose us to potential liability from personal injury claims by end-usersmaterial risks of the product. We intend to carry product liability insurance to protect us against the risk that in the future a product liability claim or product recall could materially and adversely affect our business. Inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or otherwise to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercializationtheft of our intended products. We cannot assure you that ifproprietary information and when we commence distribution ofother intellectual property, including technical data, manufacturing processes, data sets or other sensitive information. For example, our product that we willor components may be able to obtainreverse engineered by other business partners or maintain adequate coverage on acceptable terms,other parties, which could result in our patents being infringed or that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against all potential claims. Moreover, even if we maintain adequate insurance, any successful claim could materiallyour know-how or trade secrets stolen. The risk can be by direct intrusion wherein technology and adversely affect our reputation and prospects, and divert management’s time and attention. If we are sued for any injury allegedly caused by our future products our liability could exceed our total assets and our ability to pay the liability.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies”intellectual property is stolen or compromised through cyber intrusions or physical theft through corporate espionage, including but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirementsassistance of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and presenting the relationship between executive compensation actually paid and our financial performance. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may beinsiders, or via more volatile. Additionally, we have irrevocably elected to comply with new or revised accounting standards even though we are an emerging growth company.indirect routes.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years after our first sale of common stock pursuant to the Securities Act, registration statement, although we will lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of our third quarter in any calendar year.

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it. Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company”, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We are a small company with limited resources compared to some of our current and potential competitors and we may not be able to compete effectively and increase market share.

There is potential that we will face intense competition from other companies, some of which can be expected to have longer operating histories and more financial resources and manufacturing and marketing experience than us. Increased competition by larger and better financed competitors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and our results of operations.

Because of the early stage of the industry in which we intend to operate, we expect to face additional competition from new entrants. To be competitive, we will require a continued high level of investment in research and development, marketing, sales and client support. We may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and client support efforts on a competitive basis which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and our results of operations.

20


Table of Contents

We have incurred increased costs and have become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits, if any, or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we have incurred significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We will continue to incur costs associated with the rules implemented by the SEC, the TSX, the OTCQB, and any other exchange on which our common stock may become listed. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have generally been increasing. These rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and have made some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Several people who work for us on a part-time consulting basis may be subject to conflicts of interest.

Several people who provide services to us do so on a part-time consulting basis. Each may devote part of his working time to other business endeavors, including consulting relationships with other corporate entities, and may have responsibilities to these other entities. Because of these relationships, some of the persons who provide services to us may be subject to conflicts of interest. Such conflicts may include deciding how much time to devote to our affairs, as well as what business opportunities should be presented to us.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Before we can market and sell our products, we will be required to obtain approval and clearance bymarketing authorization from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities. These approvals and clearancesauthorizations will take significant time and require significant research, development, and clinical study expenditures, and ultimately may not succeed.

Before we begin to label and market the PoNS™ devicePoNS Treatment for use in the United States, we are required to obtain clearance from the FDA under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, approval ofmarketing authorization via ade novo reclassification petition classification and clearance request for our product or approval of pre-market approval application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. We intend to utilize thede novo classification procedures to seek marketing authorization for the PoNS™ device, because there is currently no predicate cleared or approved by the FDA for commercial distribution and no existing classification decision by the FDA for such a device. We will also be required to comply with costly and more often time-consuming complianceregulatory requirements by foreign regulatory authorities, including Europe and Australia, if we want to sell our products outside of the United States.States, other than Canada, where PoNS Treatment is authorized for sale as a class II, non-implantable, medical device for treatment of gait deficit due to symptoms from MS and balance deficit due to mmTBI in conjunction with physical therapy. The process of obtaining regulatory clearancesauthorizations or approvals, or completingincluding completion of thede novo classification process, to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain pre-market reviews on a timely basis, if at all.

In April 2019, the FDA declined our request for de novo classification of the PoNS device for use to improve balance in patients with mmTBI. In reaching its conclusion, the FDA noted that it did not have sufficient information to discern the relative independent contributions of the PoNS device and physical therapy to establish sufficient evidence of effectiveness based on our clinical trials. In October 2019, we had a pre-submission meeting where the FDA provided feedback needed to help complete the design of a new clinical trial intended to address the FDA’s request for a trial that demonstrates the benefit of the PoNS Treatment compared to physical therapy alone. In January 2020, we received the FDA’s feedback on the minutes from the October 2019 pre-submission meeting. In its feedback, the FDA provided post-meeting notes with specific recommendations regarding the trial design that were not discussed in the October 2019 pre-submission meeting. Based on the receipt of the FDA’s final minutes from the pre-submission meeting, we finalized our clinical protocol for a new trial, TBI-002, intended to support a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. The launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended, and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

In March 2020, we announced that based on the quality of the data included in our MS submission package to Health Canada and the significant unmet needs of those afflicted with MS, we are prioritizing the MS indication as the pathway to pursue our first U.S. clearance of the PoNS device. On May 7, 2020 we received Breakthrough Designation for the PoNS device as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program. On August 4, 2020, we submitted our request to the FDA for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of gait deficit due to symptoms from MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program in patients over 18 years of age.

On October 19, 2020, we announced that we received a request for additional information from the FDA related to the Company’s request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device, which includes requests for additional analysis of clinical data and proposes certain labeling modifications. On January 11, 2021, we announced that we submitted our formal response to the FDA’s request for additional information.

The FDA has substantial discretion in the de novo review process and may refuse to accept our application or may decide that our data are insufficient to grant the de novo request and require additional pre-clinical, clinical, or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay, limit, or prevent marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory authorities.

If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for the PoNS™PoNS device for MS or any other indication we may pursue, introducing the product could be delayed or canceled, which couldwould cause our launch to be delayed.delayed or cancelled. In addition, the FDA may determine that the PoNS™PoNS device requires the more costly, lengthy and uncertain pre-market approval process. For example, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that thede novo classification procedures are the appropriate path to obtain marketing authorizationsauthorization for the PoNS™PoNS device, the FDA may require us to submit a PMA application, which is generally more costly and uncertainmore burdensome and can take from one to threeseveral years or longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Further, even

Moreover, in addition to continuing our pursuit of an indication for mmTBI with respectFDA, we are currently considering the development of the PoNS device for other potential indications, including stroke, cerebral palsy, Parkinson’s disease, baby boomers balance, and neurological wellness, as well as expanding the label of our current indications. At this time, we do not know what pathways the FDA or other regulatory authorities will require us to those future products whereutilize for these additional indications. We may be required to pursue marketing authorization via more rigorous pathways, such as a PMA is not required,application in the United States, which may require more development work than we cannot be certain that we will be ableare currently planning. This would delay the potential marketing authorization for such indications, potentially make marketing authorization more difficult to obtain, 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.and increase our costs.

21


Table of Contents

Obtaining FDA clearancemarketing authorization will be costly, may result in time-consuming delays and will subject us to ongoing compliance costs and regulatory risk for non-compliance.

Obtaining FDA clearance,marketing authorization, de novo down-classification, classification and clearance, or PMA approval for medical devices can be expensive and uncertain, and generally takes from several months to several years, and generally requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and clinical data. Notwithstanding the expense, these efforts may never result in FDA clearance.authorization. Even if we were to obtain regulatory clearance,authorization, it may not be for the uses we believe are important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approvalauthorization of a device for many reasons, including:

we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product candidate is safe and effective, sensitive and specific diagnostic tests, for its intended users;

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product candidate is safe and effective for its intended users;

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support authorization, where required; and

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approvalauthorization policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval or clearancemarketing authorization of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on a timely basis. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the program, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing the clearance of medical devices. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of the FDASIA the U.S. Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval.development. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain clearance or approval for our product candidate could prevent us from generating revenue from our product candidate and adversely affect our business operations and financial results.

Even if granted, a 510(k) clearance,de novo down-classification, classification and clearance, or pre-market approval for any future product would likely place substantial restrictions on how our device is marketed or sold, and FDA will continue to place considerable restrictions on our products and operations. For example, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with FDA’s QSR. In addition, manufacturers must register their manufacturing facilities, list the products with FDA, and comply with requirements relating to labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting, reporting of corrections and removals, and import and

export. FDA monitors compliance with the QSR and these other requirements through periodic inspections. If our facilities or those of our manufacturers or suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or if we or our manufacturers or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the regulatory authority could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

customer notifications of repair, replacement, refunds, detention or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or pre-market approvals of new products or modified products;
withdrawing 510(k) marketing clearances or pre-market approvals that have already been granted;

22


Table of Contentsrepair, replacement, refunds, detention or seizure of our products;


refusing to provide Certificates for Foreign Government;

refusing to grant export approval for our products; or

pursuing criminal prosecution

product recalls;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing or delaying requests for marketing authorization of new products or modified products;

withdrawing marketing authorizations that have already been granted;

refusing to provide Certificates for Foreign Government;

refusing to grant export approval for our products; or

pursuing criminal prosecution.

Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our product candidate and dissuade our customers from using our product candidate, if and when it is authorized for marketing.

We may be required to conduct clinical trials to support a future de novo submission or PMA application for the PoNS device and we expect to be required to conduct clinical trials to support regulatory approval of some of our potentialmarketing authorization for future product candidates. We have limited experience in the clinical trials process, they may proceed more slowly than anticipated, and we cannot be certain that our product candidate will be shown to be safe and effective for human use.

In order to commercialize our product candidate in the United States, we may be required by the FDA to submit an application for premarket approval, or PMA, for review and approval by the FDA. A PMA application must be submitted to the FDA if our device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) clearance process, down classified via the de novo process, or is not exempt from premarket review by the FDA. In April 2019, the FDA declined our request for de novo classification and clearance for mmTBI. Following a pre-submission meeting with the FDA, we finalized our clinical protocol for a new trial, TBI-002, intended to support a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. The launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended, and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

In March 2020, we announced that based on the quality of the data included in our MS submission package to Health Canada and the significant unmet needs of those afflicted with MS, we are prioritizing the MS indication as the pathway to pursue our first U.S. clearance of the PoNS device. On May 7, 2020 we received Breakthrough Designation for the PoNS device as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program. On August 4, 2020, we submitted our request to the FDA for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of gait deficit due to symptoms from MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program in patients over 18 years of age.

On October 19, 2020, we announced that we received a request for additional information from the FDA related to the Company’s request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device, which includes requests for additional analysis of clinical data and proposes certain labeling modifications. On January 11, 2021, we announced that we submitted our formal response to the FDA’s request for additional information.

We could also be required to submit a PMA application for other potential future product candidates. If we are required by the FDA to submit a PMA application, the FDA will also require us to conduct clinical trials. The FDA could also require us to provide the FDA with clinical trial data to support some of our 510(k) premarket notifications. We will receive approval or clearancemarketing authorization from the FDA to commercialize products requiring a clinical trial only if we can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA, through well-designedwell designed and properly conducted clinical trials, that our product candidate is safe, and effective, and otherwise meet the appropriate standards required for approval or clearancemarketing authorization for specified indications.

We have and may continue to encounter substantial delays in planned clinical trials, or our planned clinical trials for other indications using the PoNS device may fail to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the PoNS device to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities.

As described above, following the FDA’s denial of our request for de novo classification and clearance for mmTBI in April 2019, we finalized our clinical protocol for TBI-002 intended to support a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for mmTBI. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our expectation was that we would move forward with the revised protocol and estimated that enrollment would begin in April 2020 with the completion of the trial and submission to the FDA in the second quarter of 2021. However, the launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended, and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

While we currently have no ongoing clinical trials, but we expect that we will need to conduct further clinical trials, including the TBI-002 trial if we continue to pursue de novo classification and clearance for mmTBI in the United States. Clinical trials are complex, expensive, time consuming, uncertain as to outcome and are subject to substantial and unanticipated delays. Before we may begin clinical trials, if a clinical trial is determined to present a significant risk, we mustmay be required to submit and obtain approval for an investigational device exemption, or IDE, that describes, among other things, the manufacture of, and controls for, the device and a complete investigational plan. Clinical trials generally involve a substantial number of patients in a multi-year study. Because we do not have the experience or the infrastructure necessary to conduct clinical trials, we will have to hire one or more contract research organization (“CRO”),organizations, or CROs, to conduct trials on our behalf. CRO contract negotiations may be costly and time consuming and we will rely heavily on the CRO to ensure that our trials are conducted in accordance with regulatory and industry standards. We may encounter problems with our clinical trials and any of those problems could cause us or the FDA to suspend those trials or delay the analysis of the data derived from them. Moreover, any failure to abide by the applicable regulatory requirements by us, our CROs, and/or clinical trial sites may result in regulatory enforcement action against such third parties or us.

A number of events or factors, including any of the following, could delay the completion of ourWe cannot guarantee that clinical trials in the future and negatively impact our ability to obtain FDA approval for, and to introduce our product candidate:

failure to obtain financing necessary to bear the cost of designing and conducting clinical trials;

failure to obtain approval from the FDAwill be conducted as planned or foreign regulatory authorities to commence investigational studies;

conditions imposed on us by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

failure to find a qualified CRO to conduct our clinical trials or to negotiate a CRO services agreement on favorable terms;

delays in obtaining or in our maintaining required approvals from institutional review boards or other reviewing entities at clinical sites selected for participation in our clinical trials;

insufficient supply of our product candidate or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials;

23


Table of Contents


difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials, or results that are inconsistent with earlier results, that necessitate additional clinical studies;

failure on the part of the CRO to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements;

our failure to maintain a successful relationship with the CRO or termination of our contractual relationship with the CRO before completion of the clinical trials;

serious or unexpected side effects experienced by patients in whom our product candidate are implanted; or

failure by any of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or meet other contractual obligations in a timely manner.

Our clinical trials may need to be redesigned or may not be completed on schedule, if at all. Delays in ourA failure of one or more clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidate, whichcan occur at any stage of testing. Delays, including, but not limited those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, can be costly and could cause our stock price to decline and limitnegatively affect our ability to obtain additional financing. In addition, if one or more ofcomplete a clinical trial and may allow our clinical trials are delayed, competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize the PoNS device. If we are unable to complete such planned clinical trials, or are unsuccessful in doing so, we may be unable to advance the PoNS device to regulatory authorization and the commercial viabilitycommercialization, which would harm our business, financial condition, results of our product candidate could be significantly reduced.operations.

We willmay be substantially dependent on third parties to conduct our clinical trials.

AsSince we are required tomay conduct clinical trials to obtain FDA clearance,marketing authorization, we will need to rely heavily on third parties over the course of our clinical trials, and as a result will have limited control over the clinical investigators and limited visibility into their day-to-day activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. WeThese third parties and these third partieswe are required to comply with current good clinical practices, or cGCPs, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for product candidates in

clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these cGCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators, and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable cGCP regulations, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional nonclinical or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications.applications or may subject them or us to regulatory enforcement actions. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, such regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the cGCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials may be required to be conducted with a large number of test patients. Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations or to recruit a sufficient number of patients may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approvalmarketing authorization process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Any third parties conducting our clinical trials are not and will not be our employees and, except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing preclinical, clinical, and nonclinical programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical studies or other drug development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approvalmarketing authorization of or successfully commercialize our product candidate. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidate would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

24


Table of Contents

If any of our relationships terminate with these third-party CROs, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO begins work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impactaffect our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and prospects.

We may be required to suspend or discontinue clinical trials due to side effects or other safety risks that could preclude approval of our products.

Our clinical trials may be suspended at any time for a number of reasons. We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants. In addition, regulatory agencies may order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials at any time if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants.

If we are unable to secure contracts with WC and third-party administrators or rehabilitation clinics who treat patients with gait deficit due to symptoms from MS or balance issues associated with mmTBI, this could have a negative impact on our intended sales and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

One of our commercialization strategies includes leveraging WC payers to drive early reimbursements and entice Medicaid and commercial payers through third-party administrators and rehabilitation clinics. Should we fail in securing such contracts it could have a material adverse effect on our intended sales projections, which would affect our financial conditions and operating results. In addition, until we are successful in engaging WC payers, Medicaid and other third-party commercial payers to cover the cost of the PoNS device for their insured

customers, we expect our initial sales of the PoNS device will be via cash paid by patients. As a result, we may not be able to sell our PoNS device in commercially reasonable quantities depending on the cost of the device to cash payers.

If we are unable to obtain a reimbursement code from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services so that the PoNS™PoNS device is covered under Medicare and Medicaid, this wouldcould have a negative impact on our intended sales and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We plan to submit an application to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services for a reimbursement code so that the PoNS™PoNS device is covered under Medicare and Medicaid. ThereHowever, there can be no assurance that our application will be successful, or that we will be able to obtain a reimbursement code in a timely manner. In the event that we do not obtain a reimbursement code for the PoNS™PoNS device, our customers may be unable to obtain reimbursement for their purchases under private or government-sponsored insurance plans, which wouldcould have a negative impact on our sales and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, Medicare and its administrative contractors as well as other insurers must find that the PoNS™PoNS device meets their medical necessity requirements for the treatment of patients with mmTBI or they will not pay for the device.treatment. In addition, there is a risk that the payment amount for the PoNS™PoNS device is either too low or too high to incentivize customer adoption.

If hospitals and other healthcare providers are unable to obtain coverage or adequate reimbursement for procedures performed with our products, our product will not likely be widely used.

In the United States, the commercial success of our existing product and any future products will depend, in part, on the extent to which governmental payers at the federal and state levels, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payers provide coverage for and establish adequate reimbursement levels for procedures utilizing our products. On January 12, 2021, the CMS stated that it is finalizing a new Medicare coverage pathway, Medicare Coverage of Innovative Technology, or “MCIT,” for FDA-designated breakthrough medical devices. The MCIT rule will provide national Medicare coverage as early as the same day as FDA market authorization for breakthrough devices and coverage would last for four years. Manufacturers will be able to opt-in to MCIT and choose a start date for coverage anytime within two years from the date of FDA market authorization. Hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase our product for treatment of their patients generally rely on third-party payers to pay for all or part of the costs and fees associated with our products as part of a “bundled” rate for the associated procedures. The existence of coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products and the procedures performed with them by government and private payers is critical to market acceptance of our existing and future products. Neither hospitals nor physicians are likely to use our product and any future products if they do not receive adequate reimbursement for the procedures utilizing our products.

Many private payers currently base their reimbursement policies on the coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by the CMS, which administers the Medicare program. Others may adopt different coverage or reimbursement policies for procedures performed with our products, while some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, have reimbursement policies that vary from state to state, some of which may not pay for the procedures performed with our products in an adequate amount, if at all. A Medicare national or local coverage decision denying coverage for one or more of our products could result in private and other third-party payers also denying coverage for our products. Third-party payers also may deny reimbursement for our products if they determine that a product used in a procedure was not medically necessary, was not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payer, or was used for an unapproved use. Unfavorable coverage or reimbursement decisions by government programs or private payers underscore the uncertainty that our productsproduct face in the market and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Many hospitals and clinics in the United States belong to group purchasing organizations, which typically incentivize their hospital members to make a relatively large proportion of purchases from a limited number of vendors of similar products that have contracted to offer discounted prices. Such contracts often include exceptions for purchasing certain innovative new technologies, however. Accordingly, the commercial success of our products may also depend to some extent on our ability to either negotiate favorable purchase contracts with key group purchasing organizations and/or persuade hospitals and clinics to purchase our product “off contract.”

25


Table of Contents

The healthcare industry in the United States has experienced a trend toward cost containment as government and private payers seek to control healthcare costs by paying service providers lower rates. While we believe that hospitals will be able to obtain coverage for procedures using our products, the level of payment available to them for such procedures may change over time. State and federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, closely regulate provider payment levels and have sought to contain, and sometimes reduce, payment levels. Private payers frequently follow government payment policies and are likewise interested in controlling increases in the cost of medical care. In addition, some payers are adopting pay-for-performance programs that differentiate payments to healthcare providers based on the achievement of documented quality-of-care metrics, cost efficiencies, or patient outcomes. These programs are intended to provide incentives to providers to deliver the same or better results while consuming fewer resources. As a resultBecause of these programs, and related payer efforts to reduce payment levels, hospitals and other providers are seeking ways to reduce their costs, including the amounts they pay to medical device manufacturers. We may not be able to sell our implantsproduct profitably if third-party payers deny or discontinue coverage or reduce their levels of payment below that which we project, or if our production costs increase at a greater rate than payment levels. Adverse changes in payment rates by payers to hospitals could adversely impactaffect our ability to market, and sell our products, and negatively affect our financial performance.

In international markets, medical device regulatory requirements and healthcare payment systems vary significantly from country to country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines. We cannot assure you that our products will be considered cost-effective by international third-party payers, that reimbursement will be available or, if available, that the third-party payers’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our productsproduct profitably. Any failure to receive regulatory or reimbursement approvals would negatively impactaffect market acceptance of our products in any international markets in which those approvals are being sought.

If we fail to comply with healthcare laws, we could face substantial penalties and financial exposure, and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We do not have a product available for sale in the United States. If, however, we achieve this goal, the availability of payments from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers would mean that many healthcare laws would place limitations and requirements on the manner in which we conduct our business, including our sales and promotional activities and interactions with healthcare professionals and facilities. In some instances, our interactions with healthcare professionals and facilities that occurred prior to commercialization (e.g., the granting of stock options) could have implications at a later date. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, among others: (i) the federal healthcare programs Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare or Medicaid, (ii) federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent, and which may apply to entities like us if we provide coding and billing advice to customers, or under theories of “implied certification” where the government and qui tam relators may allege that device companies are liable where a product that was paid for by the government in whole or in part was promoted “off-label,” lacked necessary marketing authorization, or failed to comply with good manufacturing practices or other laws; (iii) transparency laws and related reporting and/or disclosures such

as the Sunshine Act; and/or (iv) state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, many of which differ from their federal counterparts in significant ways, thus complicating compliance efforts.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that their provisions are open to a variety of evolving interpretations and enforcement discretion. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

Our communications regarding product candidates, even while in development, are subject to extensive government scrutiny. We may be subject to governmental, regulatory and other legal proceedings relative to advertising, promotion, and marketing, and communications with study subjects and healthcare professionals, which could have a significant negative effect on our business.

We are subject to governmental oversight and associated civil and criminal enforcement relating to medical device advertising, promotion, and marketing, and such enforcement is evolving and intensifying. Communications regarding our products in development and regarding our clinical trials may subject us to enforcement if they do not comply with applicable laws. In the United States, we are potentially subject to enforcement from the FDA, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. Other parties, including private plaintiffs, also are commonly bringing suit against pharmaceutical and medical device companies. We may be subject to liability based on the actions of individual employees and third-party contractors carrying out activities on our behalf.

Even after marketing authorization for our product is obtained, we are subject to extensive post-market regulation by the FDA and equivalent foreign competent authorities. Our failure to meet strict regulatory requirements could require us to pay fines, incur other costs or even close our facilities.

Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, the FDA has the power to require us to conduct post-market studies. These studies can be very expensive and time-consuming to conduct. Failure to complete such studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation of clearance or approval and the recall or withdrawal of the product, which could prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

The FDA has broad enforcement powers, and any regulatory enforcement actions or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some healthcare professionals from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

We are also required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage, shipping, installation and servicing of our marketed products.

The FDA enforces these requirements via periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing facilities. In addition, in the future, regulatory authorities and/or customers may require specific packaging of sterile products, which could increase our costs and the price of our products.

Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements may result in changes to labeling, restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the product from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, a requirement to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device we manufacture or distribute, fines, suspension of regulatory approvals, product seizures, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties which would adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects.

After commercialization, a recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of a governmental authority, or a foreign competent authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities such as the competent authorities of the European Economic Area countries or Health Canada have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiencies in our products are found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues.

The FDA requires that certain classifications of voluntary recalls of devices be reported to the FDA within 10 working days after the recall is initiated. Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary recalls involving our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. Any recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

Any future failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with applicable statutes and regulations administered by the FDA, or the failure to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, could result in any of the following enforcement actions:

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions;

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refund, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance, de novo clearance, PMA approval, NDA, or BLA of new products or modified products;

withdrawing clearances or approvals that have already been granted;

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or

criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could result in our failure to produce our products on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

U.S. legislative or FDA regulatory reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval of our product and to manufacture, market and distribute our products after marketing authorization is obtained.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory approval, manufacture and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of future products. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted, or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Risks Related to our Business Operations

If our expenses are greater than anticipated, then we will have fewer funds with which to pursue our plan of operations and our financing requirements will be greater than anticipated.

We may find that the costs of carrying out our plan of operations are greater than we anticipate. We expect our expenses to increase over time in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we: invest in marketing and distribution capabilities in support of potentially commercializing our PoNS device in the U.S., if approved; make improvements to our manufacturing process and product design; launch the TBI-002 trial or conduct other trials of the PoNS device; pursue further regulatory approvals; maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and add additional personnel. Increased operating costs may cause the amount of financing that we require to increase. Investors may be more reluctant to provide additional financing if we cannot demonstrate that we can control our operating costs. There is no assurance that additional financing required as a result of our operating costs being greater than anticipated will be available to us. If we do not control our operating expenses, then we will have fewer funds with which to carry out our plan of operations with the result that our business may fail.

We are heavily dependent upon the ability and expertise of our management team and a very limited number of employees and the loss of such individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

We currently have a very small management team. Our success is dependent upon the ability, expertise and judgment of our senior management. While employment agreements are customarily used as a primary method of retaining the services of key employees, these agreements cannot assure the continued services of such employees. Any loss of the services of such individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, substantial changes in a corporation’s ownership may limit the amount of net operating losses, or NOLs, that can be utilized annually in the future to offset the corporation’s (and the corporation’s affiliates’) U.S. federal and state taxable income. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within any three-year period. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the corporation that underwent the ownership change, immediately before the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect any limitation in future years (including by way of exercising of warrants).

We may undertake a study to analyze and determine if any historical ownership changes of us or our subsidiary HMI have occurred to determine if there are any permanent limitations on our ability to utilize NOLs

in the future. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred, the limitations on the use of our NOLs could increase our U.S. federal and state tax liability and reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to shareholders or otherwise adversely affect the value of an investment in our common stock or warrants.

We may not be able to build an effective distribution network for our product.

We currently have very few employees and we may either build internal capabilities or rely on distributors to sell our product. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in building an internal team or entering into and maintaining productive arrangements with an adequate number of distributors that are sufficiently committed to selling our products. The establishment of a distribution network is expensive and time consuming. As we launch new products and increase our marketing effort with respect to existing products, we will need to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled resources with significant technical knowledge. In addition, the commissions we pay for product sales could increase over time, which would result in higher sales and marketing expenses. Furthermore, if we were to rely on distributors, the current and potential distributors may market and sell the products of our competitors. Even if the distributors market and sell our product, our competitors may be able, by offering higher commission payments or other incentives, to persuade these distributors to reduce or terminate their sales and marketing efforts related to our product. The distributors may also help competitors solicit business from our existing customers. Some of our independent distributors may likely account for a significant portion of our sales volume, and, if we were to lose them, our sales could be adversely affected. Even if we engage and maintain suitable relationships with an adequate number of distributors, they may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products, or ultimately succeed in selling our product.

Exposure to United Kingdom political developments, including the outcome of the referendum on membership in the European Union, could be costly and difficult to comply with and could seriously harm our business.

In January 2020, the United Kingdom formally withdrew from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” Brexit has created an uncertain political and economic environment in the United Kingdom and other European Union countries. The political and economic instability created by Brexit has caused and may continue to cause significant volatility in global financial markets and uncertainty regarding the regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom.

Brexit may have a significant negative impact on medical device manufacturers such as us. A Notified Body, or NB, that we contracted with as our EU regulatory service provider is located in the UK. CE Mark issued by a UK NB is at risk due to Brexit. Medical device manufacturers such as us with products CE Marked by a UK NB may not be able to place those products on the market until Brexit issues are resolved by the European Commission and local governments. In addition, the acceptance of medical device market authorization from UK NBs by countries outside of the EU, which have traditionally accepted UK NB CE marked products, is at risk of interruption due to Brexit. The complexity of Brexit places a significant burden on UK NBs which may negatively impact their ability to provide market clearance (i.e., CE Marking) reviews and certifications in a timely manner. Delays in CE Marking and delays in the issuance of certificates could delay us from placing our PoNS device on the market outside of the UK including outside of the EU (for those countries that require quality management system certificates and CE approval prior to marketing).

In December 2018, we submitted an application for a CE Mark, which, if approved, would allow us to market the PoNS device in the European Union. During the second quarter of 2019, we engaged with regulators in Europe to answer questions that we received from them as part of their review of our PoNS device for CE marking. In August 2019, we withdrew our application from the EU marketing process due to uncertainty in Europe caused by the switch from the Medical Device Directive, or MDD, to the Medical Device Regulation, or MDR, Brexit, and the withdrawal of Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance, our notified body, from the EU notified body business. We have engaged G-MED NA (North America) as our new ISO registrar and new notified body and will reconsider submitting to the EU when conditions stabilize.

As a result of the use of our product candidates in clinical trials, and through the sale of our products, we may be liable for product liability claims and we may not carry sufficient product liability insurance.

The PoNS device and any devices and product candidates that we may develop in the future may expose us to potential liability from personal injury claims by clinical trial subjects and, if commercially sold, end-users of the product. We maintain clinical trial liability insurance and carry product liability insurance to protect us against the risk that in the future a product liability claim or product recall could materially and adversely affect our business. Inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or otherwise to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of our intended product. We cannot assure you that when we commence distribution of our product that we will be able to obtain or maintain adequate coverage on acceptable terms, or that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against all potential claims. Moreover, even if we maintain adequate insurance, any successful claim could materially and adversely affect our reputation and prospects and divert management’s time and attention. If we are sued for any injury allegedly caused by our future products, our liability could exceed our total assets and our ability to pay the liability.

We are a “smaller reporting company” under federal securities laws and we cannot be certain whether the reduced reporting requirements applicable to such companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are a “smaller reporting company” under federal securities laws. For as long as we continue to be a smaller reporting company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company so long as our public float remains less than $250 million as of the last business day of our most recently-completed second fiscal quarter. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or be more volatile.

Investors could lose confidence in our financial reports, and the value of our common stock may be adversely affected, if our internal controls over financial reporting are found not to be effective by management or by our independent registered public accounting firm.

As long we remain a non-accelerated filer, we are exempt from the attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting by our independent auditors pursuant to section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 but are required to make our own internal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. The existence of one or more material weaknesses, such as the material weakness we identified in October 2019, could affect the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting. Investors could lose confidence in our financial reports, and the value of our common stock may be harmed, if our internal controls over financial reporting are found not to be effective by management or by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Several people who work for us on a part-time consulting basis may be subject to conflicts of interest.

Several people who provide services to us are part-time consultants. Each may devote part of his working time to other business endeavors, including consulting relationships with other corporate entities, and may have responsibilities to these other entities. Because of these relationships, some of the persons who provide services to us may be subject to conflicts of interest. Such conflicts may include deciding how much time to devote to our affairs, as well as what business opportunities should be presented to us.

We have been the victim of a cyber-related crime and our controls may not be successful in avoiding further cyber-related crimes in the future.

In October 2019, we were the victim of a business email compromise fraud which resulted in our incurring a loss of approximately $0.1 million. We are working with law enforcement authorities and the banks involved in the wire transfer to pursue recovery of the $0.1 million, but at this time while law enforcement officials have identified the source of the scam, we do not know whether we will be able to recover any of the funds, and we have been advised that it may take several months before we are better able to evaluate our recovery prospects. Enhancements have been made to our controls relating to electronic payments by or for us that we believe will reduce our risk of becoming a victim of future frauds related to our payments, including by wire transfers. However, cyber-related criminal activities continue to evolve and increase in sophistication, frequency and severity. As a result, the control enhancements that have been made, and any additional enhancements that may be made in the future, to our controls may not be successful in avoiding our becoming a victim to further cyber-related crimes.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of computer system failures, cyber-attacks or a deficiency in our cyber-security.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems, and those of third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, malware, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions (including ransomware attacks) over the Internet, attachments to emails, persons inside our organization, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. No network or system can ever be completely secure, and the risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in operations, reputation, or a material disruption of our development programs for an indeterminate period of time. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. In some cases, data cannot be reproduced. To the extent that any disruption or security breach was to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur material legal claims and liability, damage to our reputation, and the further development of the PoNS device or any future product candidate could be delayed. If a security breach results in the exposure or unauthorized disclosure of personal information, we could incur additional costs associated with data breach notification and remediation expenses, investigation costs, regulatory penalties and fines, and legal proceedings. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all the costs related to such breaches or attacks. In October 2019, we were the victim of a business email compromise, fraud which resulted in our incurring a loss of approximately $0.1 million.

Challenges to our tax positions in U.S. or non-U.S. jurisdictions, the interpretation and application of recent U.S. tax legislation or other changes in U.S. or non-U.S. taxation of our operations could harm our business, revenue and financial results.

We operate, or intend to operate, in a number of tax jurisdictions globally, including in the United States at the federal, state and local levels, and in several other countries, and we therefore are or will be subject to review and potential audit by tax authorities in these various jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities, and tax authorities may disagree with tax positions we take and challenge our tax positions. Successful unilateral or multi-jurisdictional actions by various tax authorities may increase our worldwide effective tax rate, result in additional taxes or other costs or have other material consequences, which could harm our business, revenue and financial results.

Our effective tax rate may also change from year to year or vary materially from our expectations based on changes or uncertainties in the mix of activities and income allocated or earned among various jurisdictions,

changes in tax laws and the applicable tax rates in these jurisdictions (including future tax laws that may become material), tax treaties between countries, our eligibility for benefits under those tax treaties and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. Such changes could result in an increase in the effective tax rate applicable to all or a portion of our income, impose new limitations on deductions, credits or other tax benefits or make other changes that may adversely affect our business, cash flows or financial performance. For example, if we are unable to fully realize the benefit of interest expense incurred in future periods as a result of recent tax law changes (as discussed below), we may need to recognize a valuation allowance on any related deferred tax assets, which would impact our annual effective income tax rate.

In particular, on December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts & Jobs Act, or TCJA, was signed into law. The legislation significantly changed U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, implementing a modified territorial tax system and imposing a transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, or the Section 965 Transition Tax. Certain changes established by the TCJA increased our effective tax rate in prior years, including a new income inclusion item for global intangible low-taxed income, or GILTI, and the Section 965 Transition Tax on our accumulated offshore earnings held in cash and illiquid assets. Additional changes have impacted the timing of our recognition of certain items of loss and deduction, including a new limitation on the company’s deduction for business interest expense, a new limitation of the deduction for NOLs to 80% of current year taxable income, elimination of NOL carrybacks for NOLs arising after December 31, 2017 and the allowance of the indefinite carryforward of such NOLs, and increased bonus depreciation from 50% to 100% for certain qualified property.

Furthermore, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act, was enacted on March 27, 2020 in response to the outbreak of COVID-19 and its consequences. The CARES Act introduced substantial changes to the U.S. tax code, the overall impact of which on our business is uncertain. For example, among other changes, the CARES Act increased the interest expense deductibility limitations and waived certain limitations on the use of NOLs, in each case, temporarily.

On July 23, 2020, final regulations were published that exempt certain income subject to a high rate of foreign tax from inclusion under GILTI for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

The cumulative impact of these and other changes in tax law is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. The impact of these changes on holders of our securities is also uncertain and could be adverse.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The reverse split of our common stock effected on December 31, 2020 could decrease our total market capitalization and has increased, and may continue to increase, the Warrantsvolatility of our stock price.

At a special meeting of our stockholders on December 28, 2020, our stockholders approved a reverse split of our outstanding common stock at a ratio in the range of 1-for-5 to 1-for-35. Following such special meeting, our board of directors approved a 1-for-35 reverse split of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. We filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to effect the reverse stock split. The reverse stock split was effective as of 5:00 pm Eastern Time on December 31, 2020, and our common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on The Nasdaq Capital Market on January 4, 2021.

There can be no assurance that the total market capitalization of our common stock after the reverse stock split will be equal to or greater than the total market capitalization before the reverse stock split or that the per share market price of our common stock following the reverse stock split will increase in proportion to the reduction in the number of shares of common stock outstanding before the reverse stock split. Furthermore, a decline in the market price of our common stock after the reverse stock split may result in a greater percentage decline than would occur in the absence of a reverse stock split, and the liquidity of our common stock could be adversely affected following such a reverse stock split.

The reverse stock split increased the Company’s authorized but unissued shares of common stock, which could negatively impact a potential investor.

Because the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock was not reduced proportionately, the reverse stock split increased the Board’s ability to issue authorized and unissued shares without further stockholder action. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into common stock may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and relative voting power and may cause a decline in the trading price of the common stock. The Company could use the shares that are available for future issuance in dilutive equity financing transactions, or to oppose a hostile takeover attempt or delay or prevent changes in control or changes in or removal of management, including transactions that are favored by a majority of the stockholders or in which the stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then-current market prices or benefit in some other manner.

We could be delisted from The Nasdaq Capital Market, which could seriously harm the liquidity of our stock and our ability to raise capital.

Our common stock is currently listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market. In order to maintain that listing, we must satisfy minimum financial and other continued listing requirements and standards, including those regarding maintaining a minimum share price, director independence and independent committee requirements, minimum stockholders’ equity, and certain corporate governance requirements. There can be no assurances that we will be able to comply with the applicable listing standards.

On March 23, 2020, we received a Notice from the Staff of Nasdaq indicating that, based on the closing bid price of the common stock for the 30 consecutive business days preceding the Notice, we no longer meet Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”). The Notice does not result in the immediate delisting of our common stock from The Nasdaq Capital Market. In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we were provided a period of 180 calendar days in which to regain compliance. In order to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, the closing bid price of our common stock must be at least $1.00 for a minimum of ten consecutive business days.

On April 17, 2020, the Company the Second Notice for the Staff of Nasdaq stating that the 180-day period to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement has been extended due to the global market impact caused by COVID-19. More specifically, Nasdaq has stated that compliance periods were suspended from April 16, 2020 until June 30, 2020. On July 1, 2020, companies received the balance of any pending compliance period to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. As a result of this Offeringextension, we were given to until December 3, 2020 to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement.

On December 4, 2020, the Company received notice from the Staff indicating that the Company was not eligible for an additional 180 day extension to meet the Minimum Bid Price Rule. As a result, the Staff determined that the Company’s securities would be subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Panel. The Company timely submitted a request for a hearing before the Panel, which request stayed any suspension or delisting action by Nasdaq at least until the hearing process concludes and any extension granted by the Panel expires. On January 15, 2021, the Company received a notice from the Staff that the bid price deficiency of the Company had been cured, and that the Company was in compliance with all applicable listing standards, and so the scheduled hearing before the Panel was cancelled.

However, there is no guarantee that we will remain compliant with the requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.

If we cease to be eligible to trade on The Nasdaq Capital Market:

We may have to pursue trading in the United States on a less recognized or accepted market, such as the OTC Bulletin Board or the “pink sheets”;

Shares of our common stock could be less liquid and marketable, thereby reducing the ability of stockholders to purchase or sell our shares as quickly and as inexpensively as they have done historically;

Our common stock may be deemed a “penny stock,” and transactions in our common stock would be more difficult and cumbersome;

We may be unable to access capital on favorable terms or at all, as companies trading on alternative markets may be viewed as less attractive investments with higher associated risks, such that existing or prospective institutional investors may be less interested in, or prohibited from, investing in our common stock; and

The market price of the common stock may further decline.

A decline in the price of our common stock could affect our ability to raise any required working capital and adversely impactaffect our operations.

A decline in the price of our common stock could result in a reduction in the liquidity of our common stock and a reduction in our ability to raise any required capital for our operations. Because our operations to date have been principally financed through the sale of equity securities, a decline in the price of our common stock could have an adverse effect upon our liquidity and our continued operations. A reduction in our ability to raise equity capital in the future may have a material adverse effect upon our business planplans and operations. If our stock price declines, we may not be able to raise additional capital or generate funds from operations sufficient to meet our obligations.

OurAn active trading market for our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market may not continue to develop or be sustained.

Although our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will continue to develop or be sustained. If an active market for our common stock does not have a well-established tradingcontinue to develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for investors in our common stock to sell their shares of our common stock without depressing the market inprice for the United States. shares or to sell the shares at all.

Trading of our common stock iscould be sporadic, and the price of our common stock may be volatile; we caution you as to the highly illiquid nature of an investment in our shares.

Our common stock is currently periodically quoted on the OTCQB electronic quotation service operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. A well-established market for our common stock may never develop in the United States.

Trading in stock quoted on the OTCQB is often thin and characterized by wide fluctuations in trading prices, due to many factors that may have little to do with our operations or business prospects. This volatility could depress the market price of our common stock for reasons unrelated to operating performance or future prospects of our business. Moreover, the OTCQB is not a stock exchange, and trading of securities on the OTCQB is often more sporadic than the trading of securities listed on a quotation system like Nasdaq or a stock exchange like Amex. Accordingly, shareholders may have difficulty reselling any of the shares.

Our common stock has been listed on the TSX since April 18, 2016. Certain shares of our common stock are also restricted for immediate resale to U.S. persons or to anyone for the account or2016 and on behalf of any U.S. person, pursuant to the requirements of Regulation S. These shares are traded separately on the TSX under a separate ticker symbol. To date, trading on the TSX in our common stock has been extremely limited and sporadic. Trading in our common stock on the Canadian Securities Exchange was also extremely limited.

26


Table of Contents

Our Warrants were also approved for listing on the TSX onThe Nasdaq Capital Market since April 18, 2016. However, because only the Warrants issued in the Offshore Offering in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act were approved for listing on the TSX, the Warrants listed on the TSX may not be purchased by or on behalf of a U.S. person, or by a person in the United States, unless in a registered transaction or pursuant to an applicable safe harbor or exemption from registration.

11, 2018. Securities of microcap and small-cap companies have experienced substantial volatility in the past, often based on factors unrelated to the companies’ financial performance or prospects. We believe that trading in our stock if it occurs at all,has been and will likely continue to be subject to significant volatility since, among other reasons, we do not have nor will we have in the foreseeable future an active trading market in our stock.volatility. These factors include macroeconomic developments in North America and globally and market perceptions of the attractiveness of particular industries. Factors unrelated to our performance that may affect the price of our common stock include the following: the extent of analytical coverage available to investors concerning our business may be limited if investment banks with research capabilities do not follow us, a reduction in trading volume and general market interest in our common stock may affect an investor’s ability to trade significant numbers of shares of our common stock; the size of our public float may limit the ability of some institutions to invest in our common stock; and a substantial decline in the price of shares of our common stock that persists for a significant period of time could cause our common stock, if listed on an exchange, to be delisted from such exchange, further reducing market liquidity.stock. As a result of any of these factors, the market price of our common stock at any given point in time may not accurately reflect our long-term value. The price of our common shares may increase or decrease in response to a number of events and factors, including: changes in financial estimates; our acquisitions and financings; quarterly variations in our operating results; the operating and share price performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable; and purchase or sale of blocks of our common stock. These factors, or any of them, may materially adversely affect the prices of our common shares regardless of our operating performance. We caution you as to the highly illiquid nature of an investment in our shares.

The market price of our common stock is affected by many other variables which are not directly related to our success and are, therefore, not within our control. These include other developments that affect the breadth of the public market for shares of our common stock and the attractiveness of alternative investments. The effect of these and other factors on the market price of our common stock is expected to make our common stock price volatile in the future, which may result in losses to investors.

We have not voluntarily implemented various corporate governance measures, in the absence of which, shareholders may have more limited protections against interested director transactions, conflicts of interest and similar matters.

Federal legislation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has resulted in the adoption of various corporate governance measures designed to promote the integrity of the corporate management and the securities markets. Some of these measures have been adopted in response to legal requirements. Others have been adopted by companies in response to the requirements of national securities exchanges, such as the NYSE or the Nasdaq Stock Market, on which their securities are listed. Among the corporate governance measures that are required under the rules of national securities exchanges are those that address board of directors’ independence, and audit committee oversight. We have not yet adopted many of these corporate governance measures, including

the requirement that our board of directors be composed of a majority of independent directors; and

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee, a compensation committee and an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors, with written charters addressing the committees’ purpose and responsibilities.

It is possible that if we were to adopt some or all of these corporate governance measures, stockholders would benefit from somewhat greater assurances that internal corporate decisions were being made by disinterested directors and that policies had been implemented to define responsible conduct. Investors should bear in mind our current lack of corporate governance measures in formulating their investment decisions.

27


Table of Contents

Our shares are subject to potential delisting if we do not meet or continue to maintain the listing requirements of the TSX.

The TSX rules for continued listing include minimum market capitalization and other requirements. Failure to maintain our listing on the TSX or being de-listed from the TSX would make it more difficult for shareholders to dispose of our common stock and more difficult to obtain accurate quotations on our common stock. This could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Our ability to issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or to otherwise arrange for any financing we may need in the future, may also be materially and adversely affected if our common stock is not traded on a national securities exchange.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations, and you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the price at which you acquired them, or at all.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors that are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

quarterly variations in our revenues and operating expenses;
developments in the financial markets and worldwide or regional economies;
announcements of innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;
announcements by the government relating to regulations that govern our industry;
significant sales of our common stock or other securities in the open market;
variations in interest rates;
changes in the market valuations of other comparable companies; and
changes in accounting principles.

In the past, stockholders have often instituted securities class action litigation after periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. If a stockholder were to file any such class action suit against us, we would incur substantial legal fees and our management’s attention and resources would be diverted from operating our business to respond to the litigation, which could harm our business.

Our two major shareholders have the ability to take shareholder action without the involvement of our other shareholders.

In accordance with our governing documents, any action required to be taken at a shareholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting if consents in writing setting forth the action so taken are signed by the holders of our outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be required to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. Currently, our two major shareholders, MPJ Healthcare, LLC (“MPJ”) and ANR, hold approximately 39% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Philippe Deschamps, our Chief Executive Officer, and Jonathan Sackier, our Chief Medical Officer, each serve on the board of members of MPJ.

Our two major shareholders may have the ability to take shareholder action at a shareholders’ meeting even if they do not hold a majority of our outstanding common stock.

As long as our two major shareholders, MPJ and ANR, collectively hold at least 33 1/3% of our outstanding common stock, they may be able to effect a vote requiring shareholder approval. In accordance with our governing documents, shareholders holding at least five percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on a proposal may call a special meeting to vote on the proposal. Also in accordance with our governing documents, quorum for a shareholders’ meeting is at least 33 1/3% of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote and, where quorum is present, shareholder action may be taken by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote. Accordingly, if our two major shareholders call a meeting and establish quorum, they can effect shareholder approval on a proposal unless other shareholders holding a greater number of shares than our two major shareholders were present at the meeting, either in person or by proxy, and vote against the proposal. There is no guarantee that such other shareholders will be present at any such meeting or, even if they were present at such meeting, will vote against the proposal.

28


Table of Contents

We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of Class A common stock, and we intend to issue significantly more shares to raise capital, which would result in substantial dilution to your investment in our shares.

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of an unlimited number of Class A common shares that can be issued for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as are established by our board of directors without the approval of any of our shareholders. Any additional financings effected by us may result in the issuance of additional securities without stockholder approval and the substantial dilution in the percentage of common stock held by our then existing stockholders. Moreover, the common stock issued in any such transaction may be valued on an arbitrary or non-arm’s-length basis by our management, resulting in an additional reduction in the percentage of common stock held by our current stockholders. Our board of directors has the power to issue any or all of such authorized but unissued shares without stockholder approval. To the extent that additional shares of common stock or preferred stock are issued in connection with a financing, dilution to the interests of our stockholders will occur and the rights of the holders of common stock might be materially and adversely affected. We may issue additional common shares in connection with a future financing or acquisition. The issuance of additional common shares may dilute an investor’s investment in us and reduce cash available for distribution per common share, if any dividends are declared by the board of directors in the future.

We have not paid any dividends and do not foresee paying dividends in the future.

We intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business and do not intend to pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be reviewed periodically by the board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, conditions then existing including earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, restrictions in financing agreements, business opportunities and other factors.

A significant portion ofProvisions in our outstanding common stockcorporate charter documents and under Delaware law may be sold into the public marketprevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in the future, which could causeus, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that may make it difficult for a third party to drop significantly,acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change of control was considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our business is doing well.

Salesboard of a substantial numberdirectors has the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of our commonpreferred stock in the public market could occur in the future. These sales,may delay or the market perception that the holdersprevent a change of control transaction. As a large number of shares of our common stock intend to sell shares, could reduceresult, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.

Our charter documents also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:

stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 66 2/3% vote and only for cause;

stockholders are not be permitted to take actions by written consent;

stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and

stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change of control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

Our stockcertificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a penny stock. Tradingclaim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our stock may be restricteddirectors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders,

(iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the SEC’s penny stock regulations whichinternal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to buybring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and sell our stock.

Our stockdirectors, officers and other employees. For example, stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. The Court of Chancery and federal district courts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results may be more favorable to us than to our stockholders. Some companies that adopted a similar federal district court forum selection provision are currently subject to a suit in the Chancery Court of Delaware by stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable. If a penny stock. The SEC has adopted Rule 15g-9 which generally defines “penny stock”court were to find either choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that the exclusive forum provision of federal district courts of the United States of America for resolving any equity security that hascomplaint asserting a market price (as defined) less than $5.00 per share or an exercise pricecause of less than $5.00 per share, subjectaction arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. As a result of this decision, we do not currently intend to certain exceptions. Our securities are coveredenforce the federal forum selection provision in our certificate of incorporation, unless the decision is reversed on appeal. However, if the decision is reviewed on appeal and ultimately overturned by the penny stock rules, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell to persons other than established customers and “accredited investors”. The term “accredited investor” refers generally to institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000, not including any equity in that person’s or person’s spouse’s primary residence, or annual income exceeding $200,000 or $300,000 jointly with their spouse. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt fromDelaware Supreme Court, we would enforce the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document in a form prepared by the SEC which provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer also must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. The bid and offer quotations, and the broker-dealer and salesperson compensation information, must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation. In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market for the stock that is subject to these penny stock rules. Consequently, these penny stock rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to trade our securities. We believe that the penny stock rules discourage investor interest in and limit the marketability of our common stock.

29


Table of Contents

FINRA sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.

In addition to the “penny stock” rules promulgated by the SEC, the FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. The FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock.

Any future sales of our equity securities will dilute the ownership percentage of our existing stockholders and may decrease the market price for our common stock.

Future sales or issuances of equity securities could decrease the value of our common stock, dilute stockholders’ voting power and reduce future potential earnings per share. We intend to sell additional equity securities in future offerings (including through the sale of securities convertible into shares of our common stock) and may issue additional equity securities to finance our operations, development, acquisitions or other projects. We cannot predict the size of future sales and issuances of equity securities or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of equity securities will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales or issuances of a substantial number of equity securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. With any additional sale or issuance of equity securities, investors will suffer dilution of their voting power and may experience dilution in our earnings per share.

Anti-takeover provisions may limit the ability of another party to acquire us, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Though not now, we may be or in the future we may become subject to Wyoming’s control share law. The law focuses on the acquisition of a “controlling interest” which means the ownership of outstanding voting shares sufficient, but for the control share law, to enable the acquiring person to exercise the following proportions of the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors: (i) one-fifth or more but less than one-third, (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority, or (iii) a majority or more. The ability to exercise such voting power may be direct or indirect, as well as individual or in association with others. The effect of the control share law is that the acquiring person, and those acting in association with it, obtains only such voting rights in the control shares as are conferred by a resolution of the stockholders of the corporation, approved at a special or annual meeting of stockholders. The control share law contemplates that voting rights will be considered only once by the other stockholders. Thus, there is no authority to strip voting rights from the control shares of an acquiring person once those rights have been approved. If the stockholders do not grant voting rights to the control shares acquired by an acquiring person, those shares do not become permanent non-voting shares. The acquiring person is free to sell its shares to others. If the buyers of those shares themselves do not acquire a controlling interest, their shares do not become governed by the control share law. If control shares are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring person has acquired control shares with a majority or more of the voting power, any stockholder of record, other than an acquiring person, who has not voted in favor of approval of voting rights is entitled to demand fair value for such stockholder’s shares.

Wyoming’s control share law may have the effect of discouraging takeovers of the corporation. In addition to the control share law, Wyoming has a business combination law which prohibits certain business combinations between Wyoming corporations and “interested stockholders” for three years after the “interested stockholder” first becomes an “interested stockholder,” unless the corporation’s board of directors approves the combination in advance. For purposes of Wyoming law, an “interested stockholder” is any person who is (i) the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation and at any time within the three previous years was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of the corporation. The definition of the term “business combination” is sufficiently broad to cover virtually any kind of transaction that would allow a potential acquiror to use the corporation’s assets to finance the acquisition or otherwise to benefit its own interests rather than the interests of the corporation and its other stockholders. The effect of Wyoming’s business combination law is to potentially discourage parties interested in taking control of the Company from doing so if it cannot obtain the approval of our board of directors.

30


Table of Contents

In addition, our Articles of Incorporation provide for unlimited authorized shares of our Class A common stock. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of unlimited authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our Class A common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Holders of our Warrants will have no rights as shareholders until such holders exercise their Warrants and acquire our common shares.

Until holders of Warrants acquire common shares upon exercise of the Warrants, holders of Warrants will have no rights with respect to the common shares underlying such Warrants. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the holders thereof will be entitled to exercise the rights of common shareholders only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.federal district court exclusive forum provision.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

31


TableThe United States Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of Contents2017 could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the TCJA, significantly reforms the Code. The TCJA, among other things, contains significant changes to U.S. federal corporate income taxation, including reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks for net operating losses arising after December 31, 2017, immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and creating, modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. Federal net operating losses arising in taxable year ending after December 31, 2017 will be carried forward indefinitely pursuant to the TCJA. We continue to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on our business. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the TCJA is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. The impact of this tax reform on holders of our common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse.

Risks Related to this Offering

Because our management will have broad discretion and flexibility in how the net proceeds from this offering are used, our management may use the net proceeds in ways with which you disagree or which may not prove effective.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as discussed under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus. We have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds from this offering for any of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, our management will have significant discretion and flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. You will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of these net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the net proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for us. The failure of our management to use such funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

If you purchase Units in this offering, you may incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares.

The assumed public offering price of the Units is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing Units in this offering may pay a price per share of common stock that may substantially exceed the pro forma, as adjusted book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing Units in this offering may incur immediate dilution of $9.35 per share of common stock, based on an assumed public offering of $15.42 per Unit. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing Units in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of a liquidation of our company. The final public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriter in the offering and may be at a discount to the current market price. Therefore, the assumed offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the final offering price. Furthermore, if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares of common stock and/or Warrants or our previously-issued options, warrants or other rights to acquire common stock at prices below the public offering price are exercised, you will experience further dilution. See “Dilution.”

The Warrants are unlisted securities and there is no public market for them.

There is no established public trading market for the Warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, the Warrants are not listed, and we do not intend to apply for listing of the Warrants on any securities exchange or trading system. Without an active market, the liquidity of the Warrants is limited, and investors may be unable to liquidate their investments in the Warrants.

The Warrants may not have any value.

The Warrants will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire on the five year anniversary of the original issuance date at an initial exercise price of $                 per share. In the event that the price of a share of our common stock does not exceed the exercise price of the Warrants during the period when the Warrants are exercisable, the Warrants may not have any value.

The Warrants purchased in this offering do not entitle the holder to any rights as common stockholders until the holder exercises the Warrant for shares of our common stock.

Until you acquire shares of our common stock upon exercise of your Warrants purchased in this offering, such Warrants will not provide you any rights as a common stockholder, except as set forth in the Warrants. Upon exercise of your Warrants purchased in this offering, you will be entitled to exercise the rights of a common stockholder only as to matters for which the record date occurs on or after the exercise date.

Purchasers in this offering may experience additional dilution of their investment in the future.

Subject to lock-up provisions described under “Underwriting”, we are generally not restricted from issuing additional securities, including shares of common stock, securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or substantially similar securities. The issuance of securities may cause further dilution to our stockholders, including investors in this offering. In order to raise additional capital, such securities may be at prices that are not the same as the price per share in this offering. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell shares or other securities in any other offering at a price per share that is equal to or greater than the price per share paid by investors in this offering, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing stockholders, including investors who purchase securities in this offering. The price per share at which we sell additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock in future transactions may be higher or lower than the price per share in this offering. The exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants and the vesting of outstanding restricted stock units may also result in further dilution of your investment.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-lookingstatements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Any statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and may be forward-looking. These statements are neither historical facts nor assurancesoften, but are not always, made through the use of future performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectationswords or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “plans,” “projects,” “potential,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” “targets,” “predicts,” and similar words or phrases. Accordingly, these statements involve estimates, assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, our clinicaluncertainties which could cause actual results and other future conditions. The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “contemplate”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “forecast”, “goal”, “intend”, “may”, “plan”, “potential” “predict”, “project”, “should”, “target”, “will”, “would”, or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions are intended to identifydiffer materially from those expressed in them. Any forward-looking statements although not allare qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout this prospectus, and in particular those factors included in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Because the factors referred to in the preceding paragraph could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

the completion and closing of this offering and the timing thereof;

the Company’s expectations regarding its revenue, expenses and operations and ability of the Company to achieve such expectations;

the use of the proceeds from the Offshore Offering and private placement or from the exercise of the Warrants;

the Company’s anticipated cash needs and its needs for additional financing;

the Company’s ability to obtain funding for its operations, including research funding;

the quantitative effects of the Company’s restatements of its financial statements;

the Company’s ability to protect, maintain and enforce its intellectual property rights;

the benefits and risks of the Company’s products as compared to others;

the Company’s ability to defend itself against third-party claims of infringement or violation of, or other conflicts with, intellectual property rights by the Company;

the Company’s future growth plans;

the Company’s estimate of the size of the potential markets for its products;

the timing and amount of reimbursement for the Company’s products;

the cost of post-market regulation if the Company receives necessary regulatory clearances;

the Company’s ability to advance its product candidate into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

the therapeutic benefits, effectiveness and safety of the Company’s product candidate;

the Company’s selection and licensing of products;

the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers;

the success and pricing of other competing therapies that are currently or may become available;

the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

the manufacturing capacity of third-party manufacturers for the Company’s products;

32


Table of Contents


the Company needing to do a technology transfer to a scale manufacturer once the product is launched;

sources of revenues and anticipated revenues, including contributions from distributors and collaborators, product sales, license agreements and other collaborative efforts for the development and commercialization of products;

the Company’s expectations regarding regulatory requirements in the U.S. and Canada;

whether the Company will receive, and the timing and costs of obtaining, regulatory clearances in the U.S. and Canada;

the competition the Company faces from other companies, research organizations, academic institutions and government agencies, and the risks such competition pose to the Company’s products;

the rate and degree of market acceptance of the Company’s products;

the building of the physical therapist infrastructure to coincide with the launch of the PoNS™ device;

regulatory developments and the regulatory environments in which the Company operates; and

anticipated trends and challenges in the Company’s business and the markets in which it operates.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, andwe make, you should not place undue reliance on ourany such forward-looking statements. Actual resultsFurther, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events could differ materiallyor circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which factors will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed inimpact of each factor on our business or the forward-looking statements we make. We have included importantextent to which any factor, or combination of factors, in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that we believe couldmay cause actual results or events to differ materially from thethose contained in any forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make or collaborations or strategic partnerships we may enter into.statements.

You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in thisany related free writing prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially differentdiffer from what we expect. The

Except as required by law, forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our viewsspeak only as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent eventsthey are made, and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may electassume no obligation to update theseany forward-looking statements at some pointpublicly, or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on theseany forward-looking statements, as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.even if new information becomes available.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data.

33


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are registeringestimate that the Shares and the Warrants for resale by the selling securityholders pursuantnet proceeds to our obligations under our agreement with the Agent pursuant to the Offshore Offering. We will not receive any proceedsus from the sale of the Sharessecurities offered by this prospectus in this offering will be approximately $7.0 million (or $8.1 million if the underwriter fully exercises its overallotment option) after deducting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for funding operations, working capital and general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisitions of businesses, products, technologies or licenses that are complementary to our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to do so.

The allocation of the net proceeds of the offering represents our estimates based upon our current plans and assumptions regarding industry and general economic conditions, our future revenues and expenditures.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly and will depend on numerous factors, including market conditions, cash generated or used by our operations, business developments and opportunities that may arise and related rate of growth. We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of the proceeds from this offering for other purposes.

Circumstances that may give rise to a change in the use of proceeds and the Warrants. Thealternate purposes for which the proceeds may be used include:

the existence of other opportunities or the need to take advantage of changes in timing of our existing activities;

the need or desire on our part to accelerate, increase or eliminate existing initiatives due to, among other things, changing market conditions and competitive developments; and/or

if strategic opportunities present themselves (including acquisitions, joint ventures, licensing and other similar transactions).

From time to time, we evaluate these factors and other factors and we anticipate continuing to make such evaluations to determine if the existing allocation of resources, including the proceeds of this offering, is being optimized. Pending the application of the net proceeds as described above, we will hold the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, securities.

We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with cash on hand, will be sufficient to fund our operations throughout the third quarter of 2021, and we believe that we will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations thereafter. Additional capital may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants or additional security interests in our assets. Any additional debt or equity financing that we complete may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate some or all of, our development programs or liquidate some or all of our assets.

MARKET INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND POLICY

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HSDT” and on the TSX under the symbol “HSM.” See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” in this prospectus for important information about the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. The Warrants will not be traded on a national securities exchange.

On January 15, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on (a) The Nasdaq Capital Market was US $15.42 per share and (b) the TSX was CAD$19.44 per share.

On December 31, 2020, there were approximately 76 stockholders of record for our common stock. A substantially greater number of stockholders may be “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

We have not historically paid cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion and growth of our business, and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our operating subsidiaries, covenants associated with any debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Moreover, if we determine to pay any dividends in the future, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay such dividends.

Our transfer agent is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219; Telephone: 800-937-5449.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of September 30, 2020, as follows:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis, to give effect to our issuance and sale of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.4 million in the October 2020 Private Placement; and

on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, to give effect to the pro forma adjustment above, and to further give effect to the sale of the Sharessecurities offered hereby at an assumed public offering price of $15.42, the closing price of our common stock on January 15, 2021, per Unit and the Warrants will be receiveduse of proceeds, as described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds, assuming no exercise by the selling securityholders. Upon a cash exerciseunderwriter of Warrants we will receive cash proceeds equal to the number of Warrants exercised multiplied by CAD$1.50 (US$1.16 per share at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016), which is the exercise price of the Warrants. For Warrants that are exercised on a cashless basis we will not receive any cash proceeds. To the extent the Warrants are exercised for cash, based on the timing of the cash exercise, we would use such proceeds for the following business objectives: (a) completion of the traumatic brain injury registrational clinical trial and submission of data for FDA clearance; (b) production of commercial inventory and commercial launch after obtaining FDA clearance; (c) pursuit of clinical trials for other neurological conditions such as multiple sclerosis and stroke; (d) investmentits overallotment option.”

You should read this information in device development to accelerate the launch of the next generation of the commercial PoNS™ therapy; and (e) general corporate purposes. We cannot anticipate how many of the Warrants, if any, will be exercised for cash or the timing of any such exercises. Our business objectives are listed above in order of priority and chronological occurrence. We expect to use any proceeds we receive from the exercise of Warrants to these business objectives in the order they are listed. We currently anticipate that we will require approximately $9.0 million to complete our registrational clinical trials, approximately $15.0 – $20.0 million to complete commercialization, including sales, marketing, and general corporate expenses, and approximately $6.0 million for completion of our currently planned additional clinical trials and device development. We received an aggregate of $9.4 million in the Offshore Offering, private placement and the exercise of certain warrants issued in 2014 after the end of our most recently completed fiscal year. We intend to meet our additional capital needs through additional equity or debt financing transactions, the exercise of the Warrants, if any, and post-commercialization revenue, if any. Seeconjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – LiquidityOperations” and Capital Resources.”

34


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available fundsconsolidated financial statements and any future earnings, if any, to fund the developmentrelated notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividendsadjusted information set forth in the foreseeable future.table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The information provided herein has been adjusted to reflect our 1-for-35 reverse stock split that was affected after trading on December 31, 2020.

35


   As of September 30, 2020
(in thousands, except
share and per share data)
 
   Actual  Pro Forma  Pro Forma, As
Adjusted
 

Cash

  $2,680  $ 5,924  $12,934 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020

   —     —     —   

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 1,295,805, 1,483,451 and 2,002,257 shares, respectively, issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020

   1   1   2 

Additional paid-in capital

   120,257   123,501   130,511 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (693  (693  (693

Accumulated deficit

   (116,368  (116,368  (116,368

Total stockholders’ equity

  $3,197  $6,441  $13,452 

TableEach $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of Contents

DILUTION$15.42 per Unit would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, by $0.5 million, assuming the number of Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 in the number of Units offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, by $1.4 million, assuming the public offering price per Unit remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The Shares to be sold by the selling securityholdersabove discussion and table are based 1,295,805 shares of common stock that are currently issuedoutstanding as of September 30, 2020 and outstanding, or, with respect toexcludes the Warrant Shares, that will be issued and outstandingshares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants. Accordingly, there will not be any dilution to our existing stockholders or new investors fromWarrants being offered by this prospectus and also excludes the salefollowing as of the Shares.that date:

However, the Warrant Shares are not currently issued and outstanding. Accordingly there will be dilution to our existing stockholders and new investors from the issuance

112,224 shares of any Warrant Shares,common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $194.68 per share;

36


Table197,232 shares of Contents

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY

Common Stock

The common stock commenced tradingissuable upon the exercise of warrants (excluding the Warrants) outstanding as of September 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of US$54.71, and 68,351 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of CAD$428.75 (or US$335.28 based on the TSX under the symbol “HSM”exchange rate on April 18, 2016. Our Warrants were also approved for listing on the TSX on April 18, 2016. See “Summary – Recent Developments – TSX Listing.”January 11, 2021);

Our

96,798 shares of common stock is currently quoted onreserved for future issuance under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2020;

an aggregate of 164 shares of fully-vested restricted stock units granted prior to September 30, 2020;

94,778 shares of common stock issuable upon the OTCQB underexercise of warrants (excluding the symbol “HSDT.”Warrants) issued subsequent to September 30, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of US$15.92;

The following table sets forth,

965 restricted stock units issued subsequent to September 30, 2020; and

82,762 shares issued upon the settlement of restricted stock units and the exercise of warrants subsequent to September 30, 2020.

All share and per share amounts for all periods presented in this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part have been retroactively adjusted for the periods indicated,reverse stock split effected on December 31, 2020.

DILUTION

A purchaser of our securities in this offering will be diluted to the high and low prices relating to our common stockextent of the difference between the price you may for the periods indicated, as provided by the Canadian Securities Exchange (the “CSE”), the TSX and the OTCQB.

OTC prices in the table below prior to February 10, 2015 reflect pricing on the OTC’s Grey Market. The Company’s common stock was delisted from the CSE concurrently with the TSX listing. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commissions, and may not reflect actual transactions.

 

OTC (US$)CSE / TSX (CAD$)

Period

High   LowHighLow

 

    

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015

    

                   First Quarter

- -CAD$ 2.37CAD$ 1.00

                   Second Quarter

$2.49$2.03CAD$ 2.72CAD$ 2.27

                   Third Quarter

$ 2.79$1.90CAD$ 3.00CAD$ 2.25

                   Fourth Quarter

$2.70$1.80CAD$ 3.40CAD$ 2.24

 

    

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2016

    

                   First Quarter

$ 2.60$1.90CAD$ 3.28CAD$ 2.30

                   Second Quarter

$2.10$0.62CAD$ 2.55CAD$ 0.80

                   Third Quarter

$ 1.15$0.58CAD$ 1.55CAD$ 0.75

                   Fourth Quarter

$0.86$0.68CAD$ 1.24CAD$ 0.95

 

    

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2017

    

                   First Quarter(1)

$ 1.50$0.70CAD$ 1.95CAD$ 1.01

(1)

Through June 24, 2016.

As of June 24, 2016, the last reported sales priceeach share of our common stock onand the TSX was CAD$1.30net tangible book value per share. As of June 24, 2016, the last reported sales priceshare of our common stock on the OTCQBafter this offering. Net tangible book value per share prior to this offering is equal to our total tangible assets minus total liabilities, all divided by 1,295,805 shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2020. Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 was US$0.99approximately $1.9 million, or $1.46 per share.

On June 24, 2016, there were approximately 213 record holdersshare of our common stock. As of September 30, 2020, our pro forma net tangible book value was $5.1 million, or $3.46 per share, after giving effect to the October 2020 Private Placement. The information provided in this section has been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-35 reverse stock split that was effected after trading December 31, 2020.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of 518,806 Units, at an assumed public offering price of $15.42 per Unit, excluding shares that may be issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2020 would have been approximately $12.1 million, or $6.07 per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase of net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $2.61 per share and an immediate dilution of $9.35 per share to the new investors purchasing securities in this offering. The following table illustrates the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors:

Assumed public offering price per Unit

    $15.42 

Historical net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2020

  $1.46   

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the October 2020 Private Placement

  $2.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2020

  $3.46   

Increase per share attributable to investors purchasing securities in this offering

  $2.61   

Pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after this offering

    $6.07 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

    $9.35 

The information above is illustrative only and will change based on actual pricing and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The above discussion and table are based 1,295,805 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and excludes the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants being offered by this prospectus and also excludes the following as of that date:

112,224 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $194.68 per share;

197,232 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants (excluding the Warrants) outstanding as of September 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of US$54.71, and 68,351 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of CAD$428.75 (or US$335.28 based on the exchange rate on January 11, 2021);

96,798 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2020;

an aggregate 164 shares of fully-vested restricted stock units granted prior to September 30, 2020.

94,778 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants (excluding the Warrants) issued subsequent to September 30, 2020, at a weighted average exercise price of US$15.92;

965 restricted stock units issued subsequent to September 30, 2020; and

82,762 shares issued upon the settlement of restricted stock units and the exercise of warrants subsequent to September 30, 2020.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $15.42 per Unit would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.24, and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $0.76, assuming the number of holdersUnits offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of recordthis prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 in the number of Units offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $0.38 per share for each increase and $(0.43) per share for each decrease, and the dilution to new investors by $(0.38) per share due to the increase and $0.43 per share due to the decrease. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual numberpublic offering price and other terms of holders registered onthis offering as determined between us and the booksunderwriter at pricing. If the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of our transfer agentcommon stock and/or Warrants from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $6.37 per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing shareholders would be $2.91 per share and does not reflect holders ofthe dilution to new investors purchasing shares in “street name”this offering would be $9.05 per share.

To the extent that outstanding options or persons, partnerships, associations, corporationswarrants are converted or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depository trust companies.

The exchange rate in effect on June 24, 2016 as reported by Bank of Canada was US$1.00 = CAD$1.30.

37


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

There currently is a limited publicexercised, you could experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our securities. The selling securityholders will determine at what price they may sellcurrent or future operating plans. To the Shares andextent that additional capital is raised through the Warrants, and such sales may be made at prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices. See “Plansale of Distribution.” The exercise priceadditional equity, the issuance of the Warrants was determined through negotiations with the Agent.these shares could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read theThe following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations togethershould be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes appearingand our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of theAll financial information containedis stated in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.U.S. dollars unless otherwise specified.

Restatements

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations gives effect to the restatements of our consolidated financial statements on January 11, 2016 and again on April 26, 2016. See “Summary - Recent Developments”.

Overview

We are a medical technologyneurotechnology company focused on neurological wellness. We seekOur purpose is to develop, license or acquire uniquenon-invasive technologies targeted at reducing symptoms of neurological disease or trauma.

Our first product, known as the PoNSTM device, is authorized for sale in Canada as a class II, non-implantable medical device intended as a short term treatment (14 weeks) of gait deficit due to symptoms from multiple sclerosis (MS) and non-invasive platform technologiesbalance deficit due to mild-to-moderate traumatic brain injury (mmTBI) and is to be used in conjunction with physical therapy (“PoNS Treatment”). It is an investigational medical device in the United States, the European Union (EU), and Australia (AUS). The device is currently under review for de novo classification and clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of MS. It is also under premarket review by the AUS Therapeutic Goods Administration. PoNS Treatment is not currently commercially available in the United States, the European Union or Australia.

Regulatory Status Worldwide

Canadian Regulatory Status: mmTBI and MS

On October 17, 2018, we received our Canadian marketing authorization from Health Canada allowing us to commercialize the PoNS device in Canada for use as a short-term treatment (14 weeks) of balance deficit due to mmTBI.

On March 18, 2020, we received marketing authorization from Health Canada allowing us to commercialize the PoNS device in Canada for the treatment of gait deficit in patients with mild and moderate MS symptoms, when used in conjunction with physical therapy. Our market authorization application comprised objective statistical evidence as well as independently reviewed clinical research analysis. We believe this label expansion will significantly expand our addressable market opportunity in Canada to include a patient population that amplifyis motivated to pursue treatment options which may resolve or delay the brain’sprogression of MS gait deficit symptoms.

US Regulatory Status: MS

In March 2020, we announced that based on the quality of the data included in our MS submission package to Health Canada and the significant unmet needs of those afflicted with MS, we are prioritizing the MS indication as the pathway to pursue our first U.S. clearance of the PoNS device. We believe the existing published data and real-world evidence with use of the PoNS for the treatment of gait disorder in patients with mild and moderate MS are sufficient to demonstrate a favorable risk/benefit profile, as required for de novo classification and clearance to enable US marketability. Novel treatments for MS are highlighted as a specific target of the FDA as a high unmet medical need disease.

On May 7, 2020 we received Breakthrough Designation for the PoNS device as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of Multiple Sclerosis (“MS”), to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program. The goal of the Breakthrough Devices Program is to provide patients and health care providers with timely access to these medical devices by speeding up their development, assessment, and review, while preserving the statutory standards for premarket approval, 510(k) clearance, and de novo classification and clearance, consistent with FDA’s mission to protect and promote public health.

The Breakthrough Devices Program replaces the Expedited Access Pathway and Priority Review for medical devices. The FDA considers devices granted designation under the Expedited Access Pathway to be part of the Breakthrough Devices Program.

The Breakthrough Devices Program offers manufacturers an opportunity to interact with the FDA’s experts through several different program options to efficiently address topics as they arise during the premarket review phase, which can help manufacturers receive feedback from the FDA and identify areas of agreement in a timely way. Manufacturers can also expect prioritized review of their submission.

Breakthrough Device Designation does not change the requirements for approval of an application for a marketing authorization under section 510(k) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

On August 4, 2020, we submitted our request to the FDA for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of gait deficit due to symptoms from MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program in patients over 18 years of age.

On October 19, 2020, we announced that we received a request for additional information from the FDA related to the Company’s request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. During the substantive review phase of a request for de novo classification and clearance, FDA may request additional information in order to obtain information necessary for the FDA to continue or complete its review and, in such instances, places its review on hold until the requested information is submitted. The FDA’s request for additional information was received approximately 75 days from the submission date, which is consistent with FDA’s expected timing for review of a Breakthrough Designated product, such as the PoNS device. The FDA’s request for additional information includes requests for additional analysis of clinical data and proposes certain labeling modifications. On January 11, 2021, we announced that we submitted our formal response to the FDA’s request for additional information.

US Regulatory Status: mmTBI

Our U.S. regulatory strategy initially focused on pursuing de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device from the FDA for the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI.

We submitted a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device to the FDA for this indication in August 2018. This request was supported by data from two of our clinical trials in mmTBI, including our registrational trial, TBI-001.

In April 2019, we announced the FDA had completed its review and had denied our request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI. In reaching its conclusion, the FDA noted, via a denial letter, that although the safety profile of the PoNS device is acceptable, the FDA did not have sufficient information to discern the relative independent contributions of the PoNS device and physical therapy on the improvements from baseline. The FDA noted that we could generate additional data to address its concerns and resubmit our application.

In October 2019, we had a pre-submission meeting where the FDA provided feedback needed to help complete the design of a new clinical trial intended to address the FDA’s request for a trial that demonstrates the benefit of the PoNS Treatment compared to physical therapy alone. In January 2020, we received the FDA’s feedback on the minutes from the October 2019 pre-submission meeting. In its feedback, the FDA provided post-meeting notes with specific recommendations regarding the trial design that were not discussed in the October 2019 pre-submission meeting.

Based on the receipt of the FDA’s final minutes from the pre-submission meeting, we finalized our clinical protocol for a new trial, TBI-002, intended to support a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. TBI-002 will be a multi-center, randomized trial in the U.S. and Canada consisting of 103 subjects

with balance deficit due to mmTBI. Although TBI-002 will take longer and be more costly than the design that we had discussed at our October 2019 pre-submission meeting, we believe that the chances of obtaining FDA de novo classification and clearance will be significantly increased if we incorporate the FDA’s pre-submission feedback into this next trial design.

TBI-002 will proceed in two phases: a run-in phase, followed by a treatment phase. During the run-in phase, all subjects will receive 5 weeks of physical therapy alone. Subjects will then be randomized and assigned to one of two groups in the treatment phase where subjects will either receive up to 10 weeks of physical therapy with the PoNS device or 10 weeks of physical therapy without the PoNS device. The primary effectiveness endpoint of TBI-002 will be a responder analysis.

Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our expectation was that we would move forward with the revised protocol and estimated that enrollment would begin in April 2020 with the completion of the trial and submission to the FDA in the second quarter of 2021. However, the launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended, and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

European Regulatory Status

In December 2018, we submitted an application for a CE Mark, which, if approved, would allow us to market the PoNS device in the EU. During the second quarter of 2019, we engaged with regulators in Europe to answer questions that we received from them as part of their review of our PoNS device for CE marking. In August 2019, we withdrew our application from the EU marketing process due to uncertainty in Europe caused by the switch from the Medical Device Directive, or MDD, to the Medical Device Regulation, or MDR, Brexit, and the withdrawal of Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance, our notified body, from the EU notified body business. We have engaged G-MED NA (North America) as our new ISO registrar and new notified body and will reconsider submitting to the EU when conditions stabilize.

Australian Regulatory Status

In the third quarter of 2019 we initiated the submission of our application to the Therapeutic Goods Administration, or TGA. We supplemented our submission with additional data based on questions supplied to date and provided responses to additional questions during the third quarter of 2020. We are currently awaiting additional feedback from TGA on our application.

Commercialization

Share Purchase Agreement and Co-Promotion Agreement

During the third quarter of 2019, we engaged with HTC through the joint steering committee in discussions regarding the future development of the commercialization of the PoNS device and PoNS Treatment in Canada. As we worked with Heuro to expand the commercial infrastructure, the complexity and feasibility of using a franchise model to build a market for PoNS including the physical therapy component became challenging. By acquiring Heuro, as noted below, we were able to streamline the decision-making process and increase our ability to heal itself.react to evolving market factors as the market for the PoNS Treatment is being developed.

On October 30, 2019, we and HTC entered into a Share Purchase Agreement, or the SPA, whereby we, through our wholly owned subsidiary, acquired Heuro from HTC. Under the terms of the SPA, total consideration of approximately $1.6 million was paid to HTC, which included (1) the repayment to HTC for their investment in the set-up of Heuro’s initial commercial infrastructure including, the establishment of five authorized PoNS clinics across Canada, (2) the current market value of 55 PoNS devices which we also provided to HTC under the SPA, (3) the CAD$750,000 receivable from the September 2018 strategic alliance agreement and (4) the sale of exclusivity rights granted to HTC in the Co-Promotion Agreement, as defined below, to provide PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia.

In connection with the Share Purchase Agreement, on October 30, 2019, we entered into a Clinical Research and Co-Promotion Agreement with HTC, or the Co-Promotion Agreement, whereby each company will promote the sales of the PoNS Treatment and the NeuroCatchTM device throughout Canada. The co-promotion arrangement terminated on December 31, 2020. Also, subject to certain terms and conditions, we granted to HTC the exclusive right to provide the PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia, where HTC has operated a PoNS-authorized clinic since February 2019. HTC will purchase the PoNS devices for use in these regions exclusively from us and on terms no less favorable than the then-current standard terms and conditions. This exclusivity right has an initial term of ten years, renewable by HTC for one additional ten year term upon sixty days’ written notice to us.

Canada Commercialization Efforts

From a real-world results perspective, in Canada thus far, the collective experience of our patients that have completed the 14-week PoNS Treatment have been encouraging. Consistent with what we saw in our two clinical trials, one for 5 weeks and the other for 14 weeks, commercial TBI patients are demonstrating improvements in balance and gait within the first two weeks followed by continued improvement over the following twelve weeks. The majority of patients have a mean patient adherence to treatment of over 90% and showed significant improvement in their balance and gait with a meaningful clinical difference at the end of their treatment. The consistency of the patient results from our initial commercial experience supports our plans to expand access PoNS Treatment in Canada.

March 2019 marked the commercialization of our PoNS Treatment in Canada, where PoNS became the first and only device authorized by Health Canada for the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI. Throughout 2019 we made important progress in advancing and refining our commercialization strategy in Canada building access, awareness and credibility for the PoNS Treatment. These efforts, which were led by our local Canadian commercial team, included the establishment of our authorized clinic network throughout Canada, launching digital marketing campaigns, and building key opinion leader and advocacy networks.

During the third quarter of 2019, we made the strategic decision to change our business model in Canada in order to accelerate the adoption of our novel technology. On October 30, 2019, we acquired the Heuro Canada operating entity from HTC which allowed us to streamline the decision-making process and increase our ability to react to evolving market factors as the market for the PoNS Treatment is being developed.

On March 18, 2020, the Company received notification that its Canadian Class II license amendment application for the treatment of gait deficit in patients with symptoms from MS, when used in conjunction with physical therapy, was successful and received marketing authorization for PoNS from Health Canada.

Following in-depth market analysis and field intelligence, our Canadian commercial team began an expansion plan to increase the number of authorized PoNS clinics. In the first two months of 2020, we authorized 7 new clinic locations for a total of 14 clinic locations to provide PoNS Treatment across Canada. As of June 30, 2020, we had 20 clinic locations which we increased to 22 clinic locations as of September 30, 2020 and to 31 clinic locations as of December 31, 2020. There is a conscious shift in focus to driving patient throughput to these 31 clinics as we head into 2021. Sales performance in Canada continues to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic due to the space restrictions that the provincial governments have imposed as well as the risk tolerance of patients and therapists.

In collaboration with Toronto Rehabilitation Institute (part of University Health Network) we are continuing our clinical experience program, the results of which we will look to publish in 2021.

We continue to refine our go-to-market pricing model based on market feedback. Our modified pricing approach is focused on reducing the need for clinics and patients to pay large, upfront costs at the start of treatment. We have also experimented with various promotional pricing programs resulting in lower unit prices

for both PoNS system purchases and mouthpieces in order to increase access to the PoNS treatment and drive market awareness which we expect to result in an increase in the volume of units sold, which was seen in the second half of 2020 when compared to the second half of 2019. We intend to keep the promotional pricing in place at least through the first quarter of 2021.

The value dossiers for mmTBI and MS that were created in mid-2020 to fully demonstrate in both scientific and financial terms, the merits of PoNS Treatment for claimants are now being implemented along with submissions from clinics on behalf of their patients. The dossier is provided to our clinics across Canada to submit as part of treatment plans with reimbursement applications to the payer community. Our reimbursement strategy for mmTBI continues to focus on the auto collision insurance and workers’ compensation market as well as long-term disability cases. Our reimbursement strategy for MS is focused on commercial insurers/extended health benefits. Moreover, we are currently considering the development of the PoNS device for other potential indications, including stroke as well as label expansion for our existing indications.

As part of our overall PoNS Treatment strategy, we are also gathering comprehensive health economic assessments of treatment outcomes. These data will, in-turn, be used to support our applications for workers compensation, auto insurance and commercial insurance reimbursement initiatives in Canada, the United States and other markets around the world. The Canadian commercial experience will be extremely valuable to prepare us for our launches in the United States and internationally.

COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and around the world. The Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition have been adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and global economic conditions. The outbreak and spread of COVID-19 has significantly increased economic uncertainty. Authorities implemented numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, and business shutdowns. The COVID-19 pandemic initially led to the closure of PoNS-authorized clinic locations across Canada from March until June 2020. Patients who completed their initial training in the clinics prior to the closures have been able to continue working independently in the at-home portion of the treatment, with remote check-ins with their certified therapists. While all clinics have re-opened, they are all currently operating at reduced capacity within provincial guidelines, which limited operations to 50% capacity during the second half of 2020. Some patients have begun to return to these clinics for treatment, but patients have been and may continue to be less willing to return to the clinics due to COVID-19, impacting our commercial activities and our customer engagement efforts. We have expanded our services to include remote training and treatment, but the long-term viability of these remote programs is still being assessed. In addition, the resurgence of COVID-19 cases across Canada in the fourth quarter of 2020 has led to further restrictions on clinic activities.

Additionally, while we do not currently have any clinical trials underway, we are running clinical experience programs in Canada and have experienced delays in the programs as trial participant attendance has generally decreased as a result of the pandemic, and clinics and clinical research sites have experienced delays and difficulties in recruiting and re-hiring clinical site staff, leading to further delays in the development and approval of the Company’s product candidate. As noted above, prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our expectation was that we would move forward with the launch of our TBI-002 trial and we had estimated that enrollment would begin in April 2020 with the completion of the trial and submission to the FDA in the second quarter of 2021. However, the launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

The COVID-19 pandemic and other outbreaks may cause delays in or the suspension of our business partners manufacturing operations, our research and product development activities, our regulatory workstreams, our research and development activities and other important commercial functions. We are also dependent upon our suppliers for the manufacture of our PoNS device, and in the second quarter of 2020, two of our business

partners diverted resources towards other activities related to COVID-19, resulting in delays in the development and manufacturing of our product. Such diversion of suppliers’ resources may occur again in the future, and the pandemic could limit our suppliers’ ability to travel or ship materials or force temporary closure of facilities that we rely upon. Disruptions in business operations or governmental operations due to COVID-19 may delay the timing for the submission and approval of the Company’s marketing applications with regulatory agencies. Further, the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could affect our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. We do not know yet the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on its business, operations or the global economy as a whole.

October 2020 Private Placement

On October 26, 2020, the Company closed the October 2020 Private Placement of an aggregate of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $18.20 per unit, consisting of one share and a warrant to purchase 0.50 shares of common stock, resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $3.4 million, excluding the proceeds, if any, that the Company may receive in the future from the exercise of the warrants. The Company incurred $0.2 million in share issuance costs, including placement agent fees. The warrants have an initial exercise price of $15.82 per share and are exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The Company also issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase 961 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $19.775 per share. An officer of the Company and affiliates of an officer and director of the Company participated in the private placement on the same terms and conditions as all other purchasers, except that they paid $18.354 per unit and their warrants have an exercise price of $16.1665 per share.

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the closing of the private placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the private placement has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the subsequent financing.

Nasdaq Delisting

On March 23, 2020, we received a Notice from the Staff of Nasdaq indicating that, based on the closing bid price of the common stock for the 30 consecutive business days preceding the Notice, we no longer meet the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. The Notice does not result in the immediate delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq. In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we were provided a period of 180 calendar days in which to regain compliance. In order to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, the closing bid price of our common stock must be at least $1.00 for a minimum of ten consecutive business days.

On April 17, 2020, the Company the Second Notice for the Staff of Nasdaq stating that the 180-day period to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement has been extended due to the global market impact caused by COVID-19. More specifically, Nasdaq stated that compliance periods were suspended from April 16, 2020 until June 30, 2020. On July 1, 2020, companies received the balance of any pending compliance period to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. As a result of this extension, we were given to until December 3, 2020 to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement.

On December 4, 2020, the Company received notice from the Staff indicating that the Company was not eligible for an additional 180 day extension to meet the Minimum Bid Price Rule. As a result, the Staff determined that the Company’s securities would be subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Panel. The Company timely submitted a request for a hearing before the Panel, which request

stayed any suspension or delisting action by Nasdaq at least until the hearing process concludes and any extension granted by the Panel expires. On January 15, 2021, the Company received notice from the Staff that the bid price deficiency of the Company had been cured, and that the Company was in compliance with all applicable listing standards, and so the scheduled hearing before the Panel was cancelled.

Reverse Stock Split

At a special meeting of our stockholders on December 28, 2020, our stockholders approved a reverse split of our outstanding common stock at a ratio in the range of 1-for-5 to 1-for-35 to be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors, whereby each outstanding 5 to 35 shares would be combined, converted and changed into 1 share of our common stock, to enable the Company to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements. Following such meeting, our board of directors approved a final reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-35. The reverse stock split did not change the par value of our stock or the authorized number of common or preferred shares. All share and per share amounts for all periods presented in this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split we previously effected on January 22, 2018 and for the reverse stock split effected on December 31, 2020.

Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     
   2020   2019   Change 

Revenue:

      

Product sales, net

  $441   $1,295   $(854

Fee revenue

   9    49    (40

License revenue

   20    —      20 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

   470    1,344    (874

Cost of sales:

      

Cost of product sales

   187    538    (351
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   283    806    (523

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   3,755    6,462    (2,707

Selling, general and administrative

   7,625    12,715    (5,090

Amortization expense

   287    —      287 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   11,667    19,177    (7,510
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (11,384   (18,371   6,987 

Other (expense) income:

      

Other income

   63    35    28 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

   4    14,033    (14,029

Foreign exchange loss

   (278   (147   (131
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

   (211   13,921    (14,132
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(11,595  $(4,450  $(7,145
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we recognized revenue of $0.5 million, of which $0.4 million was generated through product sales of our PoNS device in Canada pursuant to our executed supply agreements with neuroplasticity clinics in Canada, $9 thousand was generated from fee revenue related to engaging new PoNS-authorized clinics, and $20 thousand was generated from license fee revenue related to our Co-Promotion Agreement with HTC. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we recognized revenue of $1.3 million, of which $1.3 million was generated through product sales of our PoNS device in Canada pursuant to our executed supply agreements with neuroplasticity clinics in Canada and $49 thousand was generated from fee revenue related to engaging new PoNS-authorized clinics. The decrease year-over-year in revenue generated through product sales of our PoNS device in Canada is primarily due to pent up demand positively impacting our product sales for the first six months of 2019, the COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacting our product sales beginning in March 2020 and, to a lesser extent, the impact of price changes, focused on reducing the need for clinics and patients to pay large, upfront costs at the start of treatment, that we began implementing in September 2019.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales includes the cost to manufacture the PoNS device, royalty expense, freight charges, customs duties as well as wages and salaries of employees involved in the management of the supply chain and

logistics of fulfilling our sales orders. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we incurred $0.2 million in our cost of sales. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred $0.5 million in our cost of sales, which also included certain support services provided by Heuro on our behalf.

Research and Development Expense

Research and development, or R&D, expenses were $3.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $2.7 million. The decrease was attributable to a $0.9 million reduction in product development costs due to completion of the PoNS device development in 2019 and a $0.5 million reduction in wages and salaries. Medical affairs expenses also decreased by $1.0 million due to the effort in 2019 to create awareness of the PoNS device by delivery of clinical and scientific data to key opinion leaders, professional societies and practitioners. There was also a reduction of $0.3 million in professional services expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses were $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $12.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of approximately $5.1 million. The decrease was primarily due to $1.7 million in less wages and salaries due to higher headcount in 2019 and a $1.9 million reduction in commercial operations expense as in 2019 we invested in marketing and distribution capabilities in support of our US launch prior to receiving denial for clearance from the FDA. Stock-based compensation expense also decreased by $1.4 million and legal expenses decreased by $0.5 million. These decreases were partially offset by a $0.2 million impairment loss related to intangible assets in 2020 and a $0.1 million loss as the result of the disposal of property and equipment.

Amortization Expense

Amortization expense consists of the periodic amortization of intangible assets, including customer relationships, proprietary software and reacquired rights recognized in connection with the acquisition of Heuro on October 30, 2019 and internally developed software. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, amortization expense was $0.3 million. No amortization expense was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments

The change in fair value of derivative financial instruments was a gain of $4 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to a gain of $14.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

The change in fair value of our derivative financial instruments was primarily attributable to the change in our stock price, volatility and the number of derivative financial instruments being measured during the period. The change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments is a non-cash item.

Foreign Exchange Loss

Foreign exchange loss was $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, compared to a loss of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This was primarily due to fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate as it relates to the amount of Canadian dollars held at the end of each reporting period.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,     
         2019               2018         Change 

Revenue:

      

Product sales, net

  $1,454   $—     $1,454 

Fee revenue

   37    —      37 

License revenue

   5    478    (473
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

   1,496    478    1,018 

Cost of sales:

      

Cost of product sales

   846    —      846 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   650    478    172 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   8,061    9,939    (1,878

Selling, general and administrative

   16,521    17,214    (693

Amortization expense

   64    —      64 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   24,646    27,153    (2,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (23,996   (26,675   2,679 

Other income (expense):

      

Other income

   95    63    32 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

   14,113    (3,577   17,690 

Foreign exchange gain

   7    1,566    (1,559
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   14,215    (1,948   16,163 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(9,781  $(28,623  $18,842 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized revenue of $1.5 million, of which $1.46 million was generated through product sales of our PoNS device in Canada pursuant to our executed supply agreements with neuroplasticity clinics in Canada, $37 thousand was generated in fee revenue from franchise agreements Heuro executed with neuroplasticity clinics engaging in providing the PoNS Treatment and $5 thousand was generated from license fee revenue related to or co-promotion agreement with HTC. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized license fee revenue of $0.5 million under an exclusive strategic alliance agreement.

Cost of Sales

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred $0.8 million in our costs of sales. This included the costs to manufacture the PoNS device, royalty expense, freight charges, customs duties as well as wages and salaries of employees involved in the management of the supply chain and logistics of fulfilling our sales orders. Prior to the completion of the Heuro acquisition on October 30, 2019, it also included certain support services provided by Heuro on our behalf. We had no cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development, or R&D, expenses were $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of approximately $1.9 million. The decrease was primarily driven by a $3.3 million reduction in product development costs due to the completion of

the PoNS device development and transfer to the scale manufacturer and a $0.4 million decrease in regulatory consulting expenses as that work was performed in-house during 2019. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in medical affairs expenses related to our medical science liaison’s efforts in the delivery of our clinical and scientific data and clinical education to key opinion leaders, professional societies and practitioners to help enhance our PoNS Treatment at home and in the clinic as well as feedback that can be incorporated in our PoNS device and training materials. Wages and salaries also increased by $0.9 million due to increased regulatory and quality management headcount to support our Canadian launch.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative, or G&A, expenses were $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $0.7 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower stock-based compensation expense of $3.4 million, which was mainly the result of the change in our functional currency. During the second quarter of 2018, all of our outstanding stock options were revalued due to the liability classification of our stock options as a result of a change in our functional currency in April 2018 as the exercise price of our stock options were denominated in a currency other than our functional currency. Consulting fees decreased $1.0 million. These decreases were partially offset by higher commercial operations expenses of $1.8 million as we invested in reimbursement, marketing and distribution capabilities in support of our US launch prior to receiving denial for clearance from the FDA, as well as an increase in wages and salaries of $0.9 million to support our commercial launch, and an additional increase of $0.6 million in severance expense. Bad debt expense increased $0.2 million due to customer collectability exposure associated with us generating product sales for the first time in 2019.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments

The change in fair value of derivative financial instruments was a gain of $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to a loss of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The change in fair value of derivative financial instruments was primarily attributable a change in our stock price, volatility and the number of derivative financial instruments being measured during the period (see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). The change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments is a non-cash item.

Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss)

Foreign exchange gain was $7 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to a gain of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily due to fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate as it relates to the amount of Canadian dollars held at the end of each reporting period.

Statement of Cash Flows

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     
   2020   2019   Change 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(9,567  $(16,460  $6,893 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   40    (260   300 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   6,727    163    6,564 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   21    (7   28 

Net decrease in cash

  $(2,779  $(16,564  $13,785 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $9.6 million. This was comprised of a loss from operations of $11.6 million and $1.0 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items of $3.0 million comprised mainly of stock-based compensation of $2.0 million, unrealized foreign exchange losses of $0.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million, impairment loss on intangible assets of $0.2 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million, loss on disposal of office furniture of $0.1 million and gain on lease modification of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $16.5 million. This was comprised of a loss from operations of $18.4 million and $1.6 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items comprised of stock-based compensation of $3.3 million and unrealized foreign exchange losses of $0.2 million.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $40 thousand, which was primarily related to the sale of office furniture, offset partially by the purchase of equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.3 million, which was primarily related to the purchase of computer software, furniture and fixtures for our office.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $6.7 million, which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of common stock from the 2020 ATM and March 2020 Offering, net of share issuance costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.2 million, which consisted primarily of proceeds from the exercise of our April 2016 warrants.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,     
         2019               2018         Change 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(20,999  $(19,621  $(1,378

Net cash used in investing activities

   (769   (440   (329

Net cash provided by financing activities

   1,653    40,028    (38,375

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

   (9   54    (63

Net (decrease) increase in cash

  $(20,124  $20,021   $(40,145

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $21.0 million. This was comprised of a net loss of $9.8 million, the change in the fair value of our derivative liabilities of $14.1 million and $2.2 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items comprised of stock-based compensation expense of $4.7 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million, bad debt expense of $0.2 million and unrealized foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $19.6 million. This was comprised of a net loss of $28.6 million, adjusted for non-cash items including the change in the fair value of our derivative liabilities of $3.6 million, stock-based compensation expense of $8.1 million, which amounts were partially offset by unrealized foreign exchange gain of $1.7 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.0 million.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.8 million, which was primarily comprised of $0.4 million for the acquisition of Heuro, and $0.3 million for property and equipment consisting of $0.1 million for computer equipment, $0.1 million for furniture and fixtures at our headquarters location and $0.1 million for equipment that will be used in the commercial production of the PoNS device. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.4 million, which was primarily comprised of $0.2 million for furniture and fixtures at our headquarters location and a $0.2 million laser marking equipment that will be used in the commercial production of the PoNS device.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1.7 million, which was primarily comprised of $1.7 million in gross proceeds received from the November 2019 public offering from the sale of 137,571 shares of our common stock and $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by $0.2 million in issuance costs primarily related to our public offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $40.0 million, which was primarily comprised of $38.5 million received from offerings of our common stock and warrants. In April 2018, we received approximately $18.4 million in gross proceeds from a public offering from the sale of 70,376 shares of our common stock and accompanying warrants. In November 2018, we received approximately $20.1 million in a public offering from the sale of 69,696 shares of our common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we also received approximately $4.7 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by $3.2 million in issuance costs primarily related to our public offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our mission isconsolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and, accordingly, do not include adjustments relating to develop, licensethe recoverability and acquire non-invasive treatments designedrealization of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to help patients affected by neurological symptoms caused by diseasecontinue in operation. Our major sources of cash have been proceeds from various public and private offerings of our common stock and exercises of stock options and warrants. From June 2014 through September 30, 2020, we raised approximately $103.2 million in gross proceeds from various public and private offerings of our common stock as well as the exercise of stock options and warrants. As described below, on October 26, 2020, we closed the October 2020 Private Placement of shares of common stock and warrants for total gross proceeds of approximately $3.4 million.

The following table summarizes our cash and working capital (which we define as current assets less current liabilities excluding derivative financial instruments) as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   September 30,
2020
   December 31,
2019
 

Cash

  $2,680   $5,459 

Working capital

  $1,571   $3,444 

We currently have limited working capital and liquid assets. Our cash as of September 30, 2020 was approximately $2.7 million. As noted above, subsequent to the date of our latest balance sheet, on October 26, 2020, we closed the October 2020 Private Placement of an aggregate of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock at purchase price of $18.20 per unit ($18.354 per unit for certain participating affiliates), consisting of one share and a warrant to purchase 0.50 shares of common stock, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $3.2 million after deducting placement agents fees and estimated expenses and excluding the proceeds, if any, that we may receive in the future from the exercise of the warrants. The warrants have an initial exercise price of $15.82 per share ($16.1665 per share for certain participating affiliates) and are exercisable for three years from the date of issuance. The Company also issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase 961 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $19.775 per share.

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of common stock or trauma. Applyingcommon stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the principlesclosing of neuroplasticity, our patented PoNS™ device induces Cranial Nerve Non Invasive Neuromodulation that utilizes the brain’s innate abilityprivate placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the private placement has the right to achieve neuroplastic changeparticipate in up to aid persons with neurological, cognitive, sensory,such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and motor disorders when combined withprice provided for in the rehabilitation process.subsequent financing.

Since our inceptionWhile we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $6,881,812 and $9,838,317 forstarted generating revenue from the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $26,305,263. We expect to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future as we continue to advance our products through clinical trials, and seek regulatory approval and pursue commercialization of such products. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for anycommercial sale of our products,PoNS device in Canada, we expect to incur significant commercializationlosses until such time as our revenue exceeds our expenses relatedand during this time, we will require additional funding to product manufacturing, marketing, salesfund our ongoing activities. We believe that our existing capital resources, including the net proceeds from the October 2020 Private Placement, will be sufficient to fund our operations throughout most of the first quarter of 2021. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and distribution. In addition, we may incurcould exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We expect our expenses to increase over time in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we: invest in marketing and distribution capabilities in support of potentially commercializing our PoNS device in the in-licenseU.S., if approved; make improvements to our manufacturing process and product design; launch the TBI-002 trial or acquisitionconduct other trials of other potential products.

As a result,the PoNS device; pursue further regulatory approvals; maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and add additional personnel. There can be no assurance that we will need substantialbe successful in raising additional fundingcapital or that such capital, if available, will be on terms that are acceptable to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time asus. If we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings, or other capital sources, including potential collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may beare unable to raise sufficient additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital, or enter into such agreements, as, and when, needed, we may havebe compelled to reduce the scope of our operations and planned capital expendituresexpenditure or sell certain assets, including intellectual property, assets.and we may be forced to cease or wind down operations, seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or liquidate and dissolve our Company.

As of March 31, 2016, we had cash, cash equivalents and short term investments of $2,643,937. As discussed in more detail below, we recently raisedOur ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In September 2018, we entered into an unregistered offering of common stockexclusive strategic alliance agreement with HTC and warrants and we intend to seek additional funding. However, we do not currently have sufficient resources to accomplish allHeuro. Under the terms of the conditions necessaryagreement, the parties developed a clinic system to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. Prior to October 30, 2019, the arrangement provided for HTC to pay us to generate revenue. For this reason, there is substantial doubt that we can continue as a going concernCAD$750 thousand in three annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in consideration for the next twelve months unlessexclusivity right we obtain additional capitalgranted to pay our expenditures.

39


TableHeuro. We and HTC governed the agreement through a joint steering committee, and each funded up to 50% of Contents

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue since our inceptionHeuro’s operating budget as agreed to by the joint steering committee and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of productsshared in the near future.

Researchnet profits and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consistslosses of expenses incurred in connection with the discovery and development of our product candidates. We expense research and development costs as incurred. These expenses include:

expenses incurred under agreements with consultants that conduct our clinical trials;
outsourced professional scientific development services;
employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;
expenses relating to regulatory activities, including filing fees paid to regulatory agencies;
laboratory materials and supplies used to support our research activities; and
allocated expenses for utilities and other facility-related costs

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect our research and development expenses to increase significantly over the next several years as we increase personnel costs, conduct clinical trials and prepare regulatory filings for our product candidates.

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of, or when, if ever, material net cash inflows may commence from any of our other product candidates.Heuro on a 50/50 basis. This uncertainty is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the duration and cost of clinical trials, which vary significantly over the life of a projectagreement was amended as a result of many factors, including:

the number of clinical sites included in the trials;

the length of time required to enroll suitable patients;

the number of patients that ultimately participate in the trials;

the number of doses patients receive;

the duration of patient follow-up; and

the results of our clinical trials.

Our expenditures are subjectthe acquisition of Heuro on October 30, 2019. Refer to additional uncertainties, including the terms and timing of regulatory approvals, and the expense of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims or other intellectual property rights. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any ofNote 2 to our product candidates. We may obtain unexpected results from our clinical trials. We may elect to discontinue, delay or modify clinical trials of some product candidates or focus on others. A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of a product candidate could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or other regulatory authorities were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additionalaudited consolidated financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development. Drug commercialization will take several years and millions of dollars in development costs.

40


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of salariesstatements and related costs notes included elsewhere in this prospectusfor personnelmore information.

To the best of management’s knowledge, there are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our results of operations or financial condition other than that described above and in executive, financeNote 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements and legal functions, including stock-based compensation, and travel expenses. Other general and administrative expenses include facility related costs, professional fees for legal, auditing and tax services, consulting, and insurance costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase as a result of increased personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, requirements, accounting and investor relations costs, and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company. Additionally, if and when we believe a regulatory approval of a drug candidate appears likely, we anticipate an increasenotes included elsewhere in payroll and expense as a result of our preparation for commercial operations, especially as it relates to the sales and marketing of that drug candidate.this prospectus.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net consists of accretion of convertible debenture note discounts and interest income from cash held in interest-bearing accounts.

Other Income

Other income primarily stems from the distribution of prototype devices into approved territories in Russia through the Altair distribution agreement. Distribution amounts have been immaterial to date and will continue to be immaterial until the PoNSTMdevice becomes commercially available.

Critical Accounting PoliciesGeneral and EstimatesAdministrative Expenses

Our discussionGeneral and analysisadministrative, or G&A, expenses were $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $0.7 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower stock-based compensation expense of $3.4 million, which was mainly the result of the change in our financial condition and resultsfunctional currency. During the second quarter of operations are based upon our financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). This preparation requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. U.S. GAAP provides the framework from which to make these estimates, assumption and disclosures. We choose accounting policies within U.S. GAAP that management believes are appropriate to accurately and fairly report our operating results and financial position in a consistent manner. Management regularly assesses these policies in light of current and forecasted economic conditions. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. While there are a number of significant accounting policies affecting our financial statements, we believe the critical accounting policies involving the most complex, difficult and subjective estimates and judgments are: valuation of non-monetary transactions, stock compensation for services, valuation of options and valuation of income taxes.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for2018, all of our stock-based paymentsoutstanding stock options were revalued due to the liability classification of our stock options as a result of a change in our functional currency in April 2018 as the exercise price of our stock options were denominated in a currency other than our functional currency. Consulting fees decreased $1.0 million. These decreases were partially offset by higher commercial operations expenses of $1.8 million as we invested in reimbursement, marketing and awards underdistribution capabilities in support of our US launch prior to receiving denial for clearance from the FDA, as well as an increase in wages and salaries of $0.9 million to support our commercial launch, and an additional increase of $0.6 million in severance expense. Bad debt expense increased $0.2 million due to customer collectability exposure associated with us generating product sales for the first time in 2019.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Financial Instruments

The change in fair value based method. We recognizeof derivative financial instruments was a gain of $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to a loss of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The change in fair value of derivative financial instruments was primarily attributable a change in our stock-based compensation usingstock price, volatility and the straight-line method.

Stock-based paymentsnumber of derivative financial instruments being measured during the period (see Note 3 to non-employees are measured atour audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). The change in the fair value of derivative financial instruments is a non-cash item.

Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss)

Foreign exchange gain was $7 thousand for the consideration received, oryear ended December 31, 2019, compared to a gain of $1.6 million for the fair value of the equity instruments issued, or liabilities incurred, whichever is more reliably measurable. The fair value of stock-based paymentsyear ended December 31, 2018. This was primarily due to non-employees is periodically re-measured until the counterparty performance is complete, and any change therein is recognized over the vesting period of the award andfluctuations in the same mannerforeign exchange rate as if we had paid cash instead of paying with or using equity based instruments. The fair value of the stock-based paymentsit relates to non-employees that is fully vested and non-forfeitable as at the grant date is measured and recognized at that date.

41


Table of Contents

We account for the granting of share purchase options to employees using the fair value method whereby all awards to employees will be recorded at fair value on the date of the grant. The fair value of all share purchase options are expensed over their vesting period with a corresponding increase to additional capital surplus. Upon exercise of share purchase options, the consideration paid by the option holder, together with the amount previously recognized in additional paid-in capital is recorded as an increase to share capital. Share purchase options granted to employees are accounted for as liabilities when they contain conditions or other features that are indexed to other than a market, performance or service condition.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of our share purchase options. We lack historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, we estimate our expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies and expect to continue to do so until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our own traded stock price. The expected term of our stock options has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain vanilla” options. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award. The risk free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Derivative Liabilities

We evaluate our financial instruments and other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for in accordance with ASC 815. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is marked-to-market at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability and the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Upon conversion or exercise of a derivative instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the conversion date and then that fair value is reclassified to equity.

The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessedCanadian dollars held at the end of each reporting period. Derivative instruments that become subject to reclassification are reclassified at the fair value

Statement of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative instrument liabilities will be classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not settlement of the derivative instrument is expected within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

We use the Black-Scholes option valuation model to value derivative liabilities. This model uses Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820 -Fair Value Measurement.

Results of OperationsCash Flows

Comparison of Fiscal YearNine Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014September 30, 2020 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     
   2020   2019   Change 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(9,567  $(16,460  $6,893 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   40    (260   300 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   6,727    163    6,564 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   21    (7   28 

Net decrease in cash

  $(2,779  $(16,564  $13,785 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $9.6 million. This was comprised of a loss from operations of $11.6 million and $1.0 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items of $3.0 million comprised mainly of stock-based compensation of $2.0 million, unrealized foreign exchange losses of $0.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million, impairment loss on intangible assets of $0.2 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million, loss on disposal of office furniture of $0.1 million and gain on lease modification of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $16.5 million. This was comprised of a loss from operations of $18.4 million and $1.6 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items comprised of stock-based compensation of $3.3 million and unrealized foreign exchange losses of $0.2 million.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $40 thousand, which was primarily related to the sale of office furniture, offset partially by the purchase of equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.3 million, which was primarily related to the purchase of computer software, furniture and fixtures for our office.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $6.7 million, which consisted of proceeds from the issuance of common stock from the 2020 ATM and March 2020 Offering, net of share issuance costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.2 million, which consisted primarily of proceeds from the exercise of our April 2016 warrants.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,     
         2019               2018         Change 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(20,999  $(19,621  $(1,378

Net cash used in investing activities

   (769   (440   (329

Net cash provided by financing activities

   1,653    40,028    (38,375

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

   (9   54    (63

Net (decrease) increase in cash

  $(20,124  $20,021   $(40,145

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $21.0 million. This was comprised of a net loss of $9.8 million, the change in the fair value of our derivative liabilities of $14.1 million and $2.2 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items comprised of stock-based compensation expense of $4.7 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million, bad debt expense of $0.2 million and unrealized foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $19.6 million. This was comprised of a net loss of $28.6 million, adjusted for non-cash items including the change in the fair value of our derivative liabilities of $3.6 million, stock-based compensation expense of $8.1 million, which amounts were partially offset by unrealized foreign exchange gain of $1.7 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.0 million.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.8 million, which was primarily comprised of $0.4 million for the acquisition of Heuro, and $0.3 million for property and equipment consisting of $0.1 million for computer equipment, $0.1 million for furniture and fixtures at our headquarters location and $0.1 million for equipment that will be used in the commercial production of the PoNS device. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.4 million, which was primarily comprised of $0.2 million for furniture and fixtures at our headquarters location and a $0.2 million laser marking equipment that will be used in the commercial production of the PoNS device.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1.7 million, which was primarily comprised of $1.7 million in gross proceeds received from the November 2019 public offering from the sale of 137,571 shares of our common stock and $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by $0.2 million in issuance costs primarily related to our public offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $40.0 million, which was primarily comprised of $38.5 million received from offerings of our common stock and warrants. In April 2018, we received approximately $18.4 million in gross proceeds from a public offering from the sale of 70,376 shares of our common stock and accompanying warrants. In November 2018, we received approximately $20.1 million in a public offering from the sale of 69,696 shares of our common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we also received approximately $4.7 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by $3.2 million in issuance costs primarily related to our public offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and, accordingly, do not include adjustments relating to the recoverability and realization of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue in operation. Our major sources of cash have been proceeds from various public and private offerings of our common stock and exercises of stock options and warrants. From June 2014 through September 30, 2020, we raised approximately $103.2 million in gross proceeds from various public and private offerings of our common stock as well as the exercise of stock options and warrants. As described below, on October 26, 2020, we closed the October 2020 Private Placement of shares of common stock and warrants for total gross proceeds of approximately $3.4 million.

The following table summarizes our cash and working capital (which we define as current assets less current liabilities excluding derivative financial instruments) as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   September 30,
2020
   December 31,
2019
 

Cash

  $2,680   $5,459 

Working capital

  $1,571   $3,444 

We currently have limited working capital and liquid assets. Our cash as of September 30, 2020 was approximately $2.7 million. As noted above, subsequent to the date of our latest balance sheet, on October 26, 2020, we closed the October 2020 Private Placement of an aggregate of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock at purchase price of $18.20 per unit ($18.354 per unit for certain participating affiliates), consisting of one share and a warrant to purchase 0.50 shares of common stock, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $3.2 million after deducting placement agents fees and estimated expenses and excluding the proceeds, if any, that we may receive in the future from the exercise of the warrants. The warrants have an initial exercise price of $15.82 per share ($16.1665 per share for certain participating affiliates) and are exercisable for three years from the date of issuance. The Company also issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase 961 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $19.775 per share.

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the closing of the private placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the private placement has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the subsequent financing.

While we have started generating revenue from the commercial sale of our PoNS device in Canada, we expect to incur significant losses until such time as our revenue exceeds our expenses and during this time, we will require additional funding to fund our ongoing activities. We believe that our existing capital resources, including the net proceeds from the October 2020 Private Placement, will be sufficient to fund our operations throughout most of the first quarter of 2021. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We expect our expenses to increase over time in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we: invest in marketing and distribution capabilities in support of potentially commercializing our PoNS device in the U.S., if approved; make improvements to our manufacturing process and product design; launch the TBI-002 trial or conduct other trials of the PoNS device; pursue further regulatory approvals; maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and add additional personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in raising additional capital or that such capital, if available, will be on terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional capital, we may be compelled to reduce the scope of our operations and planned capital expenditure or sell certain assets, including intellectual property, and we may be forced to cease or wind down operations, seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or liquidate and dissolve our Company.

Our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In September 2018, we entered into an exclusive strategic alliance agreement with HTC and Heuro. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties developed a clinic system to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. Prior to October 30, 2019, the arrangement provided for HTC to pay us CAD$750 thousand in three annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in consideration for the exclusivity right we granted to Heuro. We and HTC governed the agreement through a joint steering committee, and each funded up to 50% of Heuro’s operating budget as agreed to by the joint steering committee and shared in the net profits and losses of Heuro on a 50/50 basis. This agreement was amended as a result of the acquisition of Heuro on October 30, 2019. Refer to Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectusfor more information.

To the best of management’s knowledge, there are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our results of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016or financial condition other than that described above and 2015:

 

 Year Ended March 31,    

 

 2016  2015  Change 

Revenue

$ — $ — $ — 

Operating expenses:

         

   Research and development

 3,645,796  4,500,073  (854,277)

   General and administrative

 5,671,598  5,308,371  363,227 

       Total operating expenses

 (9,317,394) (9,808,444) (441,050)

Loss from operations

         

Other items:

         

   Interest expense, net

 (46,920) (176,488) (129,568)

   Other income

 150,250  20,074  130,176 

   Change in fair value of derivative liability

 2,082,703  (739,375) 2,822,078 

   Foreign exchange

 (18,785) 865,916  (884,701)

   Gain on extinguishment of debt

 268,334  -  268,334 

Net loss

$ (6,881,812)$ (9,838,317)$ (2,956,505)

42


Table of Contents

Revenues

During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements and 2015, we did not generate any revenues.related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $3,645,796 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, compared to $4,500,073 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The decrease of $854,277 was primarily attributable to research and development reimbursements received from the USAMRC totaling $596,547 (March 31, 2015 - $nil) which were credited directly to research and development expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative, or G&A, expenses were $5,671,598$16.5 million for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016,2019, compared to $5,308,371$17.2 million for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2015.2018, a decrease of $0.7 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower stock-based compensation expense of $3.4 million, which was mainly the result of the change in our functional currency. During the second quarter of 2018, all of our outstanding stock options were revalued due to the liability classification of our stock options as a result of a change in our functional currency in April 2018 as the exercise price of our stock options were denominated in a currency other than our functional currency. Consulting fees decreased $1.0 million. These decreases were partially offset by higher commercial operations expenses of $1.8 million as we invested in reimbursement, marketing and distribution capabilities in support of our US launch prior to receiving denial for clearance from the FDA, as well as an increase in wages and salaries of $0.9 million to support our commercial launch, and an additional increase of $363,227 was primarily attributable$0.6 million in severance expense. Bad debt expense increased $0.2 million due to a general increase in business activities.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net was $46,920customer collectability exposure associated with us generating product sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, compared to $176,488 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The decrease of $129,568 was primarily attributable to the fact that the convertible debenture was settledfirst time in fiscal 2015 and the accompanying accreted interest was recorded in fiscal 2015.2019.

Other Income

Other income was $150,250 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, compared to $20,074 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. The increase of $130,176 was primarily attributable to distribution of prototype devices into approved territories in Russia through the Altair distribution agreement.

43


Table of Contents

Change in fair valueFair Value of derivative liabilityDerivative Financial Instruments

The change in fair value of derivative liabilityfinancial instruments was $2,082,703a gain of $14.1 million for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016,2019, compared to ($739,375)a loss of $3.6 million for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2015. 2018.

The change in fair value of derivative liability is mostlyfinancial instruments was primarily attributable to thea change in our stock price, volatility and the number of derivative financial instruments being measured during the year, as well asperiod (see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). The change in the fair value of warrants issued in private placements. The derivative liabilities do not represent cash liabilities.financial instruments is a non-cash item.

Foreign exchangeExchange Gain (Loss)

Foreign exchange lossgain was ($18,785)$7 thousand for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016,2019, compared to a gain of $865,916$1.6 million for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2015.

Gain on extinguishment of debt

Gain on extinguishment of debt relating2018. This was primarily due to fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate as it relates to the A&B promissory note was $268,334 foramount of Canadian dollars held at the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, compared to a nil amount for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. As a resultend of the bifurcation of the embedded conversion option, for accounting purposes, two instruments were considered outstanding and, upon exercise of the contractual conversion option, extinguishment accounting has been applied. Consequently, the shares issued pursuant to the conversion are recorded at their fair value on the date of issuance, determined with reference to their quoted market price on the date of conversion. The resulting difference between the fair value of the shares issued, less the fair value of the related conversion feature and the carrying value of the related debt, is recorded as a gain or loss on the consolidated statement of operations.each reporting period.

Statement of Cash Flows

Fiscal YearNine Months Ended March 31, 2016September 30, 2020 Compared to the Fiscal YearNine Months Ended March 31, 2015September 30, 2019

The following table summarizes our cash flows for each of the periods presented:

 

 Year Ended March 31, 

 

 2016  2015 

Cash used in/provided by operating activities

$(7,937,412)$ (6,321,285)

Cash used in/provided by investing activities

 378,000  (378,000)

Cash used in/provided by financing activities

 9,691,336  7,482,728 

Net increase/decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 2,225,044  402,925 

During the fiscal yearnine months ended March 31, 2016, our net cash increased by $2,225,044 (March 31, 2015 – increase of $402,925), which included net cash usedSeptember 30, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in operating activities of $7,937,412 (March 31, 2015 - $6,321,285) stemming from our increase in operations, net cash provided by investing activities of $378,000 (March 31, 2016 – ($378,000)) stemming from the redemption of a short-term investment and net cash provided by financing activities of $9,691,336 (March 31, 2015 - $7,482,728) stemming mainly from the closing of multiple private placements and drawing down of the A&B convertible promissory note and credit facility.thousands):

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     
   2020   2019   Change 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(9,567  $(16,460  $6,893 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   40    (260   300 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   6,727    163    6,564 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   21    (7   28 

Net decrease in cash

  $(2,779  $(16,564  $13,785 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

OperatingNet cash used in operating activities forduring the fiscal yearnine months ended March 31, 2016 used cash of $7,937,412 (March 31, 2015 - $6,321,285).September 30, 2020 was $9.6 million. This was made upcomprised of a loss from operations of $11.6 million and $1.0 million net loss of $6,881,812 (March 31, 2015 - $9,838,317) lesscash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items such as change in fair value of derivative liability$3.0 million comprised mainly of ($2,082,703) (March 31, 2015 – $739,375), interest accretion of $29,045 (March 31, 2015 - $176,488), stock basedstock-based compensation of $1,231,250 (March 31, 2015 - $2,340,876), a$2.0 million, unrealized foreign exchange losses of $0.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million, impairment loss on intangible assets of $0.2 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million, loss on disposal of office furniture of $0.1 million and gain on extinguishmentlease modification of debt$0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $16.5 million. This was comprised of $268,334 (March 31, 2015 - $nil), receivablesa loss from operations of ($390,273) (March 31, 2015 – ($8,945)), accounts payable$18.4 million and $1.6 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items comprised of $637,935 (March 31, 2015 – $979,040), prepaid expenses and other current assetsstock-based compensation of ($91,644) (March 31, 2015 – ($110,873))$3.3 million and unrealized foreign exchange gainlosses of $120,876 (March 31, 2015 – ($598,929)). Receivables increased due to the higher amount of refundable Canadian commodity tax, the Company’s reimbursements from the USAMRC, and the sale of some prototype devices. Prepaid expenses increased due to our increase in operations, while payables remained relatively unchanged.$0.2 million.

44


Table of Contents

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016,Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $378,000 (March 31, 2015 - ($378,000)). Thisduring the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was comprised$40 thousand, which was primarily related to the sale of office furniture, offset partially by the redemptionpurchase of a short-term investment.equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.3 million, which was primarily related to the purchase of computer software, furniture and fixtures for our office.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016,Net cash provided by financing activities provided cash of $9,691,336 (March 31, 2015 - $7,482,728). Financing activities during the fiscal yearnine months ended March 31, 2016,September 30, 2020 was $6.7 million, which consisted of: issuance of share capital of $7,636,910 (March 31, 2015 - $6,637,203) stemming from multiple private placements and the A&B credit facility draw-down, proceeds from shares to be issued of $nil (March 31, 2015 - $39,545), exercise of warrants and stock options of $54,426 (March 31, 2015 - $nil), proceeds from the issuance of convertible debtcommon stock from the 2020 ATM and March 2020 Offering, net of $2,000,000 (March 31, 2015 - $nil),share issuance costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was $0.2 million, which consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuanceexercise of our April 2016 warrants.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31,     
         2019               2018         Change 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(20,999  $(19,621  $(1,378

Net cash used in investing activities

   (769   (440   (329

Net cash provided by financing activities

   1,653    40,028    (38,375

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

   (9   54    (63

Net (decrease) increase in cash

  $(20,124  $20,021   $(40,145

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $21.0 million. This was comprised of a promissory notenet loss of $200,000 (March$9.8 million, the change in the fair value of our derivative liabilities of $14.1 million and $2.2 million net cash used resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by certain adjustments for non-cash items comprised of stock-based compensation expense of $4.7 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million, bad debt expense of $0.2 million and unrealized foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 - $632,076),2018 was $19.6 million. This was comprised of a net loss of $28.6 million, adjusted for non-cash items including the repaymentchange in the fair value of said promissory noteour derivative liabilities of ($200,000) (March$3.6 million, stock-based compensation expense of $8.1 million, which amounts were partially offset by unrealized foreign exchange gain of $1.7 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.0 million.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 - $nil),2019 was $0.8 million, which was primarily comprised of $0.4 million for the acquisition of Heuro, and $0.3 million for property and equipment consisting of $0.1 million for computer equipment, $0.1 million for furniture and fixtures at our headquarters location and $0.1 million for equipment that will be used in the commercial production of the PoNS device. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.4 million, which was primarily comprised of $0.2 million for furniture and fixtures at our headquarters location and a $0.2 million laser marking equipment that will be used in the commercial production of the PoNS device.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1.7 million, which was primarily comprised of $1.7 million in gross proceeds received from the November 2019 public offering from the sale of 137,571 shares of our common stock and $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by $0.2 million in issuance costs primarily related to our public offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $40.0 million, which was primarily comprised of $38.5 million received from offerings of our common stock and warrants. In April 2018, we received approximately $18.4 million in gross proceeds from a bridge loanpublic offering from the sale of $nil (March70,376 shares of our common stock and accompanying warrants. In November 2018, we received approximately $20.1 million in a public offering from the sale of 69,696 shares of our common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2015 - $150,000),2018, we also received approximately $4.7 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and cash acquired on recapitalization of $nil (March 31, 2015 - $23,904).warrants. These proceeds were partially offset by $3.2 million in issuance costs primarily related to our public offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and, accordingly, doesdo not include adjustments relating to the recoverability and realization of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue in operation. Our major sources of cash have been proceeds from various public and private offerings of our common stock and exercises of stock options and warrants. From June 2014 through September 30, 2020, we raised approximately $103.2 million in gross proceeds from various public and private offerings of our common stock as well as the exercise of stock options and warrants. As described below, on October 26, 2020, we closed the October 2020 Private Placement of shares of common stock and warrants for total gross proceeds of approximately $3.4 million.

The following table sets outsummarizes our cash and working capital (which we define as current assets less current liabilities excluding derivative financial instruments) as of MarchSeptember 30, 2020 and December 31, 2016 and 2015:2019 (amounts in thousands):

  March 31, 2016  March 31, 2015 
Cash and cash equivalents$ 2,643,937 $ 418,893 
Working capital (deficit)$1,409,568 $18,543 

   September 30,
2020
   December 31,
2019
 

Cash

  $2,680   $5,459 

Working capital

  $1,571   $3,444 

We currently have limited working capital and liquid assets. Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2016 were $2,643,937. ToSeptember 30, 2020 was approximately $2.7 million. As noted above, subsequent to the date of our latest balance sheet, on October 26, 2020, we closed the October 2020 Private Placement of an aggregate of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock at purchase price of $18.20 per unit ($18.354 per unit for certain participating affiliates), consisting of one share and a warrant to purchase 0.50 shares of common stock, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $3.2 million after deducting placement agents fees and estimated expenses and excluding the proceeds, if any, that we may receive in the future from the exercise of the warrants. The warrants have an initial exercise price of $15.82 per share ($16.1665 per share for certain participating affiliates) and are exercisable for three years from the date of issuance. The Company also issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase 961 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $19.775 per share.

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the closing of the private placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the private placement has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the subsequent financing.

While we have not generated anystarted generating revenue from the commercial salessale of products or services. There are a number of conditions thatour PoNS device in Canada, we must satisfy beforeexpect to incur significant losses until such time as our revenue exceeds our expenses and during this time, we will require additional funding to fund our ongoing activities. We believe that our existing capital resources, including the net proceeds from the October 2020 Private Placement, will be ablesufficient to generate revenue, including but not limited to successful completionfund our operations throughout most of the clinicalfirst quarter of 2021. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We expect our expenses to increase over time in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly if and as we: invest in marketing and distribution capabilities in support of potentially commercializing our PoNS device in the U.S., if approved; make improvements to our manufacturing process and product design; launch the TBI-002 trial FDA clearanceor conduct other trials of the PoNS™ device for treating balance disorder associated with mild to moderate TBI, manufacturing of a commercially-viable version of the PoNS™ devicePoNS device; pursue further regulatory approvals; maintain, expand and demonstration of effectiveness sufficient to generate commercial orders by customers forprotect our product. While we are currently seekingintellectual property portfolio; and add additional funding, we do not currently have sufficient resources to accomplish any of these conditions necessary for us to generate revenue. We will therefore require substantial additional funds in order to continue to conduct the research and development and regulatory clearance and approval activities necessary to bring our product to market, to establish effective marketing and sales capabilities and to develop other product candidates.

We will have to continue to rely on equity and debt financing.personnel. There can be no assurance that financing, whether debtwe will be successful in raising additional capital or equity,that such capital, if available, will always be availableon terms that are acceptable to usus. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional capital, we may be compelled to reduce the scope of our operations and planned capital expenditure or sell certain assets, including intellectual property, and we may be forced to cease or wind down operations, seek protection under the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or liquidate and dissolve our Company.

Our ability to raise additional capital may be adversely impacted by global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the amount required at any particular time orcredit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In September 2018, we entered into an exclusive strategic alliance agreement with HTC and Heuro. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties developed a clinic system to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. Prior to October 30, 2019, the arrangement provided for any particular period or, if available, that it can be obtainedHTC to pay us CAD$750 thousand in three annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in consideration for the exclusivity right we granted to Heuro. We and HTC governed the agreement through a joint steering committee, and each funded up to 50% of Heuro’s operating budget as agreed to by the joint steering committee and shared in the net profits and losses of Heuro on terms satisfactorya 50/50 basis. This agreement was amended as a result of the acquisition of Heuro on October 30, 2019. Refer to us. Without additional financing, we do not believeNote 2 to our resources will be sufficient to meet our operatingaudited consolidated financial statements and capital needs through the fourth quarter of calendar 2016.related notes included elsewhere in this prospectusfor more information.

45


Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

To the best of management’s knowledge, there are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our results of operations or financial condition.condition other than that described above and in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Tabular DisclosureCritical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of Contractual Obligationsour financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This preparation requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. U.S. GAAP provides the framework from which to make these estimates, assumption and disclosures. We choose accounting policies within U.S. GAAP that management believes are appropriate to accurately and fairly report our operating results and financial position in a consistent manner. Management regularly assesses these policies in light of current and forecasted economic conditions. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. While there are a number of significant accounting policies affecting our financial statements, we believe the critical accounting policies involving the most complex, difficult and subjective estimates and judgments are: revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, derivative financial instruments, and goodwill and other intangible assets.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with FASB’s ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (“ASC 606”), we recognize revenue when our customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps:

(i)

identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(ii)

identify the performance obligations in the contract;

(iii)

determine the transaction price;

(iv)

allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

(v)

recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

We apply the five-step model to contracts when we determine that it is probable we will collect substantially all of the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price, after consideration of variability and constraints, if any, that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied.

License Revenue

Prior to the fourth quarter of 2018, we had not generated revenue. During the fourth quarter of 2018, as part of our exclusive strategic alliance agreement, we transferred a license to Heuro in order for it to develop the clinic systems to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. The license was a functional license as it had stand-alone functionality. As such, we recognized revenue once control transferred, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2018 when regulatory approval of the PoNS device in Canada was obtained and the commercialization of the product, as defined within the agreement, began. The agreement provided to pay us CAD$750 thousand in three annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in

consideration for the exclusivity right we granted to Heuro. We considered this to be a significant financing component and as such, the amount reflected in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss was discounted. The discount rate utilized to measure revenue and the related receivable was determined based on the rate that would be reflected in a separate financing transaction with the customer. During the fourth quarter of 2018, we recognized revenues of $0.5 million in license fees when we satisfied our performance obligation. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, we modified our arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019. License revenue will be recognized ratably over the ten year term as the performance obligation is met in connection with the Co-Promotion Agreement.

Product Sales, net

During the first half of 2019, product sales were derived from the sale of the PoNS device and certain support services including services from the use of the NeuroCatchTM device, which is owned by HTC and assesses electroencephalogram brain waves related to cognition of patients participating in the PoNS Treatment at neuroplasticity clinics in Canada. We acted in an agency capacity for services performed using the NeuroCatch device and remitted CAD$600 for each patient assessed with the NeuroCatch device. According to the supply agreement with each of these clinics, our performance obligation was met when we delivered the PoNS device to the clinic’s facility and the clinic assumed title of the PoNS device upon acceptance. As such, revenue is recognized at a point in time. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight before control of a product has been transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of sales. Further, according to our arrangement with HTC and Heuro, we shared 50/50 with Heuro in fees from support services excluding the CAD$600 payment for an assessment using the NeuroCatch device. Subsequent to July 1, 2019, product sales were derived from the sale of the PoNS device alone as the NeuroCatch is sold directly to the neuroplasticity clinics in Canada by HTC. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded $1.5 million in product sales net of $11 thousand for HTC’s portion related to assessments using the NeuroCatch device. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded $0.4 million in product sales. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, we modified our arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019. As of MarchDecember 31, 2016, we did2019, the control of the 55 PoNS devices included as consideration in the Heuro acquisition had not havebeen transferred resulting in the fair value of the devices being recorded as deferred revenue of $0.4 million on the consolidated balance sheet. As of September 30, 2020, the control of 11 devices had been transferred resulting in recognition of revenue for these devices. The fair value of the remaining 44 devices is still recorded as deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. Revenue will be recognized for these devices as control is transferred. The only returns during 2019 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were the result of warranty returns for defective products. These returns were insignificant and any contractual obligations requiredfuture replacements are expected to be disclosedinsignificant.

Fee Revenue

During the first half of 2019, our agreement with HTC and Heuro also entitled us to 50% of the franchise fees collected by Item 303(a)(5) of Regulation S-K duringHeuro from each franchise agreement Heuro executed with neuroplasticity clinics engaged in providing the fiscalPoNS Treatment. For the year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016.2019, we recognized $37 thousand as our 50% portion of the franchise fees. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized $9 thousand of fee revenue related to engaging new neuroplasticity clinics to provide the PoNS Treatment. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized $49 thousand of fee revenue associated with the Company’s agreement with HTC and Heuro that entitled the Company to 50% of the franchise fees collected by Heuro from each executed franchise agreement. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had no contract assets or liabilities on its condensed consolidated balance sheets related to the supply agreements with each clinic.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for all stock-based payments and awards under the fair value-based method. We recognize our stock-based compensation expense using the straight-line method.

We account for the granting of stock options to employees and non-employees using the fair value method whereby all awards are measured at fair value on the date of the grant. The fair value of all employee-related stock options is expensed over the requisite service period with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital. Upon exercise of stock options, the consideration paid by the option holder, together with the amount previously recognized in additional paid-in capital is recorded as an increase to common stock. Stock options granted to employees are accounted for as liabilities when they contain conditions or other features that are indexed to other than a market, performance or service conditions.

Stock-based payments to non-employees are measured based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued. Compensation expense for non-employee stock awards are recognized over the requisite service period following the measurement of the fair value on the grant date over the vesting period of the award.

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options. The use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates, the value of the common stock and expected dividend yield of the common stock. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We evaluate our financial instruments and other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the embedded derivative is marked-to-market at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability and the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Upon conversion or exercise of a derivative financial instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the conversion date and then that fair value is reclassified to equity.

The classification of derivative financial instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as a liability or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period. Derivative financial instruments that become subject to reclassification are reclassified at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative financial instrument liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not the right to exercise or settle the derivative financial instrument lies with the holder.

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value derivative financial instrument liabilities. This model uses Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820—Fair Value Measurement.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair values underlying net assets acquired in an acquisition. All of our goodwill as of December 31, 2019 is the result of the Heuro acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather will be tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. We will test goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year.

Goodwill is allocated to, and evaluated for impairment at our one identified reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The qualitative evaluation is an assessment of factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. We may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for our reporting unit and perform the quantitative impairment test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test requires us to compare the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.

If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is required, and no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds the estimated fair value, the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recorded as an impairment loss, the amount of which is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

Definite-lived intangibles consist principally of acquired customer relationships and proprietary software as well as internally developed software. All are amortized straight-line over their estimated useful lives. We review long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed for the carrying value of assets held for use based on a review of undiscounted projected cash flows. Impairment losses, where identified, are measured as the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over its estimated fair value as determined by discounted projected cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,Leases (Topic 842). The new standard establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lesseeinformation set forth in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the consolidated income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, includingour interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01,Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in this update revise the accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17,Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The amendments in this update simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes to require that deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as noncurrent in a statement of financial position. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. We have adopted the provisions of this standard early, the impact of which on ourunaudited condensed consolidated financial statements was not significant.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03,Interest- Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30). This guidance is to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by recognizing a debt liability in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from that debt liability consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The amendmentsincluded elsewhere in this update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have adopted this standard and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position.prospectus is incorporated herein by reference.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, was enacted in the United States. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies. Our status as an “emerging growth company” ended on December 31, 2020.

46


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our BusinessOverview

We are a medical technologyneurotechnology company focused on neurological wellness and our mission statementwellness. Our purpose is to:

“Develop,to develop, license andor acquire unique, non-invasive treatments designed to help patients affected by neurological technologies targeted at reducing symptoms caused byof neurological disease or trauma.

Our first product, in development, the portable neuromodulation stimulator (PoNS™), exemplifies this missionknown as the Portable Neuromodulation Stimulator, or PoNSTM(“PoNS”), is authorized for sale in Canada as a class II, non-implantable medical device whenintended as a short term treatment (14 weeks) of gait deficit due to symptoms from multiple sclerosis (“MS”) and balance deficit due to mild-to-moderate traumatic brain injury (“mmTBI”) and is to be used in conjunction with physical therapy, or PoNS TreatmentTM. It is an investigational medical device in the United States, the European Union (“EU”), and Australia (“AUS”). The device is currently under review for de novo classification and clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of MS. It is also under premarket review by the AUS Therapeutic Goods Administration. PoNS Treatment is not currently commercially available in the United States, the European Union or Australia.

PoNS Device

The PoNS device is a non-implantable investigational medical device comprised of a controller and a mouthpiece that are connected by a cord. The controller is worn around the neck and the mouthpiece sits on the tongue during treatment. PoNS Treatment, or the “Treatment”, utilizes the PoNS device in conjunction with targeted physical and / or cognitive therapy. The therapy consists of condition specific exercises for movement control, balance and gait training, and breathing and awareness training that are designed to focus on the individual patient’s functional deficits. The Treatment is 14 weeks and is delivered through authorized PoNS treatment clinics by certified PoNS trainers, with the first 2 weeks in a clinic. The remaining 12 weeks are completed at home with weekly clinic visits to monitor progress, assess improvements and ensure the therapy level is still appropriate. When the device is on, the 143 gold-plated electrodes on the mouthpiece send mild electrical signals to the tongue. These impulses stimulate nerves in the tongue that have direct pathways to the brain, through the brain stem. The combination of mild stimulation with therapeutic activities may enhance the neuroplastic effect, potentially resulting in functional improvements in balance and gait. During each clinic visit and at the end of the 14-week Treatment, the clinic downloads the PoNS usage data from the device and reviews it with the patient. This usage data in combination with physiotherapy, is designed to enhance the brain’s ability to compensate for damage due to trauma or disease.

Improving the process by which the brain can reorganize itself and compensate for damage, or even augment how we learn, has far-reaching implications for the treatment of disease as well as for the healthy population. We intend to pursue these opportunities using our platform PoNS™ technology. Neuroplasticity, the abilitydetail of the braincompleted assessments gives the clinician and the patient a unique and powerful method to reorganize a neural network or re-task neurons and form new synaptic connections, is core to all cerebral learning, training, and rehabilitation. Neuromodulation isassess treatment progress. The patient re-initiates their Treatment sessions under the alteration of nerve activity in response to the delivery of electrical stimulation or chemical agents. Our proprietary PoNS™ device is designed to induce Cranial Nerve Non Invasive Neuromodulation through a dramatic increase in stimulationsupervision of the clinicians through regular check ins.

Clinical research has shown that translingual neurostimulation activates two major cranial nerves –the trigeminal nerve, and the facial and trigeminal nervesnerve, which innervate the tongue. This appears to enhance neuroplasticity and benefit persons with neurological, cognitive, sensory, and motor disorders when combined with the rehabilitation process.

Traditional rehabilitation interventions have typically involved medication and various forms of therapies, including physical therapy. Our patented PoNS™ device has been developed to deliver to the tonguecreates a non-invasive neurostimulation, in a form that induces neuromodulation. Published studies, suggest neurologic diseases and disorders such as Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI), Multiple Sclerosis (MS), Stroke, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s diseases, Depression, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, and Autism, all have symptoms that may benefit from enhanced neuromodulation as a component of their rehabilitation therapy.

When the PoNS™ device is placed into and held in the patient’s mouth, it stimulates the trigeminal and facial nerves that innervate the anterior two-thirds of the human tongue using a sequenced pattern of superficial electrical stimulation. This stimulation excites a natural flow of neural impulses tothat are delivered directly into the brainstembrain stem and cerebellum – the main control centers for multiple life functions including sensory perception and movement. From the brain stem, these impulses travel throughout the brain and activate or reactivate neurons and structures involved in human function. Researchers believe that is designed to effecttargeted physical therapy with neurostimulation can initiate changes in the functionbrain, supporting the rebuilding and reorganizing (neuroplasticity) of these targeted brain structures. A seriesmultiple areas of studies, which are further described below, suggest that prolonged activation of 20 minutes or more of neuronal circuits, when combined with physical therapy, initiate a durable neuronal reorganization with a variety of positive results, including the correction of gait/balance impairments resulting from TBI. These results represent what we refer to as anecdotal evidence, and must be confirmed by a larger well-controlled, independently reviewed scientific study. Successful results from FDA approved and reviewed clinical trials are required prior to regulatory clearance for sale in the U.S.brain.

Design

The inventors of the PoNS™ device conducted a series of Institutional Review Board sanctioned feasibility studies, case studies, and one placebo-controlled study. In total, these studies involved approximately 260 patients using the first generation PoNS™ device in conjunction with physical or cognitive therapy at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. An Institutional Review Board is a scientific and patient advocacy board that reviews the validity and safety of clinical trials on behalf of patients. A “feasibility study” is a study with a small sample size that allows for early clinical evaluation for proof of principle and initial clinical safety data. A feasibility study may be appropriate early in device development when clinical experience is necessary because nonclinical testing methods are not available or adequate to provide the information needed to advance the developmental process. We use the term “case study” to mean a study of one patient that may support at most anecdotal evidence of efficacy. By “placebo-controlled study,” we mean a way of testing a medical therapy in which, in addition to a group of subjects that receives the treatment to be evaluated, a separate control group receives an artificial “placebo” treatment which is specifically designed to have no real effect. These studies were conducted primarily at the Tactile Communication and Neurorehabilitation Laboratory, or TCNL, at the University of Wisconsin-Madison with the approval and oversight by the university’s Institutional Review Board, which is required for scientific studies involving human subjects.

47


Table of Contents

Based on the prior results in subjects with MS, a further controlled feasibility study in 14 MS subjects was independently performed at the Montreal Neurological Institute in 2015 using the next generation PoNS™ device to treat gait and balance disorder associated with MS. The results of this study were consistent with the previously completed studies on MS and further supported the device’s safety and efficacy in this cohort.

As described below, we have developed the PoNS™ device to secure FDA clearance for commercial use in treating balance disorder in TBI subjects. We are conducting a clinical trial of our PoNS™ device for the treatment of balance disorder in patients with TBI. Should the PoNS™ device be cleared by the FDA, we believe the addressable market for our product device to treat balance disorder associated with TBI is potentially over $5.0 billion. According to the U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 5.3 million individuals in the U.S. were living with permanent TBI symptoms in 1999, and the incidence of new TBI diagnoses, as measured by hospitalizations and emergency department visits, has increased between 2001 and 2010. Additionally, the Brain Injury Association of America estimates that approximately 40% of patients diagnosed with TBI experience balance disturbance. Our addressable market estimate for TBI in the U.S. is based on the number of persons living with TBI (5.3 million) multiplied by the rate of balance disturbance in TBI patients (40%), and multiplied by the expected price per unit of our product.

In addition to the ongoing TBI study, we plan on conducting a registrational clinical trial of our PoNS™ device for the treatment of gait and balance disorder in patients with MS. Should the PoNS™ device be cleared by the FDA, we believe the addressable markets for our PoNS™ device to treat gait and balance disorder associated with MS is potentially over $500 million. According to the National Multiple Sclerosis Society, there are approximately 400,000 individuals in the U.S. with MS. Our addressable market estimate for MS is calculated by multiplying the estimated number of persons with MS by the rate of balance disturbance in MS patients (50%) and the expected price per unit of our product.

Supporting our three issued U.S. medical method patents are a further twenty-one issued design and utility patents. Additional domestic and international patent filings for the PoNS™ device connected to both further medical methods and other designs and utility are a key component of the value of the Company and will continue to be expanded.

Our Principal Product

The predecessor to the current PoNS™ device was developed in 2008 at the TCNL. Since then, we have conducted a significant amount of experimentation, research, and development to arrive at the present-day PoNS™ device. We have completed the technical and product design phases of the PoNS™ device as well as the manufacturing development phase which will enable us to manufacture the device commercially. We are performing the registration clinical trials for FDA clearance with the device for use in treating balance disorder in TBI subjects and plan to launch a registrational clinical trial for MS subjects in late 2016.

We anticipate that the full commercial device will be ready for release in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2016, and we expect to produce the PoNS™ device in accordance with FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, and in compliance with European and Canadian regulatory requirements. Previously, we disclosed that we anticipated that the full commercial device would be ready for release in the first quarter of calendar 2016. We delayed the commercial device build based on our revised forecast for the clinical trial completion.

The PoNS™PoNS device is ergonomically designed for patient comfort, is relatively light, contains a replaceable hygienic mouthpiece and a rechargeable battery with built-in technology to allow for tracking of the patient’s usage, including time and allows for technical data logging and communications.intensity of treatments. See Figure 1.

48


Table of Contents

LOGO

Figure 1
The portable neuromodulation stimulator, or PoNS™ device.

The PoNS™Portable Neuromodulation Stimulator, PoNS device is an electrical pulse generator that delivers controlled electrical stimulation to

The mouthpiece of the tongue. Pulses are generatedPoNS device sits on the front third of the tongue and organized by a counter, timer, and wave-shaping electronic components. The device is held lightly in place by the lips and teeth around the neck of the tab that goes into the mouth and rests on the anterior and superior part of the tongue.closed mouth. See Figure 2.

The paddle-shaped tab of the device has a hexagonally patterned array of 143 gold-plated circular electrodes (1.50 mm diameter, on 2.34 mm centers) that is created by a photolithographic process used to make printed circuit boards. It is designed to use low-level electrical current to stimulate the lingual branch projections of at least two cranial nerves in the anterior tongue through the gold-plated electrodes. Device function is controlled by four buttons: On, Off, Intensity Up, and Intensity Down.

LOGO

Figure 2

A rechargeable lithium-lithium polymer battery with built-in charge safety circuitry provides power. While the voltage and pulse timing to each electrode are programmed into the device and cannot be altered, the user can adjust the stimulus intensity, can be adjustedwhich is achieved by adjusting the user.electrical pulse width. The sensation produced by the arraymouthpiece is similar to the feeling of drinking a carbonated beverage. The patented waveform is specifically designed to minimize the potential for tissue irritation.

WhenOverview of Multiple Sclerosis and Current Available Treatments

Multiple Sclerosis, or MS, is currently classified as an autoimmune disease of the PoNS™ device is turned off,central nervous system. The disease attacks the intensity setting automatically resets to zero. Upon first introductionmyelin, the protective covering of the nerve necessary for the transmission of nerve impulses through nerve fibers, causing inflammation and often damaging the myelin. Damage to the device stimulation, subjectsmyelin is

variable, depending on the course of the disease, which influences the type and severity of symptoms. MS is unpredictable and can cause symptoms such as extreme fatigue, lack of coordination, weakness, tingling, impaired sensation, vision problems, bladder problems, cognitive impairment and mood changes. Its effects can be physical and emotional with a substantial financial burden. Currently there is no cure and patients with MS experience a progressive decline in health over time. There are instructeda variety of treatments available for MS, some of which are experimental, including pharmaceutical, dietary, and surgical, which may or may not be covered by government or private health insurance.

Findings from a National MS Society study estimate that nearly 1 million people in the United States are living with MS and 93,000 in Canada. The National MS Society estimates that 2.3 million people live with MS globally. The United States and Canada have the highest rates of MS, with 309 cases per 100,000 in the United States, and 291 cases per 100,000 in Canada, respectively. Given the nature of this neurodegenerative disease, these individuals and their caretakers are active in exploring treatment options that may resolve or delay the progression of symptoms. There is also a well-established advocacy framework.

A 2016 economic analysis of MS found the total lifetime costs per person with MS to pressbe $4.1 million, with average yearly healthcare costs ranging from $30 thousand to $100 thousand based on the “Up” intensity buttonseverity of the disease. Since the exact cause of MS is still unknown, there is no known prevention. Although there is no cure for MS yet, treatments can manage symptoms. MS medications are designed to lessen the frequency of relapses and hold itslow the progression of the disease, but none have proven to halt progression of the disease.

While there are several disease-modifying medications approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to treat MS, only one drug approved by FDA and Heath Canada, Ampyra® (dalfampridine), is indicated for the improvement of gait speed in patients with MS, which offers the closest comparison to the effects of PoNS Treatment on improvement in gait.

Overview of mmTBI and Current Available Treatments

There are an estimated 14.5 million people globally, with over 1.5 million in the United States and 350,000 in Canada, living with balance deficit due to mmTBI. Every year in Canada and the United States there are approximately 4-5 seconds20,000 and 420,000 newly diagnosed mmTBIs, respectively, resulting in balance deficit. This condition often has a significant impact on one’s quality of life, negatively affecting independence, employability, productivity, mental health and participation in the community. Rehabilitation is often required following a mmTBI for resulting motor, cognitive and behavioral impairments. The current standard of care to reach sensation threshold. Subjects will frequently notice that the sensation intensity decreases 2-4 minutes after stimulation onset. Subjectsaddress balance issues following a mmTBI is physical therapy. While physical therapy can help to promote balance recovery, individuals are instructed to simply increase the sensation leveloften unable to return to their full function and are left living with a balance deficit.

Prior to the predetermined perceptual midpointdevelopment of their individual perceptual dynamic range.the PoNS device, there were no treatments available that were clinically proven and indicated to treat long-term balance deficit. A few studies have suggested that physical therapy aimed at improving balance and gait may be mildly effective for rehabilitation in the mmTBI population. However, to our knowledge, no mid-to-late stage clinical studies have reported improvements in function of the magnitude that would be considered evidence of systematic recovery of normal function, nor have any studies proven that physical therapy alone has a lasting effect on balance and gait. Given the small number of published studies, the small number of patients enrolled in the studies of which we are aware, the varying range of interventional protocols employed in such studies and the lower levels of study design, it is difficult to draw any conclusions regarding the effectiveness and dosing parameters of using physical therapy alone for the treatment of balance deficit following mmTBI. Consequently, we believe that there is a large potential commercial opportunity for the PoNS Treatment in the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI. Our goal is to establish the PoNS Treatment as the standard of care for this condition all over the world.

49

PoNS Clinical Trials and Scientific Support in MS


TableThere are two peer reviewed published clinical trials reporting on the results of Contents

clinical trials comparing active PoNS + PT vs Placebo PoNS + PT in subjects with mild and moderate MS. (Tyler et al. Journal ofNeuroEngineering and Rehabilitation 2014, 11:79 and Leonard et al. Multiple Sclerosis Journal Experimental, Translational and Clinical January-March 2017: 19 DOI: 10.1177/ 2055217317690561)

Figure 2Summary results of the Tyler study in 20 patients with mild and moderate MS:

In a comparison of the Dynamic Gait Index (DGI), a measure of the ability to walk, after 14 weeks of treatment of 10 subjects treated with active PoNS + PT Vs 10 subjects treated with placebo PoNS + PT

Results showed a statistically significant change (p<0.005) in favor of the Active PoNS group.

Summary results from the Leonard study in 14 patients treated with mild and moderate MS:

At week 14 there was a statistically significant improvement p=0.001 in the Sensory Organization Test (SOT), a test of subject’s ability to balance, versus baseline for the 7 subjects in the active PoNS treated group and non-significant change in the 7 subjects in placebo PoNS treated group vs baseline.

Summary of Real-World Evidence in MS patients treated with PoNS in Canada.

Treatment outcomes for patients treated in Canada are captured in the company developed validated data capture system. 39 patients with MS were treated with PoNS in Canada between March 2019 and September 2019.

Using all available data from the treated MS patients, the mean improvement from baseline to Week 14 in the FGA (functional gait assessment) was 4.53 (95% CI 3.35 to 5.72). Based on observed data, the median improvement was 5 points.

56.7% had an improvement at Week 14 greater than or equal to 4 points, the minimum detectable change. This finding is remarkable given that the RWE data set consisted of patients with chronic MS with long durations of disease.

Given the excellent safety profile, these data support a positive benefit risk ratio in the real-world setting.

PoNS Clinical Trials and Scientific Support in mmTBIXimedica

PoNS Registrational Clinical Trial in mmTBI

We completed our registrational clinical trial of the PoNS Treatment for persons with mmTBI in 2017. It was a double-blind randomized, controlled study of the safety and effectiveness of the PoNS Treatment using translingual noninvasive stimulation in participants with balance deficit due to mmTBI.

The trial was launched in 2015 in conjunction with the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command, or the USAMRMC, and was conducted at seven sites in the United States and Canada. The trial evaluated 122 randomized participants between the ages of 18 and 65 years. Each participant received five weeks of treatment, two weeks in clinic and three weeks at home. The treatment consisted of standardized targeted physical therapy geared toward the functional capability of each individual participant. Enrolled participants worked with a certified PoNS trainer and were randomized to receive either a high-frequency pulse, or HFP, (25.7 million pulses per 20-minute treatment) or a low-frequency pulse, or LFP, (13,728 pulses per 20-minute treatment) PoNS device. While the HFP and the LFP devices were identical, the frequency of the pulses was different.

Trial Design

All participants provided a prior neuroradiologic report (obtained at least one year after the most recent mmTBI), if available, and completed demographic and quality of life surveys and a medical history during an

initial screening visit. Participants who met the initial screening entrance criteria were scheduled for an MRI of the head, a neuropsychiatric evaluation, the NeuroCom Sensory Organization Test, or SOT, to evaluate balance, and a 20-minute walk on the treadmill to evaluate fitness. Key eligibility criteria to participate in the study included the following:

Male or female, 18 to 65 years of age.

At least 1-year post most recent mmTBI at the time of screening.

Had participated in a focused physical rehabilitation program for mmTBI and had been deemed by the treating clinician to have completedreached a plateau.

Had a balance disorder SOT composite score of at least 16 points below the designnormative value for the participant’s age.

Stable neurologic status, as determined from the participant’s medical records and the trial physician’s opinion based on no new or changing symptoms.

Participants meeting all the eligibility criteria, and who were not disqualified by exclusion criteria applicable to the trial, were enrolled and randomly assigned in blocks of four to receive an HFP or LFP device. Randomization occurred at each site, according to the randomization plan developed by the clinical research organization. An objective balance assessment was performed using the composite score from the SOT, which measures balance using computerized sensors that objectively measure participants’ ability to maintain balance under six different conditions. The SOT is a widely used measurement tool for balance disorder associated with TBI and was used as the primary efficacy endpoint for the trial. According to published clinical trial data, patients that received physical therapy alone to treat balance deficit related to mmTBI improved by an average of ten to 13 points on the SOT scale, a 0 to 100 scale, and clinical experience shows those patients tend to drift back to baseline levels when physical therapy is discontinued. On average, participants entered the trial with an SOT composite score of approximately 40, which is a score that indicates substantially compromised functional balance. In the trial, an SOT responder was defined as a participant with an improvement of at least 15 points in his/her SOT composite score from baseline to the end of five weeks of PoNS Treatment, a level of change that to our knowledge, has not been achieved in clinical trials of patients with mmTBI-related balance disorder undergoing standard of care physical therapy.

Trial Results

The trial’s statistical analysis plan stated that, if the outcome of the primary effectiveness endpoint showed that PoNS Treatment in the HFP and LFP arms both produced responses of greater than 15 points on the SOT composite score that were not significantly different from one another, the secondary endpoint would be calculated by combining the two groups and comparing the response to baseline at week two and week five. This would imply that both devices had a clinical effect.

The primary effectiveness endpoint demonstrated a trend toward a higher responder rate in the HFP arm (with 71.2% of subjects experiencing a greater than 15 point improvement on the SOT composite score) than in the LFP arm (with 63.5% of subjects experiencing a greater than 15 point improvement on the SOT composite score), p<0.081. The primary effectiveness endpoint was not reached because of the significant therapeutic effect observed in the LFP arm. Because both arms produced responses of greater than 15 points on the SOT composite score that were not significantly different from one another, the secondary effectiveness endpoint was calculated per the statistical analysis plan, as described above. The secondary effectiveness endpoints demonstrated statistically and clinically significant increases in SOT composite scores:

The mean improvement at two weeks for the pooled arms was 18.3 points, P<0.0005.

The mean improvement at five weeks for the pooled arms was 24.6 points, P<0.0005.

Since the majority of patients who have a balance disorder associated with mmTBI are subjected to a higher risk of falls and headaches, the primary safety endpoint was an improvement in the frequency of falls as determined by daily event recording on the participant data case report form during the in-clinic phase of the PoNS™study (week two). The secondary safety endpoint was the frequency and severity of headaches, as measured by the Headache Disability Index at baseline and at the end of treatment, which was at week five.

We successfully met the primary and secondary safety endpoints as measured by a decrease in falls at week two a decrease in headaches at week five, respectively, in both treatment groups.

There were no serious device related adverse events.

PoNS Long-Term Treatment Trial in mmTBI: A 26-Week Study

This study was performed to understand the durability of response to the PoNS Treatment. This double-blind randomized controlled study in patients with mmTBI was completed in 2017 at the Tactile Communication Neurorehabilitation Laboratory at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and was sponsored by the U.S. Army. The study was conducted with 22 and 21 participants randomized to the HFP and LFP PoNS Treatment arms, respectively. Participants underwent 14 weeks of active treatment identical in format to the treatment regime in our registrational clinical trial described above, followed by a 12-week washout period when participants discontinued the PoNS Treatment and were told to resume normal daily lifestyles with no specified physical therapy regime. SOT composite scores were captured at specific time points throughout the study, including at 14 weeks and after the 12-week washout (26 weeks).

Highlights of the study results were as follows:

There was no statistical difference between the HFP and LFP PoNS Treatment arms mirroring the results of the registrational clinical trial.

On average, participants entered the study with an SOT composite score of approximately 40, which is a score that indicates substantially compromised functional balance.

At the end of 14 weeks of active treatment with the HFP PoNS arm, patients showed improvements on average of 29.8 points on the SOT composite score.

After the 12-week washout period, the participants, on average, maintained the same SOT composite score as after 14 weeks of PoNS treatment.

Conclusion:

The study demonstrated that the PoNS Treatment could, on average, allow patients with mmTBI who had balance deficit and other injury-related functional disabilities, achieve an SOT composite score in the normal range in 14 weeks and maintain that benefit after a 12-week washout period. We believe that this data supports the durability of the response to the treatment and the potential restoration of the balance system. Furthermore, in a subset of nine participants, sequential magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, scans were performed that showed increased grey matter volume in the cerebellum and elsewhere, commensurate with improved balance.

Overall Conclusion From the Two mmTBI Trials.

We believe the most significant observations from the two mmTBI trials are:

Our registrational and long-term treatment trials combined were the largest non-implantable neuromodulation trials in balance and gait deficit due mmTBI ever performed.

Participants who had a profound, chronic balance disorder resistant to conventional physical therapy, and with a prognosis of a lifetime of this disability were, on average, in the normal range of balance following the 14 weeks of treatment.

In a subset of nine participants, MRI scans revealed structural changes in the brain resulting from the neuromodulation inducing neuroplastic effect.

The PoNS Treatment in one data set also resulted, on average, in patients maintaining the improvement for at least a 12-week period suggesting a permanent improvement in participants’ balance issues.

There were no differences in clinical outcomes across the clinical trial sites performing both trials.

There were no differences at baseline in age, sex, time from injury, amount of previous physical therapy, level of disability or adherence to therapy in each of the treatment groups.

The difference in therapeutic effect noted between high and low frequency pulse groups suggests that there was an independent device effect.

Regulatory Status Worldwide

Canadian Regulatory Status: mmTBI and MS

On October 17, 2018, we received our Canadian marketing authorization from Health Canada allowing us to commercialize the PoNS device in Canada for use as a short-term treatment (14 weeks) of balance deficit due to mmTBI.

On March 18, 2020, we received marketing authorization from Health Canada allowing us to commercialize the PoNS device in Canada for the treatment of gait deficit in patients with mild and moderate MS symptoms. Our market authorization application comprised objective statistical evidence as well as independently reviewed clinical research analysis. We believe this label expansion will significantly expand our addressable market opportunity in Canada to include a patient population that is motivated to pursue treatment options which may resolve or delay the progression of MS gait deficit symptoms.

US Regulatory Status: MS

In March 2020, we announced that based on the quality of the data included in our MS submission package to Health Canada and the significant unmet needs of those afflicted with MS, we are prioritizing the MS indication as the pathway to pursue our first U.S. clearance of the PoNS device. We believe the existing published data and real-world evidence with use of the PoNS for the treatment of gait disorder in patients with mild and moderate MS are sufficient to demonstrate a favorable risk/benefit profile, as required for de novo classification and clearance to enable US marketability. Novel treatments for MS are highlighted as a specific target of the FDA as a high unmet medical need disease.

On May 7, 2020 we received Breakthrough Designation for the PoNS device as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of Multiple Sclerosis (“MS”), to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program. The goal of the Breakthrough Devices Program is to provide patients and health care providers with timely access to these medical devices by speeding up their development, assessment, and review, while preserving the statutory standards for premarket approval, 510(k) clearance, and de novo classification and clearance, consistent with FDA’s mission to protect and promote public health.

The Breakthrough Devices Program replaces the Expedited Access Pathway and Priority Review for medical devices. The FDA considers devices granted designation under the Expedited Access Pathway to be part of the Breakthrough Devices Program.

The Breakthrough Devices Program offers manufacturers an opportunity to interact with the FDA’s experts through several different program options to efficiently address topics as they arise during the premarket review phase, which can help manufacturers receive feedback from the FDA and identify areas of agreement in a timely way. Manufacturers can also expect prioritized review of their submission.

Breakthrough Device Designation does not change the requirements for approval of an application for a marketing authorization under section 510(k) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

On August 4, 2020, we submitted our request to the FDA for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of gait deficit due to symptoms from MS, to be used as an adjunct to a supervised therapeutic exercise program in patients over 18 years of age.

On October 19, 2020, we announced that we received a request for additional information from the FDA related to the Company’s request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. During the substantive review phase of a request for de novo classification and clearance, FDA may request additional information in order to obtain information necessary for the FDA to continue or complete its review and, in such instances, places its review on hold until the requested information is submitted. The FDA’s request for additional information was received approximately 75 days from the submission date, which is consistent with FDA’s expected timing for review of a Breakthrough Designated product, such as the PoNS device. The FDA’s request for additional information includes requests for additional analysis of clinical data and proposes certain labeling modifications. On January 11, 2021, we announced that we submitted our formal response to the FDA’s request for additional information.

US Regulatory Status: mmTBI

Our U.S. regulatory strategy initially focused on pursuing de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device from the FDA for the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI.

We submitted a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device to the FDA for this indication in August 2018. This request was supported by data from two of our clinical trials in mmTBI, including our registrational trial, TBI-001.

In April 2019, we announced the FDA had completed its review and had denied our request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device for the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI. In reaching its conclusion, the FDA noted, via a denial letter, that although the safety profile of the PoNS device is acceptable, the FDA did not have sufficient information to discern the relative independent contributions of the PoNS device and physical therapy on the improvements from baseline. The FDA noted that we will subcontractcould generate additional data to address its concerns and resubmit our application.

In October 2019, we had a pre-submission meeting where the buildingFDA provided feedback needed to help complete the design of commercial quantitiesa new clinical trial intended to address the FDA’s request for a trial that demonstrates the benefit of the PoNS Treatment compared to physical therapy alone. In January 2020, we received the FDA’s feedback on the minutes from the October 2019 pre-submission meeting. In its feedback, the FDA provided post-meeting notes with specific recommendations regarding the trial design that were not discussed in the October 2019 pre-submission meeting.

Based on the receipt of the FDA’s final minutes from the pre-submission meeting, we finalized our clinical protocol for a new trial, TBI-002, intended to support a request for de novo classification and clearance of the PoNS device. TBI-002 will be a multi-center, randomized trial in the U.S. and Canada consisting of 103 subjects with balance deficit due to mmTBI. Although TBI-002 will take longer and be more costly than the design that we had discussed at our October 2019 pre-submission meeting, we believe that the chances of obtaining FDA de novo classification and clearance will be significantly increased if we incorporate the FDA’s pre-submission feedback into this next trial design.

TBI-002 will proceed in two phases: a run-in phase, followed by a treatment phase. During the run-in phase, all subjects will receive 5 weeks of physical therapy alone. Subjects will then be randomized and assigned to one of two groups in the treatment phase where subjects will either receive up to 10 weeks of physical therapy with the PoNS device or 10 weeks of physical therapy without the PoNS device. The primary effectiveness endpoint of TBI-002 will be a responder analysis.

Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our expectation was that we would move forward with the revised protocol and estimated that enrollment would begin in April 2020 with the completion of the trial and submission to the FDA in the second quarter of 2021. However, the launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended, and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications, including stroke, cerebral palsy, Parkinson’s disease, baby boomers balance, and neurological wellness.

European Regulatory Status

In December 2018, we submitted an application for a CE Mark, which, if approved, would allow us to market the PoNS device in the EU. During the second quarter of 2019, we engaged with regulators in Europe to answer questions that we received from them as part of their review of our PoNS device for CE marking. In August 2019, we withdrew our application from the EU marketing process due to uncertainty in Europe caused by the switch from the Medical Device Directive, or MDD, to the Medical Device Regulation, or MDR, Brexit, and the withdrawal of Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance, our notified body, from the EU notified body business. We have engaged G-MED NA (North America) as our new ISO registrar and new notified body and will reconsider submitting to the EU when conditions stabilize.

Australian Regulatory Status

In the third quarter of 2019 we initiated the submission of our application to the TGA. We supplemented our submission with additional data based on questions supplied to date and provided responses to additional questions during the third quarter of 2020. We are currently awaiting additional feedback from the TGA on our application.

Partnerships and Agreements

U.S. Army Partnership

Between 2013 and 2015, we entered into a series of agreements with the U.S. Army to determine if the PoNS Treatment could be developed for commercial use in the treatment of service members with balance deficit related to mmTBI, or the U.S. Army Agreement. Under the U.S. Army Agreement, we were the sole regulatory sponsor and oversaw and executed all required clinical studies. The U.S. Army reimbursed us for the initially budgeted costs related to the registrational clinical trial of the safety and effectiveness of the PoNS Treatment for balance deficits related to mmTBI, up to a maximum amount of $3.0 million.

In November 2018, the U.S. Army Combat Capabilities Development Command Army Research Laboratories, or Army Laboratories, notified us of their intention to terminate the Master Cooperative Research and Development Agreement, or the CRADA, effective December 31, 2018. In December 2018, the U.S. Army notified us that it was amending the U.S. Army Agreement to provide that our obligations under the contract were satisfied upon our submission of an application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device to Ximedica, LLC,the FDA.

Our satisfaction of the U.S. Army Agreement and the termination of the CRADA concluded our formal contractual relationships with the U.S. Army. We are currently focusing on partnering with the relevant departments in the U.S. Department of Defense, or DOD, and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, or Veterans Affairs and other independent advocacy groups, to obtain reimbursement, upon FDA marketing authorization, for U.S. military personnel using our PoNS Treatment.

As of December 31, 2018, we received a contract manufacturertotal of approximately $3.0 million with respect to reimbursements for expenses owed to us for completion of development milestones. All reimbursement amounts received were credited directly to research and development expenses.

Canadian Strategic Alliance

In September 2018, we entered into an exclusive strategic alliance agreement with Health Tech Connex, Inc., or HTC, and Heuro Canada Inc., or Heuro, a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of HTC, to establish

three founding clinics to treat patients and create a replicable model for future clinic expansion. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties developed a clinic system to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties contracted with the clinics and developed a model for the clinics to deliver clinical services, featuring the PoNS Treatment, to manage neurological conditions.

During the second quarter of 2019, we entered into the clinic expansion phase of the alliance with the addition of up to three new PoNS-authorized clinics, bringing the total number of clinics authorized to treat patients with the PoNS device to five in Canada.

Prior to October 30, 2019, the exclusive strategic alliance agreement provided for HTC to pay us CAD$750 thousand in three annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in consideration for the exclusivity right we granted to Heuro. We and HTC governed the agreement through a joint steering committee, and each funded up to 50% of Heuro’s operating budget as agreed to by the joint steering committee and shared in the net profits and losses of Heuro on a 50/50 basis.

During the third quarter of 2019, we engaged with HTC through the joint steering committee in discussions regarding the future development of the commercialization of the PoNS device and PoNS Treatment in Canada. As we worked with Heuro to expand the commercial infrastructure, the complexity and feasibility of using a franchise model to build a market for PoNS including the physical therapy component became challenging. By acquiring Heuro, as noted below, we were able to streamline the decision-making process and increase our ability to react to evolving market factors as the market for the PoNS Treatment is being developed.

On October 30, 2019, we and HTC entered into a Share Purchase Agreement, or the SPA, whereby we, through our wholly owned subsidiary, acquired Heuro from HTC. Under the terms of the SPA, total consideration of approximately $1.6 million was paid to HTC, which included (1) the repayment to HTC for their investment in the set-up of Heuro’s initial commercial infrastructure including, the establishment of five authorized PoNS clinics across Canada, (2) the current market value of 55 PoNS devices which we also are to provide to HTC under the SPA, (3) the CAD$750,000 receivable from the September 2018 strategic alliance agreement and (4) the sale of exclusivity rights granted to HTC in the Co-Promotion Agreement, as defined below, to provide PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia.

In connection with the Share Purchase Agreement, on October 30, 2019, we entered into a Clinical Research and Co-Promotion Agreement with HTC, or the Co-Promotion Agreement, whereby each company will promote the sales of the PoNS Treatment and the NeuroCatchTM device throughout Canada. This co-promotion arrangement terminates upon the earlier of the collection of data from 200 patients in Canada and December 31, 2020. The co-promotion arrangement terminated on December 31, 2020. Also, subject to certain terms and conditions, we granted to HTC the exclusive right to provide the PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia, where HTC has operated a PoNS-authorized clinic since February 2019. HTC will purchase the PoNS devices for use in these regions exclusively from us and on terms no less favorable than the then-current standard terms and conditions. This exclusivity right has an initial term of ten years, renewable by HTC for one additional ten year term upon sixty days’ written notice to us.

A&B Asset Purchase Agreement

In October 2015, we entered into a strategic agreement with A&B (HK) Company Ltd., or A&B, an investment and development company based in Providence, Rhode Island, thatHong Kong for the development and commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in China, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and Singapore, collectively referred to as the Territories. The agreement transferred ownership of certain of our Asian patents, patent applications, and product support material for the PoNS device from us to A&B and granted to A&B, among other things, an exclusive license to market, promote, distribute and sell the PoNS device solely within the Territories. Pursuant to the agreement, A&B has assumed all development, patent (both application and defense), future manufacturing, clinical trial,

and regulatory clearance costs for the Territories. A&B and us will share and transfer ownership of any intellectual property or support material (developed by either party) for each of our respective geographies.

In connection with the agreement, A&B agreed to provide us with a $7.0 million funding commitment, consisting of an initial $2.0 million convertible promissory note and a $5.0 million funding commitment. On October 9, 2015, we received the conversion notice on the promissory note and, on November 10, 2015, we issued 11,904 shares of common stock at a price of $168.00 per share and 5,952 warrants exercisable at $252.00 per share for a period of three years from the date of issuance. On December 29, 2015, we drew down the $5.0 million funding commitment through the January 7, 2016 issuance of 31,746 shares of common stock at a price of $157.50 per share and 15,873 warrants exercisable at $236.25 per share for a period of three years from the date of issuance. In November 2017, A&B exercised 5,952 warrants at a price of $252.00 per share and we received gross proceeds of $1.5 million. During the first quarter of 2018, A&B exercised its remaining 15,873 warrants at a price of $236.25 per share and we received gross proceeds of $3.8 million.

In August 2018, A&B executed a transfer agreement whereby A&B transferred all the assets under the A&B asset purchase agreement with us to China Medical Systems Medical Limited, or CMS, a Malaysian based Hong Kong listed company and an affiliate of A&B. In February 2019, we executed a novation deed whereby CMS irrevocably assigned and transferred all of its rights, obligations and assets under the transfer agreement to CMS Medical Hong Kong Limited, a Hong Kong-based investment holding company principally engaged in the manufacture, marketing, promotion and sales of pharmaceutical products. We are currently working with CMS in providing regulatory support of its application to the National Medical Products Administration for marketing authorization in China.

Product Development, Manufacturing and Logistics Services

In January 2017, we entered into an agreement with Cambridge Consultants LLC, or Cambridge, pursuant to which Cambridge assumed responsibilities for key aspects of the design and development of the PoNS device. As part of the agreement, Cambridge will validate the performance of the engineering, design verification testing and product documentation to support our FDA submission. Cambridge will also assist us in the identification of, and transition to, our commercial-scale manufacturer.

On December 29, 2017, we selected Key Tronic Corporation, or Key Tronic, as our contract-manufacturing partner for the PoNS device after an exhaustive procurementa competitive selection process. The commercial design of the PoNS device will be manufactured and assembled at Key Tronic’s facilities located in Oakdale, Minnesota. Key Tronic manufactured devices for engineering and design verification testing and for our FDA submission as well as commercial devices for launch inventory. Key Tronic has multiple locations across the United States, Mexico and China with back-up manufacturing capabilities to help mitigate the risk of a single source provider. We remain ultimately responsible for the compliance of our submissions and products, and activities performed on our behalf.

We place an emphasis on protecting our patented technology, trade secrets and know-how and only share confidential information on a need to know basis, even with our manufacturers. We expect that the PoNS™ device will require some very light assembly and labeling that will be performed by Ximedica. Ximedicaan as needed basis. Key Tronic is registered as a medical device manufacturer in good standing with the FDA and isalong with Cambridge are certified in accordance with International Organization for Standardization, (ISO)or ISO, 13485, a comprehensive quality management system for the design and manufacture of medical devices.

We are currently evaluating commercial-scale manufacturersOn November 30, 2016, HMI received our ISO 13485:2003 certification, which was updated to the 2016 version of the standard during the fourth quarter of 2018 along with receiving our Medical Device Single Audit Plan, or MDSAP, for the PoNS™ deviceUnited States and Canada, with the goal of building sufficient stock to warehouse and ship the product to our distributor, who will in turn manage customer distribution.

U.S. Army

We are designing the PoNS™ device with the cooperationscope of the U.S. ArmyMDSAP certification expanded to include Australia during the third quarter of 2019.

In February 2019, we entered into an agreement with McKesson Specialty Care Distribution LLC, or McKesson, pursuant to an agreement known aswhich McKesson will provide a cooperative research comprehensive array of logistical, account management

and development agreement, (the “CRADA”). The U.S. Army was interested in signing the CRADA because of the very high incidence of Traumatic Brain Injury or TBI in soldiers and the fact that there are very few proven, effective treatments available for those soldiers who suffer from chronic TBI symptoms. Department of Defense statistics show that incidence of TBI in the U.S. Army has numbered approximately 30,000 per year from 2012 to 2014 in active duty personnel, and over 300,000 U.S. military personnel have been diagnosed with TBI since 2000. Of the 30,000 active duty personnel who suffer from TBI annually, we estimate that approximately 20-30% will develop chronic symptoms related to their TBI. While the number of cases of TBI among active duty personnel may vary based on troop levels maintained by the federal government, our primary target market will be the large number of retired soldiers who suffer from chronic TBI symptoms as this population is less subject to material, year-to-year fluctuation. The Army has expressed its desire to distribute our PoNS™ device to service members who would benefit, should the device be cleared by the FDA. However, the U.S. Army is not under any obligation to purchase our product under the CRADA or any other agreement with us, and there is no assurance that the U.S. Army will ultimately purchase our product.

Pursuant to the CRADA, as amended, the laboratories of the U.S. Army Medical Materiel Agency, or USAMMA and the U.S. Army Medical Material Development Activity, or USAMMDA (collectively , the “Army Laboratories”), agreed to cooperate with NHC on researchdistribution services for the ongoing design and development to determine if the PoNS™ device can be developed for commercial use in assisting physical therapy in the treatment of soldiers and others with military relevant neurological manifestations of TBI, including but not limited to Tinnitus, post-traumatic stress disorder, or PTSD, pain and any subsequent indications identified by the parties. The CRADA may be terminated by NHC or the Army Laboratories unilaterally at any time by providing the other party written notice at least 30 days prior to the desired termination date. In addition, the CRADA automatically expires on December 31, 2017 unless modified in writing by the parties, provided that the CRADA is subject to a four-year automatic extension as required for both FDA clearance in the event that a pre-market approval application with the FDA is required for a PoNS™ indication in respect of aid to therapy for chronic balance deficits resulting from TBI as well as for commercialization of the PoNS™ device.

50


Table of Contents

We will initially seek FDA clearance only for treatment of patients with chronic balance deficit due to TBI. The U.S. Army has expressed an interest in supplying PoNS™ devices to the military personnel who need it, subject to our ability to demonstrate its safety and effectiveness and our ability to obtain such FDA clearance. Based on this interest, we estimate that there is a sufficient potential market of active duty and retired soldiers who could potentially benefit from the PoNS™ device due to their chronic TBI symptoms. However, the U.S. Army has not made any guarantees and is not otherwise under any contractual obligations to purchase PoNS™ devices, even if we do demonstrate effectiveness and obtain FDA clearance.

If we are able to complete development of the PoNS™ device and obtain FDA clearance of the device to treat chronic balance deficit due to mild to moderate TBI, we plan to develop the PoNS™ device to treat other indications, or symptoms caused by neurological disorders. As set forth in the January 12, 2015 amendment of our CRADA, the U.S. Army has also expressed interest in our development of the PoNS™ device to treat other symptoms of TBI or any other indications caused by neurological disorders. We would be required to commit our own resources to sponsor the regulatory process for these additional indications. However, the Army Laboratories has agreed in the January 12, 2015 amendment to our CRADA to be responsible for supporting the execution of studies using the PoNS™ device as a treatment for mutually agreed-upon military relevant neurological disorders, which could include but not be limited to Tinnitus, PTSD, sleep regulation and pain (headache) and any subsequent indications identified by the parties. The amount of such support, if any, and the terms of such responsibility to support such studies are not yet negotiated and we have no assurance that we can ultimately reach agreement with the Army Laboratories on such amount or terms of support. There can be no assurance that the Army Laboratories will not otherwise attempt to renegotiate its responsibilities under the CRADA.

Food and Drug Administration

To date, no prior premarket notifications for clearance of the PoNS™ device have been submitted by NHC to the FDA, but the Army Laboratories, which previously was responsible as the regulatory sponsor until such role was assumed by NHC, submitted a request for information with the FDA with respect to the potential classification of the PoNS™ device through what is known as a 513(g) request for information. In response to a 513(g) request, the FDA provides information regarding the classification of the device or the requirements applicable to a device under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FD&C Act. Under the 513(g) request, the Army Laboratories sought guidance from the FDA regarding the classification of the PoNS™ device and the applicable requirements under the FD&C Act. As a result of this process, the FDA responded with guidance on pursuing de novo classification of the PoNS™ device as a Class II medical device.

We plan to utilize the de novo classification process to obtain Class II classification and 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the PoNS™ device. We have been deemed by the FDA through the pre-submission process a non-significant riskPoNS device in the context ofUnited States. This agreement was terminated in the TBI clinical trial and thus do not need an Investigation Device Exemption to complete our clinical trials. We are seeking to complete a safety and effectiveness clinical trial by the firstsecond quarter of calendar year 2017 and will thereafter submit a request for de novo classification and2019 following the premarketing notification (i.e., 510(k)) to the FDA. Previously, we had sought to complete the safety and effectiveness clinical trial by the first quarterFDA’s denial of calendar year 2016.

On a parallel path to our request for de novo classification and premarketclearance of the PoNS device.

Commercialization

Canada Commercialization Efforts

From a real-world results perspective, in Canada thus far, the collective experience of our patients that have completed the 14-week PoNS Treatment have been encouraging. Consistent with what we saw in our two clinical trials, one for 5 weeks and the other for 14 weeks, commercial TBI patients are demonstrating improvements in balance and gait within the first two weeks followed by continued improvement over the following twelve weeks. The majority of patients have a mean patient adherence to treatment of over 90% and showed significant improvement in their balance and gait with a meaningful clinical difference at the end of their treatment. The consistency of the patient results from our initial commercial experience supports our plans to expand access PoNS Treatment in Canada.

March 2019 marked the commercialization of our PoNS Treatment in Canada, where PoNS became the first and only device authorized by Health Canada for the treatment of balance deficit due to mmTBI. Throughout 2019 we made important progress in advancing and refining our commercialization strategy in Canada building access, awareness and credibility for the PoNS Treatment. These efforts, which were led by our local Canadian commercial team, included the establishment of our authorized clinic network throughout Canada, launching digital marketing campaigns, and building key opinion leader and advocacy networks.

During the third quarter of 2019, we made the strategic decision to change our business model in Canada in order to accelerate the adoption of our novel technology. On October 30, 2019, we acquired the Heuro Canada operating entity from HTC which allowed us to streamline the decision-making process and increase our ability to react to evolving market factors as the market for the PoNS Treatment is being developed.

On March 18, 2020, the Company received notification that its Canadian Class II license amendment application for the treatment of gait deficit in patients with mild and moderate symptoms from MS, when used in conjunction with physical therapy, was successful and received marketing authorization for PoNS from Health Canada.

Following in-depth market analysis and field intelligence, our Canadian commercial team began an expansion plan to increase the number of authorized PoNS clinics. In the first two months of 2020, we authorized 7 new clinic locations for a total of 14 clinic locations to provide PoNS Treatment across Canada. As of June 30, 2020, we had 20 clinic locations which we increased to 22 clinic locations as of September 30, 2020 and to 31 clinic locations as of December 31, 2020. There is a conscious shift in focus to driving patient throughput to these 31 clinics as we head into 2021. Sales performance in Canada continues to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic due to the FDA,space restrictions that the provincial governments have imposed as well as the risk tolerance of patients and therapists.

In collaboration with Toronto Rehabilitation Institute (part of University Health Network) we are continuing our clinical experience program, the results of which we will look to publish in 2021.

We continue to refine our go-to-market pricing model based on direct market feedback. Our modified pricing approach is focused on reducing the need for clinics and patients to pay large, upfront costs at the start of treatment. We have also experimented with various promotional pricing programs resulting in lower unit prices for both PoNS system purchases and mouthpieces in order to increase access to the PoNS treatment and drive market awareness which we expect to result in an increase in the volume of units sold, which was seen in the second half of 2020 when compared to the second half of 2019. We intend to keep the promotional pricing in place at least through the first quarter of 2021.

The value dossiers for mmTBI and MS that were created in mid-2020 to fully demonstrate in both scientific and financial terms, the merits of PoNS Treatment for claimants are now being implemented along with submissions from clinics on behalf of their patients. The dossier is provided to our clinics across Canada to submit as part of treatment plans with reimbursement applications to the payer community. Our reimbursement strategy for mmTBI continues to focus on the auto collision insurance and workers’ compensation, or WC, market as well as long-term disability cases. Our reimbursement strategy for MS is focused on commercial insurers/extended health benefits.

As part of our overall PoNS Treatment strategy, we are also gathering comprehensive health economic assessments of treatment outcomes. These data will, in-turn, be used to support our applications for workers compensation, auto insurance and commercial insurance reimbursement initiatives in Canada, the United States and other markets around the world. The Canadian commercial experience will be extremely valuable to prepare us for our launches in the United States and internationally.

U.S. Pre-Commercialization Activities

In the United States, the PoNS device is an investigational device pending completion of our registrational clinical trial and submission to FDA on our application for de novo classification and clearance.

In this pre-commercial phase, we are working on the development of our commercial strategy focused on building relationships with key large neurorehabilitation centers, which focus on treatment of MS patients, pricing and reimbursement opportunities and generating important data on outcomes of the PoNS Treatment gathered from Real World Evidence generated from treatment of patients in Canada and ensuring that our scientific data is presented at many of the key national and international neurology and neuromodulation meetings. We believe this scientific dissemination will begin to pave the way to establishing the PoNS Treatment as the standard of care for the treatment of MS-related gait deficit following FDA marketing authorization, if received.

U.S. Clinical Experience Programs

In 2018, we initiated a series of clinical experience programs, or CEPs, to prepare for a potential U.S. commercial launch. Originally, our CEPs were designed learn from and build relationships with large key neurorehabilitation clinics, train and certify physical therapists and generate health economic, return-to-work and clinical data to inform our payer strategy.

Overall, we enrolled five clinic centers in the U.S. to carry out the CEPs: the Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, a leading neurorehabilitation center located in Columbus, OH; Northwell Health’s Feinstein Institute for Medical Research in Manhasset, NY; Oregon Health & Science University in Portland, OR; Kessler Institute for Rehabilitation and Kessler Foundation in Hanover, NJ; and the Baylor Research Institute in Dallas, TX.

Based on receipt of Canadian marketing authorization of our PoNS device earlier than anticipated, we were able rely on our early Canadian commercialization activities to provide us with the health economic, return-to-work and clinical data that we had planned to generate in the CEPs.

While we cancelled the CEP programs during 2019 after the denial by FDA, we have maintained solid relationships with the U.S. sites and expect several to become clinical trial sites for TBI-002, if pursued based on the availability of funding.

U.S. Commercialization

To commercialize the PoNS Treatment in the United States following FDA marketing authorization, if received, we plan to target a subset of neurorehabilitation centers that have been profiled as early adopters to

develop a network of PoNS certified neurorehabilitation centers that will be trained to deliver the PoNS Treatment. Care of patients with MS is concentrated in major neurorehabilitation centers that often have a network of outpatient rehabilitation clinics, where most of the PoNS Treatment will take place. We believe that a small, specialty sales force, calling on new technology review boards for trial and in-house physicians, neurologists, physiatrists and physical therapists, will be sufficient to drive trial and adoption of the PoNS Treatment in certified neurorehabilitation centers. Importantly, this focused strategy will also allow us to inspect whether we are generating patient outcomes similar to those seen in our clinical trials. We are planning to provide broad access and reimbursement for the PoNS Treatment over time. At launch, prior to the initiation of broad payer coverage, we anticipate the primary source of sales will be self-pay patients. We will support the cost of the PoNS Treatment by collaborating with third parties to provide self-pay patients with financing options as well as working with advocacy groups and charitable organizations to help self-pay patients access our technology. In addition,we intend to pursue Medicare coverage for PoNS under the CMS voluntary Medicare Coverage of Innovative Technologies (MCIT) pathway which is a proposed rule outlining a plan to cover FDA-designated breakthrough devices for up to four years from the date they receive U.S. marketing authorization. In general, we anticipate at least a 24-month window to obtain broad coverage and reimbursement among government and private payers. We plan to work in parallel with non-traditional payers, such as WC, auto insurance and the military, by engaging with them and providing them with relevant health economic and return-to-work data obtained through our Canadian commercial experience.

With the satisfaction of our clinical development contract with the U.S. Army, we are focusing on partnering with relevant departments in the DOD and Veterans Affairs to obtain reimbursement, upon FDA marketing authorization, for U.S. military personnel using our PoNS Treatment. These two initiatives, among others, offer the potential to expand access more expeditiously to these high-unmet need patient populations.

Commercialization in Other Markets

We submitted an application for the clearances of the PoNS™ device for both TBI and MS indications to Europe for a CE Mark in December 2018. In preparation for our launch in the United Kingdom, or UK, and the EU, we entered into a consulting agreement with a UK-based company with expertise in the development of new services in the healthcare industry to Health Canada (the departmentleverage local market insights to develop a comprehensive commercialization strategy and tactical plan for launch of the governmentPoNS Treatment in the UK. As previously described, in August 2019, we withdrew our application from the EU marketing and will revisit our UK and EU commercialization upon receipt of Canadamarketing clearance.

We submitted an application to the TGA in Australia during the third quarter of 2019. We supplemented our submission with responsibility for national public health). Our goal is thatadditional data based on questions supplied to date and provided responses to additional questions during the CE Markthird quarter of 2020. We are currently awaiting additional feedback from the TGA on our application. We are working with consultants in Australia with expertise in market development to build our go-to-market strategy.

We also have marketing authorization to commercialize the PoNS Treatment in Russia and Canadian clearance for the PoNS™ deviceUzbekistan. To date, we have not delivered any commercial devices in any of these territories and we will be obtainedre-evaluate our strategic opportunities again at a later point in early 2017.time.

51COVID-19 Pandemic


Table of Contents

On April 29, 2014, NHC,March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as cooperator, entered into Noticea global pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and around the world. The Company’s business, results of Modification No. 1operations and financial condition have been adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and global economic conditions. The outbreak and spread of Cooperative ResearchCOVID-19 has significantly increased economic uncertainty. Authorities implemented numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and Development Agreement, orrestrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, and business shutdowns. The COVID-19 pandemic initially led to the Amended CRADA, with ANR, oneclosure of our significant shareholders, the inventors, and the Army Laboratories, whereby NHC will no longer provide expertise andPoNS-authorized clinic locations across Canada from March until June 2020. Patients who

completed their initial training in the design of clinical study protocols or for U.S. Army and/or VA personnelclinics prior to the closures have been able to continue working independently in the physical therapy interventions requiredat-home portion of the treatment, with remote check-ins with their certified therapists. While all clinics have re-opened, they are all currently operating at reduced capacity within provincial guidelines, which limited operations to 50% capacity during the second half of 2020. Some patients have begun to return to these clinics for clinical studies.treatment, but patients have been and may continue to be less willing to return to the clinics due to COVID-19, impacting our commercial activities and our customer engagement efforts. We have expanded our services to include remote training and treatment, but the long-term viability of these remote programs is still being assessed. In addition, pursuantthe resurgence of COVID-19 cases across Canada in the fourth quarter of 2020 has led to further restrictions on clinic activities.

Additionally, while we do not currently have any clinical trials underway, we are running clinical experience programs in Canada and have experienced delays in the programs as trial participant attendance has generally decreased as a result of the pandemic, and clinics and clinical research sites have experienced delays and difficulties in recruiting and re-hiring clinical site staff, leading to further delays in the development and approval of the Company’s product candidate. As noted above, prior to the amended CRADA, ANRCOVID-19 pandemic, our expectation was that we would move forward with the launch of our TBI-002 trial and we had estimated that enrollment would begin in April 2020 with the completion of the trial and submission to the FDA in the second quarter of 2021. However, the launch of the TBI-002 trial has been temporarily suspended and we are evaluating our options for funding and timing to commence the trial or potentially look at other indications.

The COVID-19 pandemic and other outbreaks may cause delays in or the suspension of our business partners manufacturing operations, our research and product development activities, our regulatory workstreams, our research and development activities and other important commercial functions. We are also dependent upon our suppliers for the manufacture of our PoNS device, and in the second quarter of 2020, two of our business partners diverted resources towards other activities related to COVID-19, resulting in delays in the development and manufacturing of our product. Such diversion of suppliers’ resources may occur again in the future, and the pandemic could limit our suppliers’ ability to travel or ship materials or force temporary closure of facilities that we rely upon. Disruptions in business operations or governmental operations due to COVID-19 may delay the timing for the submission and approval of the Company’s marketing applications with regulatory agencies. Further, the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could affect our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will share allcontinue to impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. We do not know yet the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on its business, operations or the global economy as a whole.

Coverage and Reimbursement

With the clearance of the PoNS device for FDA marketing authorization, if received, we plan to engage with select payer segments to obtain coverage and reimbursement for the PoNS Treatment. We intend to combine evidence from our clinical trials and real-world experience from commercial clinics in Canada, to demonstrate the value proposition of the PoNS Treatment to payers and support favorable coverage and reimbursement decisions.

We believe that non-traditional payers may be among the earliest to provide coverage and reimbursement for the PoNS Treatment. Therefore, we are considering focusing initially on gaining coverage for the PoNS Treatment through WC payers. WC is an entitlement for injured workers, and payers are responsible for both medical and indemnity claims. Because these payers are responsible for both medical expenses and lost wages, they have an incentive to seek ways to help injured workers to return to work. As part of our commercial treatment program in Canada, we will collect both outcomes and return to work data, which we plan to utilize with USAMMAWC payers to demonstrate both the clinical and NHCeconomic value associated with the PoNS Treatment.

Similarly, military payers have an interest in reducing both medical costs and shortening the time to return to work for people who were injured while serving our country. We are working toward establishing relationships with thought leaders affiliated with the Department of Defense and Veterans Affairs, and will provide all data supportingfocus on obtaining reimbursement through this payer segment upon clearance. We anticipate that the same clinical claimsand economic evidence that we will use with WC payers will also help to support gaining coverage and reimbursement for regulatory approval.the PoNS Treatment military payers.

In parallel, we will engage with the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMMS, and select commercial payers. On January 12, 2015, NHC,2021, the CMS stated that it is finalizing a new Medicare coverage pathway, Medicare Coverage of Innovative Technology, or “MCIT,” for FDA-designated breakthrough medical devices. The MCIT rule will provide national Medicare coverage as cooperator, entered into Notice of Modification No. 2 of the CRADA, with ANR, the inventors, and the Army Laboratories. Under this amendment to the CRADA, the Army Laboratories agreed to transfer some of the CRADA responsibilities to NHC. We believe the Army Laboratories agreed to transfer certain responsibilities to us under the CRADA to enable us to accelerate development of the PoNS™ device for the eventual potential treatment of soldiers. One of the material changes reflected in the amendment to the CRADA is the shifting from the Army Laboratories to NHC of sole responsibilityearly as the regulatory sponsorsame day as FDA market authorization for all interactions with the FDA in order to gain approvalbreakthrough devices and clearance from the FDA, including the initial 513(g) submission. As part of the amendments to the CRADA, NHC has agreed to be responsible to fund the FDA process as well as to provide the supply of all devices to support all studies governed by the CRADA. While under the amendments NHC gains control of the FDA regulatory process, the amendments materially increase the financial burden on NHC to meet these funding and supply obligations. The amendments also extend from two tocoverage would last for four years both the time for regulatory approval in the event a pre-market approval application, or PMA, is required by the FDA as well as for commercialization of the PoNS™ device.years.

While NHC has sole responsibility as the regulatory sponsor under the CRADA, the USAMRMC has entered into a sole-source contractual agreement to support the execution of the registration trial for treatment of balance disorder associated with mild to moderate TBI. The objective of this contract is to defray the costs of the registration trial. The Army Laboratories also agreed in the January 12, 2015 amendment to our CRADA to be responsible for supporting the execution of studies using the PoNS™ device as a treatment for mutually agreed-upon military relevant neurological disorders, which could include but not be limited to Tinnitus, PTSD, and pain and any subsequent indications identified by the parties. The amount of such support, if any, and the terms of such responsibility to support such clinical studies are not yet negotiated and we have no assurance that we can ultimately reach agreement with the Army Laboratories on such amount or terms of support, and there can be no assurance that the Army Laboratories will not otherwise attempt to renegotiate its responsibilities under the CRADA. The Army Laboratories may terminate their obligations under the CRADA at any time upon 30 days prior written notice to us. If there are insufficient funds available to cover the necessary research and development costs for our product, the Army Laboratories could terminate the CRADA and cease research and development efforts which could jeopardize our ability to commercialize our PoNS™ device.

On July 7, 2015, the Company announced that NHC entered into a sole source cost sharing contract with the USAMRMC. The contract will support the Company’s registrational trial investigating the safety and effectiveness of the PoNS™ device. Under the contract, the USAMRMC will reimburse the Company for 62% of the costs related to the registration of up to a maximum amount of $2,996,244. The sole source cost sharing agreement expires December 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, the Company has received a total of $1,458,374 in respect of expenses reimbursed.

On December 28, 2015, NHC, as cooperator, entered into Notice of Modification No. 3 of the Amended CRADA, with ANR, the inventors, and the Army Laboratories to extend the expiration date of the Amended CRADA to December 31, 2017.

Our Market

NHC is in the neurostimulation market. According to a study by Grand View Research, the neurostimulation market was valued at $3.4 billion in 2013 and is expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 14.4% from 2014 to 2020. The leading sectors in the industry are Spinal Cord Stimulation, Deep Brain Stimulation, Sacral Nerve Stimulation and Vagal Nerve Stimulation. We believe that due to the significant lack of non-invasive devices, non-invasive stimulation addresses only approximately 3% of the overall neurostimulation market today. This allows for a significant market opportunity for the Company.

52


Table of Contents

Market Competition

The neurostimulation market is predominantly comprised of invasive technologies that are not directly competitive and growing.with our technology. Our competitors in the industry are predominantly large, publically-tradedpublicly-traded companies that have a history in the market, have significantly easier access to capital and other resources and have an established product pipeline. The combined clinical research and product development done by the industry, including by us and all of our competitors, is foundational,uncovering the secrets of neuromodulation which now establishes neurostimulation as a legitimate and scientifically validated approach to the treatment of neurological conditions, and accordingly, we expect for competition in the non-invasive space to grow in the future.

However, we believe that we will have the first-mover advantage in the non-invasiveneurostimulation has slowly become integrated into neurological therapy. This foundation has allowed for new and innovative neurostimulation companies to enter the market.space.

We believe that our technology, the PoNS™ device,PoNS Treatment introduces an innovative target and method of stimulation because targeting the tongue for neurostimulation provides several clear advantages that competitively distinguish the PoNS Treatment, which are discussed below. While we believe that the factors described below competitively distinguish our technologies and provide the PoNS™ device a competitive advantage for non-invasive neuromodulation therapy, we note that these factors are only supported by anecdotal evidence of efficacy from the initial work done at the TCNL Laboratories. We believe that our pilot study on MS done at the Montreal Neurological Institute and Hospital and Concordia University’s PERFORM Center using functional MRI provides scientific evidence of efficacy, and from our Press Release dated November 2, 2015, we announced that our device met all of its study objectives and that the results suggested the device may be facilitating neural plasticity. We therefore are making the assumption that the results of our current TBI clinical trial program will be positive and further support these claims at that time.

Advantages of the PoNS™ Device

•  

Other technologies stimulate other branches of the trigeminal nerve. We target the lowest branch of the trigeminal nerve, which is found in the tongue. It is also the largest branch, having the highest amount of nerve fibers of the three branches.

•  

Stimulating the tongue also allows for the simultaneous stimulation of a second cranial nerve found in the tongue, the facial nerve. The ability to stimulate more than one nerve alone differentiates us from our competition. However, it has not been scientifically proven that stimulating additional nerves adds to the efficacy of the treatment.

•  

The tongue has an anatomically unique surface with a high density of receptors, a consistently moist and conductive environment, constant pH, constant temperature and a direct connection to the brain through at least two cranial nerves.

•  

We believe that the trigeminal and facial cranial nerves offer a high-bandwidth pathway for impulses to directly affect the central nervous system. The trigeminal and facial nerves project directly onto several areas of the brain, primarily the brainstem (trigeminal and solitary nuclei), cerebellum, cochlear nuclei and spinal cord. Secondary targets include the limbic system, basal ganglia and thalamus. We believe that this range of projections allows impulses be sent through sites regulating dozens of functions.

•  

Unlike Deep Brain Stimulation devices, implantable vagal nerve devices and other invasive forms of electrical stimulation, the tongue allows for neurostimulation to be delivered non-invasively and portably. This opens the door for integration of neurostimulation with a wide range of therapies previously unexplored for neurological rehabilitation.

Reimbursement

If we complete our clinical trials and obtain FDA clearance, and ultimately receive customer orders for the PoNS™ device, we plan to submit applications for appropriate reimbursement codes so that insurers, including Medicare and Medicaid, are able to pay for the device. . We plan to seek coverage and reimbursement of the PoNS™ device from public payers, such as Medicare and Medicaid, as well as private payers. There are complex laws, regulations and guidance that set forth Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies. To help us navigate the regulatory complexities, we have engaged consultants to assist us with our reimbursement strategy.

53


Table of Contents

From time to time, Congress enacts laws that impact Medicare coverage and reimbursement policy. In addition, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, regularly engage in rulemaking activities and issues instructions and guidance that may affect Medicare coverage and reimbursement policy. Similarly, the federal and state governments may enact future laws or issue regulations or guidance that may impact Medicaid coverage and reimbursement policies, or the coverage and reimbursement policies of private insurers. We must ensure that we are in full compliance with all applicable requirements, and that we remain abreast of potential legislative or regulatory developments that could impact its business. For all payers, the PoNS™ device must fit within an identifiable coverage category and fully meet the requirements of such category.

Once we complete our clinical trials and obtain FDA clearance, and ultimately receive customer orders for the PoNS™ device, we intend to seek coverage for the PoNS™ device under the Medicare part B durable medical equipment benefit. This will involve ensuring that the PoNS™ device meets all of the criteria for coverage under that benefit. In addition, as part of the coverage process, we may have to submit an application request to CMS to revise the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System, or HCPCS, level II national code set so that the PoNS™ device becomes eligible to be covered and reimbursed, not only by Medicare, but by other public and private payers. The HCPCS Level II Code Set is a standardized coding set used for claims submitted to public and private payers that identifies particular products, supplies and services. At present, we do not believe that the PoNS™ device would fit easily within an existing HCPCS code. Thus, we are considering submitting a request to CMS for a new HCPCS code and are evaluating our options with our consultants. An applicant can request that (1) a new permanent code be added to the HCPCS level II national code set; (2) the language used to describe an existing code be modified; or (3) an existing code be deleted. However, prior to submitting its coding request application, we must satisfy several criteria, including but not limited to receiving documentation of the FDA’s approval of the device and having sufficient claims activity or volume in the United States (evidenced by 3 months of marketing activity). The national codes are updated annually. Coding requests must be received by January 3 of the current year to be considered for the January update of the following year.

If we do submit such a request for a new HCPCS code, it will be reviewed by the CMS HCPCS Workgroup, which is comprised of representatives of CMS, Medicaid state agencies, and the Pricing, Data Analysis and Coding contractor. The HCPCS Workgroup meets monthly and determines whether each coding request warrants a change to the HCPCS national coding set.

In addition, Medicare and other insurers must find that the PoNS™ device is medically reasonable and necessary for the treatment of patients’ illness or injuries. If Medicare and other insurers find that the PoNS™ device does not meet their medical necessity criteria, it will not be reimbursed. Medicare and commercial insurers must also develop a payment amount for the PoNS™ device. If that amount is inadequate to cover the costs of the PoNS™ device, healthcare providers will be unlikely to use the device.

Deployment

Our PoNS™ device has a design feature that stops delivering therapy every fourteen weeks. This is expected to require patients to return to their physician or physical therapy center, or PTC, for assessment of their progress and reestablishment of challenging physical therapy to achieve higher goals. We currently expect the device to be inspected visually by the physical therapist, reset for another fourteen weeks of treatment, and the tongue array would be replaced by a new one to ensure no degradation of the electrodes occurs. We expect this business model feature to ensure proper support for patients in the early phase of their therapy.

We expect physicians will be informed to prescribe both the PoNS™ device and the “local” trained PTCs for their patients to receive the PoNS™ device and certified their training. We anticipate supporting the launch of the PoNS™ with the development and implementation of a hub services center to help facilitate the healthcare transaction.

Upon discharge from the PTC, patients are expected to be monitored in their home therapy through the PTCs. At the end of their prescribed treatment, we expect patients to be directed back to their physician for assessment and then return to the PTC for additional treatment as well as replacement of the tongue array if the fourteen weeks have expired.

54


Table of Contents

PoNS™ in the U.S. Army

If it ultimately decides to purchase PoNS™ devices from us, we expect that the U.S. Army would deploy the device to Active Duty Personnel through their rehabilitation centers under orders from the central medical command. All personnel are expected to be certified PoNS™ trainers supported by live, paper and video-based training materials developed through this project by the U.S. Army.

We have also approached the Canadian and United Kingdom Armed Forces to discuss their support of a similar program in Canada and discussions are ongoing. We also intend to pursue other military organizations in relevant countries based on need and size of potential deployment.

PoNS™ in Civilian PopulationPoNS Treatment

We believe that a keythe PoNS Treatment offers the following benefits over existing neurostimulation technologies:

The PoNS Treatment stimulates the trigeminal nerve which developing science has implicated to deployment successbe beneficial in some neurological disorder models. The PoNS Treatment stimulates the lingual part of the nerve through the tongue, while other technologies stimulate other branches of the trigeminal nerve. It is the largest branch, having the highest amount of nerve fibers of the three branches. We believe this will be an advantage in our therapy.

Stimulating the tongue also allows for the simultaneous stimulation of a second cranial nerve found in the tongue, the facial nerve. The ability to createstimulate more than one nerve alone differentiates us from our competition. However, it has not been scientifically proven that stimulating additional nerves adds to the efficacy or safety of the PoNS Treatment.

The tongue has an anatomically unique surface with a national frameworkhigh density of PoNS™-trained Physical Therapists (PTs).receptors, a consistently moist and conductive environment, constant pH, constant temperature and a direct connection to the brain through at least two cranial nerves.

Scientific studies suggest that the trigeminal cranial nerves offer a high-bandwidth pathway for impulses to directly affect the central nervous system. The trigeminal nerves project directly onto several areas of the brain, primarily the brainstem (trigeminal and solitary nuclei), cerebellum, cochlear nuclei and spinal cord. Secondary targets include the limbic system, basal ganglia and thalamus. We have developed a training certification program where PTs can become certified PoNS™ therapists after on-line and in-person training. We expect therebelieve that this range of projections will allow impulses to be a strong financial incentive for the PT community to partner with us because PoNS™ training offers substantial opportunity for growth for the PTs. We anticipate that PTs will be able to use existing reimbursement codes for the physical therapy portionsent through sites regulating dozens of the therapy. As discussed above, we plan to apply for reimbursement codes for the PoNS™ device.functions.

We will concentrate our efforts in the United States, Canadian and UK marketplaces as first launch markets. We are currently uncertain which of these three markets will launch first, primarily due to the relative speed of the regulatory process, and there is no assurance that any will launch at all. Following the initial launch of marketplaces, we intend to commercialize the PoNS™ device in the rest of Europe, Australia and Japan as second phase countries (2018-2019) and Brazil, India

Unlike deep brain stimulation devices, implantable vagal nerve devices and other markets as phase III countries (2019-2020). Previously, we disclosed that we intendedinvasive forms of electrical stimulation, the tongue allows for neurostimulation to commercializebe delivered non-invasively and portably. This opens the PoNS™ device in the phase II countries in 2017 and the phase III countries in 2018. This change is based on the timingdoor for integration of our current clinical trial.neurostimulation with a wide range of therapies previously unexplored for neurological rehabilitation.

Intellectual Property

In November 2014 we signed a development and distribution agreement with Altair (a Russian company based in Moscow) to apply for registration and distribute the PoNS™ device in the territories of the former Soviet Union. Thus far the device has received a letter of conformity as an adjunct to physical therapy in Russia and Uzbekistan following regulatory applications to the health authorities of these two countries.

Licensed Intellectual Property

Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Patent Sub-License, agreement or the Sublicense Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2014 entered into between Advanced NeuroRehabilitation LLC, or ANR, and NHC (the “SublicenseAgreement”),HMI, ANR has granted NHCHMI a worldwide, exclusive license to make, have made, use, lease and sell devices utilizing certain patent applications, which are collectively referred to as the “Patent Pending Rights.” The Patent Pending Rights relate to the PoNSTM device and include the following patents and patent applications, which cover a device that noninvasively delivers neurostimulation through the skin or intra- orallyintra-orally to the brain stem via various nerves including the trigeminal nerve, theand facial nerve or both:nerves:

U.S. Patent

Application

No.

Application

Filing Date


Status

Status

U.S.

Patent No.


Issue Date

Issue

Date

Subject Matter

12/348,3011/4/2009Issued8,849,4079/30/2014

non-invasive neurostimulation of the skin combined with simultaneous physical therapy to provide neurorehabilitation of a patient to treat various maladies including, e.g., TBI, stroke and Alzheimer’s disease

55


Table of Contents


U.S. Patent
Application No.
Application
Filing Date

Status
U.S.
Patent No.

Issue Date

Subject Matter
14/340,1447/24/2014Issued8,909,34512/9/2014

non- invasive

non-invasive neurostimulation within a patient’s mouth combined with physical therapy to provide neurorehabilitation of a patient to treat various maladies including, e.g., TBI, stroke, and Alzheimer’s disease

14/341,1417/25/2014Issued9,020,6124/28/2015

non- invasive

non-invasive neurostimulation within a patient’s mouth combined with cognitive therapy to provide neurorehabilitation of a patient resulting in improved reading comprehension and increased attention span as well as the treatment various maladies including, but not limited to, TBI, stroke, and Alzheimer’s disease

14/615,7662/6/2015PendingN/AIssuedN/A

non- invasive9,656,078

5/23/2017non-invasive neurostimulation within a patient’s mouth combined with stimulation of the patient’s vision, hearing, vestibular systems, or somatosensory systems for the treatment of tinnitus

14/689,4624/17/2015PendingN/AIssuedN/A

non- invasive9,597,501

3/21/2017non-invasive neurostimulation of a patient’s skin combined with cognitive therapy to provide neurorehabilitation of a patient resulting in improved reading comprehension and increased attention span as well as the treatment various maladies including, e.g., TBI, stroke, and Alzheimer’s disease

14/815,1717/31/2015PendingN/AIssuedN/A

non- invasive9,597,504

3/21/2017non-invasive neurostimulation of a patient’s mouth combined with therapy to provide neurorehabilitation of a patient, with a focus on features of a neurostimulation device

56


Table of Contents


U.S. Patent
Application No.
Application
Filing Date

Status
U.S.
Patent No.

Issue Date

Subject Matter

U.S. Patent

Application

No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

U.S.

Patent No.

Issue

Date

Subject Matter

15/207,0297/11/2016Issued9,656,0695/23/2017non-invasive neurostimulation of a subject’s oral cavity while the subject engages in an exercise in order to enhance a subject’s proficiency in the exercise
15/283,89410/3/2016Issued10,258,7904/16/2019non-invasive neurostimulation of a subject’s oral cavity or skin while the subject engages in a physical or cognitive exercise in order to enhance a subject’s proficiency in the exercise
15/602,0605/22/2017Issued10,328,2636/25/2019non-invasive neurostimulation within a patient’s mouth or on a patient’s skin combined with an exercise for treatment of a disorder affecting sleep patterns

61/019,061

(Provisional)

1/4/2008ExpiredN/AN/A

N/A

61/020,265

(Provisional)

1/10/2008ExpiredN/AN/A

N/A

U.S. Patent Nos. 8,909,3458,909,345; 9,020,612; 9,656,078; 9,597,501; 9,597,504; 9,656,069; 10,258,790; and 9,020,612 and U.S. Patent Application Nos. 14/615,766, 14/689,462 and 14/815,17110,328,263 claim priority to U.S. Patent No. 8,849,407.

A U.S. provisional patent application provides the means to establish an early effective filing date for a later filed nonprovisional patent application. Therefore, though the two provisional applications have expired, they establish a priority date for U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407, 8,909,345, 9,020,612,8,849,407; 8,909,345; 9,020,612; 9,656,078; 9,597,501; 9,597,504; 9,656,069; 10,258,790; and U.S. Patent Application Nos. 14/615,766, 14/689,462, 14/815,17110,328,263, and any future filings that claim priority. We intend to file additional continuation applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, claiming priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 14/615,766, 14/689,462,61/019,061 and 14/815,17161/020,265 to protect other aspects of the PoNSTM device and related non- invasivenon-invasive neurostimulation techniques.

ANR which is one of Helius’ significant shareholders, holds an interest in the Patent Pending Rights pursuant to an exclusive license from the inventors. U.S. Patent Application Nos. 14/615,766, 14/689,462, 14/815,1718,909,345; 9,020,612; 9,656,078; 9,597,501; 9,597,504; 9,656,069; 10,258,790; and 10,328,263 are included in the exclusive license as the exclusive license agreement covers (i) U.S. Patent Application No. 12/348,301 (now U.S. Patent No. 8,849,407) and Provisional Application No. 61/019,061, (ii) any patents issuing therefrom and (iii) any patents claiming priority to U.S. Patent Application No. 12/348,301 or Provisional Application No. 61/019,061, which U.S. Patent Application Nos. 14/615,766, 14/689,462, 14/815,1718,909,345; 9,020,612; 9,656,078; 9,597,501; 9,597,504; 9,656,069; 10,258,790; and 10,328,263 claim priority through such provisional application as well as through Provisional Application 61/020,265.

In addition, ANR has agreed that ownership of any improvements, enhancements or derivative works of the Patent Pending Rights that are developed by NHCHMI or ANR shall be owned by NHC,HMI, provided that if NHCHMI decides not to patent such improvements, ANR may choose to pursue patent rights independently. Pursuant to the Sublicense Agreement, NHCHMI has agreed to pay ANR royalties equal to 4% of NHC’sHMI’s revenues collected from the sale of devices covered by the Patent Pending Rights and services related to the therapy or use of devices covered by the Patent Pending Rights in therapy services. The Sublicense Agreement provides that the sublicense granted by ANR to NHC,HMI, if in good standing, shall not be cancelled,cancelled; limited or impaired in any way should there be a termination of the master license granted by the inventors to ANR, which was acknowledged by the inventors in the Sublicense Agreement. On June 6, 2014, NHC and ANR entered into a second amended and restated sublicense agreement, or the SecondThe Sublicense Agreement which acknowledges the Reverse Merger (see “Our Corporate History - History—Acquisition of NeuroHabilitation CorporationHelius Medical, Inc and Concurrent Financing” below), and adds us as a party to the agreement.

The license of the Patent Pending Rights areis subject to the right of the government of the United States, which funded certain research relating to the development of the PoNSTM device, to a nonexclusive, non- transferable,non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-paid up license to use the Patent Pending Rights for governmental purposes. In addition, NHCHMI has granted a perpetual, royalty-free license to the Patent Pending Rights back to ANR for non- profitnon-profit research and development activities, which do not compete with NHC’sHMI’s business and to produce and derive revenues from devices and services in connection with investigational uses of the PoNSTM device and related technology.

The license of the Patent Pending Rights is also subject to the terms of the CRADA. In the event that Helius iswe are not willing or is unable to commercialize the PoNSTM technology within four years from the expiration of the CRADA, the Company is required to transfer possession, ownership and sponsorship/holdership of the regulation application, regulatory correspondence and supporting regulatory information related technology to USAMRMC and grant the U.S. Government a non-exclusive, irrevocable license to any patent, copyright, data rights, proprietary information or regulatory information for the U.S. Government to commercialize the technology.

57


Table of Contents

Company Owned Intellectual Property

On July 17, 2015, the Company announced that the USPTO issued the Company its first patent related to the designAs of the current PoNSTM device.January 11, 2021, we have filed 36 U.S. Patent No. 9,072,889, “Systems for Providing Non-Invasive Neurorehabilitation of a Patient,” issued on July 7, 2015, is the first patent Helius has received related specifically to the new device design.

The Company filed 27 U. S. patent applications related to various technical and ornamental aspects of the PoNSTMdevice. The Company filed eleven device: 17 non-provisional patent applications that describe various technical features in the current version device and 1619 design patent applications describing various ornamental designs. Helius isWe are the sole assignee for these 2736 U.S. patent filings. Prior to issuance, once the USPTO determines that a patent application meets all of the statutory requirements for patentability it provides a notice of allowance. In addition to the first issued patent (U.S. Patent No. 9,072,889), the USPTO has issued three13 utility patents 16and 19 design patents and provided notices of allowance for utility applications as summarized in the table below:

U.S. Patent

Application
No.

Application

Filing Date


Status

Status

U.S. Patent

No.


Issue Date


Subject Matter

14/558,76812/3/2014Issued9,072,8897/7/2015

Utility applicationpatent covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece

14/559,12312/3/2014Issued9,272,1333/1/2016

Utility applicationpatent covering strain relief mechanisms for the connection between the mouthpiece and the controller

14/558,78712/3/2014Issued9,227,0511/5/2016

Utility applicationpatent covering shape of the mouthpiece

14/558,78912/3/2014Issued9,283,3773/15/2016

Utility applicationpatent covering center of gravity of the mouthpiece

14/559,08012/3/2014AllowedTBDIssuedTBD

9,415,209

8/16/2016Utility applicationpatent covering structural support of the mouthpiece

14/559,10512/3/2014AllowedTBDIssuedTBD

9,415,210

8/16/2016Utility applicationpatent covering glue wells of the mouthpiece
14/727,1006/1/2015Issued9,616,2224/11/2017Utility patent covering overall system design, including controller and mechanical details of the mouthpiece
14/558,77512/3/2014Issued9,981,1275/29/2018Utility patent covering aspects of the controller
14/558,78412/3/2014Issued9,789,30610/17/2017Utility patent covering authentication techniques
14/559,04512/3/2014Issued9,993,6406/12/2018Utility patent covering the locators of the mouthpiece

U.S. Patent

Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

U.S. Patent

No.

Issue Date

Subject Matter

14/559,11812/3/2014Issued9,656,0605/23/2017Utility patent covering methods of manufacturing the mouthpiece
15/484,0774/21/2017Issued10,258,7904/16/2019Utility application covering overall system design, including controller and mechanical details of the mouthpiece
15/602,0559/5/2017Issued10,463,85011/5/2019Utility application covering methods of manufacturing the mouthpiece
16/005,6246/11/2018Issued10,709,8877/14/2020Utility patent application covering methods of placing a mouthpiece in a patient’s mouth prior to engaging in NINM
16/384,0164/15/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility patent application covering overall system design, including controller and mechanical details of the mouthpiece, where controller and mouthpiece communicate wirelessly
16/376,5954/5/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility patent application covering non-invasive neurostimulation of a subject’s oral cavity or skin while the subject engages in a physical or cognitive exercise in order to enhance a subject’s proficiency in the exercise
29/510,74112/3/2014IssuedD7502642/23/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative version of the current PoNS™PoNS device (over-ear(over-ear double boom design)

29/510,74212/3/2014IssuedD7497462/16/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative version of the current PoNS™PoNS device (overhead minimal interference design)

29/510,74312/3/2014IssuedD7522363/22/2016

Design applicationpatent covering system design used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

58


Table of Contents


U.S. Patent
Application No.
Application
Filing Date

Status
U.S. Patent
No.

Issue Date


Subject Matter

29/510,74512/3/2014IssuedD7502652/23/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

U.S. Patent

Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

U.S.
Patent

No.

Issue

Date

Subject Matter

29/510,75412/3/2014IssuedD7507943/1/2016

Design applicationpatent covering the controller used in the PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,75512/3/2014IssuedD7512153/8/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative controller not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,74612/3/2014IssuedD7502662/23/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,74912/3/2014IssuedD7502682/23/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,74712/3/2014IssuedD7512133/8/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,74812/3/2014IssuedD7502672/23/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,75012/3/2014IssuedD7533154/5/2016

Design applicationpatent covering mouthpiece used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,75112/3/2014IssuedD7517223/15/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative controller not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

U.S. Patent

Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

U.S.
Patent

No.

Issue

Date

Subject Matter

29/510,75212/3/2014IssuedD7527663/29/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative controller not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,75312/3/2014IssuedD7533164/5/2016

Design applicationpatent covering an alternative controller not used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

29/510,74412/3/2014IssuedD7603976/28/2016

Design applicationpatent covering alternative system design used in the current PoNS™PoNS device

59


Table of Contents


U.S. Patent
Application No.
Application
Filing Date
StatusU.S. Patent
No.
Issue Date
Subject Matter
29/510,75612/3/2014IssuedD7598306/21/2016Design application
patent covering alternative system
design used in the
current PoNS™PoNS device
29/681,9842/28/2019IssuedD8910847/28/2020Design patent covering mouthpiece retainer case design used in the current PoNS device
29/681,9902/28/2019IssuedD8946019/1/2020Design patent covering carry case design used in the current PoNS device
29/682,0012/28/2019PendingD9072211/5/2021Design patent covering alternative system design used in the current PoNS device

Additionally, Helius has filed three international applications,In addition to our U.S. patents, we have been granted 18 foreign utility patents (eight in Australia, five in Russia, two in Israel, two in Europe (validated in France, Germany, Italy, UK and 14Spain) and one in Eurasia, or EA, (validated in all eight Eurasian member-states), and 28 foreign design applications:patents (three in Australia, seven in Canada, three in China, three in Russia, and one15 registered community designdesigns in Europe. The following three applications filedEurope), as detailed in China, which have been assigned to China Medical Systems Holdings LTD. pursuant to an asset purchase agreement (the “StrategicAgreement”) dated effective October 9, 2015 with A&B have issued:the tables below.

Foreign Utility Patents

Australian
Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

Australian
Patent No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

2015355211 6/4/2017 Issued 2015355211 11/16/2017  Utility patent covering overall system design, including controller and mechanical details of the mouthpiece
2015355212 6/4/2017 Issued 2015355212 12/21/2017  Utility patent covering center of gravity of the mouthpiece
2017218934 8/19/2017 Issued 2017218934 1/3/2018  Utility patent covering overall system design, including controller and mechanical details of the mouthpiece
2017276270 12/13/2017 Issued 2017276270 6/28/2018  Utility patent covering authentication techniques
2018204184 6/11/2018 Issued 2018204184 10/25/2018  Utility patent covering aspects of the controller
2017228517 9/11/2017 Issued 2017228517 1/24/2019  Utility application covering the shape of the mouthpiece
2018247259 10/11/2018 Issued 2018247259 11/28/2019  Utility patent covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece, and authentication techniques
2019200175 1/7/2019 Issued 2019200175 10/24/2019  Utility patent covering the locators of the mouthpiece

Chinese Patent
Application No.
Application
Filing Date
StatusChinese
Patent No.
Issue DateSubject Matter
201530177804.4

Eurasian
Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

Eurasian

Patent No.

Issue Date

Subject Matter

2017900091/10/2017Issued28551 (validated in 8 EA states)11/30/2017Utility patent covering methods for non-invasively aiding neurorehabilitation using intraoral stimulation in combination with an exercise regimen

European
Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

European
Patent No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

15813638.2 7/1/2019 Issued 3226962 7/3/2019  Utility application covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece
15812899.1 8/6/2019 Issued 3226961 8/7/2019  Utility application covering shape of the mouthpiece

Russian

Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

Russian

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

2017123125 6/1/2017 Issued 2649512 4/3/2018  Utility patent covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece
2017123041 6/1/2017 Issued 2652571 4/26/2016  Design patent covering the controller design currently used in the PoNS device
2018108570 3/12/2018 Issued 2665385 8/29/2018  Utility patent covering center of gravity of the mouthpiece
2018129619 8/14/2019 Issued 2686950 5/6/2019  Utility patent covering authentication techniques
2018112065 3/28/2018 Issued 2686044 4/23/2019  Utility patent covering center of gravity of the mouthpiece

Israeli

Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

Israeli

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

252649 6/4/2017 Issued 252649 12/21/2018  Utility patent covering center of gravity of the mouthpiece
252648 6/1/2017 Issued 252648 8/31/2019  Utility patent covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece

Foreign Design Patents

Russian
Design

Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

Russian

Patent
No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

2015501883 6/3/2015 Issued 98981 7/16/2016  Design patent covering the system design currently used in the PoNS device
2015501882 6/3/2015 Issued 99240 42598  Design patent covering the mouthpiece design currently used in the PoNS device
2015501881 6/3/2015 Issued 98947 7/16/2016  Design patent covering the controller design currently used in the PoNS device

Canadian
Design

Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

Canadian

Patent
No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

162676 6/2/2015 Issued 162676 2/29/2016  Design patent covering system design used in the current PoNS device
162672 6/2/2015 Issued 162672 2/29/2016  Design patent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS device
162671 6/2/2015 Issued 162671 2/29/2016  Design patent covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNS device
162674 6/2/2015 Issued 162674 2/29/2016  Design patent covering mouthpiece used in the current PoNS device
162675 6/2/2015 Issued 162675 2/29/2016  Design patent covering an alternative controller not used in the current PoNS device
162670 6/2/2015 Issued 162670 2/29/2016  Design patent covering the controller used in the PoNS device
162673 6/2/2015 Issued 162673 2/29/2016  Design patent covering system design used in the current PoNS device

EU
Community
Design

Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

EU Community

Design Reg. No.

Issue Date

Subject Matter

0027120266/3/2015IssuedCN303597712S2/24/2016002712026-0001 -002712026-00079/4/2015Design applicationpatents covering
several aspects of the system design currently
used in the PoNSTM4.0
device
201530178171.96/3/2015
0067538778/23/2019IssuedCN303597713S2/006753877-0001 - 006753877-000810/24/20162019Design patents covering the controller design used in the PoNS device

Australian
Design

Application
No.

 

Application

Filing Date

 

Status

 

Australian

Patent No.

 

Issue Date

  

Subject Matter

201914827 8/26/2019 Issued 201914827 10/8/2019  Design patent covering system design used in the PoNS device
201914900 8/28/2019 Issued 201914900 10/24/2019  Design patent covering the controller design used in the PoNS device
201914906 8/28/2019 Issued 201914906 10/23/2019  Design patent covering the mouthpiece design used in the PoNS device

Further, we have seven foreign utility patent applications that are currently pending: one application in Australia, and two applications in each of Canada, Europe, and Russia and three design patent applications that are currently pending in Russia:

Australian
Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

Australian
Patent No.

Issue
Date

Subject Matter

201924683610/9/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility patent application covering methods of placing a mouthpiece in a patient’s mouth prior to engaging in NINM

Canadian

Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

Canadian

Patent
No.

Issue
Date

Subject Matter

29697296/2/2017PendingN/AN/AUtility application covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece, and authentication techniques
29697316/2/2017PendingN/AN/AUtility application covering various aspects of the mouthpiece such as shape, center of gravity, and the locators

European
Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

European
Patent
No.

Issue
Date

Subject Matter

19183730.17/1/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility application covering overall system design, including controller and mouthpiece
19190373.18/6/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility patent application covering methods of placing a mouthpiece in a patient’s mouth prior to engaging in NINM

Russian
Application
No.

Application

Filing Date

Status

Russian
Patent
No.

Issue
Date

Subject Matter

20191126374/25/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility patent application covering aspects of the controller
20191099704/4/2019PendingN/AN/AUtility patent application covering the locators of the mouthpiece
20195036258/28/2019PendingN/AN/ADesign patent application covering the mouthpiece design
currently used in the
PoNSTM4.0 device
201530177398.16/3/2015IssuedCN303597711S2/24/2016
20195036248/28/2019PendingN/AN/ADesign patent application covering
the controller design
currently used in the
PoNSTM4.0 device
20195036238/28/2019PendingN/AN/ADesign patent application covering the system design used in the PoNS device

Further, the three design applications filedCurrently, we own rights in Russia have been allowed, and the Canadian Design applications and European community design have issued:

Russian Design
Application No.
Application
Filing Date
StatusRussian
Patent No.
Issue DateSubject Matter
20155018836/3/2015AllowedTBDTBDDesign application covering
the system design currently
used in the PoNSTM4.0
device
20155018826/3/2015AllowedTBDTBDDesign application covering
the mouthpiece design
currently used in the
PoNSTM4.0 device
20155018816/3/2015AllowedTBDTBDDesign application covering
the controller design
currently used in the
PoNSTM4.0 device
Canadian Design
Application No.
Application
Filing Date
StatusCanadian
Patent No.
Issue DateSubject Matter
1626766/2/2015Issued1626762/29/2016Design application covering system design used in the current PoNSTM device
1626726/2/2015Issued1626722/29/2016Design application covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNSTM device
1626716/2/2015Issued1626712/29/2016Design application covering an alternative mouthpiece not used in the current PoNSTM device
1626746/2/2015Issued1626742/29/2016Design application covering mouthpiece used in the current PoNSTM device
1626756/2/2015Issued1626752/29/2016Design application covering an alternative controller not used in the current PoNSTM device
1626706/2/2015Issued1626702/29/2016Design application covering the controller used in the PoNSTM device
1626736/2/2015Issued1626732/29/2016Design application covering system design used in the current PoNSTM device
EU Community
Design
Application No.
Application
Filing Date
StatusEU Community
Design Reg. No.
Issue DateSubject Matter
0027120266/3/2015Issued0027120269/4/2015Design application covering
several aspects of the
system design currently
used in the PoNSTM4.0
device

60


Table of Contents

Currently,four trademarks: PoNS, Helius, uses four trademarks in connection with the operation of the business: PoNSTM, NeuroHabilitation, NHCHelius Medical, and Helius Medical Technologies. Helius ownsWe own the rights to the PoNSTMmark by virtue of an assignment agreement having an effective date of October 27, 2014 and entered into with ANR and the inventors of the PoNSTMtechnology. Helius is the sole owner of the rights in the NeuroHabilitation and NHC trademarks, and Helius isWe are also the owner of the rights in the Helius, Helius Medical, and Helius Medical Technologies mark. On October 31, 2014, Helius filed trademark applications in the USPTO for these four trademarks.marks.

On January 7, 2015, Helius filed trademark applications with the Canada Intellectual Property Office, claiming priority to the corresponding U.S. applications filed on October 31, 2014. The Company isWe are the owner of the rights in the NeuroHabilitation, NHC,PoNS, Helius and PoNS marks in Canada, and Helius is the owner of the rights in the Helius Medical Technologies markmarks in Canada. The Company hasWe have also applied for the PoNS trademark in Canada, Europe, Russia, China, Australia, New Zealand and China.

Israel. We take precautions to safeguard our intellectual property,have also applied for the Helius mark in the U.S., Australia and it has beenCanada, and may be the subject of lawsuits. See Part I Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”Helius Medical mark in the U.S.

Government Regulation

Our products under development and our operations are subject to significant government regulation. In the United States, our products are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and other federal, state, and local regulatory authorities. The following is a general description of the review and clearancemarketing authorization process of the FDA for medical devices.

FDA Regulation of Medical Devices

The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, among other things, the following activities with respect to medical devices:

design, development and manufacturing;

design, development and manufacturing;

testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;

clinical trials;
product storage and safety;
marketing, sales and distribution;
pre-market clearance and approval;
record keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and field safety corrective actions;
post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;
post-market approval studies; and
product import and export.

61


Table of Contentsinstructions for use and storage;

clinical trials;

product storage and safety;

marketing, sales and distribution;

pre-market clearance and approval;

record keeping procedures;

advertising and promotion;

recalls and field safety corrective actions;

post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

post-market approval studies; and

product import and export.

In the United States, numerous laws and regulations govern all the processes by which medical devices are brought to market and marketed. These include the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic, or FD&C Act and the FDA’s implementingimplementation of regulations, among others.

The FDA Review, Clearance and Approval ProcessProcesses

EachUnless an exemption applies, each medical device we seek to commercially distributedistributed in the United States must first receiverequires either FDA clearance under Sectionof a 510(k) premarket notification, approval of the FD&C Act, receivede novo down-classification, or pre-marketa premarket approval, or PMA, from the FDA, unless specifically exempted by the FDA. FDA review andor approval is required for each application of a device, regardless of whetherde novo application. Under the device has been approved for other applications. The FDA classifies allFDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose the lowest risk are categorized as either classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Classification of a device is important because the class to which a device is assigned determines, among other things, the necessity and type of FDA review required prior to marketing the device.

Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to FDA’s “general controls” for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below.

Class II which requiresdevices are subject to FDA’s general controls, and any other “special controls” deemed necessary by FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as performance standards, product-specific guidance documents, special labeling requirements, patient registries or post-market surveillance. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process, though certain Class II devices are exempt from this premarket review process. When a 510(k) is required, the manufacturer tomust submit to the FDA a 510(k) pre-marketpremarket notification submission requesting clearancedemonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed device, which in some cases may require submission of clinical data. Unless a specific exemption applies, 510(k) premarket notification submissions are subject to user fees. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, the FDA will place the device, or the particular use of the device, for commercial distribution in the United States, unlessinto Class III, and the device is exempted from this requirement. Devicessponsor must then fulfill much more rigorous premarketing requirements.

Class III devices, consisting of devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life sustaining,life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k) cleared device are categorized as Class III and require submission and approval of a PMA application.predicate device. The

In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support a determination of substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the

safety and effectiveness of theClass III devices cannot be assured solely by general or special controls. Submission and FDA approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application is required before marketing of a Class III device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limitedcan proceed. As with 510(k) submissions, unless subject to technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data.an exemption, PMA submissions are subject to user fees. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemedmuch more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. A PMA application, which is intended to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of risk they pose, because they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class by the FDA. Manufacturers of these devices may request that the FDA review such devices in accordance with thede novo classification procedure, which allows a manufacturer whose novel device would otherwise require the submission and approval of a PMA prior to marketing to request down-classification of the device on the basisdemonstrate that the device presents low or moderate risk. If the FDA agrees with the down-classification, the applicant will then receive approval to market the device. Thisis safe and effective, must be supported by extensive data, typically including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials.

Our PoNS device type can then be usedis regulated as a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions.

Class II medical device. We intend to utilizeutilized thede novo classification procedures to seek U.S. marketing authorization for the PoNS™PoNS device for gait deficit in MS, because there is currently no predicate cleared or approved by the FDA for commercial distribution and no existing classification decision by the FDA for such a device. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals, or completing thede novo classification process, to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain pre-market reviews on a timely basis, if at all.

If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for the PoNS™PoNS device for gait deficit in MS, introducing the product could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our commercial launch for the PoNS device for gait deficit in MS in the United States to be delayed.delayed or to not occur. In addition, the FDA may determine that the PoNS™PoNS device requires the more costly, lengthy and uncertain PMA process. For example, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that thede novo classification procedures are the appropriate path to obtain marketing authorizations for the PoNS™PoNS device in MS, the FDA may require us to submit a PMA application, which is generally more costly and uncertain and can take from one to three years, or longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA ismay not be required, we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.our PoNS device.

510(k) Clearance Process

To obtain 510(k) clearance wefor a medical device, an applicant must submit a pre-market notification to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent“substantially equivalent” to a previously-cleared 510(k)legally marketed device, or isknown as a “predicate device.” A legally marketed predicate device may include a device that was in commercial distribution beforelegally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 for which a PMA is not required (known as a “pre-amendments device” based on the date of enactment of the Medical Device Amendments of 1976), a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or Class I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. A device is substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics, or (ii) different technological characteristics, but the information provided in the 510(k) submission demonstrates that the device does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness and is at least as safe and effective as the predicate device. A showing of substantial equivalence sometimes, but not always, requires clinical data.

Before the FDA will accept a 510(k) submission for substantive review, the FDA will first assess whether the submission satisfies a minimum threshold of acceptability. If the FDA determines that the 510(k) submission is incomplete, the FDA will issue a “Refuse to Accept” letter which generally outlines the information the FDA believes is necessary to permit a substantive review and to reach a determination regarding substantial equivalence. An applicant must submit the requested information before the FDA will proceed with additional review of the submission. Once the 510(k) submission is accepted for review, by regulation, the FDA has not yet called for the submission of PMA applications.90 days to review and issue a determination. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months from the date the application is submitted and filed with the FDA, but may take significantly longer and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires significant clinical data to support substantial equivalence. In reviewing a pre-market notification submission, the FDA may requestrequire additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence.

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the “de novo” process, which may significantly prolong the review process.is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.

62


Table of Contents

After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any subsequent modification of the device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval. The determination as to whether or not a modification could require PMA. Thesignificantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA requires each manufacturerguidance. Many minor modifications today are accomplished by a “letter to make this determination initially, butfile” in which the manufacture documents the rationale for the change and why a new 510(k) is not required. However, the FDA may review such letters to file to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any such decisiontime and may disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/orand recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. Under these circumstances, the FDAThe manufacturer may also be subject a manufacturer to significant regulatory fines or other penalties. In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements, including which devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the ability to rescind previously granted 510(k)s and additional requirements that may significantly impact the process.

De novo Classification Process

If a previously unclassified new medical device does not qualify for the 510(k) pre-market notification process because no predicate device to which it is substantially equivalent can be found,identified, the device is automatically classified into Class III regardless of the level of risk it poses.III. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or thede novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classificationclassification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application.PMA. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, in July 2012, a medical device could only be eligible forde novo classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarketpre-market notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent. The FDASIA streamlined thede novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to requestde novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarketpre-market notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. Under the FDASIA, the FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of thede novo application. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. In addition, theThe FDA may reject the reclassification petition if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) or determines that the device is not low to moderate risk or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed.

We plan to utilizeutilized thede novo classification process to obtainrequest our marketing authorization for the PoNS™PoNS device under development,for gait deficit in MS, and we plan to seek Class II classification. In order to be placed in Class II, the FDA would need reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness of the PoNS™PoNS device. Under Class II, general controls (e.g., premarket notification) and special controls (e.g., specific performance testing) would be applicable. Our goal would be to complete in six months a safety and effectiveness clinical trial using the PoNS™ device, initially only for the treatment of balance disorder in patients with mild to moderate TBI and balance disorder associated with MS. Our overall goal for submission of thede novo application and FDA clearance of a 510(k) would be 24 months from December 2014. The application to the FDA will be made after the completion of the registration trial, which we anticipate will be completed Q4 2016/Q1 2017. Originally, we anticipated that the registration trial would be completed at the end of 2015, but that date was revised to summer of 2016 due to slower than expected enrollment. The company has invested resources to expand recruiting to recoup for time lost. It will take us approximately 4 weeks to prepare the premarket notification to the FDA. We thus anticipate that we will be applying for clearance in Q1-Q2 2017. To the extent the FDA completed its review in 90 days, we anticipate clearance in Q2-Q3 2017.

Obtaining FDA clearance,marketing authorization, de novo down-classification, classification and clearance, or approval for medical devices can beis expensive and uncertain, generally takes from several months to several years, and generally requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and clinical data. Notwithstanding the expense, these efforts may never result in FDA clearance.authorization for commercial distribution. Even if we were to obtain regulatory clearance,authorization, it may not be for the uses we believe are important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

63


Table of Contents

Pre-market Approval ProcessClinical Trials

AClinical trials are typically required to support a PMA applicationand are sometimes required to support a 510(k) or de novo submission. All clinical investigations of devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be submitted ifconducted in accordance with the medicalFDA’s investigational device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping,

reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a ‘‘significant risk,’’ as defined by the FDA, to human health, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in Class III (although the FDA has the discretionsupporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to continue to allow certain pre-amendment Class III devices to use the 510(k) process) or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMAa subject. An IDE application must be supported by amongappropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other things, extensive technical, preclinical,concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial manufacturingto proceed under a conditional approval. If the device is considered a “non-significant risk,” IDE submission to FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the investigation at each clinical trial site is required.

In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE, and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. Acceptance of an IDE application for review does not guarantee that the FDA will allow the IDE to become effective and, if it does become effective, the FDA may or may not determine that the data to demonstrate toderived from the FDA’s satisfactiontrials support the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

After a PMA application isor warrant the continuation of clinical trials. An IDE supplement must be submitted to, and filed,approved by, the FDA begins an in-depthbefore a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study plan or the rights, safety or welfare of human subjects.

During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA’s regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the submitted information, which typically takes between oneinvestigational device, and three years, but may take significantly longer. During this review period,comply with all reporting and record keeping requirements.

Additionally, after a trial begins, the sponsor, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Alsothe IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits. Even if a clinical trial is completed, there can be no assurance that the data generated during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDAa clinical study will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with Quality System Regulations, or QSR, which impose elaborate design development, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensuremeet the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical studyendpoints or otherwise produce results that supported approval. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. New PMA applications or supplements are required for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling of the product and design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an original pre-market approval application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Clinical Trials

A clinical trial is typically required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. After a trial begins,will lead the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Any trials we conduct must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations as well as other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy. Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtaingrant marketing clearance or approval of the product, and separate clinical trials will be necessary to obtain clearance for multiple uses of one device.

Risks of Delay from the FDA Clearance Process and Regulatory Compliance Risks

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product candidate is safe and effective, sensitive and specific diagnostic tests, for its intended users;

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on a timely basis. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the program, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing the clearance of medical devices. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of the FDASIA the U.S. Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms that are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our product candidate could prevent us from generating revenue from our product candidate and adversely affect our business operations and financial results.

64


Table of Contents

Even if we obtain FDA clearance for our PoNS™ device, we will still be required to pursue a 510(k) clearance,de novo down-classification, or PMA for any future product which will delay future product launches and would likely place substantial restrictions on how our device is manufactured, marketed and sold. For example, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with FDA’s QSR. In addition, manufacturers must register their manufacturing facilities, list the products with FDA, and comply with requirements relating to labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting, reporting of corrections and removals and import and export. FDA monitors compliance with the QSR and these other requirements through periodic inspections. If our facilities or those of our manufacturers or suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or if we or our manufacturers or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the regulatory authority could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, detention or seizure of our products;
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or pre-market approvals of new products or modified products;
withdrawing 510(k) marketing clearances or pre-market approvals that have already been granted;
refusing to provide Certificates for Foreign Government;
refusing to grant export approval for our products; or
pursuing criminal prosecution.

Additionally, FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our product candidate and dissuade our customers from using our product candidate, if and when they are authorized for marketing.approval.

Pervasive and Continuing U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process;

labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of investigational products, or ‘‘off-label’’ uses of cleared or approved products;

requirements related to promotional activities;

clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices;

medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, if the malfunction were to recur;

correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is placedin violation of governing laws and regulations; and

post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Advertising and promotion of medical devices, in addition to being regulated by the FDA, are also regulated by the FTC and by state regulatory and enforcement authorities. Recently, promotional activities for FDA-regulated products of other companies have been the subject of enforcement action brought under healthcare reimbursement laws and consumer protection statutes. In addition, under the federal Lanham Act and similar state laws, competitors and others can initiate litigation relating to advertising claims. If the FDA determines that promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an unapproved or uncleared use, it could request that modification of promotional materials or subject a company to regulatory or enforcement actions. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved or uncleared use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

Healthcare providers, physicians, and third party payers will play a primary role in the recommendation and use of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third party payers, healthcare providers and physicians may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any device for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the CMS, other divisions of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the United States Department of Justice and individual United States Attorney offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. The applicable laws and regulations include the federal health care programs Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”) and the federal Civil False Claims Act.

The AKS makes it illegal for any person, including a device manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, or order of a particular device, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to ten years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it.

The Federal Civil False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of government funds or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $11,463 and $22,927 (adjusted annually for inflation) for each separate false claim and the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Conduct that violates the False Claims Act also may implicate various federal criminal statutes. The government may deem manufacturers to have “caused” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Claims which include items or services resulting from a violation of the federal AKS also are deemed false or fraudulent claims for purposes of the False Claims Act. Our future marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our product and any future product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law.

The manufacturing processes associated with medical devices are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, design history file, device history records, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Any failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market numerousor voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that a company has failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, apply,it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions

customer notifications for repair, replacement, refunds;

recall, detention or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products or modified products;

operating restrictions;

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or

criminal prosecution.

Health Canada

After a medical device has been approved for commercial use in Canada, there are a number of Health Canada requirements that must be adhered to including but not limited to the following:

the QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;

establishment registration, which requires establishments involved in the production and distribution of medical devices, intended for commercial distribution in the United States, to register with the FDA;

medical device listing, which requires manufacturers to list the devices they have in commercial distribution with the FDA;

65


labeling regulations, which prohibit “misbranded” devices from entering the market, as well as prohibit on the promotion of Contentsproducts for unapproved or “off-label” use and impose other restrictions on labeling;


correction and removal reporting regulations which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or remedy a violation of the FD&C Act that may present a risk to health;

assessment of product modifications for significant changes that would require license amendments;

post-market surveillance including medical device reporting, which requires manufacturers report to Health Canada if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur; and

other post-approval restrictions or conditions.

European Union

We submitted an application for a CE Mark of the PoNS device with our UK based notified body in December 2018. In August 2019 we withdrew our application from the EU marketing process due to notified body activities being delayed by Brexit and the upcoming medical devices regulation changes. We have engaged G-MED NA as our notified body and will reconsider submitting to the EU when conditions stabilize. The successful completion of this review would result in marketing authorization for the sale of the PoNS device in the EU. Some EU member states have additional notification requirements that we expect to satisfy before we launch our PoNS Treatment in those member states. Once the PoNS device is placed into the EU market, post-market requirements apply including but not limited to:

ensuring that the labeling promotes only approved use(s) of the device;

assessment of product modifications for significant changes may require license amendments;

post-market surveillance including vigilance reporting, which requires manufacturers report to authorities if our PoNS device caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur; and

other post-approval restrictions or conditions.

Australia

We submitted our application for marketing authorization to the TGA during the third quarter of 2019. We supplemented our submission with additional data based on questions supplied to date and provided responses to additional questions during the third quarter of 2020. We are currently awaiting additional feedback from the TGA on our application.

Third-Party Payer Coverage and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to whether coverage and reimbursement of the PoNS Treatment will develop; but we intend to seek reimbursement through private or governmental third-party payers in the future. In both the United States and foreign markets, our ability to commercialize the PoNS device successfully, and to attract commercialization partners for the PoNS device, depends in part on the availability of adequate financial coverage and reimbursement from third-party payers, including, in the United States, governmental payers such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, managed care organizations, and private health insurers. Medicare is a

federally funded program managed by the CMS, through local contractors that administer coverage and reimbursement for certain healthcare items and services furnished to the elderly and disabled. Medicaid is an insurance program for certain categories of patients whose income and assets fall below state defined levels and who are otherwise uninsured, and it is both federally and state funded and managed by each state. The federal government sets general guidelines for Medicaid and each state creates specific regulations or other guidelines that govern its individual program. Each payer, whether governmental or private, has its own process and standards for determining whether it will cover and reimburse a procedure or particular product. Private payers often rely on the lead of the governmental payers in rendering coverage and reimbursement determinations. Therefore, achieving favorable CMS coverage and reimbursement is usually a significant gating issue for successful introduction of a new product. On January 12, 2021, the CMS stated that it is finalizing a new Medicare coverage pathway, Medicare Coverage of Innovative Technology, or “MCIT,” for FDA-designated breakthrough medical devices. The MCIT rule will provide national Medicare coverage as early as the same day as FDA market authorization for breakthrough devices and coverage would last for four years. The competitive position of the PoNS device will depend, in part, upon the extent of coverage and adequate reimbursement for such product and for the procedures in which such product is used. Prices at which we or our customers seek reimbursement for the PoNS device can be subject to challenge, reduction or denial by the government and other payers.

In the event we do receive approval for third-party or government reimbursement for our product, the marketability of such product may suffer if the government and commercial third-party payers fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. An emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect it will continue. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained if and when we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

State and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for our product candidate for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a medical device must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing medical device pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medical devices for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medical devices. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical study or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our medical device to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be priced significantly lower. Publication of discounts by third-party payers or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels or if reimbursement of our medical device is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, our revenues from sales by us or our strategic partners and the potential profitability of any of our medical devices in those countries would be negatively affected.

Data Privacy and Security Laws; Breaches

Medical device companies may be subject to U.S. federal and state health information privacy, security and data breach notification laws, which may govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon “covered entities” (health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain health care providers), and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that create, received, maintain or transmit protected health information in

connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HIPAA mandates the reporting of certain breaches of health information to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, affected individuals and if the breach is large enough, the media. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, or PHI, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Personally identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. The FTC’s guidance for appropriately securing consumers’ personal information is similar to what is required by the HIPAA Security Rule.

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to PHI, than HIPAA, and many of which differ from each other, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, on June 28, 2018, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Additionally, many of the more ambiguous provisions of the CCPA have yet to be fully interpreted and applied, and numerous amendments have been proposed and are working their way through legislature. Consequently, the CCPA currently presents many compliance questions that remain unresolved. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. In addition to the CCPA, numerous other states’ legislatures are considering similar laws that will require ongoing compliance efforts and investment.

In the European Union, as of May 25, 2018, Regulation 2016/676, known as the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, replaced the Data Protection Directive with respect to the processing of personal data in the European Union. The GDPR imposes many requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymized (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR allows EU member states to make additional laws and regulations further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €20 million or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties.

labeling regulations, which prohibit “misbranded” devices from entering the market, as well as prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling;

clearance or approval of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use;

post-market surveillance including Medical Device Reporting, which requires manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur; and

other post-approval restrictions or conditions.

Our Corporate History Highlights

Formation and Arrangement with Boomerang Oil, Inc.

We were originally incorporated in British Columbia, Canada on March 13, 2014 under the British Columbia Business Corporations Act, or the BCBCA, as “0996445 B.C. Ltd.” On March 25, 2014, and amended on April 8, 2014, we entered into an arrangement agreement with Boomerang Oil, Inc. (formerly known as 0922327 B.C. Ltd.) and 0995162 B.C. Ltd. to reorganize the business structure of such three entities in such a manner which would allow Boomerang Oil, Inc. to spin us out to become an independent entity that is a reporting

issuer in Canada and for us to complete a reverse take-over of 0995162 B.C. Ltd. As a result of the arrangement agreement, we became a reporting issuer in the provinces of British Columbia and Alberta. In addition, the arrangement resulted in 0995162 B.C. Ltd. becoming our wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary. The assets of 0995162 B.C. Ltd. consisted of cash and 0995162 B.C. Ltd.’s interest in a letter agreement pursuant to which it had agreed to acquire all of the outstanding shares of NHC,HMI, a Delaware corporation, and to seek a listing on a recognized stock exchange.

Reincorporation in Wyoming

On May 23, 2014, we changed our name to “Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.” and filed articles of continuation with the Wyoming Secretary of State office to reincorporate from being a corporation governed by the BCBCA to a corporation governed by the Wyoming Business Corporation Act, or WBCA.Act.

Acquisition of NeuroHabilitation Corporation and Concurrent Financing

On June 13, 2014, we completed the acquisition of NeuroHabilitation Corporation, or NHC, by way of an agreement and plan of merger. We refer to this transaction as the Reverse Merger. Pursuant to the agreement and plan of merger, HMT Mergersub, Inc., our wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary, merged with and into NHC with NHC as the surviving corporation. In connection with the Reverse Merger, we issued an aggregate of 35,300,083201,714 shares of our Class A common stock, or our common stock to the former shareholders of NHC.HMI. The Reverse Merger was deemed to be a capital transaction in substance and recorded as a reverse recapitalization of NeuroHabilitation CorporationNHC whereby NeuroHabilitation CorporationNHC is deemed to be the continuing, surviving entity for accounting purposes, but through reorganization, has deemed to have adopted the capital structure of Helius. On December 21, 2018, NHC changed its name to Helius Medical, Inc.

In connection with the Reverse Merger, we completed a non-brokered private placement financing of $7.016$7.02 million (CAD$7.62 million) by issuing 15.24 million87,085 subscription receipts. Pursuant to its terms, each subscription receipt automatically converted into one unit upon satisfaction of certain escrow release conditions, which had been satisfied. Each unit consisted of one share of our common stock and one-half of one share purchase warrant with each whole warrant being exercisable at CAD$1.00 per share for a period of two years. In connection with the concurrent private placement financing, we paid aggregate finders’ fees of $379,806 (CAD $412,200) and issued 824,000 finder’s warrants. Each finder warrant is exercisable at CAD$1.00175.00 per share for a period of two years.

66


Table of Contents

General Development of the Business of NeuroHabilitation CorporationChange in Functional Currency

Our primary operations are conducted throughPrior to April 1, 2018, our wholly-owned subsidiary NHC. On January 22 2013, NHC entered into a patent sub-license agreement whereby ANR granted NHC exclusive worldwide rights to ANR’s trade secrets, knowhow,functional currency was the Canadian dollar, or CAD$. We re-assessed our functional currency and patent pending technology for a non-invasive means for delivering neurostimulation throughas of April 1, 2018, our functional currency changed from the oral cavity, or the PoNS™ device. NHC obtained these rights in exchange for 50% of the outstanding equity in NHC and an obligation to pay ANR a royalty equal to 4% of any revenue collected by NHC from (1) the sale of products covered by any claim of the patent rights to end users and (2) services relatedCAD$ to the therapyU.S. dollar based on management’s analysis of changes in the primary economic environment in which we operate. The change in functional currency was accounted for prospectively from April 1, 2018 and financial statements prior to and including the period ended March 31, 2018 were not restated for the change in functional currency.

Reincorporation in Delaware

On June 28, 2018, at our 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, our shareholders approved our reincorporation from the state of Wyoming to the state of Delaware. On July 20, 2018, we completed the reincorporation to the state of Delaware.

Formation of Helius NeuroRehab Inc.

In January 2019, we formed Helius NeuroRehab, Inc., or useHNR, a Delaware corporation, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of such productsHelius Medical Technologies, Inc. to operate a clinic focusing on the delivery of PoNS Treatment to patients with balance and gait disorders if and when FDA clearance is received.

Formation of Helius Canada Acquisition Ltd.

On October 10, 2019, we formed Helius Canada Acquisition Ltd., or HCA, a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc., or HMC, a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada, which acquired Heuro Canada, Inc., or Heuro, from Health Tech Connex Inc., or HTC, on October 30, 2019 (see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in therapy services. This agreement was subsequently amended bythis prospectus).

Acquisition of Heuro Canada Inc.

On October 30, 2019, we acquired Heuro, a company incorporated under the Amended and Restated Patent Sub-License and again by the Sublicense Agreement described above.federal laws of Canada, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of HCA, from HTC (see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

Listing of our Common Stock on the CSE, TSX and OTCQB

Following our Reverse Merger, we obtained approval of the listing of our common stock on the CSE.

Canadian Securities Exchange, or CSE, on June 23, 2014. On April 18, 2016, our common stock was listed on the TSX under the symbol “HSM.” At the same time, we delisted our common stock from the CSE. Our Warrants wereThe Company’s common stock also approved for listingbegan trading on the TSX on April 18, 2016.

Our common stock is currently quoted on theOTC Markets, or OTCQB, under the ticker symbol “HSDT.”“HSDT” on February 10, 2015. On April 11, 2018, our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “HSDT” and ceased to trade on the OTCBQ.

EmployeesOn March 23, 2020, the Company received notice from the Staff of Nasdaq that the bid price for the Company’s common stock had closed below $1.00 per share for the prior 30-consecutive business day period and that the Company had been granted a 180-day grace period, through September 21, 2020, to regain compliance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Rule”). Thereafter, on April 17, 2020, the Company received an additional notice from the Staff indicating that Nasdaq had temporarily stayed enforcement of the Minimum Bid Price Rule through June 30, 2020 and, accordingly, the 180-day grace period applicable to the Company would not expire until December 3, 2020.

On December 4, 2020, the Company received notice from the Staff indicating that the Company was not eligible for an additional 180 day extension to meet the Minimum Bid Price Rule. As a result, the Staff determined that the Company’s securities would be subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Panel. The Company timely submitted a request for a hearing before the Panel, which request stayed any suspension or delisting action by Nasdaq at least until the hearing process concludes and any extension granted by the Panel expires. On January 15, 2021, the Company received notice from the Staff that the bid price deficiency of the Company had been cured, and that the Company was in compliance with all applicable listing standards, and so the scheduled hearing before the Panel was cancelled.

Reverse Stock Splits

Effective after the close of business on January 22, 2018, we completed a 1-for-5 reverse stock split of our common stock. All share and per share amounts in this prospectus have been reflected on a post-split basis. At a special meeting of our stockholders on December 28, 2020, our stockholders approved a reverse split of our outstanding common stock at a ratio in the range of 1-for-5 to 1-for-35 to be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors, whereby each outstanding 5 to 35 shares would be combined, converted and changed into 1 share of our common stock, to enable the Company to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements. Following such meeting, our board of directors approved a final reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-35. The reverse stock split did not change the par value of our stock or the authorized number of common or preferred shares. All share and per share amounts for all periods presented in this prospectus and the registration statement of which it forms a part have been retroactively adjusted for the reverse stock split effected on December 31, 2020.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, PA 18940 and our telephone number is 215-944-6100. We maintain a corporate website at www.heliusmedical.com. We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports, as soon as its reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to the SEC. We are not including the information on our website as a part of, nor incorporating it by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. Additionally, the SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information that issuers (including us) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is http://www.sec.gov.

Human Capital Resources

As of June 24, 2016,September 30, 2020, we have sixhad 18 full time employees, no part time employees and 20 full-time equivalent independent contractors.1 full time consultant and 6 part time consultants. Given the change in our United States regulatory timeline in 2019, we prioritized our resources to support our resubmission to the FDA and commercialization efforts in Canada and reduced our workforce by over 30% to scale back the staff that was hired to prepare for our commercial launch in the United States while maintaining the necessary distribution, regulatory and quality system infrastructure to support our commercial launch in Canada.

Properties

Our head office is located at 642 Newtown-Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, PA 18940, with 2,500 square feet of lease office space. In May 2020, the Company terminated its lease and entered into a new lease (the “Lease Amendment”) for a smaller footprint of the current office space in Newtown, Pennsylvania. Lease payments under the original contract were made through December 2020. In January 2021, we signed a Lease Amendment extending our current lease term from July 1, 2020 through September 30, 2021, which may be extended on a month-to-month basis. Monthly rent plus utilities is approximately $5 thousand per month with a 3% annual increase. We believe our current facilities are adequate for our needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedingslitigation and claims that arisearising in the ordinary course of our business activities. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, as of the date of this prospectus, we dobusiness. We are not believe we arecurrently a party to any claimmaterial legal proceedings, and we are not aware of any pending or litigation, the outcome of which, if determined adversely tothreatened legal proceeding against us would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected tothat we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, other than as set forth below in respect of the matters described below. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Intellectual Property Litigation

On January 27, 2015 we received a demand letter containing allegations that we had entered into a consulting arrangement with the complainants and breached certain of its terms, and used certain intellectual property in the form of business and marketing plans allegedly prepared by the complainants, and seeking damages. On May 7, 2015, Mr. Rainier Maas and Dr. Jochen Scheld filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania seeking monetary damages in excess of $225,000. On December 22, 2015, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiffs for an amount of €57,000, which was paid on January 12, 2016. The parties have since executed the settlement agreement for the aforementioned amount and the case has been dismissed without prejudice.

On January 5, 2015, Wicab sued the Company, NHC, Mitch Tyler, a director of the Company and NHC, Yuri Danilov, a former director of the Company and a director of NHC,and ANR, in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin. ANR is the licensor to the Company of three issued patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407 and 8,909,345 and 9,020,612) and other patents pending related to neurostimulation methods and devices. The complaint contained various state and common law claims arising from Messrs. Danilov’s and Tyler’s prior employment with Wicab and relating to ownership of two of the issued patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 8,849,407 and 8,909,345). U.S. Patent No. 9,020,612 was not included in the Wicab complaint. The complaint alleged, among other things, that following their departure from Wicab, Danilov and Tyler knowingly filed patent applications for and used ideas and inventions developed at Wicab in violation of various non-competition and confidentiality agreements, and that the two issued patents are therefore rightfully the property of Wicab. The complaint sought an unspecified amount of monetary damages, an injunction preventing NHC from using the ideas and inventions in the two patents, an order transferring ownership of the patents from ANR to Wicab, and recovery of costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company conducted an internal investigation and determined that Wicab expressly waived all rights in the two issued patents and, additionally, that Wicab’s claims were barred by the six year statute of limitations in Wisconsin. On January 14, 2015, the Company informed Wicab of its belief that the claims were barred due to the express waiver and the statute of limitations. On the same day, Wicab dismissed the complaint without prejudice.

67


Table of Contents

On October 12, 2015, the Company received a letter from Wicab alleging that the two issued patents were invalid in view of prior art cited in the letter, including scientific publications and patent applications, and that Paul Bach-y-Rita, Wicab’s founder, should have been named as an inventor on these two issued patents. Wicab indicated in the letter that it may file reexamination or inter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to attempt to invalidate the claims in the two issued patents. Wicab also stated that it would consider an unspecified “business solution” to resolve this matter. On December 10, 2015, representatives of each of the Company and Wicab met to discuss the parameters of a potential settlement. There can be no guarantee that a settlement will be reached. In the event that a settlement with Wicab is not reached, Wicab may file reexamination orinter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to challenge the validity of the two issued patents. If the Company receives an adverse decision from the U.S. Patent Office in connection with these proceedings, some or all of the claims in the two patents may be invalidated or otherwise impaired, which could prevent the Company from bringing an infringement suit against a future competitor for making use of the PoNS™ technology for neurorehabilitation, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results andor financial condition. Wicab may also take other actions against the Company, its assets, intellectual property rights, officers, directors, employees, agents or other persons or entities which may also have a material on business, operating results and financial condition.

Except as described above, we are not aware of any legal proceedings contemplated by any governmental authority or any other party involving us or our properties. As of March 31, 2016, no director, officer or affiliate is (i) a party adverse to us in any legal proceeding, or (ii) has an adverse interest to us in any legal proceedings. We are not aware of any other legal proceedings pending or that have been threatened against us or our properties.

MANAGEMENT

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers Significant Employees and DirectorsCorporate Governance

BelowThe following table provides information as to each person who is, a list of the names, ages as of June 24, 2016 and positions, and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the datefiling hereof, a director and/or executive officer of this prospectus.the Company:

Name

  Age  

Position

Philippe Deschamps

Dane C. Andreeff

  5455  

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Joyce LaViscount

  5458  

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Jonathan Sackier

58Chief Medical Officer
Brian Bapty47Vice President, Strategy and Business Development
Savio Chiu34Director
Huaizheng Peng54Director
Mitch Tyler

  63  

Chief Medical Officer

Edward M. Straw

81

Director

Edward M. Straw

Mitchell E. Tyler

  7767  

Director

Blane Walter

  4650  

Chairman of the Board

Jeffrey S. Mathiesen

60

Director

The following describes the business experience of each of our directorsNo Family Relationships

There is no family relationship between any director and executive officers, including other directorships held in reporting companies:officer or among any directors or executive officers.

69


TableBusiness Experience and Background of ContentsDirectors and Executive Officers

Philippe Deschamps,Dane C. AndreeffChief Executive Officer, President and a Director

Mr. DeschampsAndreeff has served as our CEO,Interim President and Chief Executive Officer since August 2020 and as a Directormember of our Board of Directors since June 13, 2014.August 2017. Mr. DeschampsAndreeff is the General Partner and Portfolio Manager at Maple Leaf Partners, LP, which owns approximately 6.0% of our outstanding common stock. Maple Leaf Partners, LP is a hedge fund founded by Mr. Andreeff, where he has been employed since 1996. In 2003, the fund was seeded by Julian Robertson’s Tiger Management and later grew to over $2 billion in assets under management. Mr. Andreeff also serves as a member of the board of directors of TraceSecurity, LLC, HDL Therapeutics, Inc. and Myocardial Solutions, Ltd. Mr. Andreeff received his Bachelor’s degree in Economics from the University of Texas at Arlington in 1989 and his Master’s degree in Economics from the University of Texas at Arlington in 1991. The Board believes that Mr. Andreeff’s extensive experience in pharmaceuticalthe investment industry and healthcare commercialization. The depth of his expertise stems from his 30 yearscapital markets and significant experience advising other companies as a board member, including multiple companies in the health sciences industry, approximately half spenthealthcare sector, make him a valuable member of the Board.

Joyce LaViscount

Ms. LaViscount has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer since October 2015, and she previously served as a member of our Board of Directors from March 2015 to December 2015. Prior to joining Helius, Ms. LaViscount served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of MM Health Solutions, formerly MediMedia Health, from July 2012 to August 2015. Ms. LaViscount concurrently served as the chief financial officer of MediMedia Pharmaceutical Solutions from January 2014 to February 2015. Previously, Ms. LaViscount served as executive director/group controller North America of Aptalis Pharmaceuticals from February 2011 to July 2012. Ms. LaViscount is a Certified Public Accountant. She received a B.A. in business with a concentration in accounting from Franklin and Marshall College in 1984.

Jonathan Sackier

Dr. Sackier has served as our Chief Medical Officer since December 2014. He has also served as a Visiting Professor of Surgery at Bristol Myers Squibb (NYSE: BMY),the Nuffield Department of Surgical Sciences at Oxford University since 2014. From 2005 to 2014, Dr. Sackier was a Visiting Professor of Surgery at the University of Virginia and approximately halfprior to that

served as a Clinical Professor at the George Washington University. Dr. Sackier has served as a director of Kypha, Inc. since July 2014, Clinvue LLC since July 2010, Brandon Medical since May 2013 and SoundPipe Therapeutics since September 2013. He previously served as a director of HemoShear Therapeutics, LLC from 2008 to 2015. He is a trustee of First Star and previously chaired the Larry King Cardiac Foundation Board of Governors. A keen pilot, Jonathan advises the Aircraft Owners & Pilots Association on medical issues germane to pilots and authors the “Fly Well” column in the association’s Pilot magazine.

Edward M. Straw

Vice Admiral Edward M. Straw, USN, (Retired) has served as a member of our Board of Directors since November 2014. He founded Osprey Venture Partners in 2011, a firm that mentors young entrepreneurs seeking investment capital and assists with business development and serves as the managing director. Previously he was president, global operations of The Estée Lauder Companies from 2000 to 2005, senior vice president global operations of the Compaq Computer Corporation from 1998 to 2000, and president of Ryder Integrated Logistics from 1996 to 1998. Prior to joining the private sector, he had a distinguished 35-year career in the U.S. Navy and retired as a three-star admiral. During his military service, Vice Admiral Straw was Director (CEO) of the Defense Logistics Agency, the largest military logistics command supporting the American armed forces. He is a member of the Defense Science Board, chairman of Odyssey Logistics and currently sits on the service sideboards of The Boston Consulting Federal Group, Academy Securities and Lenitiv Scientific. He is a former board member of Eddie Bauer, MeadWestvaco, Ply Gem Industries and Panther Logistics. Vice Admiral Straw received a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy, an MBA from The George Washington University, and is a graduate of the National War College. Our Board of Directors believes that Vice Admiral Straw is qualified to serve as CEO of GSW Worldwide, a healthcare commercialization company. From 1986 to 1998, director based on his extensive leadership experience in both the private sector and the U.S. military.

Mitchell E. Tyler

Mr. DeschampsTyler has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2014. Mr. Tyler is a co-inventor of the PoNS device and is co-owner and clinical director of neuroscience marketingAdvanced NeuroRehabilitation LLC, a position he has held since 2009. Mr. Tyler retired in 2019 after 32 years at Bristol Myers Squibbthe University of Wisconsin as emeritus Senior Lecturer in Princeton, N.J., where he participatedBiomedical Engineering and Researcher in Rehabilitation Medicine. From 1998 through 2017, Mr. Tyler also served as the clinical director of the Tactile Communication and NeuroRehabilitation Laboratory. He received his M.S. in Bioengineering from University of California, Berkeley in 1985 and is currently working on several pre-launch global marketing teamshis Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering at the University of Wisconsin–Madison. Mr. Tyler is a registered professional engineer in Wisconsin. Our Board of Directors believes that Mr. Tyler is qualified to serve as a director based on his extensive knowledge of PoNS treatment and his research and development experience in the neuroscience and pain therapeutic areas. medical device industry.

Blane Walter

Mr. Deschamps started at GSW Worldwide in February 1998Walter has served as a Vice Presidentmember of our Board of Directors since December 2015 and Account Directoras Chairman of the Board since August 2020. Mr. Walter is a partner at Talisman Capital Partners, a position he has held since 2011. In 1999, Mr. Walter founded inChord Communications, Inc., a global private healthcare communications company, which was acquired by inVentiv Health in 2005. Mr. Walter joined inVentiv Health as president of the Communications division in 2005 and became Presidentwas named Chief Executive Officer in 2008 and CEO of GSW Worldwide in January 2002, servingserved in that rolecapacity until September 2011. Mr. Deschamps was responsible for the GSW Worldwide operations which includes offices in 15 major markets around the world. He primarily consulted on global marketing, commercialization and new business model development for pharmaceutical, device and diagnostics companies. In February 2012, Mr. Deschamps joined MediMedia Health, a marketing services company as CEO where he served until October 2013. At MediMedia Health, he was responsible for the evaluating the different businesses of the company and developing recommendations forleading the sale of the company to Thomas H. Lee Partners in 2010. Following the private equitybuyout, Mr. Walter served as vice chairman of inVentiv Group, a holding company which survived the buyout, from 2011 to August 2017. Mr. Walter received a B.S. in marketing and finance from Boston College in 1993. Our Board of Directors believes that owned it. InMr. Walter is qualified to serve as director based on his background in the healthcare and pharmaceutical industries.

Jeffrey S. Mathiesen

Mr. Mathiesen has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2020. Additionally, Mr. Mathiesen has served as Vice Chair and Lead Independent Director since March 2020 and as Director and Audit Committee Chair, since 2015, of Panbela Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: PBLA), a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company developing therapies for pancreatic diseases. Mr. Mathiesen has also served as Director and Audit Committee Chair of NeuroOne Medical Technologies Corporation (OTCQB: NMTC), a publicly traded medical technology company providing neuromodulation continuous EEG monitoring and treatment solutions for patients suffering from epilepsy and other nerve related disorders, since 2017, and eNeura, Inc., a privately held medical technology company providing therapy for both acute treatment and prevention of migraine, from 2018 to 2020. Mr. Mathiesen served as Advisor to the CEO of Teewinot Life Sciences Corporation, a privately held global leader in the biosynthetic development and production of cannabinoids and their derivatives for consumer and pharmaceutical products, from October 2013, he became President2019 to December 2019, and served as Chief Financial Officer from March 2019 to October 2019. Mr. Mathiesen previously served as Chief Financial Officer of NHC.Gemphire Therapeutics Inc., which was acquired by NeuroBo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: NRBO) in January 2020, a publicly-held clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company developing therapies for patients with cardiometabolic disorders, from 2015 to 2018, and as Chief Financial Officer of Sunshine Heart, Inc. (NASDAQ: CHFS), a publicly-held early-stage medical device company, from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Deschamps hasMathiesen received a BSc.B.S. in Accounting from the University of OttawaSouth Dakota and is a Certified Public Accountant. Our Board believes that Mr. Mathiesen is qualified to serve as director based on his background in Canadaa broad range of responsibilities in financial and operational roles, including manufacturing, quality and procurement, in addition to traditional CFO roles in organizations with operations in North America, Europe, Southeast Asia and Australia.

Director Independence

The Board reviews its composition annually, including the determination of the independence of our directors. Our Board consults with the Company’s counsel to ensure that the Board’s determinations are consistent with relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of “independent,” including those set forth in pertinent listing standards of the TSX and Nasdaq, as in effect from time to time.

Consistent with these considerations, after review of all relevant identified transactions or relationships between each director, or any of his or her family members, and the Company, its senior management and its independent auditors, the Board has affirmatively determined that all of the Company’s directors, other than Messrs. Andreeff and Tyler, are independent under the standards set forth in applicable TSX and Nasdaq listing standards. In making those independence determinations, the Board took into account certain relationships and transactions that occurred in the ordinary course of business between the Company and entities with which some of its directors are or have been affiliated. The Board considered all relationships and transactions that occurred during any 12-month period within the last three fiscal years. The Board determined that the relationships would not interfere with their exercise of independent judgment in carrying out their responsibilities as directors.

Board Leadership Structure

The Company’s Board of Directors is currently chaired by Blane Walter, an independent member of the Board.

The Board does not have a formal policy with respect to the separation of the offices of Chief Executive Officer and chairman of the Board. It is the Board’s view that rather than having a formal policy, the Board, upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, will determine, as and when appropriate, whether it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for such offices to be separate or combined.

The Board currently believes that, by separating the positions of Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the Board can provide significant leadership to management and strong oversight of key opportunities

and risks impacting the Company. The Board may reconsider its leadership structure in connection with the appointment of a successor Chief Executive Officer to replace Mr. Andreeff, who is currently acting as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The Board plays an active role in overseeing management of our risks. The Board regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing the management of financial risks. The Compensation Committee also is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation policies and arrangements, and for managing risks relating to our director compensation policies and arrangements and reviewing the independence of the Board and other corporate governance matters.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors met 11 times during 2020. Each current Board member who served as a director in 2020 attended 75% or more of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and of the committees on which he obtainedserved, held during the portion of the last fiscal year for which he was a director or committee member.

Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The following table provides current committee membership:

Name

Audit
Committee
Compensation
Committee
Nominating and
Corporate
Governance
Committee

Jeffrey S. Mathiesen

XX

Edward M. Straw

XXX

Blane Walter

XXX

*

Committee Chairperson

Below is a description of each committee of the Board of Directors. Each of the committees has authority to engage legal counsel or other experts or consultants, as it deems appropriate to carry out its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors was established by the Board in 1985.accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, to oversee the Company’s corporate accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of its financial statements. For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions. The Audit Committee evaluates the performance of and assesses the qualifications of the independent auditors; determines and approves the engagement of the independent auditors; determines whether to retain or terminate the existing independent auditors or to appoint and engage new independent auditors; reviews and approves the retention of the independent auditors to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on the Company’s audit engagement team as required by law; reviews and approves or rejects transactions between the Company and any related persons; confers with management and the independent auditors regarding the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; establishes procedures, as required under applicable law, for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and meets to review the Company’s annual audited financial

statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including a review of the Company’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The Audit Committee met four times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Audit Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Board of Directors reviews the Nasdaq and TSX listing standards definition of independence for Audit Committee members on an annual basis and has determined that all members of the Company’s Audit Committee are independent.

The Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Mathiesen qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in applicable SEC rules. The Board made a qualitative assessment of Mr. Mathiesen’s level of knowledge and experience based on a number of factors, including his formal education and experience as a chief financial officer for public reporting companies.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee was established in March 2018. All members of the Company’s Compensation Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(d)(2) of Nasdaq listing standards and TSX independence rules). The Compensation Committee met three times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Compensation Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors acts on behalf of the Board to review, recommend for adoption and oversee the Company’s compensation strategy, policies, plans and programs, including establishing corporate and individual performance objectives relevant to the compensation of the Company’s executive officers and other senior management and evaluation of performance in light of these stated objectives; reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval the compensation and other terms of employment or service, including severance and change-in-control arrangements, of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the other executive officers and the directors; and administering the Company’s equity compensation plans, pension and profit-sharing plans, deferred compensation plans and other similar plans and programs.

Compensation Determination: Processes and Procedures

The Compensation Committee will meet at least annually and with greater frequency if necessary and appropriate. The agenda for each meeting will be developed by the Chair of the Compensation Committee, in consultation with legal counsel or other advisers or consultants it deems necessary and appropriate. The Compensation Committee will meet regularly in executive session. However, from time to time, various members of management and other employees as well as outside advisors or consultants may be invited by the Compensation Committee to make presentations, to provide financial or other background information or advice or to otherwise participate in Compensation Committee meetings. The Chief Executive Officer may not participate in, or be present during, any deliberations or determinations of the Compensation Committee regarding his compensation or individual performance objectives. The charter of the Compensation Committee grants the Compensation Committee full access to all books, records, facilities and personnel of the Company. In addition, under the charter, the Compensation Committee has the authority to obtain, at the expense of the Company, advice and assistance from compensation consultants and internal and external legal, accounting or other advisors and other external resources that the Compensation Committee considers necessary or appropriate in the performance of its duties. The Compensation Committee has direct responsibility for the oversight of the work of any consultants or advisers engaged for the purpose of advising the Committee. In particular, the Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain, in its sole discretion, compensation consultants to assist in its evaluation of executive and director compensation, including the authority to approve the consultant’s reasonable fees and other retention terms. Under the charter, the Compensation Committee may select, or receive

advice from, a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser to the Compensation Committee, other than in-house legal counsel and certain other types of advisers, only after taking into consideration six factors, prescribed by the SEC and Nasdaq, that bear upon the adviser’s independence; however, there is no requirement that any adviser be independent.

Prior to the establishment of a formal compensation committee in March 2018, the non-employee directors of the Board performed the duties of a compensation committee and met at least four times per year, regularly in executive session, to discuss compensation. The non-employee directors invited management and other employees, outside advisors and/or consultants to join its meetings as appropriate to provide advice and background information. The Chief Executive Officer did not participate in, and was not present during, any deliberations or determinations of the non-employee directors regarding his compensation or individual performance objectives.

In fiscal 2020, the Board delegated authority to the Chief Executive Officer to grant, without any further action required by the Compensation Committee, equity awards to employees and consultants who are not officers of the Company. The purpose of this delegation of authority is to enhance the flexibility of option administration within the Company and to facilitate the timely grant of options to non-management employees, particularly new employees, within specified limits approved by the Board. Typically, as part of its oversight function, the Compensation Committee will review on a quarterly basis the list of grants made the Chief Executive Officer.

Historically, the non-employee directors and, since its establishment in 2018, the Compensation Committee, have made most of the significant adjustments to annual compensation, determined bonus and equity awards and established new performance objectives at one or more meetings held during the first quarter of the year. Generally, the process comprises two related elements: the determination of compensation levels and the establishment of performance objectives for the current year. For executives other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee solicits and considers evaluations and recommendations submitted to the Committee by the Chief Executive Officer. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the evaluation of his performance is conducted by the Compensation Committee, which determines any adjustments to his compensation as well as awards to be granted. The Chief Executive Officer may not be present during these discussions. For all executives and directors as part of its deliberations, the Compensation Committee may review and consider, as appropriate, materials such as financial reports and projections, operational data, tax and accounting information, tally sheets that set forth the total compensation that may become payable to executives in various hypothetical scenarios, executive and director stock ownership information, company stock performance data, analyses of historical executive compensation levels and current Company-wide compensation levels and recommendations of the Company’s compensation consultant, including analyses of executive and director compensation paid at other companies identified by the consultant.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was established in March 2018. All members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing standards and in the TSX Company Manual). The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met two times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve as directors of the Company (consistent with criteria approved by the Board), reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors, selecting or recommending to the Board for selection candidates for election to the Board of Directors, making recommendations to the Board regarding the membership of the committees of the Board, assessing the performance of management and the Board, and developing a set of corporate governance principles for the Company. Prior to the establishment of a formal nominating and governance committee in March 2018, the Board performed such duties as it did not believe a formal committee was necessary or cost efficient for a company of our size.

Generally, director nominees are identified and suggested by our directors or management using their business networks. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also intends to consider director nominees put forward by stockholders. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that address the process by which a stockholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the Board at the annual meeting. Stockholders may recommend individuals to our Board for consideration as potential director candidates by submitting the names of the recommended individuals, together with appropriate biographical information and background materials, to the Board at Helius Medical Technologies, Inc., 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940, Attention: Chairman of the Board. Such nomination must satisfy the notice, information and consent requirements set forth in our Amended and Restated Bylaws. The Board does not intend to alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates, including the minimum criteria set forth above, based on whether or not the candidate was recommended by a stockholder.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have any specific minimum qualifications that director nominees must have in order to be considered to serve on the Board. However, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does take into consideration areas of expertise that director nominees may be able to offer, including professional experience, knowledge, abilities and industry knowledge or expertise. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also considers their potential contribution to the overall composition and diversity of the Board.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will conduct the appropriate and necessary inquiries (as determined by the Committee) with respect to the backgrounds and qualifications of any potential nominees, without regard to whether a potential nominee has been recommended by our stockholders, and, upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, approves the slate of director nominees to be nominated for election at our annual meeting of stockholders.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers potential nominees without regard to gender, race, color, creed, religion, national origin, age, sexual orientation or disability. In general, the Company seeks a Board that includes a diversity of perspectives and includes individuals that possess backgrounds, skills, expertise and attributes that allow them to function collaboratively and effectively together in their oversight of the Company.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, effective as of June 10, 2020, pursuant to which the Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an annual retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $2,500, respectively, and our non-employee directors will receive board compensation in the form of an annual retainer equal to $20,000 delivered in options to purchase shares of our common stock, which vest in 12 equal monthly amounts. We also reimburse non-employee directors for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending Board and committee meetings.

The following table shows certain information with respect to the compensation of all non-employee directors of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. As named executive officers of the Company for 2020, compensation paid to Mr. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Deschamps, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, for the 2019 and 2020 fiscal years is fully reflected under“—Summary Compensation Table for 2020” below.

Name

  Fees earned or paid in
cash
($)
   Option
Awards
($) (5)
   Total
($)
 

Jeffrey Mathiesen (1)

   5,000   20,000   25,000  

Mitchell E. Tyler (2)

   0   20,000   20,000  

Edward M. Straw (3)

   1,250   20,000   21,250   

Blane Walter (4)

   1,250   20,000   21,250  

(1)

Mr. Mathiesen held 1,749 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(2)

Mr. Tyler held 3,011 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(3)

Vice Admiral (Retired) Straw held 3,825 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(4)

Mr. Walter held 3,004 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(5)

The amounts reflect the full grant date fair value for awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. The grant date fair value was computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 4 to our audited financial statements included herein.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure discuss the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to:

Dane C. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer;

Phillippe Deschamps, our former Chief Executive Officer;

Joyce LaViscount, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer; and

Jonathan Sackier, our Chief Medical Officer.

We refer to these four current or former executive officers as the “named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table for 2020

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Name and Principal Position

 Year  Salary ($)
(1)
  Option
Awards ($) (2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($) 

Dane C. Andreeff

  2020   —     20,000   —     2,500   22,500 

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer(3)

  2019   —     79,144   —     —     79,144 

Philippe Deschamps

  2020   285,339   —     —     501,588 (5)   786,927 

Former Chief Executive Officer(4)

  2019   492,353   739,776   —     12,373(6)   1,244,502 

Joyce LaViscount

  2020   387,080   24,340   (7)   1,220 (8)   412,640 

Director Independence

The Board reviews its composition annually, including the determination of the independence of our directors. Our Board consults with the Company’s counsel to ensure that the Board’s determinations are consistent with relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of “independent,” including those set forth in pertinent listing standards of the TSX and Nasdaq, as in effect from time to time.

Consistent with these considerations, after review of all relevant identified transactions or relationships between each director, or any of his or her family members, and the Company, its senior management and its independent auditors, the Board has affirmatively determined that all of the Company’s directors, other than Messrs. Andreeff and Tyler, are independent under the standards set forth in applicable TSX and Nasdaq listing standards. In making those independence determinations, the Board took into account certain relationships and transactions that occurred in the ordinary course of business between the Company and entities with which some of its directors are or have been affiliated. The Board considered all relationships and transactions that occurred during any 12-month period within the last three fiscal years. The Board determined that the relationships would not interfere with their exercise of independent judgment in carrying out their responsibilities as directors.

Board Leadership Structure

The Company’s Board of Directors is currently chaired by Blane Walter, an independent member of the Board.

The Board does not have a formal policy with respect to the separation of the offices of Chief FinancialExecutive Officer and chairman of the Board. It is the Board’s view that rather than having a formal policy, the Board, upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, will determine, as and when appropriate, whether it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for such offices to be separate or combined.

The Board currently believes that, by separating the positions of Chair of the Board and Chief OperatingExecutive Officer, the Board can provide significant leadership to management and strong oversight of key opportunities

and risks impacting the Company. The Board may reconsider its leadership structure in connection with the appointment of a successor Chief Executive Officer to replace Mr. Andreeff, who is currently acting as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The Board plays an active role in overseeing management of our risks. The Board regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing the management of financial risks. The Compensation Committee also is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation policies and arrangements, and for managing risks relating to our director compensation policies and arrangements and reviewing the independence of the Board and other corporate governance matters.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors met 11 times during 2020. Each current Board member who served as a director in 2020 attended 75% or more of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and of the committees on which he served, held during the portion of the last fiscal year for which he was a director or committee member.

Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The following table provides current committee membership:

Name

Audit
Committee
Compensation
Committee
Nominating and
Corporate
Governance
Committee

Jeffrey S. Mathiesen

XX

Edward M. Straw

XXX

Blane Walter

XXX

*

Committee Chairperson

Below is a description of each committee of the Board of Directors. Each of the committees has authority to engage legal counsel or other experts or consultants, as it deems appropriate to carry out its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors was established by the Board in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, to oversee the Company’s corporate accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of its financial statements. For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions. The Audit Committee evaluates the performance of and assesses the qualifications of the independent auditors; determines and approves the engagement of the independent auditors; determines whether to retain or terminate the existing independent auditors or to appoint and engage new independent auditors; reviews and approves the retention of the independent auditors to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on the Company’s audit engagement team as required by law; reviews and approves or rejects transactions between the Company and any related persons; confers with management and the independent auditors regarding the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; establishes procedures, as required under applicable law, for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and meets to review the Company’s annual audited financial

statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including a review of the Company’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The Audit Committee met four times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Audit Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Board of Directors reviews the Nasdaq and TSX listing standards definition of independence for Audit Committee members on an annual basis and has determined that all members of the Company’s Audit Committee are independent.

The Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Mathiesen qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in applicable SEC rules. The Board made a qualitative assessment of Mr. Mathiesen’s level of knowledge and experience based on a number of factors, including his formal education and experience as a chief financial officer for public reporting companies.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee was established in March 2018. All members of the Company’s Compensation Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(d)(2) of Nasdaq listing standards and TSX independence rules). The Compensation Committee met three times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Compensation Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors acts on behalf of the Board to review, recommend for adoption and oversee the Company’s compensation strategy, policies, plans and programs, including establishing corporate and individual performance objectives relevant to the compensation of the Company’s executive officers and other senior management and evaluation of performance in light of these stated objectives; reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval the compensation and other terms of employment or service, including severance and change-in-control arrangements, of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the other executive officers and the directors; and administering the Company’s equity compensation plans, pension and profit-sharing plans, deferred compensation plans and other similar plans and programs.

Compensation Determination: Processes and Procedures

Ms.The Compensation Committee will meet at least annually and with greater frequency if necessary and appropriate. The agenda for each meeting will be developed by the Chair of the Compensation Committee, in consultation with legal counsel or other advisers or consultants it deems necessary and appropriate. The Compensation Committee will meet regularly in executive session. However, from time to time, various members of management and other employees as well as outside advisors or consultants may be invited by the Compensation Committee to make presentations, to provide financial or other background information or advice or to otherwise participate in Compensation Committee meetings. The Chief Executive Officer may not participate in, or be present during, any deliberations or determinations of the Compensation Committee regarding his compensation or individual performance objectives. The charter of the Compensation Committee grants the Compensation Committee full access to all books, records, facilities and personnel of the Company. In addition, under the charter, the Compensation Committee has the authority to obtain, at the expense of the Company, advice and assistance from compensation consultants and internal and external legal, accounting or other advisors and other external resources that the Compensation Committee considers necessary or appropriate in the performance of its duties. The Compensation Committee has direct responsibility for the oversight of the work of any consultants or advisers engaged for the purpose of advising the Committee. In particular, the Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain, in its sole discretion, compensation consultants to assist in its evaluation of executive and director compensation, including the authority to approve the consultant’s reasonable fees and other retention terms. Under the charter, the Compensation Committee may select, or receive

advice from, a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser to the Compensation Committee, other than in-house legal counsel and certain other types of advisers, only after taking into consideration six factors, prescribed by the SEC and Nasdaq, that bear upon the adviser’s independence; however, there is no requirement that any adviser be independent.

Prior to the establishment of a formal compensation committee in March 2018, the non-employee directors of the Board performed the duties of a compensation committee and met at least four times per year, regularly in executive session, to discuss compensation. The non-employee directors invited management and other employees, outside advisors and/or consultants to join its meetings as appropriate to provide advice and background information. The Chief Executive Officer did not participate in, and was not present during, any deliberations or determinations of the non-employee directors regarding his compensation or individual performance objectives.

In fiscal 2020, the Board delegated authority to the Chief Executive Officer to grant, without any further action required by the Compensation Committee, equity awards to employees and consultants who are not officers of the Company. The purpose of this delegation of authority is to enhance the flexibility of option administration within the Company and to facilitate the timely grant of options to non-management employees, particularly new employees, within specified limits approved by the Board. Typically, as part of its oversight function, the Compensation Committee will review on a quarterly basis the list of grants made the Chief Executive Officer.

Historically, the non-employee directors and, since its establishment in 2018, the Compensation Committee, have made most of the significant adjustments to annual compensation, determined bonus and equity awards and established new performance objectives at one or more meetings held during the first quarter of the year. Generally, the process comprises two related elements: the determination of compensation levels and the establishment of performance objectives for the current year. For executives other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee solicits and considers evaluations and recommendations submitted to the Committee by the Chief Executive Officer. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the evaluation of his performance is conducted by the Compensation Committee, which determines any adjustments to his compensation as well as awards to be granted. The Chief Executive Officer may not be present during these discussions. For all executives and directors as part of its deliberations, the Compensation Committee may review and consider, as appropriate, materials such as financial reports and projections, operational data, tax and accounting information, tally sheets that set forth the total compensation that may become payable to executives in various hypothetical scenarios, executive and director stock ownership information, company stock performance data, analyses of historical executive compensation levels and current Company-wide compensation levels and recommendations of the Company’s compensation consultant, including analyses of executive and director compensation paid at other companies identified by the consultant.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was established in March 2018. All members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing standards and in the TSX Company Manual). The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met two times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve as directors of the Company (consistent with criteria approved by the Board), reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors, selecting or recommending to the Board for selection candidates for election to the Board of Directors, making recommendations to the Board regarding the membership of the committees of the Board, assessing the performance of management and the Board, and developing a set of corporate governance principles for the Company. Prior to the establishment of a formal nominating and governance committee in March 2018, the Board performed such duties as it did not believe a formal committee was necessary or cost efficient for a company of our size.

Generally, director nominees are identified and suggested by our directors or management using their business networks. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also intends to consider director nominees put forward by stockholders. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that address the process by which a stockholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the Board at the annual meeting. Stockholders may recommend individuals to our Board for consideration as potential director candidates by submitting the names of the recommended individuals, together with appropriate biographical information and background materials, to the Board at Helius Medical Technologies, Inc., 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940, Attention: Chairman of the Board. Such nomination must satisfy the notice, information and consent requirements set forth in our Amended and Restated Bylaws. The Board does not intend to alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates, including the minimum criteria set forth above, based on whether or not the candidate was recommended by a stockholder.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have any specific minimum qualifications that director nominees must have in order to be considered to serve on the Board. However, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does take into consideration areas of expertise that director nominees may be able to offer, including professional experience, knowledge, abilities and industry knowledge or expertise. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also considers their potential contribution to the overall composition and diversity of the Board.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will conduct the appropriate and necessary inquiries (as determined by the Committee) with respect to the backgrounds and qualifications of any potential nominees, without regard to whether a potential nominee has been recommended by our stockholders, and, upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, approves the slate of director nominees to be nominated for election at our annual meeting of stockholders.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers potential nominees without regard to gender, race, color, creed, religion, national origin, age, sexual orientation or disability. In general, the Company seeks a Board that includes a diversity of perspectives and includes individuals that possess backgrounds, skills, expertise and attributes that allow them to function collaboratively and effectively together in their oversight of the Company.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, effective as of June 10, 2020, pursuant to which the Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an annual retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $2,500, respectively, and our non-employee directors will receive board compensation in the form of an annual retainer equal to $20,000 delivered in options to purchase shares of our common stock, which vest in 12 equal monthly amounts. We also reimburse non-employee directors for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending Board and committee meetings.

The following table shows certain information with respect to the compensation of all non-employee directors of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. As named executive officers of the Company for 2020, compensation paid to Mr. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Deschamps, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, for the 2019 and 2020 fiscal years is fully reflected under“—Summary Compensation Table for 2020” below.

Name

  Fees earned or paid in
cash
($)
   Option
Awards
($) (5)
   Total
($)
 

Jeffrey Mathiesen (1)

   5,000   20,000   25,000  

Mitchell E. Tyler (2)

   0   20,000   20,000  

Edward M. Straw (3)

   1,250   20,000   21,250   

Blane Walter (4)

   1,250   20,000   21,250  

(1)

Mr. Mathiesen held 1,749 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(2)

Mr. Tyler held 3,011 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(3)

Vice Admiral (Retired) Straw held 3,825 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(4)

Mr. Walter held 3,004 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(5)

The amounts reflect the full grant date fair value for awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. The grant date fair value was computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 4 to our audited financial statements included herein.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure discuss the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to:

Dane C. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer;

Phillippe Deschamps, our former Chief Executive Officer;

Joyce LaViscount, has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer since October 19, 2015Officer; and she previously served as one of

Jonathan Sackier, our directors from March 2, 2015 until December 29, 2015. Ms. LaViscount was at MM Health Solutions (formerly MediMedia Health), a marketing services company, from July 2012 until August 2015 where she served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief FinancialMedical Officer. Concurrent with her role at MediMedia Health, Ms. LaViscount also served

We refer to these four current or former executive officers as the CFO“named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table for MediMedia Pharmaceutical Solutions from January 2014 until February 2015. Prior to joining MM Health Solutions, Ms. LaViscount2020

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was Executive Director/Group Controller North America for Aptalis Pharmaceuticals (2010 to 2012). From 2004 to 2009 Ms. LaViscount worked for Endo Pharmaceuticals in a variety of roles, including Chief Accounting Officer, VP-Investor Relationsearned by our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and Corporate Communications, and VP Finance Operations, as well as holding operational roles in Sales Operations, Training and Corporate Strategy Development. Ms. LaViscount’s pharmaceutical industry experience also includes more than 15 years in finance at Bristol-Myers Squibb and Pharmacia. Ms. LaViscount began her career with Ernst & Young and is a New Jersey Certified Public Accountant and has Bachelor of Arts in Business with a concentration in Accounting from Franklin and Marshall College.2019.

Jonathan Sackier,Chief Medical Officer

Dr. Sackier joined the Company in December of 2014 as Chief Medical Officer and brings to his role extensive experience in new technologies and treatment methodologies gained over more than 30 years in the healthcare industry. Since 2014, Dr. Sackier has been a Visiting Professor of Surgery at the Nuffield Department of Surgical Sciences at Oxford University. From 2005 to 2014, Dr. Sackier was a Visiting Professor of Surgery at the University of Virginia and prior to that a served as a Clinical Professor at George Washington University in Washington, DC from 1995 to 1999. In 1995, while at George Washington University, Dr. Sackier founded and funded the Washington Institute of Surgical Endoscopy, a center for education, research, innovation and technology transfer.

He is widely recognized as one of the leaders of the laparoscopic surgery revolution. In addition to his academic work, Dr. Sackier has helped build several companies including medical technology, research and product-design and medical contract sales organizations. He has also collaborated with pharmaceutical and medical device technology partners including ConvaTec, Pfizer, Karl Storz, Applied Medical, Stryker, Siemens, Bayer and Novartis. Dr. Sackier served as Chairman of Adenosine Therapeutics from 1992 to 1998, which became part of Clinical Data and then Forest Laboratories. Dr. Sackier also worked to develop and market the AESOP robot with Computer Motion from 1992 to 1998. He also founded Genethics in 1985, which patented and licensed amniotic stem cell technology.

Dr. Sackier sits on several boards of directors, he has served as a member of Kypha’s board since 2014, a director of Clinvue since 2010, and a director of Brandon Medical since 2009. Dr. Sackier was also director for Hemoshear from 2008 to 2015 and served as Chairman of Adenosine Therapeutics which became part of Clinical Data and then

70


Table of Contents

Forest Laboratories from 2002 to 2008. He is a Trustee of First Star and previously chaired The Larry King Cardiac Foundation Board of Governors. He has also served as a board member of The American College of Surgeons Foundation, The Surgical Fellowship Foundation and Rex Bionics.

A keen pilot, Jonathan advises the Aircraft Owners & Pilots Association (AOPA) on medical issues germane to pilots and authors the “Fly Well” column in AOPA Pilot magazine.

Brian Bapty,Vice President, Strategy and Business Development

Dr. Bapty joined Helius as a consultant in July 2014, and full time as the Company’s Vice President, Strategy and Business Development in October 2015. His sixteen years of experience in capital markets and public companies began in 2000, when he Joined Raymond James as an equity analyst for Canadian healthcare companies. In 2008, still with Raymond James he moved to the London desk supporting institutional equity sales. Early in 2009, Dr. Bapty joined Northland Bancorp Private Equity as a partner and held management positions in investee companies. These positions included Director of Research at Galileo Equity Advisors (a small to midcap focused asset management company) and CEO of Northland Securities (in institutional focussed brokerage firm). In March 2012, Dr. Bapty left Northland Bancorp to join Confederation Minerals as President and Director where he served until November 2014.

Dr. Bapty has Ph.D. (Research Medicine, Nephrology) from the University of British Columbia (UBC), and B.Sc. (UBC) in Cell and Developmental Biology.

Savio Chiu, Director

Mr. Chiu has served as one of our Directors since June 13, 2014. From June 2009 to present, Mr. Chiu has been the Senior Manager, Corporate Finance of V Baron Global Financial Canada Ltd. (“V Baron”), which provides us with corporate advisory services pursuant to the terms of a management agreement. Since April 2011, Mr. Chiu has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of Confederation Minerals Ltd. (TSXV: CFM). From December 2010 to August 2014, Mr. Chiu served as a director of Finore Mining Inc. (CSE: FIN). From October 2010 to August 2013, Mr. Chiu served as the Chief Financial Officer of Pan American Fertilizer Corp. (formerly Golden Fame Resources Corp.) (TSXV: PFE). From July 2010 to June 2011, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Cassius Ventures Ltd. (TSXV: CZ).

Mr. Chiu is a Chartered Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree in Accounting from the University of British Columbia which he obtained in 2005. Mr. Chiu’s accounting and financial expertise brings a valuable oversight role to the board.

Mitch Tyler, Director

Mr. Tyler has served as one of our Directors since June 13, 2014. Mr. Tyler is a co-inventor of the PoNS™ device and co-owner of ANR and Clinical Director of ANR (2009 to present). Mr. Tyler is also the Clinical Director of the Tactile Communication and NeuroRehabilitation Laboratory, University of Wisconsin - Madison (1998 to present), and a Senior Lecturer in Biomedical Engineering. From 1998 through 2005, Mr. Tyler was the Vice President and Principal Investigator for Wicab Inc. He received his M.S. in Bioengineering from University of California, Berkeley in 1985 and is currently working on his Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering at the UW-Madison. Mr. Tyler’s extensive knowledge of our principal product and history in the medical device industry brings invaluable experience to the board.

Edward M. Straw, Director

Vice Admiral Edward Straw has served as one of our Directors since November 18, 2014. He founded Osprey Venture Partners, a firm that mentors young entrepreneurs seeking investment capital and assists with business development, in 2011 and serves as the Managing Director. Previously he was President, Global Operations of The Estée Lauder Companies from 2000 to 2005, SVP, Global Operations of the Compaq Computer Corporation from 1998 to 2000, and former President of Ryder Integrated Logistics from 1996 to 1998. Prior to joining the private sector, he had a distinguished 35 year career in the U.S. Navy and retired as a three-star admiral. During his military service, Vice Admiral Straw was Chief Executive Officer of the Defense Logistics Agency, the largest military logistics command supporting the American armed forces. Vice Admiral Straw holds an MBA from The George Washington University, a Bachelor of Science degree from Annapolis, and is a graduate of the National War College. He has been a member of the Defense Science Board, Chairman of Odyssey Logistics and currently sits on the boards of: The Boston Consulting Federal Group, Performance Equity Management, and Capital Teas. He was a board member of: Eddie Bauer, MeadWestvaco, Ply Gem Industries and Panther Logistics. Vice Admiral Straw is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Vice Admiral Straw brings extensive leadership experience to our board.

71


Table of Contents

Blane Walter, Director

Mr. Walter has served as one of our Directors since December 29, 2015. Mr. Walter has been a Partner at Talisman Capital Partners, a private investment partnership located in Columbus, Ohio, since 2011. He founded inChord Communications, Inc. in 1994, which he built into the largest independently-owned, healthcare communications company in the world. In 2005, inChord was acquired by Ventiv Health, the largest provider of outsourced sales and clinical services serving the pharmaceutical industry to create inVentiv Health. In 2008, Mr. Walter became CEO of the combined public company, a role in which he served until 2011. Mr. Walter’s background in the healthcare and pharmaceutical industries lends important perspective to our board.

Huaizheng Peng, Director

Dr. Peng has served as one of our Directors since December 29, 2015. Since 2013 Dr. Peng has served as the General Manager, and non-executive Director of China Medical System Holdings (“CMS”) where he is in charge of international operations, prior to becoming General Manager, Dr. Peng served on the CMS board of directors for a period of three years. Prior to joining CMS, Dr. Peng was a partner in a private equity firm, Northland Bancorp, from 2010 to 2012, head of global life sciences and a director of corporate finance at Seymour Pierce from 2007 to 2010, and served as a non-executive Director of China Medstar, an AIM listed medical service company from 2006 to 2008. Dr. Peng also worked as a senior portfolio manager, specializing in global life science and Asian technology investment at Reabourne Technology Investment Management Limited from 1999 to 2006. Dr. Peng was nominated to our board of directors by A&B pursuant to the terms of the A&B Credit Facility.

Dr. Peng received his Bachelor’s and Masters’ degree in medicine from Hunan Medical College, China. Dr. Peng was awarded his PhD in molecular pathology from University College London (UCL) Medical School where he subsequently worked as a clinical lecturer. We believe that Dr. Peng’s leadership experience in international contexts, knowledge of medicine and investment experience will help our board in its oversight role.

Name and Principal Position

 Year  Salary ($)
(1)
  Option
Awards ($) (2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($) 

Dane C. Andreeff

  2020   —     20,000   —     2,500   22,500 

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer(3)

  2019   —     79,144   —     —     79,144 

Philippe Deschamps

  2020   285,339   —     —     501,588 (5)   786,927 

Former Chief Executive Officer(4)

  2019   492,353   739,776   —     12,373(6)   1,244,502 

Joyce LaViscount

  2020   387,080   24,340   (7)   1,220 (8)   412,640 

Director Independence

The Board reviews its composition annually, including the determination of the independence of our directors. Our Board consults with the Company’s counsel to ensure that the Board’s determinations are consistent with relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of Directors has determined that two of our directors, Blane Walter and Edward Straw, qualify as independent directors under the“independent,” including those set forth in pertinent listing standards of the TSX and Nasdaq, as in effect from time to time.

Consistent with these considerations, after review of all relevant identified transactions or relationships between each director, or any of his or her family members, and the NYSE MKT.

TermCompany, its senior management and its independent auditors, the Board has affirmatively determined that all of Office

Ourthe Company’s directors, other than Messrs. Andreeff and Tyler, are independent under the standards set forth in applicable TSX and Nasdaq listing standards. In making those independence determinations, the Board took into account certain relationships and transactions that occurred in the ordinary course of business between the Company and entities with which some of its directors are appointed to hold office untilor have been affiliated. The Board considered all relationships and transactions that occurred during any 12-month period within the next annual general meetinglast three fiscal years. The Board determined that the relationships would not interfere with their exercise of our stockholders or until they resign or are removed from the boardindependent judgment in accordance with our bylaws. Our officers are appointed by ourcarrying out their responsibilities as directors.

Board Leadership Structure

The Company’s Board of Directors is currently chaired by Blane Walter, an independent member of the Board.

The Board does not have a formal policy with respect to the separation of the offices of Chief Executive Officer and hold office until they resignchairman of the Board. It is the Board’s view that rather than having a formal policy, the Board, upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, will determine, as and when appropriate, whether it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for such offices to be separate or are removed from officecombined.

The Board currently believes that, by separating the positions of Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the Board can provide significant leadership to management and strong oversight of key opportunities

and risks impacting the Company. The Board may reconsider its leadership structure in connection with the appointment of a successor Chief Executive Officer to replace Mr. Andreeff, who is currently acting as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The Board plays an active role in overseeing management of our risks. The Board regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing the management of financial risks. The Compensation Committee also is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation policies and arrangements, and for managing risks relating to our director compensation policies and arrangements and reviewing the independence of the Board and other corporate governance matters.

Meetings of the Board of Directors.Directors

The Board of Directors met 11 times during 2020. Each current Board member who served as a director in 2020 attended 75% or more of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and of the committees on which he served, held during the portion of the last fiscal year for which he was a director or committee member.

Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors

OurThe Board has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The following table provides current committee membership:

Name

Audit
Committee
Compensation
Committee
Nominating and
Corporate
Governance
Committee

Jeffrey S. Mathiesen

XX

Edward M. Straw

XXX

Blane Walter

XXX

*

Committee Chairperson

Below is a description of each committee of the Board of Directors. Each of the committees has authority to engage legal counsel or other experts or consultants, as it deems appropriate to carry out its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors was established by the Board in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, to oversee the Company’s corporate accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of its financial statements. For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions. The Audit Committee evaluates the performance of and assesses the qualifications of the independent auditors; determines and approves the engagement of the independent auditors; determines whether to retain or terminate the existing independent auditors or to appoint and engage new independent auditors; reviews and approves the retention of the independent auditors to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on the Company’s audit engagement team as required by law; reviews and approves or rejects transactions between the Company and any related persons; confers with management and the independent auditors regarding the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; establishes procedures, as required under applicable law, for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and meets to review the Company’s annual audited financial

statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including a review of the Company’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The Audit Committee met four times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Audit Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Board of Directors reviews the Nasdaq and TSX listing standards definition of independence for Audit Committee members on an annual basis and has determined that all members of the Company’s Audit Committee are independent.

The Board of Directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Our Board of Directors currently has an audit committee. The charter for the audit committee is available on our website.

72


Table of Contents

Our audit committee is comprised of Edward Straw and Blane Walter each of whom are independent directors under the rules of the NYSE MKT and the SEC. The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our Board of Directors with oversight of (i) the quality and integrity of our financial statements and its related internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory compliance, (iii) the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and (iv) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee’s primary function is to provide advice with respect to our financial matters and to assist our Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding finance, accounting, and legal compliance. Vice Admiral Straw isalso determined that Mr. Mathiesen qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”expert,” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii)applicable SEC rules. The Board made a qualitative assessment of Regulation S-K.Mr. Mathiesen’s level of knowledge and experience based on a number of factors, including his formal education and experience as a chief financial officer for public reporting companies.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among our directors and officers.

Code of EthicsCompensation Committee

The CompanyCompensation Committee was established in March 2018. All members of the Company’s Compensation Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(d)(2) of Nasdaq listing standards and TSX independence rules). The Compensation Committee met three times during 2020. The Board has adopted a codewritten Compensation Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Company’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Compensation Committee of business conductthe Board of Directors acts on behalf of the Board to review, recommend for adoption and ethics that appliesoversee the Company’s compensation strategy, policies, plans and programs, including establishing corporate and individual performance objectives relevant to its directors,the compensation of the Company’s executive officers and employees,other senior management and evaluation of performance in light of these stated objectives; reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval the compensation and other terms of employment or service, including its principalseverance and change-in-control arrangements, of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the other executive officers principaland the directors; and administering the Company’s equity compensation plans, pension and profit-sharing plans, deferred compensation plans and other similar plans and programs.

Compensation Determination: Processes and Procedures

The Compensation Committee will meet at least annually and with greater frequency if necessary and appropriate. The agenda for each meeting will be developed by the Chair of the Compensation Committee, in consultation with legal counsel or other advisers or consultants it deems necessary and appropriate. The Compensation Committee will meet regularly in executive session. However, from time to time, various members of management and other employees as well as outside advisors or consultants may be invited by the Compensation Committee to make presentations, to provide financial officer, principalor other background information or advice or to otherwise participate in Compensation Committee meetings. The Chief Executive Officer may not participate in, or be present during, any deliberations or determinations of the Compensation Committee regarding his compensation or individual performance objectives. The charter of the Compensation Committee grants the Compensation Committee full access to all books, records, facilities and personnel of the Company. In addition, under the charter, the Compensation Committee has the authority to obtain, at the expense of the Company, advice and assistance from compensation consultants and internal and external legal, accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions. Our codeother advisors and other external resources that the Compensation Committee considers necessary or appropriate in the performance of business conductits duties. The Compensation Committee has direct responsibility for the oversight of the work of any consultants or advisers engaged for the purpose of advising the Committee. In particular, the Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain, in its sole discretion, compensation consultants to assist in its evaluation of executive and ethics (“Codedirector compensation, including the authority to approve the consultant’s reasonable fees and other retention terms. Under the charter, the Compensation Committee may select, or receive

advice from, a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser to the Compensation Committee, other than in-house legal counsel and certain other types of Ethics”) canadvisers, only after taking into consideration six factors, prescribed by the SEC and Nasdaq, that bear upon the adviser’s independence; however, there is no requirement that any adviser be foundindependent.

Prior to the establishment of a formal compensation committee in March 2018, the non-employee directors of the Board performed the duties of a compensation committee and met at least four times per year, regularly in executive session, to discuss compensation. The non-employee directors invited management and other employees, outside advisors and/or consultants to join its meetings as appropriate to provide advice and background information. The Chief Executive Officer did not participate in, and was not present during, any deliberations or determinations of the non-employee directors regarding his compensation or individual performance objectives.

In fiscal 2020, the Board delegated authority to the Chief Executive Officer to grant, without any further action required by the Compensation Committee, equity awards to employees and consultants who are not officers of the Company. The purpose of this delegation of authority is to enhance the flexibility of option administration within the Company and to facilitate the timely grant of options to non-management employees, particularly new employees, within specified limits approved by the Board. Typically, as part of its oversight function, the Compensation Committee will review on a quarterly basis the list of grants made the Chief Executive Officer.

Historically, the non-employee directors and, since its establishment in 2018, the Compensation Committee, have made most of the significant adjustments to annual compensation, determined bonus and equity awards and established new performance objectives at one or more meetings held during the first quarter of the year. Generally, the process comprises two related elements: the determination of compensation levels and the establishment of performance objectives for the current year. For executives other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee solicits and considers evaluations and recommendations submitted to the Committee by the Chief Executive Officer. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the evaluation of his performance is conducted by the Compensation Committee, which determines any adjustments to his compensation as well as awards to be granted. The Chief Executive Officer may not be present during these discussions. For all executives and directors as part of its deliberations, the Compensation Committee may review and consider, as appropriate, materials such as financial reports and projections, operational data, tax and accounting information, tally sheets that set forth the total compensation that may become payable to executives in various hypothetical scenarios, executive and director stock ownership information, company stock performance data, analyses of historical executive compensation levels and current Company-wide compensation levels and recommendations of the Company’s compensation consultant, including analyses of executive and director compensation paid at other companies identified by the consultant.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was established in March 2018. All members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing standards and in the TSX Company Manual). The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met two times during 2020. The Board has adopted a written Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter that is available to stockholders on the Investor Relations pageCompany’s website at www.heliusmedical.com.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve as directors of the Company (consistent with criteria approved by the Board), reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors, selecting or recommending to the Board for selection candidates for election to the Board of Directors, making recommendations to the Board regarding the membership of the committees of the Board, assessing the performance of management and the Board, and developing a set of corporate governance principles for the Company. Prior to the establishment of a formal nominating and governance committee in March 2018, the Board performed such duties as it did not believe a formal committee was necessary or cost efficient for a company of our website. If we make substantive amendmentssize.

Generally, director nominees are identified and suggested by our directors or management using their business networks. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also intends to consider director nominees put forward by stockholders. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that address the process by which a stockholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the CodeBoard at the annual meeting. Stockholders may recommend individuals to our Board for consideration as potential director candidates by submitting the names of Ethicsthe recommended individuals, together with appropriate biographical information and background materials, to the Board at Helius Medical Technologies, Inc., 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 100, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940, Attention: Chairman of the Board. Such nomination must satisfy the notice, information and consent requirements set forth in our Amended and Restated Bylaws. The Board does not intend to alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates, including the minimum criteria set forth above, based on whether or not the candidate was recommended by a stockholder.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have any specific minimum qualifications that director nominees must have in order to be considered to serve on the Board. However, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does take into consideration areas of expertise that director nominees may be able to offer, including professional experience, knowledge, abilities and industry knowledge or expertise. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also considers their potential contribution to the overall composition and diversity of the Board.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will conduct the appropriate and necessary inquiries (as determined by the Committee) with respect to the backgrounds and qualifications of any potential nominees, without regard to whether a potential nominee has been recommended by our stockholders, and, upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, approves the slate of director nominees to be nominated for election at our annual meeting of stockholders.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers potential nominees without regard to gender, race, color, creed, religion, national origin, age, sexual orientation or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, wedisability. In general, the Company seeks a Board that includes a diversity of perspectives and includes individuals that possess backgrounds, skills, expertise and attributes that allow them to function collaboratively and effectively together in their oversight of the Company.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, effective as of June 10, 2020, pursuant to which the Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will disclosereceive an annual retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $2,500, respectively, and our non-employee directors will receive board compensation in the natureform of such amendment or waiver onan annual retainer equal to $20,000 delivered in options to purchase shares of our website orcommon stock, which vest in a report on Form 8-K within four days12 equal monthly amounts. We also reimburse non-employee directors for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending Board and committee meetings.

The following table shows certain information with respect to the compensation of such amendment or waiver.

73


Tableall non-employee directors of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Duringthe Company for the fiscal year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016, our2020. As named executive officers consisted of Philippe Deschamps,the Company for 2020, compensation paid to Mr. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan Sackier,and Mr. Deschamps, our former President and Chief MedicalExecutive Officer, for the 2019 and Joyce LaViscount, our Chief Financial Officer. Ms. LaViscount joined us as a director on February 27, 2015, and became our Chief Financial Officer on October 19, 2015.

2020 fiscal years is fully reflected under“—Summary Compensation Table for 2020” below.

Name and

             All other    

principal

 Fiscal     Option awards     Compensation    

position

 Year  Salary ($)  ($)  Bonus ($)  ($)  Total ($) 

Philippe

 2016  400,000  -(1) 120,000  15,000  535,000 

Deschamps

                  

Chief Executive

 2015  360,417  432,198  -  5,000  797,615 

Officer

                  

 

                  

Joyce LaViscount

 2016  137,500  205,848(3) -  5,500  348,848 

Chief Financial

                  

Officer and

                  

Chief Operating

                  

Officer(2)

                  

 

                  

 

                  

Jonathan Sackier

 2016  300,000  -(4) -  -  300,000 

Chief Medical

                  

Officer

 2015  100,000  449,797  -  -  549,797 

Name

  Fees earned or paid in
cash
($)
   Option
Awards
($) (5)
   Total
($)
 

Jeffrey Mathiesen (1)

   5,000   20,000   25,000  

Mitchell E. Tyler (2)

   0   20,000   20,000  

Edward M. Straw (3)

   1,250   20,000   21,250   

Blane Walter (4)

   1,250   20,000   21,250  

(1)

Mr. Mathiesen held 1,749 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(2)

Mr. Tyler held 3,011 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(3)

Vice Admiral (Retired) Straw held 3,825 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(4)

Mr. Walter held 3,004 shares of common stock underlying option grants at December 31, 2020.

(5)

The amounts reflect the full grant date fair value for awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. The grant date fair value was denominatedcomputed in Canadian dollarsaccordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 4 to our audited financial statements included herein.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure discuss the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to:

Dane C. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer;

Phillippe Deschamps, our former Chief Executive Officer;

Joyce LaViscount, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer; and

Jonathan Sackier, our Chief Medical Officer.

We refer to these four current or former executive officers as the “named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table for 2020

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Name and Principal Position

 Year  Salary ($)
(1)
  Option
Awards ($) (2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($) 

Dane C. Andreeff

  2020   —     20,000   —     2,500   22,500 

Interim President and Chief Executive Officer(3)

  2019   —     79,144   —     —     79,144 

Philippe Deschamps

  2020   285,339   —     —     501,588 (5)   786,927 

Former Chief Executive Officer(4)

  2019   492,353   739,776   —     12,373(6)   1,244,502 

Joyce LaViscount

  2020   387,080   24,340   (7)   1,220 (8)   412,640 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

  2019   381,955   642,705   —     8,371(6)   1,033,031 

Jonathan Sackier

  2020   200,000   25,739   (7)   1,650(8)   227,389 

Chief Medical Officer

  2019   336,553   462,360   —     —     798,913 

(1)

The amounts reported for 2020 and converted into U.S. Dollars using2019 include the Bankvalue of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on June 19, 2014 (the grant date)stock awards granted in 2020 to Mr. Deschamps 1,759 shares with a value of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.9235.$31,915), and to Ms. LaViscount (2,155 shares with a value of $38,292), and in 2019 to Mr. Deschamps (376 shares with a value of $7,961) and Ms. LaViscount (258 shares with a value of $5,457), in each case, in lieu of base salary forgone at the election of such named executive officers commencing with the pay period ending December 13, 2019 as described in the last paragraph under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Equity-Based Awards”. Mr. Deschamps’ and Ms. LaViscount’s elections to receive restricted stock awards in lieu of cash salary compensation were effective beginning with the December 13, 2019 payroll date and remained in place until May 11, 2020 for Mr. Deschamps and August 11, 2020 for Ms. LaViscount.

(2)

Ms. LaViscount was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer on October 19, 2015, and resigned from our Board of Directors on December 29, 2015. The compensation reflected inamounts reflect the Summary Compensation Table reflects her compensation in connection with her role as an executive officer of the Company. Ms. LaViscount was not awarded any compensation in connection with her role as a director of the Companyfull grant date fair value for awards granted during the year ended March 31, 2016.

(3)

indicated year. The grant date fair value was denominatedcomputed in Canadian dollarsaccordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 4 to our audited financial statements included herein.

(3)

Mr. Andreeff has been employed as Interim President and converted into U.S. Dollars usingChief Executive Officer of the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on October 21, 2015 (theCompany since August 23, 2020. Prior to his appointment as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Andreeff was a non-employee director. Mr. Andreeff has elected to take no additional compensation in return for his service as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer. The amounts in the “Option Awards” and “All Other Compensation” columns for 2020 include an equity grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.7624.and cash compensation, respectively, that Mr. Andreeff received while serving as a non-employee director.

(4)

The grantMr. Deschamps stepped down from his roles as President and Chief Executive Officer and director effective August 23, 2020 upon mutual agreement with the Board.

(5)

Amounts reported for 2020 reflect that Mr. Deschamps’ employment with the Company ended as of August 23, 2020. In addition to group life insurance premiums, “All Other Compensation” for 2020 includes a $501,000 severance payment to Mr. Deschamps, payable in equal monthly installments during the twelve-month period following August 23, 2020.

(6)

Represents matching contributions to the Company’s 401(k) savings plan.

(7)

Bonus amounts under the annual incentive plan for the fiscal period ending December 31, 2020 have not been determined as at the date fair value was denominated in Canadian dollarsof this filing and converted into U.S. Dollars using the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on December 8, 2015 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.8717.are thus not calculable.

(8)

Represents life insurance premiums.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

The compensation program for the Company’s named executive officers for 2020 had three components: base salary, annual cash bonus and equity grants.

Annual Base Salary

Other than Mr. Andreeff, we have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that establish annual base salaries, which are reviewed periodically by our Compensation Committee in order to compensate our named executive officers for the satisfactory performance of duties to the Company. Annual base salaries are intended to provide a fixed component of compensation to our named executive officers, reflecting their skill sets, experience, roles and responsibilities. Base salaries for our named executive officers have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent. There were no adjustments made to the base salaries for the Company’s named executive officers for the fiscal year 2020, as compared to fiscal year 2019.

Pursuant to the Interim President and CEO Employment Letter Agreement entered into with Mr. Andreeff on August 23, 2020, Mr. Andreeff has elected to take no additional compensation in return for his service as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer. Additionally, since he is not a member of any Board committees, Mr. Andreeff is not currently eligible for any cash retainer, which the Company only pays to the Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Annual Cash Bonus

In 2020, each of the Company’s named executive officers (other than Mr. Andreeff) had a target bonus, set forth as a percentage of annual base salary. The Board did not make any changes to the target bonuses of the named executive officers, as a percentage of base salary, for 2020. In 2020, target bonuses for Ms. LaViscount and Mr. Sackier were 40% of base salary. Mr. Deschamps’ target bonus was set at 55% of base salary.

In March 2020, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board approved, performance targets for fiscal 2020 that it would consider in approving bonus payments for 2020. These targets included various corporate objectives related to company revenue goals, financing goals, regulatory submissions, and compliance goals.

Equity-Based Awards

Stock Options

Our equity-based incentive awards which are mainly comprised of stock options are designed to align our interests with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. Our Compensation

Committee has responsibility for granting equity-based incentive awards to our named executive officers. Vesting of equity awards is generally tied to continuous service with us and serves as an additional retention measure. Our executives generally are awarded an initial new hire grant upon commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

In March 2019, our Compensation Committee recommended, and our Board approved, the grant of an option to purchase 4,571 shares of common stock to Mr. Deschamps, an option to purchase 2,857 shares of common stock to Ms. LaViscount and an option to purchase 2,857 shares of common stock to Dr. Sackier pursuant to the 2018 Plan. Each of these stock options has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the grant date, as determined in accordance with our 2018 Plan, and vests in equal monthly installments over the 48-month period following the grant date.

In September 2019, our Compensation Committee recommended, and our Board approved, the grant of an option to purchase 4,285 shares of common stock to Ms. LaViscount pursuant to the 2018 Plan. The stock option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the grant date, as determined in accordance with our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2018 Plan”). 25% of the shares subject to the grant vest on September 23, 2020, and the remaining shares vest in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months.

In April 2020, our Compensation Committee approved, the grant of an option to purchase 1,428 shares of common stock to Mr. Sackier. The stock option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the grant date, as determined in accordance with our 2018 Plan, and vests in annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant subject to the holder’s continuous service with the Company.

In October 2020, our Compensation Committee approved, the grant of an option to purchase 1,714 shares of common stock to Mr. Sackier, and an option to purchase 2,857 shares of common stock to Ms. LaViscount pursuant to the 2018 Plan. Each of these stock options has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the grant date, as determined in accordance with our 2018 Plan, and vests in annual installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant subject to the holder’s continuous service with the Company or earlier upon a Termination of Employment without Cause (as such terms are defined in the 2018 Plan).

Salary-for-Stock Program

In December 2019, we entered into an arrangement, as approved by our Board, with each of Mr. Deschamps and Ms. LaViscount whereby Mr. Deschamps and Ms. LaViscount elected to receive shares of common stock in lieu of a portion of each of their respective cash salary compensation. Mr. Deschamps and Ms. LaViscount elected to reduce their base cash salaries by approximately 19% and 17%, respectively, in exchange for fully vested shares of restricted stock granted pursuant to the 2018 Plan. The value of the shares is equal in value to the amount of cash salary forgone, with the actual number of shares issuable on each payroll date calculated based on the closing trading price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market as of such payroll date. Mr. Deschamps’ and Ms. LaViscount’s elections to receive restricted stock awards in lieu of cash salary compensation were effective beginning with the December 13, 2019 payroll date and remained in place until May 11, 2020 for Mr. Deschamps and August 11, 2020 for Ms. LaViscount. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Deschamps had received 2,135 shares and Ms. LaViscount had received 2,413 shares pursuant to these elections.

Retirement Benefits and Other Compensation

Our named executive officers do not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or deferred compensation plan sponsored by us. During 2019, we matched contributions made by our employees, including our named executive officers, to the Company’s 401(k) savings plan. In 2020, we suspended the safe harbor match and moved to a discretionary, profit-sharing match and began providing life insurance benefits to our named executive officers. Our named executive officers were eligible to participate in our employee benefits, including health insurance benefits, on the same basis as our other employees. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits except in limited circumstances.

Employment Agreements and Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Philippe Deschamps

On June 13, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Philippe Deschamps to serve as our President and CEO. ThisChief Executive Officer. We amended the employment agreement was amended on September 1, 2014. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Deschamps initially received a base salary at an annualized rate of $250,000, until investments reached a levelwhich was subsequently increased to $400,000 following the Company’s achievement of $5 million, or the Financing Threshold, and after such Financing Threshold was met, on August 14, 2014,certain financing thresholds. On April 17, 2017, the Board approved thean increase of his base salary to $400,000.$416,000. In addition to Mr. Deschamps’ base salary, he hashad the opportunity to receive a target annual bonus of 30% of the base salary, conditional upon, and subject to upward or downward adjustment based upon, achievements and individual goals to be established in good faith by the Board of Directors and Mr. Deschamps. ForOn April 26, 2018, the fiscal year endedCompensation Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved a 3% increase to Mr. Deschamps’ base salary to $428,480. On March 5, 2019, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board and the Board approved, a 17% increase to Mr. Deschamps’ base salary to $501,000 effective March 31, 2016,2019 and a target annual bonus of 55% of such salary.

The employment agreement provided that if Mr. Deschamps was granted a cash bonus of $120,000. If Mr. Deschamps is terminated without cause or if Mr. Deschamps resignsresigned for good reason we shall pay(each as defined in Mr. Deschamps’ employment agreement), Mr. Deschamps would be entitled to an aggregate amount equal to the sum of his base salary and the earned portion of thehis annual bonus paid for the year preceding the year of his termination of which such amount is to be paid in equal monthly installments during the twelve month period following such termination of employment.

74


TableOn August 23, 2020, the Company entered into a separation agreement with Philippe Deschamps. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Deschamps resigned from all positions as an officer or employee of Contents

Employment Agreementthe Company and all of the Company’s subsidiaries and as a member of the Board effective as of such date. The separation agreement provided that Mr. Deschamps would receive certain benefits that he was entitled to receive under his employment agreement, as amended, in connection with a termination for good reason. Accordingly, under the separation agreement, subject to non-revocation of a general release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Deschamps a total of $501,000 less required deductions and withholdings, in equal monthly installments during the twelve-month period following the date of the separation agreement. Mr. Deschamps remains subject to the non-compete and non-solicitation provisions in his employment agreement during the twelve-month period following the Mr. Deschamps’ date of termination, and pursuant to the separation agreement, has agreed to certain customary standstill restrictions through the end of the period that is two years from the separation date.

Joyce LaViscount

On October 19, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Joyce LaViscount to serve as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Ms. LaViscount will receivereceived a base salary at an annualized rate of $300,000 for her employment term, which is at-will. On April 17, 2017, the Board approved an increase of her base salary to $336,000. In addition to Ms. LaViscount’s base salary, she shall havehad the opportunity to receive a target annual bonus of 25% of the base salary, conditional upon, and subject to upward or downward adjustment based upon achievements and individual goals to be established in

good faith by our CEOChief Executive Officer and Ms. LaViscount, which goals have not yet been established. LaViscount. On April 26, 2018, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved, a 3% increase to Ms. LaViscount’s base salary to $346,080. On March 5, 2019, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved, a 12% increase to Ms. LaViscount’s base salary to $387,080, effective March 31, 2019, and a target annual bonus of 40% of such salary.

If Ms. LaViscount is terminated without cause or if Ms. LaViscountshe resigns for good reason we will pay(each as defined in Ms. LaViscount’s employment agreement), Ms. LaViscount is entitled to an aggregate amount equal to the sum of her base salary and the earned portion of theher annual bonus paid for the year preceding the year of her termination, of which such amount is to be paid in equal monthly installments during the twelve month period following such termination of employment.

Employment Agreement with Jonathan Sackier

On December 1, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Jonathan Sackier to serve as our Chief Medical Officer. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr.Dr. Sackier will receivereceived a base salary at an annualized rate of $300,000 for his employment term, which is at-will. In addition to Mr. Sackier’s base salary, he shall have the opportunity to receive a target annual bonus of 25% of the base salary, conditional upon, and subject to upward or downward adjustment based on upon, achievements and individual goals to be established in good faith by our CEO and Mr. Sackier, which goals have not yet been established. If Mr. Sackier is terminated without cause or if Mr. Sackier resigns for good reason, we will pay Mr. Sackier an aggregate amount equal to the sum of his base salary and the earned portion of the annual bonus paid for the year of his termination of which such amount is to be paid in equal monthly installments during the twelve month period following such termination of employment.

Option Grants during Fiscal Year 2016

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, we granted 750,000 options to Joyce LaViscount. The grant was made pursuant to the June 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, which is further described below. Twenty five percent of Ms. LaViscount’s options vested upon grant, and the remaining seventy five percent will vest annually from the grant date. Ms. LaViscount’s options have an exercise price of CAD$0.87 and expire on October 21, 2020.

Management Contract with V Baron Global Financial Canada Ltd.

Effective July 1, 2014, V Baron has been engaged as an advisor to provide corporate advisory and CFO services to the Company. V Baron was initially engaged for a period of 12 months ending on July 1, 2015. Once the 12 month period passed, V Baron continued to provide advisory services on a month-to-month basis. The corporate advisory services include advising on corporate governance, assisting in compliance with the standards and policies of stock exchanges and regulators, advising on continuous disclosure requirements, assisting in compilation of financial statements, liaising with legal counsel, auditors and the Company’s transfer agent, and assisting/advising on corporate finance related matters. During the duration of the agreement, each party may terminate the agreement by providing the other party with 60 days written notice. V Baron will receive CAD$12,500 per month for the services provided. Until her resignation in October of 2015, our CFO services were provided by Amanda Tseng, who is an employee of V Baron. On October 19, 2015, we appointed Joyce LaViscount to act as our Chief Financial Officer. During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company incurred charges totaling CAD$150,000 (US$114,623) in respect of this agreement.

Savio Chiu, a member of our Board of Directors, is the Senior Manager, Corporate Finance of V Baron.

75


Table of Contents

June 2014 Stock Incentive Plan

On June 18, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized and approved the adoption of the 2014 Plan, effective June 18, 2014, under which an aggregate of 12,108,016 shares of our common stock may be issued. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to enhance our long-term stockholder value by offering opportunities to our directors, officers, employees and eligible consultants to acquire and maintain stock ownership in order to give these persons the opportunity to participate in our growth and success, and to encourage them to remain in our service. Pursuant to the terms, of the 2014 Plan, we are authorized to grant stock options, as well as awards of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted shares, restricted stock units and deferred stock units.

The foregoing summary of the 2014 Plan is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2014 Plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

 Number of  Number of       

 

 Securities  Securities       

 

 Underlying  Underlying       

 

 Unexercised  Unexercised       

 

 Options  Options  Option    

 

       Exercise  Option 

 

 (#)  (#)  Price  Expiration 

Name

 Exercisable  Unexercisable  ($)  Date 

Philippe Deschamps

 1,200,000  600,000(1)$ 0.55(2) 06/18/2019 

 

            

Joyce LaViscount

 66,667  33,333(3)$ 2.51(4) 03/16/2020 

 

 250,000  500,000(5)$ 0.66(6) 10/21/2020 

 

            

Jonathan Sackier

 300,000  100,000(7)$ 2.58(8) 12/08/2019 

(1)600,000 options vested on June 19, 2016.
(2)

The option exercise price of CAD$0.60 was converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars based on the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on June 19, 2014 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.9235.

(3)

33,333 options will vest on March 16, 2017. These options were awarded in connection with Ms. LaViscount’s role as a member of our Board of Directors.

(4)

The option exercise price of CAD$3.20 was converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars based on the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on March 16, 2015 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.7834.

(5)

250,000 options will vest on each of October 21, 2016 and April 21, 2017.

(6)

The option exercise price of CAD$0.87 was converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars based on the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on March 16, 2015 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.7624.

(7)

100,000 options will vest on June 8, 2016.

(8)

The option exercise price of CAD$2.96 was converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars based on the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on December 8, 2014 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.8717.

76


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

OptionAll OtherTotal

AwardsCompensationCompensation

Name(1)

($)($)($)

Savio Chiu

-(2)--

Yuri Danilov(3)

-    12,350(8)(9)-

Mitch Tyler

-(4)58,410(8)(9)58,410

Edward Straw

-(5)--

Blane Walter

18,063(6)-18,063

Huaizheng Peng

18,063(7)-18,063

(1)

Ms. LaViscount resigned from our Board of Directors on December 29, 2016. The compensation awarded to Ms. LaViscount in connection with her role as a member of our Board of Directors during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 is reflected above in the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)

Mr. Chiu had 60,000 options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, of which 20,000 were not vested.

(3)

Mr. Danilov resigned from our Board of Directors on December 29, 2016.

(4)

Mr. Tyler had 400,000 options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, of which 133,333 were not vested.

(5)

Mr. Straw had 100,000 options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, of which 33,333 were not vested.

(6)

Mr. Walter had 50,000 options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, of which 33,333 were not vested. The grant date fair value was denominated in Canadian dollars and converted into U.S. dollars using the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on December 31, 2015 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.7225.

(7)

Dr. Peng had 50,000 options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, of which 33,333 were not vested. The grant date fair value was denominated in Canadian dollars and converted into U.S. dollars using the Bank of Canada nominal noon exchange rate on December 31, 2015 (the grant date) of CAD$1.00 = USD$0.7225.

(8)

These amounts were paid pursuant to a consulting agreement between each of Messrs. Danilov and Tyler and us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Related Party Transactions” for a description of the agreement.

(9)

These awards were issued to Messrs. Danilov and Tyler as part of their compensation for services rendered as non-employee consultants.

Narrative Disclosure to Director Compensation Table

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, our directors did not receive any fees for their service. Instead, we granted stock options to two of our directors. We granted 50,000 options to Messrs. Walter and Peng, respectively. Messrs. Walter and Peng’s options expire on December 31, 2020 and have an exercise price of CAD$1.24.

77


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Except as described below and in “Executive Compensation” above, there are no transactions since our inception, or any currently proposed transactions, in which we were or are to be a participant and in which any “related person” had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. “Related person” includes:

(a)

Any of our directors or executive officers;

(b)

Any person proposed as a nominee for election as a director;

(c)

Any person who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock; or

(d)

Any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter- in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law or person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the same household of any person enumerated in paragraph (a), (b), or (c).

Related Party Transactions

Agreement and Plan of Merger with NHC

On June 6, 2014, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger among us, HMT Mergersub, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and NHC. Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger we issued 35,300,083 shares of our common stock to the shareholders of NHC. Two of the shareholders of NHC that received 16,035,026 shares each were MPJ Healthcare, LLC and ANR. Messrs. Philippe Deschamps, our President, CEO and director, and Jonathan Sackier, our Chief Medical Officer, are shareholders of MPJ Healthcare, LLC, and Messrs. Yuri Danilov and Mitch Tyler, two of our directors, are shareholders of ANR.

Sublicense Agreement with Advanced Rehabilitation, LLC

Pursuant to the Sublicense Agreement, ANR has granted NHC a worldwide, exclusive license to make, have made, use, lease and sell devices utilizing the Patent Pending Rights. In addition, ANR has agreed that ownership of any improvements, enhancements or derivative works of the Patent Pending Rights which are developed by NHC or ANR shall be owned by NHC, provided that if NHC decides not to patent such improvements, ANR may choose to pursue patent rights independently. Pursuant to the Sublicense Agreement, NHC has agreed to pay ANR royalties equal to 4% of NHC’s revenues collection from the sale of devices covered by the Patent Pending Rights and services related to the therapy or use of devices covered by the Patent Pending Rights in therapy services. Mitchell Tyler, one of our directors, and Yuri Danilov, one of our former directors, are each shareholders of ANR.

Consulting Agreement with Yuri Danilov

On July 1, 2014, Mr. Danilov, one of our former directors, entered into a consulting agreement, or the Danilov Consulting Agreement, with NHC to provide consulting services in relation to the development of the PoNS™ technology. The Danilov Consulting Agreement is valid for an initial period of 12 months, after which it continues on a month-to-month basis. Mr. Danilov will charge an hourly fee of $150 per hour or $1,000 per day if 8 or more hours are worked. Pursuant to the Danilov Consulting Agreement, Mr. Danilov will be an independent contractor and subject to the confidentiality provisions contained in the Danilov Consulting Agreement. The Company incurred charges from Mr. Danilov totaling $8,250 for the year ended March 31, 2015 in respect of this agreement. Mr. Danilov resigned as a director on December 29, 2015.

Consulting Agreement with Mitchell Tyler

On December 10, 2014, Mr. Tyler entered into a consulting agreement, or the Tyler Consulting Agreement, with NHC to provide consulting services in relation to the development of the PoNS™ technology. The Tyler Consulting Agreement is valid for an initial period of 12 months, after which it continues on a month-to-month basis. Mr. Tyler will charge an hourly fee of $150 per hour or $1,000 per day if 8 or more hours are worked. Pursuant to the Tyler Consulting Agreement, Mr. Tyler will be an independent contractor and subject to the confidentiality provisions contained in the Tyler Consulting Agreement. The Company incurred charges from Mr. Tyler totaling $19,950 for the year ended March 31, 2015 in respect of this agreement.

78


Table of Contents

Consulting and Employment Agreements with Brian Bapty

On July 14, 2014, Dr. Bapty entered into a consulting agreement, or the Bapty Consulting Agreement, with NHC to provide consulting services in relation to the development of the PoNS™ technology. The Bapty Consulting Agreement was valid for an initial period of 12 months, after which it continued on a month-to-month basis. Dr. Bapty charged a monthly fee of $6,000. Under the terms of the Bapty Consulting Agreement, Dr. Bapty also received a onetime issuance of three-year options to purchase 100,000 common shares at a strike price of CAD$2.52 per share with the options vesting 25% on issuance, 25% on September 30, 2014, 25% on December 31, 2014 and 25% on March 31, 2015. The Bapty Consulting Agreement included certain customary confidentiality provisions contained in the Bapty Consulting Agreement. The Company incurred charges from Dr. Babty totaling CAD$36,000 ($US31,162) for the year ended March 31, 2015 in respect of this agreement. On November 2, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Bapty to serve as the Vice President of Strategy and Business Development of the Company. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Bapty will receive a base salary at an annualized rate of CAD$220,000 for his employment term, which is at-will. In addition to Dr. Bapty’sSackier’s base salary, he shall have the opportunity to receive a target annual bonus of 25% of the base salary, conditional upon, and subject to upward or downward adjustment based upon, achievements and individual goals to be established in good faith by the Company’s CEOour Chief Executive Officer and Dr. Bapty, which goals have not yet been established. Sackier. On April 17, 2017, our Board of Directors approved a 4% increase in Dr. Sackier’s base salary to $312,000. On April 26, 2018, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved a 3% increase to Dr. Sackier’s base salary to $324,480. On March 5, 2019, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board and the Board approved, a 12% increase to Dr. Sackier’s base salary to $360,000 effective March 31, 2019 and a target annual bonus of 40% of such salary. On December 1, 2019, Dr. Sackier agreed to take a temporary salary reduction to $200,000. This salary reduction remained in place throughout fiscal year 2020.

If Dr. BaptySackier is terminated without cause or if Dr. Baptyhe resigns for good reason the Company will pay(each as defined in Dr. BaptySackier’s employment agreement), Dr. Sackier is entitled to an aggregate amount equal to the sum of his base salary and therethe earned portion of his annual bonus paid for the year preceding the year of his termination, of which such amount is to be paid in equal monthly installments during the twelve month period following such termination of employment.

Dane C. Andreeff

On August 23, 2020, we entered into an Interim President and CEO Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. Andreeff. Mr. Andreeff has elected to take no additional compensation in return for his service as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer. However, Mr. Andreeff will continue to be eligible to receive the equity retainer granted annually to the Company’s non-employee directors. Currently, pursuant to the non-employee director compensation policy that the Company adopted effective as of the date of the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders, the Company’s non-employee directors receive an annual equity retainer equal to $20,000 delivered in the form of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Since he will not be a member of any Board committees, Mr. Andreeff is not eligible for any cash retainer, which the Company only pays to the Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Equity Incentive Plans

Our named executive officers all have outstanding awards under (i) our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2014 Plan”), (ii) our 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2016 Plan”), and (iii) the 2018 Plan.

Under the 2014 Plan, all awards vest immediately upon the Company’s public announcement of a change of control. Under the 2014 Plan, a change of control is generally (i) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons of beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders; (ii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of 36 months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who are continuing directors; (iii) the sale or exchange by the Company (in one or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity; or (iv) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan to dissolve and liquidate the Company. However, all awards held by named executive officers under the 2014 Plan were fully vested as of December 31, 2020.

Under the 2016 Plan and the 2018 Plan, the Compensation Committee may provide, in individual award agreements or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a termination of employment or change in control. Accordingly, in October 2020 when the compensation committee granted stock options to our named executive officers, the individual award agreements provided for accelerated vesting of thesuch options describedupon termination of employment without “Cause” or for “Good Reason” (each as defined in the immediately preceding paragraph.2018 Plan) or upon a change in control.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020

The following table sets forth certain information about equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Strategic Agreement with A&B and A&B Credit FacilityStock Options

On October 13, 2015,

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date
 

Dane C. Andreeff

   428    143(1)   363.30    8/8/2027 
   428    0(2)   384.65    5/15/2028 
   511    0(3)   236.60    3/28/2029 
   875    875(4)   19.08    6/10/2030 

Philippe Deschamps (5)

   0                  

Joyce LaViscount

   571    0(6)   438.20    3/16/2025 
   4,285    0(7)   112.00    10/21/2025 
   3,428    0(8)   187.25    7/13/2026 
   3,428    1,143(9)   284.55    4/17/2027 
   
1,476
 
   809(10)   384.65    5/15/2028 
   714    2,143(11)   236.60    3/28/2029 
   1,339    2,946(12)   60.55    9/23/2029 
   0    2,857(13)   13.825    10/5/2030 

Jonathan Sackier

   2,285    0(14)   445.20    12/8/2024 
   3,428    0(8)   187.25    7/13/2026 
   3,428    1,143(9)   284.55    4/17/2027 
   1,476    809(10)   384.65    5/15/2028 
   714    2,143(11)   236.60    3/28/2029 
   
0
 
   1,428(15)   11.20    4/16/20230 
   
0
 
   1,714(13)   13.825    10/5/2030 

(1)

This option was granted on August 8, 2017. The shares vest in equal annual installments over 4 years from the date of grant.

(2)

This option was granted on May 17, 2018. All of the shares subject to the option have vested.

(3)

This option was granted on March 28, 2019. All of the shares subject to the option have vested.

(4)

This option was granted on June 10, 2020. The shares vest in monthly annual installments over 12 months from the date of grant.

(5)

Following the termination of Mr. Deschamps’ employment on August 23, 2020, his remaining unvested options were forfeited pursuant to the terms of the applicable award agreements.

(6)

This option was granted on March 16, 2015. All of the shares subject to the option have vested.

(7)

This option was granted on October 21, 2015. All of the shares subject to the option have vested.

(8)

This option was granted on July 13, 2016. All of the shares subject to the option have vested.

(9)

This option was granted on April 17, 2017. The shares vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months from the date of grant.

(10)

This option was granted on May 15, 2018. The shares vest in equal monthly installments over 48 months from the date of grant.

(11)

This option was granted on March 28, 2019. The shares vest in equal annual installments over 4 years from the date of grant.

(12)

This option was granted on September 23, 2019. 25% of the shares subject to the grant vest on September 23, 2020, and the remaining shares vest in equal monthly installments over the remaining 36 months.

(13)

This option was granted on October 5, 2020. The shares vest in equal annual installments over 2 years from the date of grant.

(14)

This option was granted on December 8, 2014. All of the shares subject to the option have vested.

(15)

This option was granted on April 16, 2020. The shares vest in equal annual installments over 4 years from the date of grant.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Certain Related-Person Transactions

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2017 to which we have been a party, in which the Company announced that it, through its wholly owned subsidiary NHC, entered intoamount involved in the Strategic Agreement with A&Btransaction exceeded $120,000 (which is less than 1% of the average of our total assets at year end for the developmentlast two completed fiscal years), and commercializationin which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities or any member of the PoNS™ therapy in the Territories. A&B is an investment and development company owned by Dr. Kong Lam and based in Hong Kong. The Strategic Agreement transfers ownership of certain Asian patents, patent applications, and product support material for the PoNS™ device from NHC to A&B and grants to A&B, among other things, an exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable and royalty-free license, with the right to sublicense, to certain NHC technology, as more particularly described in the Strategic Agreement, to market, promote, distribute and sell PoNS™ devices solely within the Territories. Pursuant to the Strategic Agreement, A&B has assumed all development, patent (both application and defense), future manufacturing, clinical trial, and regulatory clearance costs for the Territories. The Company and A&B will share and transfer ownershipimmediate family of any intellectual property or support material (developed by either party) for their respective geographies. In connection with the Strategic Agreement, A&B agreed to provide a credit facility to the Company.

On November 10, 2015, the Company announced that it had issued the Note to A&B in connection with the drawdown of US$2.0 million under the A&B Credit Facility. The Company elected to immediately satisfy the terms of the Note by issuingforegoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Other than described below, there have not been, nor are there currently any proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to A&B: (i) 2,083,333 common shares at a deemed price of US$0.96 per common share; and (ii) 1,041,667 common share purchase warrants, with each warrant entitling A&B to purchase an additional common share at a price of US$1.44 for a period of three years expiring on November 10, 2018.

On December 29, 2015, the Company drew down the remaining US$5.0 million from the A&B Credit Facility in exchange for the issuance to A&B of 5,555,556 common shares at a price of US$0.90 per common share and warrants to purchase 2,777,778 commons shares for a period of three years having an exercise price of US$1.35 per common share. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the funding commitment from A&B, the Company granted A&B the right to nominate one person to serve on the Board. A&B nominated Dr. Peng and the Board appointed Dr. Peng on December 29, 2015. The common shares and warrants issued to A&B, and the common shares underlying such warrants, are subject to a four-month statutory hold period.

79


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the terms of the A&B Credit Facility,which we have agreed to register the shares of common stock issuedbeen or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which include equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under the terms of the Credit Facility upon the request of A&B. A&B currently has beneficial ownership over 11,458,334 shares of our common stock.“Executive Compensation.”

Consulting Agreement with Montel Media, Inc.

OnIn April 13, 2016, we entered into a consulting agreement with Montel Media, Inc. (“Montel Media”) entered into a, an owner of over 5% of our Common Stock at the time, pursuant to which Montel Media provides consulting services for the promotion of our clinical trials and ongoing media and marketing strategies. Under the agreement, Montel Media receives $15,000 per month. This consulting agreement or thewas terminated in February 2018. We paid Montel Media $0, $45,000 and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, pursuant to the consulting agreement.

Consulting Agreement with Clinvue LLC

Our Chief Medical Officer, Jonathan Sackier, was a founding member of Clinvue LLC, which provided regulatory advisory services for the Company to provideCompany. Clinvue ceased operations as of December 31, 2018. We paid Clinvue LLC approximately $0.1 million for consulting services in relation to the promotion of clinical trials as well as ongoing media/marketing strategy. Montel Media is owned by Montel Williams. Mr. Williams is one of three board members of MPJ. The Montel Media Consulting Agreement is valid for a period of 12 months and Montel Media will charge a monthly fee of $15,000. The total projected dollar valueeach of the contract is $180,000. years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. We made no payments to Clinvue for the year ended December 31, 2019.

November 2019 Public Offering

In November 2019, we issued 137,571 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering. Entities affiliated with Maple Leaf Partners, LP, for which Dane C. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer and director, serves as General Partner and Portfolio Manager, purchased approximately $0.2 million, or 16,326, of the shares of common stock offered thereby. Each share of common stock was purchased at a price of $12.25 per share.

October 2020 Private Placement

In October 2020, we issued 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.4 million. Entities affiliated with Maple Leaf Partners, L.P., for which Dane C. Andreeff, our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer serves as General Partner and Portfolio Manager, purchased 33,778 shares and warrants to purchase 16,887 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $620,000, and Ms. LaViscount, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer purchased 1,089 shares and warrants to purchase 544 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $20,000. Such affiliated purchasers participated on the same terms and conditions as all other purchasers, except that they had a purchase price of $18.354 per unit, and their warrants have an exercise price of $16.1665 per share.

Pursuant to the Montel Media Consulting Agreement, Montel Mediasecurities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a combination

thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the closing of the private placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the private placement has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the subsequent financing.

Indemnification

The Company provides indemnification for its directors and officers so that they will be an independent contractor and subjectfree from undue concern about personal liability in connection with their service to the confidentiality provisions containedCompany. Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Company is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the extent not prohibited under Delaware or other applicable law. The Company has also entered into indemnity agreements with certain officers and directors. These agreements provide, among other things, that the Company will indemnify the officer or director, under the circumstances and to the extent provided for in the Montel Media Consulting Agreement.

Review, Approvalagreement, for expenses, damages, judgments, fines and Ratificationsettlements he or she may be required to pay in actions or proceedings which he or she is or may be made a party by reason of Related Party Transactions

Our Boardhis or her position as a director, officer or other agent of Directors has responsibility for establishingthe Company, and maintaining guidelines relating to any related party transactions between us and any of our officers or directors. Any conflict of interest between a related party and us must be referredotherwise to the non-interested directors, if any, for approval. We intend to adopt written guidelines forfullest extent permitted under applicable law and the board of directors which will set forth the requirements for reviewCompany’s Amended and approval of any related party transactions.Restated Bylaws.

80


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERSSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information relating toregarding the beneficial ownership of ourthe Company’s common stock as of June 24, 2016,January 11, 2021 by:

Each of our directors and named executive officers;
All of our directors and executive officers as a group;
(i) each director; (ii) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

The number of shares beneficially ownedour named executive officers; (iii) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group; and (iv) all those known by each entity, person, director or executive officer isthe Company to be beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative ofSEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual hasof securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as anywith respect to those securities. In addition, these rules require that we include shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the vesting of warrants and the exercise of stock options that the individual has the right to acquireare either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 24, 2016 throughJanuary 11, 2021. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the exerciseperson holding those warrants or options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any stock options, warrants or other rights. Except asperson. This table is based on information supplied by officers, directors and principal stockholders and Schedule 13D, Schedule 13G and Section 16 filings, if any, with the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons namedor entities identified in thethis table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock heldshown as beneficially owned by that person.them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of June 24, 2016 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officersExcept as a group. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, the information presented in this table is based on 84,323,934 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding on June 24, 2016. Unless otherwise indicatednoted below, the address for each beneficial ownerpersons listed in the table is c/o Helius Medical Technologies,Technology, Inc., 642 Newtown Yardley Road, Suite 400, 41 University Drive,100, Newtown, PAPennsylvania 18940.

   Beneficial
Ownership (1)
 
Beneficial Owner  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
   Percent
of
Total
 

Columbus Capital Management LLC (2)

   160,805    9.9 

A&B (HK) Company Limited (3)

   71,306    4.6 

Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd. (4)

   81,632    5.2 

Philippe Deschamps (5)

   22,371    1.4 

Joyce LaViscount (6)

   20,356    1.3 

Jonathan Sackier (7)

   31,522    2.0 

Edward M. Straw (8)

   3,773    * 

Mitchell E. Tyler (9)

   26,154    1.7 

Blane Walter (10)

   5,980    * 

Dane C. Andreeff (11)

   94,316    6.0 

Jeffrey S. Mathiesen (12)

   1,312    * 

All current executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons) (13)

   183,412    11.7 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner*Amount and Nature of Beneficial
Ownership
Directors and Named Executive Officers:Shares%
Philippe Deschamps17,917,355(1)20.8%
       President, Director, and Chief Executive Officer
Joyce LaViscount517,003(2)(*)%
       Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
Jonathan Sackier16,435,026(3)19.4%
       Chief Medical Officer
Savio Chiu60,000(4)(*)%
       Director
Mitch Tyler400,000(5)(*)%
       Director
Edward Straw79,167(6)(*)%
       Director
Blane Walter16,667(7)(*)%
       Director
Huaizheng Peng16,667(8)(*)%
       Director

Less than one percent.

81


Table of Contents


All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons):23.0%
5% or greater stockholders:Shares%
MPJ Healthcare, LLC16,035,026(9)19.0%
       208 Palmer Aly
       Newtown, PA 18940
Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC16,035,026(10)19.0%
       510 Charmany Dr., Suite 175F
       Madison, WI 53719
A&B (HK) Company Limited11,458,334(11)13.6%
       Unit A, 11thFloor, Chung Pont Commercial Building, 300
       Hennessy Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong, P.R.C.

*Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our outstanding common stock.

(1)

Includes 1,800,000 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 daysThis table is based upon information supplied by officers, directors and 16,035,026 shares held by MPJ Healthcare, LLC. Investmentprincipal stockholders. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, the Company believes that each of the stockholders named in this table has sole voting decisions for the shares held by MPJ Healthcare, LLC are made by a board of three members, each holding one vote. The three board members are Philippe Deschamps, Jonathan Sackier and Montel Williams. This amount includes 4,810,508 shares held in escrow. The holder has only voting power and no investment power with respect to the escrowed shares.shares indicated as beneficially owned. Applicable percentages are based on 1,566,163 shares outstanding on January 11, 2021, adjusted as required by rules promulgated by the SEC.

(2)

Includes 441,667146,520 shares of Common stock, optionsand 14,285 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants. Columbus Capital Management, LLC, which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 daysserves as the general partner and Warrantsinvestment manager to purchase 25,112 shares.each of Columbus Capital QP Partners, L.P., Columbus Capital Partners, L.P., and Columbus Capital Offshore QP Fund, LTD. (collectively “the Funds”), and Mr. Matthew D. Ockner, as Managing Member of Columbus Capital Management, LLC, with the power to exercise investment and voting discretion, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all shares of Common stock held by the

 Funds. The business address of Matthew D. Ockner is 1 Embarcadero Center, Suite 1130, San Francisco, CA 94111. The percentage in this table reflects that the reporting persons may not exercise the warrants to the extent such exercise would cause the reporting persons to beneficially own a number of shares of common stock that would exceed 9.99% of our then outstanding common stock following such exercise.
(3)

Includes 400,000 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days and 16,035,02671,306 shares held by MPJ Healthcare, LLC. Investment and voting decisions for the shares held by MPJ Healthcare, LLC are made by a board of three members, each holding one vote. The three board members are Philippe Deschamps, Jonathan Sackier and Montel Williams. This amount includes 4,810,508 shares held in escrow. The holder has only voting power and no investment power with respect to the escrowed shares.

(4)

Includes 60,000 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days.

(5)

Includes 400,000 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days.

(6)

Includes 66,667 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days.

(7)

Include 16,667 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days.

(8)

Includes 16,667 stock options which are immediately exercisable or which will become exercisable within 60 days.

(9)

Investment and voting decisions for the shares held by MPJ Healthcare, LLC are made by a board of three members, each holding one vote. The three board members are Philippe Deschamps, Jonathan Sackier and Montel Williams. This amount includes 4,810,508 shares held in escrow. The holder has only voting power and no investment power with respect to the escrowed shares.

82


Table of Contents


(10)

Investment and voting decisions for shares held by Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC are made by Kurt Kaczmarek, as the managing member. This amount includes 4,810,508 shares held in escrow. The holder has only voting power and no investment power with respect to the escrowed shares.

(11)

In a Schedule 13D filed March 4, 2016, each of A&B, A&B Brother Limited (“A&B BVI”), and Dr. Lam Kong disclosed shared investment and dispositive power over 11,458,334 shares. Based solely upon the disclosure in the Schedule 13D,Common stock. Dr. Lam Kong is the sole officer and director of each of A&B and A&B BVI.Brother Limited (“A&B BVI”). The business address of A&B BVI is Trident Chambers, P.O. Box 146, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. The business address of Dr. Lam Kong is 8/Unit 2106, 21/F, Bldg. A, Tongfang Information Harbor, No. 11 LangshanIsland Place Tower, 510 King’s Road, Shenzhen Hi-tech Industrial Park, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.C.North Point, Hong Kong.

(4)

Includes 81,632 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants. Sabby Volatility Warrant Master Fund, Ltd. (“Sabby”), Sabby Management, LLC (“Sabby Management”) and Hal Mintz have shared voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Sabby Management serves as the investment manager of Sabby; Mr. Mintz is manager of Sabby Management. The address for Sabby is c/o Ogier Fiduciary Services (Cayman) Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman KY1-9007, Cayman Islands. The address for Sabby Management and Mr. Mintz is 10 Mountainview Road, Suite 205, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey 07458.

(5)

Mr. Deschamps stepped down from his roles as President and Chief Executive Officer and director effective August 23, 2020 upon mutual agreement with the Board. The information presented is based on the former officer’s last filed Form 4 and company records.

(6)

Includes 4,239 shares of Common stock, 15,573 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, and 544 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants.

(7)

Includes 20,096 shares of Common stock and 11,426 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(8)

Includes 71 shares of Common stock and 3,702 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(9)

Includes 23,701 shares of Common stock and 2,453 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(10)

Includes 2,414 shares of Common stock and 3,566 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(11)

Includes 40,586 shares of common stock and 9,116 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Maple Leaf Partners, L.P., 8,598 shares of common stock and 1,926 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Maple Leaf Partners I, L.P., 23,309 shares of common stock and 5,312 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Maple Leaf Discovery I, L.P., 1,684 shares of common stock and 533 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd., 571 shares on common stock held directly by Mr. Andreeff and 2,679 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options held directly by Mr. Andreeff. Mr. Andreeff has sole voting and dispositive power over shares held by Maple Leaf Partners, L.P., Maple Leaf Partners I, L.P., Maple Leaf Discovery I, L.P. and Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd.

(12)

Consists of 1,312 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(13)

Includes 147,640 shares of Common Stock, 40,710 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, and 17,433 shares of Common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants.

Shares

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Description of Units

We are offering up to 518,806 Units, with each Unit consisting of one share of common stock and a Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of our Common Stock that are owned by ANR and MPJ are subject to the terms of a Lock-Up Agreement as discussed herein below. Under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, our officers, directors and beneficial shareholders may sell, subject to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, up to one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares (or an amount of shares equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale) every three months provided that (i) current public information is available about our Company, (ii) the shares have been held for at least one year, (iii) the shares are sold in a broker’s transaction or through a market-maker, and (iv) the seller files a Form 144common stock (together with the SEC.

83


Table of Contents

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

This prospectus covers the resale by the selling securityholders of up to an aggregate of 17,027,675 common shares, comprised of (i) 11,953,115 shares of common stock issued inunderlying such Warrants) at an assumed public offering price of $15.42 per Unit, the Offshore Offering and private placements, and (ii) up to 5,074,560 Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, and the resale of up to 5,074,560 Warrants. The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownershipclosing price of our common stock and Warrants as of June 24, 2016 by each selling securityholder, each of whom received common shares and Warrantson The Nasdaq Capital Market on January 15, 2021. Each Warrant included in the Offshore Offering or private placements. Units entitles its holder to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $            .

The common shares and/or Warrants to be offered by the selling securityholders were issued in private placements and offshore transactions by us, eachsecurities of which was exempt from the registration requirementsUnits are composed (the “underlying securities”) are being sold in this offering only as part of the Securities Act. The sharesunits. However, the Units will not be certificated and warrants offered herebythe underlying securities comprising such Units are “restricted” securities under applicable federalimmediately separable. Each underlying security purchased in this offering will be issued independent of each other underlying security and state securities laws and are being registered under the Securities Act, to give the selling securityholders the opportunity to publicly sell these shares and warrants. This prospectus isnot as part of a registration statement on Form S-1 filed by us withunit. Upon issuance, each underlying security may be transferred independent of any other underlying security, subject to applicable law and transfer restrictions.

Description of Warrants Included in the SecuritiesUnits

The material terms and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act covering the resale of such shares and warrants from time to time by the selling securityholders. No estimate can be given as to the amount or percentage of the common shares orprovisions of the Warrants that will be held by the selling securityholders after any sales madebeing offered pursuant to this prospectus because the selling securityholders are not required to sell anysummarized below. This summary of some provisions of the common shares or Warrants being registered under this prospectus. The table below assumes thatis not complete, and is qualified in its entirety by, the selling securityholders will sell allprovisions of the common sharesWarrant. For the complete terms of the Warrants, you should refer to the form of warrant filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Pursuant to a warrant agency agreement between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC, as warrant agent, the Warrants will be issued in book-entry form and shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the warrant agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in this prospectus.the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.

Exercisability. The numberWarrants are immediately exercisable and will expire on the date that is five years after their original issuance. The Warrants will be exercisable, at the option of shares andeach holder, in whole or in part by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice. In no event may the Warrants be net cash settled.

Exercise Limitation. A holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the Warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially owned by each entity or personown in excess of 4.99% of our then outstanding common stock following such exercise; provided, however, that upon prior notice to us, such holder may increase its ownership, provided that in no event will the ownership exceed 9.99%, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the rulesterms of the SEC, andWarrants. However, any holder may increase or decrease such percentage, provided that any increase will not be effective until the information61st day after such election.

Exercise Price. The Warrants will have an exercise price of $             per share (115% of the per Unit offering price). The exercise price is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of May 3, 2016 through the exercise of any stock options, warrants or other rights. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons namedappropriate adjustment in the table have sole votingevent of certain stock dividends and investment power with respect to all shares of commondistributions, stock held by that person, and sole investment power with respect to all Warrants held by that person. Unless otherwise stated below in the footnotes, to our knowledge, no selling securityholder nor any affiliate of such securityholder (i) has held any positionsplits, stock combinations, reclassifications or office, or has had another material relationship, with us during the three years prior to the date of this prospectus or (ii) is a broker-dealer, or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

Shares ofsimilar events affecting our common stock that a person has the rightand also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to acquire within 60 days of June 24, 2016 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, the information presented in this table is based on 84,323,934 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 5,152,562 Warrants outstanding on June 24, 2016.

 

 Securities Beneficially  Securities  Securities Beneficially 

Name of Selling

 Owned Prior to this  to be Sold in the  Owned After this 

Security Holder(1)

 Offering  Offering  Offering 

 

 Shares  %  Warrants  %  Shares(2 Warrants  Shares  %  Warrants  % 

0818940 BC Ltd.

 382,500(3) (*)  62,500  1.23%  187,500  62,500  195,000  (*)  -  - 

2 Chisolm Court Property Inc.

 2,246,700(4) 2.66%  250,000  4.93%  750,000  250,000  1,496,700  1.77%  -  - 

ACT Capital Partners, L.P.

 600,000(5) (*)  200,000  3.94%  600,000  200,000  -  -  -  - 

Aleurone Capital Ltd

 7,500(6) (*)  500  (*)  1,500  500  6,000  (*)  -  - 

Alpha Capital Ltd.

 664,900(7) (*)  16,500  (*)  49,500  16,500  615,400  (*)  -  - 

Alpha North Asset Management

 1,446,400(8) 1.72%  25,000  (*)  575,000  25,000  371,400  (*)  -  - 

Michael Atkinson

 37,500(9) (*)  12,500  (*)  37,500  12,500  -  -  -  - 

Jonathan Awde

 1,353,840(10) 1.61%  187,500  3.70%  562,500  187,500  791,340  (*)  -  - 

Richard Beauchamp and/or Christine Beauchamp

 15,000(11) (*)  5,000  (*)  15,000  5,000  -  -  -  - 

Anthony Beruschi

 75,000(12) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

BG Corbett Realty Advisors Ltd.

 22,500(13) (*)  7,500  (*)  22,500  7,500  -  -  -  - 

Arne Birkeland and/or Emilie Birkeland

 7,500(14) (*)  2,500  (*)  7,500  2,500  -  -  -  - 

Paul Borisoff

 22,500(15) (*)  7,500  (*)  22,500  7,500  -  -  -  - 

James Borkowski

 9,000(16) (*)  3,000  (*)  9,000  3,000  -  -  -  - 

Frank S. Borowicz

 336,050(17) (*)  7,500  (*)  22,500  7,500  313,500  (*)  -  - 

Peter Brown

 500,000(18) (*)  100,000  1.97%  300,000  100,000  200,000  (*)  -  - 

84


Table of Contents


 

 Securities Beneficially  Securities  Securities Beneficially 

Name of Selling

 Owned Prior to this  to be Sold in the  Owned After this 

Security Holder(1)

 Offering  Offering  Offering 

 

 Shares  %  Warrants  %  Shares(2 Warrants  Shares  %  Warrants  % 

Caamano Sound Fishing Ltd.

 9,000(19) (*)  3,000  (*)  9,000  3,000  -  -  -  - 

Estelle Caplan

 67,500(20) (*)  22,500  (*)  67,500  22,500  -  -  -  - 

Cedar Point Capital

 362,500(21) (*)  87,500  1.72%  262,500  87,500  100,000  (*)  -  - 

Geordan Chester and/or Barbara Chester

 37,500(22) (*)  12,500  (*)  37,500  12,500  -  -  -  - 

Gloria Christilaw

 10,500(23) (*)  3,500  (*)  10,500  3,500  -  -  -  - 

Shawn Dahl

 105,000(24) (*)  35,000  (*)  105,000  35,000  -  -  -  - 

Ewan Downie

 48,750(25) (*)  16,250  (*)  48,750  16,250  -  -  -  - 

Gerhard Drescher

 30,000(26) (*)  10,000  (*)  30,000  10,000  -  -  -  - 

David Eaton

 1,076,000(27) 1.28%  16,000  (*)  48,000  16,000  1,028,000  1.22%  -  - 

Amir L. Ecker

 1,050,000(28) 1.25%  100,000  1.97%  300,000  100,000  -  -  -  - 

Maria T. Ecker

 150,000(29) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  -  -  -  - 

EDJ Limited

 243,500(30) (*)  30,000  (*)  165,000  30,000  78,500  (*)  -  - 

Eldar Investments LLC

 95,993(31) (*)  31,998  (*)  95,993  31,998  -  -  -  - 

Empire Masonry Ltd.

 157,500(32) (*)  52,500  1.03%  157,500  52,500  -  -  -  - 

Exemplar Global Growth Fund

 37,500(33) (*)  12,500  (*)  37,500  12,500  -  -  -  - 

Daniela Fisher

 69,750(34) (*)  23,250  (*)  69,750  23,250  -  -  -  - 

Kirk Fisher

 471,750(35) (*)  157,250  3.10%  471,750  157,250  -  -  -  - 

Lawrence Fisher

 225,000(36) (*)  75,000  1.48%  225,000  75,000  -  -  -  - 

Willie Goldman

 500,000(37) (*)  -  -  89,000  -  411,000  (*)  -  - 

Gordon Green

 112,500(38) (*)  12,500  (*)  37,500  12,500  75,000  (*)  -  - 

Patrick and Marian Griffin

 37,500(39) (*)  -  -  10,000  -  27,500  (*)  -  - 

Roman Grodon

 50,000(40) (*)  -  -  50,000  -  -  -  -  - 

Michael Gruszczynski

 300(41) (*)  100  (*)  300  100  -  -  -  - 

David Halliday and/or Mary Halliday

 22,500(42) (*)  7,500  (*)  22,500  7,500  -  -  -  - 

Hirsch Performance Fund

 112,500(43) (*)  37,500  (*)  112,500  37,500  -  -  -  - 

Gordon Holmes

 600,000(44) (*)  -  -  200,000  -  400,000  (*)  -  - 

Gregory Hunter

 247,000(45) (*)  20,000  (*)  110,000  20,000  137,000  (*)  -  - 

Hydra Fund LP

 75,000(46) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Ernie AV Killins

 15,000(47) (*)  5,000  (*)  15,000  5,000  -  -  -  - 

Kingdom Management Ltd.

 106,000(48) (*)  10,000  (*)  30,000  10,000  76,000  (*)  -  - 

Alan Krawec

 300(49) (*)  100  (*)  300  100  -  -  -  - 

Lambda IV, LLC

 586,665(50) (*)  195,555  3.85%  586,665  195,555  -  -  -  - 

Patrick C. Lecky

 50,000(51) (*)  -  -  50,000  -  -  -  -  - 

Luke Norman Consulting Ltd.

 850,000(52) 1.01%  150,000  2.96%  450,000  150,000  400,000  (*)  -  - 

Joanne Macdonald

 6,750(53) (*)  2,250  (*)  6,750  2,250  -  -  -  - 

Andy Macdonald

 75,000(54) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Dick Machin

 15,000(55) (*)  5,000  (*)  15,000  5,000  -  -  -  - 

William Majcher

 30,000(56) (*)  -  -  10,000  -  20,000  (*)  -  - 

Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd.

 68,513(57) (*)  22,838  (*)  68,513  22,838  -  -  -  - 

Maple Leaf Discovery I, LP

 386,541(58) (*)  128,847  2.54%  386,541  128,847  -  -  -  - 

Maple Leaf Partners I, LP

 159,863(59) (*)  53,288  (*)  159,863  53,288  -  -  -  - 

Maple Leaf Partners, LP

 690,084(60) (*)  230,028  4.53%  690,084  230,028  -  -  -  - 

Derek Martin

 228,500(61) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  78,500  (*)  -  - 

Edward Martin

 10,500(62) (*)  3,500  (*)  10,500  3,500  -  -  -  - 

Neil McAllister

 108,000(63) (*)  10,000  (*)  30,000  10,000  78,000  (*)  -  - 

Peter Nairn McConnachie

 3,750(64) (*)  1,250  (*)  3,750  1,250  -  -  -  - 

Brad Mcpherson

 715,000(65) (*)  125,000  2.46%  425,000  125,000  290,000  (*)  -  - 

MMCAP International Inc.

 300,000(66) (*)  100,000  1.97%  300,000  100,000  -  -  -  - 

Hugh Nash

 1,219,900(67) 1.45%  61,000  1.20%  183,000  61,000  1,036,900  1.23%  -  - 

Irving Nelson and/or Elaine Nelson

 30,000(68) (*)  10,000  (*)  30,000  10,000  -  -  -  - 

Newgen Asset Mangement

 75,000(69) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Fevzi Ogelman

 21,750(70) (*)  7,250  (*)  21,750  7,250  -  -  -  - 

Orca Capital GMBH

 200,000(71) (*)  50,000  (*)  200,000  50,000  -  -  -  - 

Brian A. Paes-Braga

 834,300(72) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  571,800  (*)  -  - 

Deborah Paes-Braga

 14,500(73) (*)  -  -  14,000  -  500  (*)  -  - 

Parkwood Limited Partnership

 37,500(74) (*)  12,500  (*)  37,500  12,500  -  -  -  - 

Jagdip Pawa

 75,000(75) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Luc Pelchat

 18,000(76) (*)  -  -  7,500  -  10,500  (*)  -  - 

Debra Petersen

 6,000(77) (*)  2,000  (*)  6,000  2,000  -  -  -  - 

Richard Bruce Pierce

 307,500(78) (*)  102,500  2.02%  307,500  102,500  -  -  -  - 

Max Polinsky

 30,000(79) (*)  -  -  10,000  -  20,000  (*)  -  - 

Porter Partners, L.P.

 1,780,000(80) 2.11%  170,000  3.35%  935,000  170,000  845,000  1.00%  -  - 

Private Money Management Inc.

 7,500(81) (*)  2,500  (*)  7,500  2,500  -  -  -  - 

Quiet Cove Capital Corp

 252,500(82) (*)  37,500  (*)  112,500  37,500  140,000  (*)  -  - 

William A. Randall

 105,000(83) (*)  10,000  (*)  50,000  10,000  55,000  (*)  -  - 

Timothy Reynolds

 1,500,000(84) 1.78%  500,000  9.85%  1,500,000  500,000  -  -  -  - 

Raymond William Roland

 121,500(85) (*)  40,500  (*)  121,500  40,500  -  -  -  - 

Ken L. Ronalds

 15,000(86) (*)  5,000  (*)  15,000  5,000  -  -  -  - 

Roundtable Capital Partners Inc.

 150,000(87) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  -  -  -  - 

Jason Rudd

 30,000(88) (*)  10,000  (*)  30,000  10,000  -  -  -  - 

85


Table of Contents


 

 Securities Beneficially  Securities  Securities Beneficially 

Name of Selling

 Owned Prior to this  to be Sold in the  Owned After this 

Security Holder(1)

 Offering  Offering  Offering 

 

 Shares  %  Warrants  %  Shares(2  Warrants  Shares  %  Warrants  % 

Robert Sali

 75,000(89) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Samara Capital Inc.

 37,500(90) (*)  12,500  (*)  37,500  12,500  -  -  -  - 

Sanctum Sanctorum Inc.

 700,000(91) (*)  150,000  2.96%  450,000  150,000  250,000  (*)  -  - 

Eric Schwartz

 287,978(92) (*)  95,993  (*)  287,978  95,993  -  -  -  - 

Keith Scott and/or Dorothy Scott

 15,000(93) (*)  5,000  (*)  15,000  5,000  -  -  -  - 

Frank Seabolt

 22,500(94) (*)  7,500  (*)  22,500  7,500  -  -  -  - 

Seabright Investment Consultants

 9,000(95) (*)  3,000  (*)  9,000  3,000  -  -  -  - 

Seventeen Developments Inc.

 150,000(96) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  -  -  -  - 

Sirius Acquisition Company Ltd.

 28,500(97) (*)  -  -  9,500  -  19,000  (*)  -  - 

Daniel Sitnam

 5,700(98) (*)  -  -  2,500  -  2,700  (*)  -  - 

David Smalley

 9,000(99) (*)  3,000  (*)  9,000  3,000  -  -  -  - 

Francis Leo Spain

 75,000(100) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Sulliden Mining Capital Inc.

 750,000(101) (*)  250,000  4.93%  750,000  250,000  -  -  -  - 

Malek Tawashy

 18,750(102) (*)  6,250  (*)  18,750  6,250  -  -  -  - 

Fabrice Taylor

 400,000(103) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  250,000  (*)  -  - 

The Ecker Family Partnership

 150,000(104) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  -  -  -  - 

The Murray Wealth Group Inc.

 30,000(105) (*)  10,000  (*)  30,000  10,000  -  -  -  - 

Benjamin Thomson

 7,500(106) (*)  2,500  (*)  7,500  2,500  -  -  -  - 

Trapeze Capital Pension Plan For Bryan Rakusin

 90,000(107) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  15,000  (*)  -  - 

Universal Solutions Inc.

 54,500(108) (*)  17,500  (*)  52,500  17,500  2,000  (*)  -  - 

Rudolfus Van Den Broek

 150,000(109) (*)  50,000  (*)  150,000  50,000  -  -  -  - 

Bryan Velve

 75,000(110) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  -  -  -  - 

Carol Vorberg

 249,500(111) (*)  24,500  (*)  124,000  24,500  101,000  (*)  -  - 

Christopher Vorberg

 252,000(112) (*)  -  -  111,000  -  141,000  (*)  -  - 

Ramona Vorberg

 406,000(113) (*)  113,500  2.24%  360,500  113,500  45,500  (*)  -  - 

Michael Vrlak

 134,300(114) (*)  25,000  (*)  75,000  25,000  59,300  (*)  -  - 

Judith Wallace

 10,800(115) (*)  1,500  (*)  4,500  1,500  6,300  (*)  -  - 

Robert Wallace

 11,500(116) (*)  1,500  (*)  4,500  1,500  7,000  (*)  -  - 

Brenda Wilkinson

 4,688(117) (*)  1,563  (*)  4,688  1,563  -  -  -  - 

Edward Yudin

 4,500(118) (*)  1,500  (*)  4,500  1,500  -  -  -  - 

stockholders.

*Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our outstanding common stock.

(1)

This table and the information in the notes below is based solely upon information supplied by the selling securityholders.

(2)

The amounts in this column include outstanding shares of common stock held by the selling security holders and Warrant Shares underlying Warrants held by the selling securityholders.

(3)

Includes 320,000 shares of common stock and 62,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Michael Waldkirch holds voting and investment power over the shares held by 0818940 BC Ltd.

(4)

Includes 1,996,700 shares of common stock and 250,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Jonathan Weiner holds voting and investment power over the shares held by 2 Chisolm Court Property Inc.

(5)

Includes 400,000 shares of common stock and 200,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Amir L. Ecker and Carol G. Frakenfield share voting and investment power over the shares held by ACT Capital Partners, L.P. Mr. Ecker has beneficial ownership over 1,050,000 shares of common stock and is offering 300,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 Warrants on this prospectus. Mr. Ecker also has voting and investment power over 150,000 shares held by The Ecker Family Partnership being offered on this prospectus.

(6)

Includes 7,000 shares of common stock and 500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Allan Gajdostik holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Aleurone Capital Ltd.

(7)

Includes 274,000 shares of common stock and 16,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants, and 374,400 shares of common stock underlying warrants. Peter Gruet holds voting and investment power over the shares held by 2 Alpha Capital Ltd.

(8)

Includes 1,421,400 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Steve Palmer holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Alpha North Asset Management.

86


Table of Contents


(9)

Includes 25,000 shares of common stock and 12,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(10)

Includes 916,340 shares of common stock, 187,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants, and 250,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants.

(11)

Includes 10,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(12)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(13)

Includes 15,000 shares of common stock and 7,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Bart Corbett holds voting and investment power over the shares held by BG Corbett Realty Advisors Ltd.

(14)

Includes 5,000 shares of common stock and 2,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(15)

Includes 15,000 shares of common stock and 7,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(16)

Includes 6,000 shares of common stock and 3,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(17)

Includes 291,300 shares of common stock, 7,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants and 37,250 shares of common stock underlying warrants.

(18)

Includes 400,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(19)

Includes 6,000 shares of common stock and 3,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Russell Arnet holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Caamano Sound Fishing Ltd.

(20)

Includes 45,000 shares of common stock and 22,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(21)

Includes 275,000 shares of common stock and 87,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Tank Elsaghir holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Cedar Point Capital.

(22)

Includes 25,000 shares of common stock and 12,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(23)

Includes 7,000 shares of common stock and 3,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(24)

Includes 70,000 shares of common stock and 35,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(25)

Includes 32,500 shares of common stock and 16,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Ewan Downie holds these securities in trust for Alysha Downie.

(26)

Includes 20,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(27)

Includes 1,060,000 shares of common stock and 16,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(28)

Includes 950,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Mr. Ecker also has shared voting and investment power over 600,000 shares held by ACT Capital Partners, L.P. being offered on this prospectus and sole voting and investment power over 150,000 shares held by The Ecker Family Partnership being offered on this prospectus.

(29)

Includes 100,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(30)

Includes 213,500 shares of common stock, 30,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Jeffrey H. Porter holds voting and investment power over the shares held by EDJ Limited. Mr. Porter also has voting and investment power over 1,780,000 shares held by Porter Partners, L.P. of which 935,000 are being offered on this prospectus.

(31)

Includes 63,995 shares of common stock and 31,998 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Charles Sidman holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Eldar Investments LLC.

(32)

Includes 105,000 shares of common stock and 52,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Robert Marwood holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Empire Masonry Ltd.

(33)

Includes 25,000 shares of common stock and 12,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Mike Wilkinson holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Exemplar Global Growth Fund. Mr. Wilkinson also holds voting and investment power over 112,500 shares held by Hirsh Performance Fund that are being offered on this Prospectus.

(34)

Includes 46,500 shares of common stock and 23,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

87


Table of Contents


(35)

Includes 314,500 shares of common stock and 157,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(36)

Includes 150,000 shares of common stock and 75,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(37)

Includes 500,000 shares of common stock.

(38)

Includes 75,000 shares of common stock, 12,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants, and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants.

(39)

Includes 37,500 shares of common stock.

(40)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock.

(41)

Includes 200 shares of common stock and 100 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(42)

Includes 15,000 shares of common stock and 7,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(43)

Includes 75,000 shares of common stock and 37,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Mike Wilkinson holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Hirsch Performance Fund. Mr. Wilkinson also holds voting and investment power over 37,500 shares held by Exemplar Global Growth Fund that are being offered on this Prospectus.

(44)

Includes 600,000 shares of common stock.

(45)

Includes 227,000 shares of common stock and 20,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(46)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Brian McLaughlin holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Hydra Fund LP.

(47)

Includes 10,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(48)

Includes 96,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Mark Cornwall holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Kingdom Management Ltd.

(49)

Includes 200 shares of common stock, 100 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(50)

Includes 391,110 shares of common stock and 195,555 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Anthony M. Lamport holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Lambda IV, LLC.

(51)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock.

(52)

Includes 700,000 shares of common stock and 150,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Luke Norman holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Luke Norman Consulting Ltd.

(53)

Includes 4,500 shares of common stock and 2,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(54)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(55)

Includes 10,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(56)

Includes 30,000 shares of common stock.

(57)

Includes 45,675 shares of common stock and 22,838 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Dane Andreeff holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd. Mr. Andreeff also has voting and investment power over 159,863 shares held by Maple Leaf Partners I, LP being offered on this prospectus, 690,084 shares held by Maple Leaf Partners LP being offered on this prospectus, and 386,541 shares held by Maple Leaf Discovery I, LP being offered on this prospectus.

(58)

Includes 257,694 shares of common stock and 128,847 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Dane Andreeff holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Maple Leaf Discovery I, LP. Mr. Andreeff also has voting and investment power over 159,863 shares held by Maple Leaf Partners I, LP being offered on this prospectus, 690,084 shares held by Maple Leaf Partners LP being offered on this prospectus and 68,513 shares held by Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd. being offered on this prospectus.

88


Table of Contents


(59)

Includes 106,575 shares of common stock and 53,288 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Dane Andreeff holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Maple Leaf Partners I LP. Mr. Andreeff also has voting and investment power over 386,541 shares held by Maple Leaf Discovery I, LP being offered on this prospectus, 690,084 shares held by Maple Leaf Partners LP being offered on this prospectus and 68,513 shares held by Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd. being offered on this prospectus.

(60)

Includes 690,084 shares of common stock and 230,028 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Dane Andreeff holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Maple Leaf Partners LP. Mr. Andreeff also has voting and investment power over 159,863 shares held by Maple Leaf Partners I LP being offered on this prospectus, 386,541 shares held by Maple Leaf Discovery I, LP being offered on this prospectus and 68,513 shares held by Maple Leaf Offshore, Ltd. being offered on this prospectus.

(61)

Includes 178,500 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(62)

Includes 7,000 shares of common stock and 3,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(63)

Includes 73,000 shares of common stock, 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants, and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants.

(64)

Includes 2,500 shares of common stock and 1,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(65)

Includes 590,000 shares of common stock and 125,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(66)

Includes 200,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Matthew MacIsaac holds voting and investment power over the shares held by MMCAP International Inc.

(67)

Includes 948,000 shares of common stock, 61,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants, and 210,900 shares of common stock underlying warrants. Mr. Nash may be deemed to be an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Mr. Nash acquired the shares and Warrants being registered hereunder in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the acquisition of the shares and Warrants described herein, Mr. Nash did not have any arrangements or understandings with any person to distribute such securities.

(68)

Includes 20,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(69)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. David Dattels holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Newgen Asset Mangement.

(70)

Includes 14,500 shares of common stock and 7,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(71)

Includes 150,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Roman Grodon holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Orca Capital GMBH (“Orca”). Orca is a registered broker-dealer in Germany. Orca acquired the shares and Warrants being registered hereunder in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the acquisition of the shares and Warrants described herein, Orca did not have any arrangements or understandings with any person to distribute such securities.

(72)

Includes 531,800 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants held by Mr. Paes-Braga and 252,500 shares held by Quiet Cove Capital Corp of which 112,500 are being offered on this prospectus. Mr. Paes-Braga has voting and investment control over all the shares held by Quiet Cove Capital Corp.

(73)

Includes 14,500 shares of common stock.

(74)

Includes 25,000 shares of common stock and 12,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Dan Sternberg holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Parkwood Limited Partnership.

(75)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(76)

Includes 18,000 shares of common stock.

(77)

Includes 4,000 shares of common stock and 2,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(78)

Includes 205,000 shares of common stock and 102,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(79)

Includes 30,000 shares of common stock.

89


Table of Contents


(80)

Includes 1,610,000 shares of common stock and 170,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Jeffrey H. Porter holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Porter Partners, L.P. Mr. Porter also has voting and investment power over 243,500 shares held by EDJ Limited of which 165,000 are being offered on this prospectus.

(81)

Includes 5,000 shares of common stock and 2,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Bruce McConnachie holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Private Money Management Inc. (“Private Money Management”). Bruce McConnachie, the beneficial owner of Private Money Management, may be deemed to be an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Private Money Management acquired the shares and Warrants being registered hereunder in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the acquisition of the shares and Warrants described herein, Private Money Management did not have any arrangements or understandings with any person to distribute such securities.

(82)

Includes 215,000 shares of common stock and 37,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Brian Paes-Braga holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Quiet Cove Capital Corp. Mr. Paes- Braga also beneficially owns 834,300 shares of common stock and is offering 150,000 shares on this prospectus.

(83)

Includes 95,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(84)

Includes 1,000,000 shares of common stock and 500,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(85)

Includes 81,000 shares of common stock and 40,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(86)

Includes 10,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(87)

Includes 100,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. James Allan holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Roundtable Capital Partners Inc.

(88)

Includes 20,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(89)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(90)

Includes 25,000 shares of common stock and 12,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Ben Cubitt holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Samara Capital Inc.

(91)

Includes 550,000 shares of common stock and 150,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Nadine Taylor holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Sanctum Sanctorum Inc.

(92)

Includes 191,985 shares of common stock and 95,993 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(93)

Includes 10,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(94)

Includes 15,000 shares of common stock and 7,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(95)

Includes 6,000 shares of common stock and 3,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. James Kungle holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Seabright Investment Consultants.

(96)

Includes 100,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Jim Lebedovich holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Seventeen Developments Inc.

(97)

Includes 28,500 shares of common stock. Stewart Vorberg holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Sirius Acquisition Company Ltd. Mr. Vorberg may be deemed to be an affiliate of a broker-dealer. Mr. Vorberg acquired the shares and Warrants being registered hereunder in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the acquisition of the shares and Warrants described herein, Mr. Vorberg did not have any arrangements or understandings with any person to distribute such securities.

(98)

Includes 5,700 shares of common stock.

(99)

Includes 6,000 shares of common stock and 3,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(100)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(101)

Includes 500,000 shares of common stock and 250,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Justin Reid and Deborah Battison hold voting and investment power over the shares held by Sulliden Mining Capital Inc.

90


Table of Contents


(102)

Includes 12,500 shares of common stock and 6,250 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(103)

Includes 350,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(104)

Includes 100,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Amir Ecker holds voting and investment power over the shares held by The Ecker Family Partnership. Mr. Ecker also beneficially owns 1,050,000 shares of common stock and is offering 300,000 shares on this prospectus and has shared voting and investment power over 600,000 shares held by ACT Capital Partners, L.P. being offered on this prospectus.

(105)

Includes 20,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Bruce Murray holds voting and investment power over the shares held by The Murray Wealth Group Inc.

(106)

Includes 5,000 shares of common stock and 2,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(107)

Includes 65,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Bryan Rakusin holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Trapeze Capital Pension Plan For Bryan Rakusin.

(108)

Includes 37,000 shares of common stock and 17,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants. Richard Silas holds voting and investment power over the shares held by Universal Solutions Inc.

(109)

Includes 100,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(110)

Includes 50,000 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(111)

Includes 225,000 shares of common stock and 24,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(112)

Includes 252,000 shares of common stock.

(113)

Includes 292,500 shares of common stock and 113,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(114)

Includes 109,300 shares of common stock and 25,000 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(115)

Includes 9,300 shares of common stock and 1,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(116)

Includes 10,000 shares of common stock and 1,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(117)

Includes 3,125 shares of common stock and 1,563 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

(118)

Includes 3,000 shares of common stock and 1,500 shares of common stock underlying Warrants.

91


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The selling securityholders may, from time to time, sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any or all of their Shares or Warrants on any stock exchange, market, or trading facility on which the Shares or Warrants are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market pricesCashless Exercise. If, at the time of sale, at prices related toa holder exercises its Warrant, there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. The selling securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of Shares or Warrants:

on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Shares or Warrants may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;
in the over-the-counter market;
in the transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market;
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
privately negotiated transactions;
short sales;
through the listing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise;
broker-dealers may agree with the selling securityholders to sell a specified number of such Shares or Warrants at a stipulated price;
a combination of any such methods of sale; and
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling securityholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, ifprospectus contained therein is not available rather than under this prospectus.

If the selling securityholders effect such transactions by selling Shares or Warrants to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions, or commissions from the selling securityholders or commissions from purchasers of the Shares or Warrants for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal (which discounts, concessions, or commissions as to particular underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved). In connection with sales of the Shares or Warrants, the selling securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short salesan issuance of the shares underlying the Warrant to the holder, then in lieu of common stockmaking the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to us upon such exercise in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The selling securityholders may also sell shares of common stock short and deliver Shares to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The selling securityholders may also loan or pledge shares of common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares.

92


Table of Contents

The selling securityholders and any broker-dealers or agents participating in the distributionpayment of the shares of common stockaggregate exercise price, the holder may be deemedelect instead to be “underwriters” withinreceive upon such exercise (either in whole or in part) the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such distributions. In such event, any commissions received, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, such broker-dealers or agents may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. At the time a particular offering of the shares of common stock is made, a prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed which will set forth the aggregate amountnet number of shares of common stock determined according to a formula set forth in the Warrant.

Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

Exchange Listing. There is no established trading market for the Warrants being offered and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply for the listing of the Warrants on any national securities exchange or other trading market. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the Warrants will be limited.

Fundamental Transactions. If a fundamental transaction occurs, then the successor entity will succeed to, and be substituted for us, and may exercise every right and power that we may exercise and will assume all of our obligations under the Warrants with the same effect as if such successor entity had been named in the warrant itself. If holders of our common stock are given a choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a fundamental transaction, then the holder shall be given the same choice as to the consideration it receives upon any exercise of the warrant following such fundamental transaction. Additionally, as more fully described in the Warrant, in the event of certain fundamental transactions, the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to receive consideration in an amount equal to the Black Scholes value of the Warrants on the date of consummation of the transaction.

Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided in the Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our common stock, the holder of a Warrant does not have the rights or privileges of a holder of our common stock, including any voting rights, until the holder exercises the Warrant.

Description of the Underwriter Warrants

The material terms and provisions of the underwriter warrants being offered pursuant to this prospectus are summarized above in the section entitled “Description of Warrants Included in the Units.” The terms of the underwriter warrants are substantially similar to the terms of the warrants to be issued to investors, except that the exercise price of the underwriter warrants is 125% of the per Unit offering includingprice and the name or names of any broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensationexpiration date is five years from the selling securityholders and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to broker-dealers.

Under the securities lawsconsummation of sales in this offering. The summary of some states,provisions of the Shares and Warrants may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Shares and Warrants mayunderwriter warrants is not be sold unless such Shares and Warrants have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is availablecomplete, and is complied with.

Our shares of Class A common stock were approved for listing onqualified in its entirety by, the TSX on April 18, 2016. However, some of our shares of common stock were issued in the Offshore Offering in transactions exempt from the registration requirementsprovisions of the Securities Act and are listed under a separate ticker symbol for trading onunderwriter warrant. For the TSX. These shares of common stock are subject to restrictions on their re-sale to a U.S. person (as that term is defined in Regulation S), or to a person in the United States, unless in a registered transaction or pursuant to an applicable safe harbor or exemption from registration. Our Warrants were also approved for listing on the TSX on April 18, 2016. However, because only the Warrants issued in the Offshore Offering in transactions exempt from the registration requirementscomplete terms of the Securities Act were approved for listing on the TSX, the Warrants listed on the TSX may not be purchased by or on behalf of a U.S. person, or by a person in the United States, unless in a registered transaction or pursuant to an applicable safe harbor or exemption from registration.

There can be no assurance that any selling securityholder will sell any or all of the Shares and Warrants registered pursuantunderwriter warrants, you should refer to the shelfform of underwriter warrant filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus formsis a part.

The selling securityholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisionsDescription of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the shares of common stock by the Selling Securityholders and any other participating person. Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the shares of common stock to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of common stock. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the shares of common stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of common stock.Capital Stock

In addition, to the extent applicable we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the selling securityholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling securityholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act. We have agreed to indemnify the selling securityholders against liabilities to the extent such liabilities arise from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in a registration statement or prospectus filed under the Securities Act.

Once effective, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such registration under the Securities Act continuously effective until the earlier of the following: (a) the date on which the selling securityholders cease to hold any Shares and Warrants or (b) the date all Shares and Warrants may be sold without restriction under Rule 144, including without limitation, any volume and manner of sale restrictions. Once sold under this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the Shares and Warrants will be freely tradable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.

The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price (as defined) of less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Our securities are covered by the penny stock rules, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell to persons other than established customers and “institutional accredited investors.” The term “institutional accredited investor” refers generally to those accredited investors who are not natural persons and fall into one of the categories of accredited investor specified in subparagraphs (1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, including institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000.

93


Table of Contents

The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document in a form required by the SEC, and impose a waiting period of two business days before effecting the transaction. The risk disclosure document provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer also must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account.

The bid and offer quotations, and the broker-dealer and salesperson compensation information, must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation. In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction.

These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market for the stock that is subject to these penny stock rules. Consequently, these penny stock rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to trade our securities. We believe that the penny stock rules discourage investor interest in and limit the marketability of our common stock.

94


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only. Weand provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws are summaries. You should also refer you to our amendedthe Certificate of Incorporation and restated articles of incorporationthe Amended and amended and restated bylawsRestated Bylaws, which have beenare filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part,part.

General

Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 150,000,000 shares of common stock and to10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock are currently undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the applicable provisionsrights and preferences of the Wyoming General Corporation Law.preferred stock from time to time.

As of January 11, 2021, there were (i) 1,566,163 shares of common stock outstanding; (ii) no outstanding shares of preferred stock; (iii) 111,074 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options; and (iv) 260,272 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. At a special meeting of our stockholders on December 28, 2020, our stockholders approved a reverse split of our outstanding common stock at a ratio in the range of 1-for-5 to 1-for-35 to be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors, whereby each outstanding 5 to 35 shares would be combined, converted and changed into 1 share of our common stock, to enable the Company to comply with Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements. Following such meeting, our board of directors approved a final reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-35. We refer in this sectionfiled with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a Certificate of Amendment to our amendedCertificate of Incorporation to effect the reverse stock split. The reverse stock split was effective as of 5:00 pm Eastern Time on December 31, 2020, and restated articles of incorporation as our articles of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Our authorized capital stock consists of an unlimited number of shares of Class A common stock without par value. As of June 24, 2016, there were 84,323,934 shares of our Class A commonbegan trading on a split adjusted basis on The Nasadaq Capital Market and TSX on January 4, 2021. All share and per share amounts presented herein have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock issued and outstanding.split.

Class A

Common Stock

Voting Rights.Holders

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive noticeratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of and attend any general meetingdirectors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the Company. In addition,event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock shall have the right to vote at any such meeting on the basis of one vote for each such share held.

Dividend Rights.Holders of our common stock shall, in the absolute discretion of the board of directors,will be entitled to receive dividends as and when declared byshare ratably in the directors out of monies of the Company properly applicablenet assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of dividends. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the expansionall of our business. As a result, we do not anticipate payingdebts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Conversion or Redemption Rights.Our common stock is neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights.In the event of the liquidation dissolution or winding-up of the Company or other distribution of assets of the Company for the purpose of winding-up its affairs or upon a reduction of capitalpreference granted to the holders of our common stock shall share equally, share for share, in the assets and propertyany then-outstanding shares of the Company.preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences.Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no pre-emptive rights, nopreemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock.

Warrants

Asstock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of June 24, 2016, we had Warrants outstanding to purchase a totalthe holders of 5,152,562 shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority under our Class A commonCertificate of Incorporation, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock for CAD$1.50 per share (US$1.16 per share at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016), of which 5,074,560 are being offered pursuantin one or more series, to this prospectus. The Warrants expire April 18, 2019.

The exercise price per common share andestablish from time to time the number of common shares issuable upon exerciseto be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the Warrants is subjectshares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to adjustment uponincrease or decrease the occurrencenumber of certain events including,shares of any such series, but not limited to,below the following:

the issuance to all, or substantially all, of the Company’s shareholders of a stock dividend;
the subdivision or reduction of the Company’s common shares into a greater or smaller number of common shares, as applicable;
the reorganization of the Company or the consolidation or merger or amalgamation of the Company with or into another body corporate; and
a reclassification or other similar change to the Company’s outstanding common shares.

95


Table of Contentsshares of such series then outstanding.

UponOur board of directors may authorize the holder’s exerciseissuance of a Warrant, we will issuepreferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the common shares issuable upon exercisevoting power or other rights of the Warrant within five (5) business days followingholders of our receiptcommon stock. The purpose of noticeauthorizing our board of exercisedirectors to issue preferred stock and paymentdetermine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the exercise price, subjectholders of our common stock. It is not possible to surrenderstate the actual effect of the Warrant. Prior to the exerciseissuance of any warrants to purchase common shares holders of the Warrants, or any other warrant will not have any ofpreferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the commonboard of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares purchasable upon exercise, includingowned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

merger or consolidation involving the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation and the interested stockholder;

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder (in one transaction or a series of transactions);

subject to receivecertain exceptions, any payments of dividends on the common shares purchasable upon exercise. If upon the exercise of a Warranttransaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Warrant Shares pursuant tothe corporation of any stock of the corporation or of such exercise for cash would not be permitted by applicable law, then the Warrant may be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuantsubsidiary to the termsinterested stockholder;

any transaction involving the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the warrant indenture.corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In additiongeneral, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the Warrants, astime of June 24, 2016 we had additional warrantsdetermination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding to purchase 4,528,609 sharesvoting stock of our Class A common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.62.the corporation.

Compensation Options

As of June 24, 2016 we had compensation options outstanding which are exercisable to purchase a total of 501,457 units, each unit consisting of one share of our Class A common stock and one half of one common share purchase warrant. Each compensation option will entitle the holder thereof to acquire one unit at a price of CAD$1.00 per unit until April 18, 2018.

Stock Options

As of June 24, 2016, options to purchase 6,675,360 shares of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.08 per share, were outstanding. Many of these options are subject to vesting that generally occurs over a period of up to five years following the date of grant.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our ArticlesCertificate of Incorporation and Wyoming General Corporation LawAmended and Restated Bylaws

Our ArticlesCertificate of Incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board of directors, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board of directors, even though less than a quorum.

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also provide that only our Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for unlimited authorizedelection as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. At any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2/3% or more of our outstanding Common stock. As described above, our Certificate of Incorporation gives our board of directors the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Our authorized but unissued sharespreferred stock in one or more series.

The combination of common stockthese provisions will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of unlimited authorized but unissued shares of common stock could rendermake it more difficult or discourage an attemptfor our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a majoritychange in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our Class A common stock by meansboard of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Though not now, wedirectors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be orused in the future we may become subject to Wyoming’s control share law. The law focuses on the acquisition of a “controlling interest” which means the ownership of outstanding voting shares sufficient, but for the control share law, to enable the acquiring person to exercise the following proportions of the voting power of the corporation in the election of directors: (i) one-fifth or more but less than one-third, (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority, or (iii) a majority or more. The ability to exerciseproxy fights. However, such voting power may be direct or indirect, as well as individual or in association with others. Theprovisions could have the effect of the control share law is that the acquiring person,discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and those acting in association with it, obtains only such voting rights in the control shares as are conferred by a resolution of the stockholders of the corporation, approved at a special or annual meeting of stockholders. The control share law contemplates that voting rights will be considered only once by the other stockholders. Thus, there is no authority to strip voting rights from the control shares of an acquiring person once those rights have been approved. If the stockholders do not grant voting rights to the control shares acquired by an acquiring person, those shares do not become permanent non-voting shares. The acquiring person is free to sell its shares to others. If the buyers of those shares themselves do not acquire a controlling interest, their shares do not become governed by the control share law. If control shares are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring person has acquired control shares with a majority or more of the voting power, any stockholder of record, other than an acquiring person, who has not voted in favor of approval of voting rights is entitled to demand fair value for such stockholder’s shares.

Wyoming’s control share law may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeoverstakeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the corporation. In additionState of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for:

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the control share law, WyomingDelaware General Corporation Law, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws; or

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

The provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act.

The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a business combination law which prohibits certain business combinations between Wyoming corporations and “interested stockholders” for three years aftercourt could find the “interested stockholder” first becomes an “interested stockholder,” unlesschoice of forum provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Our Certificate of Incorporation further provides that the corporation’s board of directors approves the combination in advance. For purposes of Wyoming law, an “interested stockholder” is any person who is (i) the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or morefederal district courts of the voting powerUnited States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the outstanding votingenforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Participation Rights of Investors in October 2020 Private Placement

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the October 2020 Private Placement, if we issue any shares of the corporation,common stock or (ii) an affiliatecommon stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or associatea combination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of the corporation and at any time within the three previous years was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or moreclosing of the voting powerprivate placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 in the private placement has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the then outstanding shares ofsuch subsequent financing on the corporation. The definition ofsame terms, conditions and price provided for in the term “business combination” is sufficiently broad to cover virtually any kind of transaction that would allow a potential acquiror to use the corporation’s assets to finance the acquisition or otherwise to benefit its own interests rather than the interests of the corporation and its other stockholders. The effect of Wyoming’s business combination law is to potentially discourage parties interested in taking control of the Company from doing so if it cannot obtain the approval of our board of directors.

96


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with the recent unregistered financing transaction, MPJ and ANR each entered into six-month lock-up agreements with the Agent with respect to the shares of our common stock held by MPJ and ANR, respectively. Each of ANR and MPJ have beneficial ownership over 16,035,026 shares of our common stock, an aggregate of approximately 39% of our outstanding common stock. The lock-up agreements contain certain customary carve-outs.subsequent financing.

Registration Rights Agreement withof A&B

Pursuant to the terms of theconvertible notes issued to A&B Credit Facility,(HK) Company Limited in October 2015 and December 2015, we have agreed to register any shares issued upon the conversion of such convertible notes upon the

request of A&B (HK) Company Limited. As of January 11, 2021, A&B (HK) Company Limited beneficially owned 71,306 shares of commonCommon stock that were issued under the terms of the Credit Facility upon the requestconversion of A&B. A&B currently has beneficial ownership over 11,458,334 shares of our common stock.

Incentive Plans

We have filed a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the June 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. The Form S-8 registration statement became effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by that registration statement are eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock incentive plan, see “Executive and Director Compensation – June 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.”such convertible notes.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

OurThe transfer agent and the registrar for the Company is Computershare Investor ServicesAmerican Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219; Telephone: 800-937-5449.

Common Stock Listing

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HSDT” and on the TSX under the symbol “HSM.” See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” in this prospectus for important information about the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the Units described in this prospectus through the underwriter named below. Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. locatedis acting as the representative of the underwriters in this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriter has agreed to purchase the number of our securities set forth opposite its name below.

UnderwriterUnits

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

Total

A copy of the underwriting agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

We have been advised by the underwriter that it proposes to offer the Units directly to the public at 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any securities sold by the underwriter to securities dealers will be sold at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $     per share and 510 Burrard Street, 2nd Floor, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6C 3B4.$     per Warrant.

97The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriter’s obligation to purchase the securities we are offering is subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement.


TableNo action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of Contentsthe Units, or the shares of common stock and Warrants included in the Units in any jurisdiction outside the United States where action for that purpose is required, including Canada. None of our securities included in this offering may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sales of any of the securities offering hereby be distributed or published in any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons who receive this prospectus are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering of securities and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of any offer to buy the securities in any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal. No sales of our securities under this prospectus will be made to a resident of Canada.

The underwriter has advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Underwriting Discount and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discount and commission to be paid to the underwriter by us.

Per
Unit(1)
TotalTotal with
Full
Exercise of
Overallotment

Public offering price

$$$

Underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriter by us (8.0%)(2)(3)

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

$$$

(1)

The public offering price and underwriting discount corresponds, in respect of the Units (i) a public offering price per share of common stock of $     ($     net of the underwriting discount) and (ii) a public offering price per Warrant of $     ($     net of the underwriting discount).

(2)

We have also agreed to reimburse the accountable expenses of the underwriter, including legal fees, in this offering, up to a maximum of $92,000.

(3)

We have granted a 45 day option to the underwriter to purchase up to an additional          shares of common stock and/or      Warrants at the assumed public offering price per share of common stock and the

assumed public offering price per Warrant set forth above less the underwriting discounts and commissions solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

We estimate the total expenses payable by us for this offering to be approximately $990,000, which amount includes (i) the underwriting discount of $640,000 and (ii) reimbursement of the accountable expenses of the underwriter, including the legal fees of the underwriter and (iii) other estimated company expenses of approximately $350,000 which includes legal accounting printing costs and various fees associated with the registration and listing of the shares.

The securities we are offering are being offered by the underwriter subject to certain conditions specified in the underwriting agreement.

Underwriter’s Warrants

As additional compensation to the underwriter upon consummation of this offering, we will issue to the underwriter or its designees warrants to purchase an aggregate number of shares of our common stock equal to 4.0% of the number of shares of common stock issued in this offering, at an exercise price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price (the “Underwriter’s Warrants”). The Underwriter’s Warrants will have a term of five years from the commencement of sales in this offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A).

Over-allotment Option

We have granted to the underwriter an option exercisable not later than 45 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to a number of additional shares of common stock and/or warrants equal to 15% of the number of shares of common stock sold in the primary offering and/or 15% of the warrants sold in the primary offering at the assumed public offering price per share of common stock and the public offering price per Warrant set forth on the cover page hereto less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise the option solely to cover overallotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. If any additional shares of common stock and/or Warrants are purchased, the underwriters will offer these shares of common stock and/or Warrants on the same terms as those on which the other securities are being offered.

Determination of Offering Price

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HSDT” and on the TSX under the symbol “HSM.” See “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” for important information about the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the Warrants on any securities exchange or other trading system.

The public offering price of the securities offered by this prospectus will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the Units were;

the price of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market during recent periods;

our history and our prospects;

the industry in which we operate;

our past and present operating results;

the previous experience of our executive officers; and

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering, including discussions between the underwriters and prospective investors.

The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of the securities sold in this offering. That price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors and we cannot assure you that the securities sold in this offering can be resold at or above the public offering price.

Lock-up Agreements

Our officers, directors and each of their respective affiliates and associated partners have agreed with the underwriter to be subject to a lock-up period of 90 days following the date of this prospectus. This means that, during the applicable lock-up period, such persons may not offer for sale, contract to sell, sell, distribute, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock. Certain limited transfers are permitted during the lock-up period if the transferee agrees to these lock-up restrictions. We have also agreed, in the underwriting agreement, to similar lock-up restrictions on the issuance and sale of our securities for 90 days following the closing of this offering, although we will be permitted to issue stock options or stock awards to directors, officers and employees under our existing plans. The underwriter may, in their sole discretion and without notice, waive the terms of any of these lock-up agreements.

Right of First Refusal

Upon completion of this offering, in certain circumstances, we have granted the representative a right of first refusal to act as lead bookrunner or placement agent in connection with any subsequent public or private offering of equity securities or other capital markets financing by us. This right of first refusal extends for nine months from the closing date of this offering. The terms of any such engagement of the representative will be determined by separate agreement.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriter may engage in syndicate covering transactions stabilizing transactions and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock:

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. Such a naked short position would be closed out by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific maximum.

Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions, and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market prices of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market prices of our securities. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the effect

that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or on any other trading market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

In connection with this offering, the underwriter also may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock in accordance with Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of shares of our common stock in this offering and extending through the completion of the distribution. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid that bid must then be lowered when specific purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we, nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our securities. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that any transactions, once commenced will not be discontinued without notice.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make for these liabilities.

MATERIAL UNITED STATESU.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
U.S. HOLDERS AND NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS

The following discussion is a summarygeneral discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequencesconsiderations relating to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders (each as defined below and, together “Holders”) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Securities. This does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects to Holders of Securities. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, localcommon stock or foreign tax laws are not included in this discussion, and Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to these matters.Warrants. This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), final, temporaryexisting and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and current administrative and judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”),interpretations thereof, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities mayprospectus and all of which are subject to change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Holder.interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Securities.position.

This discussion is limited to Holders thatU.S. holders and non-U.S. holders who hold Securitiesour common stock or Warrants as “capital assets”capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, as property held for investment) and that did not purchase our common stock and Warrants directly from us in the form of investment units in the Offshore Offering and private placement.. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation, such as the U.S. alternative minimum income tax and the additional tax on net investment income, nor does it address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, or U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes, such as federal estate taxes. This discussion does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a holder and does not address the special tax considerations that may be applicable to particular holders, such as:

insurance companies;

tax-exempt organizations;

financial institutions;

brokers or dealers in securities;

regulated investment companies;

pension plans;

persons required for U.S. federal income tax consequences relevantpurposes to a Holder’s particular circumstances, includingconform the impacttiming of income accruals to their financial statements under Section 451(b) of the unearnedCode;

controlled foreign corporations;

passive foreign investment companies;

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income Medicare contribution tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:tax;

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;
real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;
brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations

certain U.S. expatriates;

U.S. persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar;

persons that acquire our common stock or Warrants as compensation for services;

owners that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
persons who hold or receive our common stock or Warrants pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
tax-qualified retirement plans;
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar;
persons holding our common stock or Warrants as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment; and
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax.

98


Table of Contentsa straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their places of organization or formation) and their investors; and

partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their investors.

If a partnership (or otherany entity or arrangement treatedtaxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes)purposes holds our common stock or Warrants, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holdingAn investor in a partnership or entity treated as disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the applicable tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock or Warrants.

For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock or Warrants that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust, if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our common stock or Warrants that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.

Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock or Warrants.

U.S. Holders

Purchase of Units

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the purchase of a Unit will be treated as the purchase of two components: a component consisting of one share of our common stock and a component consisting of one warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of our common stock. The purchase price for each Unit will be allocated between its components in proportion to the relative fair market value of each at the time the Unit is purchased by the holder. This allocation of the purchase price for each Unit will establish a holder’s initial tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the shares and warrants that compose each Unit.

Exercise of Warrants

A U.S. holder generally will not recognize gain or loss on the exercise of a warrant and related receipt of shares of our common stock (unless cash is received in lieu of the issuance of a fractional share of our common stock). A U.S. holder’s initial tax basis in the shares of our common stock received upon the exercise of a warrant will be equal to the sum of (a) such U.S. holder’s tax basis in such warrant plus (b) the exercise price paid by such U.S. holder on the exercise of such warrant. A U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock received upon the exercise of a warrant will begin on the day after the date that the warrant is exercised.

In certain limited circumstances, a U.S. holder may be permitted to undertake a cashless exercise of warrants into shares of our common stock. The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise of warrants into shares of common stock is unclear, and the partnerstax consequences of a cashless exercise could differ from the consequences upon the exercise of a warrant described in such partnershipsthe preceding paragraph. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a cashless exercise of warrants.

Certain Adjustments to them.the Warrants

99


TableAn adjustment to the number of Contents

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK OR WARRANTS ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

U.S. Holders

For purposesshares of this discussion,our common stock that will be issued upon the exercise of a “U.S. Holder” is any beneficial ownerwarrant, or an adjustment to the exercise price of Securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subjecta warrant, may be treated as a constructive distribution to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to continue to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are not a U.S. Holder, this section doesholder of the warrant or share depending on the circumstances of such adjustment (for example, if such adjustment is to compensate for a distribution of cash or other property to our shareholders). Adjustments to the exercise price of warrants made pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula that has the effect of

preventing dilution of the interest of the holders thereof generally should not applybe considered to you. Please seeresult in a constructive distribution. Any such constructive distribution would be taxable whether or not there is an actual distribution of cash or other property. See the more detailed discussion of the rules applicable to distributions made by us under “Non-U.S. Holders”the heading “Distributions on Common Stock” below.

Expiration of the Warrants without Exercise

Upon the lapse or expiration of a warrant, a U.S. holder will recognize a loss in an amount equal to such U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrant. Any such loss generally will be a capital loss and will be long-term capital loss if the warrant is held for more than one year. Deductions for capital losses are subject to certain limitations.

Distributions on Common Stock

As described in the section captioned “Dividend Policy,”If we do not anticipate declaringpay distributions of cash or paying distributionsproperty with respect to Holders of our common stock in(including constructive distributions as described above under the foreseeable future. Any cashheading “Certain Adjustments to the Warrants”), those distributions we make to U.S. Holders of shares of our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess ofIf a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitutebe treated as atax-free return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. Holder’s adjustedholder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in its shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, realizedsubject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “—Gain on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants” below.Disposition.”

Dividends we pay to a U.S. Holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided the common shares are held for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and certain other holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally will constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to long-term capital gains. Dividends paid by us will generally be treated as income from U.S. sources. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the holding period and other requirements that must be satisfied in order to qualify for the reduced maximum tax rate on dividends.

To the extent distributions are paid in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, for the purposes of applying the above, the amount of a distribution generally will be translated into U.S. dollars based on applicable currency exchange rates at the time the distribution is actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the distribution is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If the distribution is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the distribution. A U.S. Holder‘s tax basis in the foreign currency received will equal the U.S. dollar amount included in income. Any gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on a subsequent conversion of the foreign currency for a different U.S. dollar amount generally will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

100


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants

Upon athe sale exchange or other taxable disposition of a Security,common shares or Warrants, a U.S. Holderholder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Security. Generally, the amount of gain or loss recognized will be an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of(a) the amount of cash andplus the fair market value of any property received inand (b) such disposition, translated into U.S. dollars based on applicable currency exchange rates at the time such amounts are received or accrued, and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjustedholder’s tax basis in its disposedsuch common stock or Warrants. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stockshares or Warrants generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost of such security (translated into U.S. dollars based on applicable currency exchange rates at the time of the acquisition) less, in the case of common stock and as described further below, the U.S. dollar value of any prior distributions treated as a return of capital on such stock. If a U.S. Holder purchasessold or sells common stock and Warrants together in a single transaction in which the purchase price for each of the common stock and Warrants was not separately stated, the U.S. Holder generally would be required to allocate the purchase price among the subject common shares and Warrants so acquired orotherwise disposed of, as applicable, based on the relative fair market values of each (at the time of the acquisition or disposition, as applicable). U.S. Holders who purchase or sell common stock and Warrants in a single transaction should consult with their tax advisors regarding such allocation.

Any such capitalof. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Securities disposed of exceeds one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant

A U.S. Holder generally will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the acquisition of common stock upon exercise of a Warrant. The U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the share of our common stock received upon exercise of a Warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrant prior to exercise and the Warrant exercise price (translated into U.S. dollars based on applicable currency exchange rates at the time of exercise). The U.S. Holder’s holding period forthe sale or other disposition, the common stock received upon exercise of a Warrant generally will begin on the date following the date of exercise of the Warrant and will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrant. If a Warrant lapses unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such Holder’s tax basis in the Warrant, which will be long-term capital loss if the Warrant wasshares or Warrants have been held by the U.S. Holderholder for more than one year.

Net investment income Preferential tax

An additional 3.8% tax is imposed on the “net investment income” of non-corporate U.S. Holders, and on the undistributed “net investment income” of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, “net investment income” generally includes dividends paid on our common stock and certain net gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of Securities, less certain deductions. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the potential effect, if any, of this tax on holding Securities in such U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances.

Backup withholding and information reporting

For non-corporate U.S. Holders, information reporting requirements, on IRS Form 1099, generally will apply to:

dividend payments or other taxable distributions on our common stock made to the non-corporate U.S. Holder within the United States or by a United States payor; and

the payment of proceeds to the non-corporate U.S. Holder from the sale of a share of common stock or Warrants effected at a United States office of a broker or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries.

101


Table of Contents

Additionally, backup withholding rates may apply to such payments if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or
in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-corporate U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

For purposeslong-term capital gain of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of Securities that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is neither a U.S. Holder (as defined above) nor a partnershipholder that is an individual, estate, or other pass-through entity. If youtrust. Deductions for capital losses are not a Non-U.S. Holder, this section does not applysubject to you.certain limitations.

Non-U.S. Holders

Distributions on Common Stock

As described in the section captioned “Dividend Policy,”If we do not anticipate declaringpay distributions of cash or paying distributionsproperty with respect to Holders of our common stock in(including constructive distributions as described above under the foreseeable future. Anyheading “Certain Adjustments to the Warrants”), those distributions we make on our common stock in cashgenerally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.

Subject If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in its shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the discussiontax treatment described below regarding backup withholding and payments made to certain foreign accounts, dividendsunder the heading “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition.” Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holdernon-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of ourU.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. In the case of any constructive distribution, it is possible that this tax would be withheld from any amount owed to the non-U.S. holder, including, but not limited to, distributions of cash, common stock or sales proceeds subsequently paid or credited to that holder. If we are unable to determine, at the time of payment of a distribution, whether the distribution will constitute a dividend, we may nonetheless choose to withhold any U.S. federal income tax on the distribution as permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations.

Distributions that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States are generally not subject to the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder

provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the distributions are not subject to withholding because they are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’snon-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business withinin the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and the distribution is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, the distribution will generally have the consequences described above for a U.S. holder (subject to any modification provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to U.S. federal withholding taxan additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividendsrate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “Non-U.S. Holders – Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants.”

To the extent distributions are paid in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, for the purposes of applying the above, the amount of a distribution (and any related withholding obligation) generally will be translated into U.S. dollars based on applicable currency exchange rates at the time the distribution is paid to the Non-U.S. Holder.

Non-U.S. Holders will be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (i) qualifying for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being paid in connection with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the Non-U.S. Holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (i) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax underA non-U.S. holder who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty (ii) IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) stating that the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business withinbetween the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BENor (iii) a suitable substitute form,W-8BEN-E, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable, withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. Holderssatisfy applicable certification and other requirements. A non-U.S. holder that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualifyis eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

102


Table of Contents

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and payments made to certain foreign accounts, if dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the Non-U.S. Holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is or is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicablea relevant income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholdingin “—Information Reporting and payments made to certain foreign accounts,Backup Withholding” and “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a Non-U.S. Holdernon-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon therecognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share of our common stock or Warrants unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

the Non-U.S. Holder is a non-resident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held the common stock or Warrants.

Gain described in the first bullet point aboveUnited States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income taxtaxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to a U.S. federal income tax rates. A Non-U.S. Holder thatholder, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profitstreaty, may also apply;

the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year as adjusted forof the disposition and certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder describedother conditions are met, in which case the second bullet point abovenon-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal incomea 30% tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the sale or other taxable disposition,amount by which may be offset by certainsuch non-U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sourcesources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the Non-U.S. Holder (even thoughdisposition; or

we are or were a “U.S. real property holding corporation” during the individual is not considered a residentshorter of the United States) providedfive-year period ending on the Non-U.S. Holder timely files U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” (within the meaning of the Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

With respect toDistributions on, and the third bullet point above, we believe that we are not, and do not anticipate that we will become,payment of the proceeds of a USRPHC.

The method of determining the amount of gain by a Non-U.S. Holder on disposition of, theour common stock or Warrants generally will correspondbe subject to the method of determining the amount of gain (or loss) by a U.S. Holder on disposition of the common stock or Warrants, as described under “U.S. Holders — Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock or Warrants” above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules, and the potential application of other exceptions to these taxes.

Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant

For certain Non-U.S. Holders engaged in the conduct of a trade or business ininformation reporting if made within the United States the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise of a Warrant, or the lapse of a Warrant, generally will correspondthrough certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries. Information returns are required to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise or lapse of a Warrant by a U.S. Holder, as described under “U.S. Holders — Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant” above. For all other Non-U.S. holders, the exercise or lapse of a Warrant generally will not be a U.S. taxable event.

103


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Subject to the discussion below regarding payments made to certain foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock we make to the Non-U.S. Holder, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know such Holder is a U.S. person and the Holder certifies its non-U.S. status by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification (or applicable successor form), or otherwise establishes an exception. However, information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardlessand copies of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holdera holder resides or is established.incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Information reportingBackup withholding may also apply if the holder fails to provide certification of exempt status or a correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and otherwise comply with the applicable backup withholding may applyrequirements.

Generally, a holder will not be subject to the proceeds of a sale of a share of our common stock or Warrants within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding will generally not) apply to the proceeds of the sale ofif it provides a share of our common stock or Warrants outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. person onproperly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BENW-9 or other applicable form or successor form (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amountsAmounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refundrefunded or a creditcredited against a Non-U.S. Holder’sthe holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided the requiredcertain information is timely furnished tofiled with the IRS.

Additional WithholdingForeign Account Tax on Payments MadeCompliance Act

Legislation commonly referred to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the provisions of the law generally known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically,generally imposes a 30%U.S. federal withholding tax may be imposedof 30% on dividends on our common stock, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of Securities paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code),certain non-U.S. entities (including certain intermediaries) unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligencesuch persons comply with FATCA’s information reporting and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial U.S. owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified U.S. persons” or “U.S.-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account Holders. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury Regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and recent guidance from the IRS, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of Securities on or after January 1, 2019, and to certain “pass-thru” payments made on or after the later of January 1, 2019 and the date final Treasury Regulations are issued defining such pass-thru payments.

The FATCA withholding tax will apply to all withholdable payments without regard to whether the beneficial owner of the payment would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from imposition of withholding tax pursuant to an applicable tax treaty with the United States or U.S. domestic law.regime. We will not pay any additional amounts to Holders of our common stock or Warrantsstockholders in respect of any amounts withheld. This regime and its requirements are different from, and in addition to, the certification requirements described elsewhere in this discussion. If a payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to withholding tax discussed above, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax.

104


TableThe United States has entered into, and continues to negotiate, intergovernmental agreements, or IGAs, with a number of Contents

other jurisdictions to facilitate the implementation of FATCA. An IGA may significantly alter the application of FATCA and its information reporting and withholding requirements with respect to any particular investor. FATCA is particularly complex and its application remains uncertain. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCAhow these rules may apply in their particular circumstances.

LEGAL MATTERS

Honigman LLP, Kalamazoo, Michigan, will issue a legal opinion as to their investment in Securities.

105


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Thethe validity of the issuance of our common stocksecurities offered by this prospectus. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel for the underwriter in connection with certain legal matters in connection with this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Holland & Hart LLP. Blakes, Cassels & Graydon LLP will pass upon certain matters relating to the offering governed by the laws of the Province of British Columbia, Canada.offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 20152018 and for each of the fiscal years then ended included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO Canada,USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, (the report on the financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern) appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed withaccounting, appearing elsewhere herein. The report on the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Shares and Warrants. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the Shares and Warrants, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectusconsolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filedCompany’s ability to continue as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and as such we refer you to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The website address is www.sec.gov.going concern.

We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, we file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above.

106


Table of Contents

HELIUS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATEDINDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2016 and 2015

(Expressed in United States Dollars)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BDO CANADA LLP REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMF-2

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSAudited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSSReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-6F-2

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL DEFICITConsolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-7F-3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSConsolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-8F-4

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-10


Table of Contents
Tel: 604 688 5421BDO Canada LLPF-5
Fax: 604 688 5132

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2019 And 2018

600 Cathedral PlaceF-7
www.bdo.ca

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

925 West Georgia StreetF-8

Vancouver BC V6C 3L2 CanadaUnaudited Interim Financial Statements

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2020 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2019

F-36

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 (Unaudited) and 2019 (Unaudited)

F-37

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 (Unaudited) and 2019 (Unaudited)

F-39

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-40


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
and Stockholders

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Newtown, Pennsylvania

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) as of MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 2015, and2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit,equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. Theseended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)statements”). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Helius Medical Technologies Inc.the Company at MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Uncertainty

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As describeddiscussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred asubstantial net loss of $6,881,812 for the year ended March 31, 2016, hadlosses since its inception, has an accumulated deficit of $26,305,263 at March$104.8 million as of December 31, 20162019 and the Company expects to incur further net losses in the development of its business. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’sits ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard toconcerning these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Chartered Professional AccountantsBasis for Opinion

Vancouver, Canada
June 27, 2016These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

F-1


TableWe conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
March 31, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in United States Dollars)

  March 31,  March 31, 
  2016  2015 
  $  $ 
ASSETS      
Current assets      
       Cash and cash equivalents 2,643,937  418,893 
       Short-term investment -  378,000 
       Receivables (Note 2) 399,106  8,833 
       Prepaid expenses 502,264  410,621 
       Other current assets (Note 14) 495,415  - 
Total current assets 4,040,722  1,216,347 
       
TOTAL ASSETS 4,040,722  1,216,347 
       
LIABILITIES      
Current liabilities      
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 2,181,154  1,197,804 
       
       Shares to be issued (Note 14) 150,000  - 
Total current liabilities 2,331,154  1,197,804 
       
       Derivative liability (Note 7 and Note 8) 1,725,760  1,581,444 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 4,056,914  2,779,248 
       
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)      
       
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT      
       Common stock (Unlimited Class A common shares authorized); 
       (72,193,209 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2016 and 
       63,104,788 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015) (Note 7)
 24,347,930  16,358,093 
       Additional paid-in capital 2,940,539  2,434,552 
       Shares to be issued -  39,545 
       Accumulated other comprehensive loss (999,398) (971,640)
       Accumulated deficit (26,305,263) (19,423,451)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (16,192) (1,562,901)
       
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT 4,040,722  1,216,347 

(the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The accompanying notes areCompany is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an integralaudit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of theseour audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.)

F-2 Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 12, 2020, except for the “2020 Reverse Stock Split” paragraph of Note 1, as to which the date is January 19, 2021.

Table of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in United States Dollars)

  Year Ended March 31, 
  2016  2015 
  $  $ 
Operating Expenses      
       
General and administrative 5,671,598  5,308,371 
Research and development 3,645,796  4,500,073 
Loss from operations 9,317,394  (9,808,444)
       
Other Income (expense)      
Interest expense, net (46,920) (176,488)
Other income 150,250  20,074 
Change in fair value of derivative liability 2,082,703  (739,375)
Foreign exchange gain (loss) (18,785) 865,916 
Gain on extinguishment of debt 268,334  - 
  2,435,582  (29,873)
       
Net loss (6,881,812) (9,838,317)
       
Other comprehensive income (loss)      
Foreign currency translation adjustments (27,758) (971,640)
       
Comprehensive loss (6,909,570) (10,809,957)
       
Net loss per share      
   Basic$(0.10)$(0.17)
   Diluted$(0.12)$(0.17)
       
Weighted average shares outstanding      
   Basic 66,522,564  57,048,406 
   Diluted 67,026,545  57,048,406 
Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Except for share data, amounts in thousands)

   As of December 31, 
   2019  2018 
ASSETS   

Current assets

   

Cash

  $5,459  $25,583 

Accounts receivable, net

   210   177 

Other receivables

   364   98 

Inventory, net of reserve

   598   392 

Prepaid expenses

   610   447 

Other current assets

   —     264 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   7,241   26,961 

Property and equipment, net

   712   554 

Other assets

   

Goodwill

   1,242   —   

Intangible assets, net

   582   —   

Operating lease right-of-use asset, net

   552   —   

Non-current receivables

   —     294 

Other assets

   18   18 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other assets

   2,394   312 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $10,347  $27,827 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $1,676  $2,392 

Accrued liabilities

   1,519   1,812 

Operating lease liability

   172   —   

Derivative financial instruments

   5   13,769 

Deferred revenue

   430   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   3,802   17,973 

Non-current liabilities

   

Operating lease liability

   465   —   

Deferred revenue

   245   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

   4,512   17,973 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

   —     —   

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 877,672 and 737,938 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

   1   1 

Additional paid-in capital

   111,509   105,436 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (902  (591

Accumulated deficit

   (104,773  (94,992
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   5,835   9,854 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $10,347  $27,827 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.)

F-3


TableHelius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in United States Dollars)

                 Accumulated other    
        Additional Paid-In  Shares to be  Accumulated  comprehensive income    
  Common Stock  Amount  Capital  Issued  Deficit  (loss)  Capital (Deficit) 
     $  $  $  $  $  $ 
Balance – March 31, 2014 32,070,052  8,510,000  807,157  -  (9,585,134) -  (267,977)
Stock-based compensation on 2,300,000 options granted       50,303  -  -  -  50,303 
Shares issued to consultant for option exercise (Note 6) 2,300,000  717  -  -  -  -  717 
Shares issued to consultant for option exercise (Note 6) 930,031  290  -  -  -  -  290 
Fair value of options allocated to share capital on exercise of options-857,460(857,460)----
Recapitalization of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. (Note 3) 10,000,000  -  162,890  -  -  -  162,890 
Issuance of common stock for private placement (Note 5) 15,240,000  6,437,041  578,961  -  -  -  7,016,002 
Share issuance cost (Note 5) -  (447,515) 67,709  -  -  -  (379,806)
Beneficial conversion feature (Note 4) -  -  176,488  -  -  -  176,488 
Stock-based compensation on 3,370,000 options granted (Note 6)
(Restated)
 -  -  1,227,724  -  -  -  1,227,724 
Conversion of debenture (Note 4) 2,564,705  1,000,100  -  -  -  -  1,000,100 
Stock-based compensation on 100,000 options granted (Note 6) -  -  74,190  -  -  -  74,190 
Stock-based compensation on 100,000 options granted (Note 6) -  -  43,229  -  -  -  43,229 
Stock-based compensation on 400,000 options granted (Note 6) -  -  135,564  -  -  -  135,564 
Stock-based compensation on 100,000 options granted (Note 6) -  -  41,987  -  -  -  41,987 
Fair value of vested non-employee options reallocated to derivative liability--(74,190)---(74,190)
Private placement proceeds -  -  -  39,545  -  -  39,545 
Net loss for the year -  -  -  -  (9,838,317) -  (9,838,317)
Translation adjustments -  -  -  -  -  (971,640) (971,640)
Balance – March 31, 2015 63,104,788  16,358,093  2,434,552  39,545  (19,423,451) (971,640) (1,562,901)

F-4Operations and Comprehensive Loss


Table of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit
for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in United States Dollars)

                 Accumulated other    
        Additional Paid-In  Shares to be  Accumulated  comprehensive income    
  Common Stock  Amount  Capital  Issued  Deficit  (loss)  Capital (Deficit) 
     $  $  $  $  $  $ 
Balance – March 31, 2015 63,104,788  16,358,093  2,434,552  39,545  (19,423,451) (971,640) (1,562,901)
Exercise of finder’s warrants 14,400  11,926  -  -  -  -  11,926 
Issuance of common stock for private placement 849,273  1,825,937  -  -  -  -  1,825,937 
Fair value of warrants issued in connection with private placement, classified to derivative liability   (360,413)         (360,413)
Issuance of common stock for private placement 335,463  721,243  -  (39,545) -  -  681,698 
Fair value of warrants issued in connection with private placement, classified to derivative liability   (135,540)         (135,540)
Issuance of common stock for private placement 125,756  270,375  -  -  -  -  270,375 
Fair value of warrants issued in connection with private placement, classified to derivative liability   (36,569)         (36,569)
Stock option exercise 94,640  42,500  -  -  -  -  42,500 
Fair value of options exercised -  34,378  (34,378) -  -  -  - 
Shares issued as a debt discount 30,000  29,045  -  -  -  -  29,045 
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible note 2,083,333  1,731,667  -  -  -  -  1,731,667 
Fair value of warrants issued in connection with initial borrowing under credit facility, classified to derivative liability   (206,667)         (206,667)
Issuance of common stock for draw down of remaining credit facility 5,555,556  5,000,000  -  -  -  -  5,000,000 
Fair value of warrants issued in connection with draw down of remaining credit facility, classified to derivative liability   (796,945)         (796,945)
Share issuance cost -  (141,100) -  -  -  -  (141,100)
Stock-based compensation on 3,370,000 options granted -  -  656,512  -  -  -  656,511 
Stock-based compensation on 400,000 options granted -  -  197,637  -  -  -  197,637 
Stock-based compensation on 100,000 options granted -  -  33,483  -  -  -  33,483 
Stock-based compensation on 100,000 options granted -  -  36,140  -  -  -  36,140 
Stock-based compensation on 50,000 options granted -  -  7,967  -  -  -  7,967 
Stock-based compensation on 750,000 options granted -  -  72,792  -  -  -  72,792 
Stock-based compensation on 950,000 options granted -  -  211,274  -  -  -  211,274 
Stock-based compensation on 100,000 options granted -  -  15,445  -  -  -  15,445 
Fair value of non-employee vested options reallocated to derivative liability -  -  (690,885) -  -  -  (690,885)
                      
Net loss for the year -  -  -  -  (6,881,812) -  (6,881,812)
Translation adjustments -  -  -  -  -  (27,758) (27,758)
Balance – March 31, 2016 72,193,209  24,347,930  2,940,539  -  (26,305,263)  (999,398) (16,192)

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. )Amounts in thousands except shares and per share data)

F-5


Table of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015
(Expressed in United States Dollars)

  March 31, 2016  March 31, 2015 
  $  $ 
Cash flows from operating activities      
Net loss (6,881,812) (9,838,317)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
       Change in fair value of derivative liability (2,082,703) 739,375 
       Interest accretion 29,045  176,488 
       Stock-based compensation 1,231,250  2,340,876 
       Gain on extinguishment of debt (268,334) - 
       Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain) 

(120,876

) 

(598,929

)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
       Receivables (390,273) (8,945)
       Prepaids and other current assets (91,644) (110,873)
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 487,935  979,040 
       Shares to be issued 150,000  - 
Net cash used in operating activities (7,937,412) (6,321,285)
       
Cash flows from investing activities      
Proceeds from (purchase of) the sale of short term investment 378,000  (378,000)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 378,000  (378,000)
       
Cash flows from financing activities      
Cash acquired on recapitalization -  23,904 
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net 7,636,910  6,637,203 
Proceeds from shares to be issued -  39,545 
Exercise of warrants and stock options 54,426  - 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt 2,000,000  632,076 
Proceeds from issuance of promissory note 200,000  - 
Repayment of promissory note (200,000) - 
Proceeds from bridge loan -  150,000 
Net cash provided by financing activities 9,691,336  7,482,728 
       
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash 93,120  (380,518)
       
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 2,225,044  402,925 
       
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period 418,893  15,968 
       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period 2,643,937  418,893 
       
       
Supplemental cash flow information      
Interest paid in cash$1,651 $11,144 
Income taxes paid in cash -  - 
   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2019  2018 

Revenue:

   

Product sales, net

  $1,454  $—   

Fee revenue

   37   —   

License revenue

   5   478 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

   1,496   478 

Cost of sales:

   

Cost of product sales

   846   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   650   478 

Operating expenses:

   

Research and development

   8,061   9,939 

Selling, general and administrative

   16,521   17,214 

Amortization expense

   64   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   24,646   27,153 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (23,996  (26,675

Other income (expense):

   

Other income

   95   63 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

   14,113   (3,577

Foreign exchange gain

   7   1,566 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   14,215   (1,948
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (9,781  (28,623
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss:

   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (311  (638
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(10,092 $(29,261
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share

   

Basic

  $(12.99 $(43.97
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $(12.99 $(43.97
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

   

Basic

   752,932   651,034 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   752,932   651,034 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.)

F-6


Table of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(Except shares data, amounts in thousands)

  Common Stock,
$0.001 par value
  Common Stock,
no par value
  Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
  Total 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

  —    $—     576,520  $52,230  $6,602  $(66,369 $47  $(7,490

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock and accompanying warrants from April 2018 Offering

  —     —     70,376   18,400   —     —     —     18,400 

Fair value of liability-classified warrants issued in connection with April 2018 Offering

  —     —     —     (7,372  —     —     —     (7,372

Share issuance costs – April 2018 Offering

  —     —     —     (1,273  —     —     —     (1,273

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants

  —     —     21,033   4,637   —     —     —     4,637 

Stock-based compensation expense – prior to change in corporate domicile

  —     —     —     —     1,047   —     —     1,047 

Reclassification of liability-classified warrants upon exercise

  —     —     —     3,748   —     —     —     3,748 

Settlement of vested restricted stock units, net of taxes

  —     —     20   —     (2  —     —     (2

Reclassification of exercised compensation options and warrants from additional paid-in capital

  —     —     —     110   (110  —     —     —   

Reclassification of April 2016 compensation options and warrants from additional paid-in capital to derivative financial instruments due to change in functional currency

  —     —     —     —     (1,586  —     —     (1,586

Reclassification of USD denominated warrants from derivative financial instruments to additional paid-in capital due to change in functional currency

  —     —     —     —     2,478   —     —     2,478 

Reclassification of equity-classified stock options to stock-based compensation liability due to change in functional currency

  —     —     —     —     (4,182  —     —     (4,182

Reclassification from other current liabilities due to exercise of stock options

  —     —     —     32   —     —     —     32 

Reclassification of non-employee options recorded as derivative financial instruments due to modification of options

  —     —     —     —     1,206   —     —     1,206 

Reclassification of stock-based compensation due to modification of options

  —     —     —     —     10,338   —     —     10,338 

Reclassification upon change in corporate domicile

  667,949   1   (667,949  (70,512  70,511   —     —     —   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with November 2018 Offering

  69,696   —     —     —     20,126   —     —     20,126 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  293   —     —     —     26   —     —     26 

Share issuance costs – November 2018 Offering

  —     —     —     —     (1,867  —     —     (1,867

Stock-based compensation expense – after change in corporate domicile

  —     —     —     —     849   —     —     849 

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (28,623  —     (28,623

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (638  (638
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

  Common Stock,
$0.001 par value
  Common Stock,
no par value
  Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
  Total 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

  737,938  $1   —    $—    $105,436  $(94,992 $(591 $9,854 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock from November 2019 Offering

  137,571   —     —     —     1,685   —     —     1,685 

Share issuance costs – November 2019 Offering

  —     —     —     —     (553  —     —     (553

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants

  2,136   —     —     —     215   —     —     215 

Settlement of vested restricted stock units, net of taxes

  27   —     —     —     —     —     —     —   

Reclassification of derivative financial instruments from exercise of warrants

  —     —     —     —     35   —     —     35 

Stock-based compensation

  —     —     —     —     4,691   —     —     4,691 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (311  (311

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (9,781  —     (9,781
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

  877,672  $1   —    $—    $111,509  $(104,773 $(902 $5,835 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.)

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2019  2018 

Cash flows from operating activities

   

Net loss

  $(9,781 $(28,623

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Depreciation expense

   127   59 

Amortization expense

   64   —   

Provision for doubtful accounts

   220   —   

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

   (14,113  3,577 

Stock-based compensation expense

   4,691   8,095 

Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)

   70   (1,711

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

   (438  (259

Other receivables

   (278  394 

Prepaid expenses

   (163  (95

Inventory

   (206  (392

Other current assets

   264   (264

Operating lease liability

   (13  —   

Account payable

   (1,116  (1,087

Accrued liabilities

   (327  685 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (20,999  (19,621
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

Purchase of property and equipment

   (278  (440

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (416  —   

Internally developed software

   (75  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (769  (440
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

Proceeds from the issuances of common stock and warrants

   1,685   38,526 

Share issuance costs

   (247  (3,161

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants

   215   4,663 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   1,653   40,028 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

   (9  54 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

   (20,124  20,021 

Cash at beginning of year

   25,583   5,562 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

  $5,459  $25,583 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash cash activities

   

Cash paid for interest

  $—    $—   

Cash paid for income taxes

   —     —   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

   

Share issuance costs included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $358  $52 

Reclassification of derivative instruments from warrant exercise

   35   —   

Noncash items related to Heuro acquisition

   1,227   —   

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.)

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), is engaged primarily in the medical technology industryneurotech company focused on neurological wellness. The Company’s planned principal operations include the development, licensingpurpose is to develop, license and acquisition ofacquire unique and non-invasive platform technologies targeted at reducing symptoms of neurological disease or trauma.

The Company’s first product, known as the Portable Neuromodulation Stimulator (“PoNSTM”), is an active, therapeutic, class II medical device authorized for sale in Canada intended as a short term treatment (14 weeks) of chronic balance deficit due to amplifymild-to-moderate traumatic brain injury (“mmTBI”) and is to be used in conjunction with therapeutic activities (“PoNS TreatmentTM”). It is an investigational medical device in the brain’s abilityUnited States, the European Union (“EU”), and Australia (“AUS”), and it is currently under review for clearance by the AUS Therapeutic Goods Administration. PoNS Treatment is not currently commercially available in the United States, the European Union or Australia.

On December 21, 2018, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, NeuroHabilitation Corporation, changed its name to heal itself. To dateHelius Medical, Inc (“HMI”). On January 31, 2019, the Company has not generated any revenue.formed another wholly owned subsidiary, Helius NeuroRehab, Inc., (“HNR”), a Delaware corporation, which will operate a commercial site for the delivery of PoNS Treatment to patients with balance and gait disorders upon FDA clearance. On October 10, 2019, the Company formed Helius Canada Acquisition Ltd. (“HCA”), a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada and a wholly owned subsidiary of Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc. (“HMC”), a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada, which acquired Heuro Canada, Inc. (“Heuro”) from Health Tech Connex Inc. (“HTC”) on October 30, 2019 (see Note 2).

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries are comprised of HMI, HMC, HCA and HNR.

The Company was incorporated in British Columbia, Canada, on March 13, 2014. On May 28, 2014, the Company completed a continuation via a plan of arrangement whereby the Company moved from being a corporation governed by the British Columbia Corporations Act to a corporation governed by the Wyoming Business Corporations Act. On July 20, 2018, the Company completed its reincorporation from Wyoming to the state of Delaware. The Company’s head officeCompany is locatedheadquartered in Newtown, Pennsylvania.

The CompanyCompany’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“common stock”) is currently listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) and the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”). The Companycommon stock began trading on the Canadian Securities Exchange on June 23, 2014, under the ticker symbol “HSM”, and the trading was subsequently movedtransferred to the TSX on April 18, 2016. The Company alsoOn April 11, 2018, the common stock began trading on the OTCQBNasdaq under the ticker symbol “HSDT” after having traded on the OTCQB in the United States under the ticker symbol “HSDT” since February 10, 2015.

On June 13, 2014,2018 Reverse Stock Split

Effective after the close of business on January 22, 2018, the Company completed a 1-for-5 reverse stock split of its acquisitioncommon stock. All share and per share amounts herein have been reflected on a post-split basis.

2020 Reverse Stock Split

Effective after the close of 100%business on December 31, 2020, the Company completed a 1-for-35 reverse stock split of its common stock (“2020 Reverse Stock Split”). The 2020 Reverse Stock Split did not change the par value of the issuedCompany’s common stock or the number of common or preferred shares authorized by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. All share and outstanding sharesper-share amounts have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 2020 Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

Going Concern Uncertainty

As of Neurohabilitation Corporation (“Neuro”), a private company incorporated in Delaware, USA, on January 22, 2013. Prior to the transaction,December 31, 2019, the Company had cash of $5.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred a net loss of $9.8 million and, as of December 31, 2019, its accumulated deficit was $104.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had $1.5 million of revenue from the commercial sale of products or services. The Company expects to continue to incur operating losses and net cash outflows until it generates a non-operating public shell company. Accordingly, for financial reporting purposes, this transaction was deemedlevel of revenue to support its cost structure. There is no assurance that the Company will achieve profitable operations, and, if achieved, whether it will be sustained on a capital transaction in substance and recordedcontinued basis. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a reverse recapitalizationgoing concern within one year after the date of Neuro whereby Neuro is deemed to be the continuing, surviving entity for accounting purposes, but through reorganization, has deemed to have adopted the capital structure of the Company. Because the acquisition was considered a reverse recapitalization for accounting purposes, the combined historical financial statements of Neuro became the historical financial statements and from the completion of the acquisition on June 13, 2014, the financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis. The assets and liabilities of Neuro have been brought forward at their book value and no goodwill has been recognized in connection with the transaction.

The Company had a wholly-owned subsidiary, 0995162 B.C. Ltd, which was dissolved on October 23, 2014. On December 17, 2014, Neuro incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc. (“Helius Canada”). The financial information is presented in United States Dollars.

Going Concern

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).are filed. The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of continuity of operations, realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The Company has incurred a net loss of $6,881,812 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 and, as of March 31, 2016, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $26,305,263. The Company has not generated any product revenues and has not achieved profitable operations. Until the Company generates a level of revenue to support its cost structure, the Company expects to continue to incur substantial operating losses and net cash outflows. There is no assurance that profitable operations will ever be achieved, and, if achieved, will be sustained on a continuing basis.

While the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $2,643,937 as of March 31, 2016, management does not believe these resources will be sufficient to meet the Company’s operating and capital needs for the ensuing fiscal year.

F-7


Table of Contents

The Company intends to fund ongoing activities by utilizing its current cash andon hand, cash equivalentsreceived from the sale of its PoNS device in Canada and by raising additional capital through equity or debt financings. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in raising that additional capital or that such capital, if available, will be on terms that are acceptable to the Company. If the Company is unable to raise sufficient additional capital, the Company may be compelled to reduce the scope of its operations and planned capital expenditure or sell certain assets, including intellectual property assets. This material uncertainty gives rise to substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.expenditures.

2.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar (“USD$”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported amounts of assets and liabilities atin the date of theconsolidated financial statements and reported amountsdisclosure of expenses during the reporting period.contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates include the assumptions used in the valuation of the significant financing component associated with revenue, fair value pricingvalue-pricing model for share-based payment transactionsstock-based compensation and deferred income tax asset valuation allowances.derivative financial instruments. Financial statements include estimates, which, by their nature, are uncertain. Actual outcomesresults could differ from thesethose estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements includereflect the historic accountsoperations of Neuro and are consolidated with Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. As such, the Company applies the guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 – Consolidation (“ASC 810”), to determine when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or not controlled through its voting interests, referred to as a variable interest entity should be consolidated (see Note 8). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and on hand, and short-term highly liquid investments thateliminated. Certain prior period amounts have an insignificant interest rate risk and an original maturity of 3 months or less.been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company is subject to credit risk inwith respect ofto its cash. Amounts invested in such instruments are limited by credit rating, maturity, industry group, investment type and issuer. The Company is not currently exposed to any significant concentrations of credit risk from these financial instruments. The Company seeks to maintain safety and preservation of principal and diversification of risk, liquidity of investments sufficient to meet cash flow requirements and a competitive after-tax rate of return.

Accounts Receivable

Receivables

Accounts receivablereceivables are stated at their net realizable value. At MarchIn determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company considers a combination of factors, such as the aging of trade receivables, its customers’ financial strength, and payment history. Changes in these factors, among others, may lead to adjustments in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts. The calculation of the required allowance requires judgment by Company management. As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company’s accounts receivable balanceof $0.4 million, is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million and is the result of revenue from product sales. As of December 31, 2018, accounts receivable consisted primarily of GSTamounts owed related to license revenue of approximately $0.5 million recognized in 2018 resulting from the Company’s arrangement with HTC and QSTHeuro, of which $0.3 million was classified as a non-current receivable. As described below, the Company modified its arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019.

Other receivables included refunds from research and development (“R&D”) tax credits of $0.2 million and Goods and Services Tax and Quebec Sales Tax refunds related to the Company’s Canadian expenditures.expenditures of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2019. Other receivables included refunds from research and development (“R&D”) tax credits of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2018.

Inventory

The Company’s inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress and finished goods of the PoNS device. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (average cost method) or net realizable value. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made if required. The Company calculates provisions for excess inventory based on inventory on hand compared to anticipated sales or usage. Management uses its judgment to forecast sales or usage and to determine what constitutes a reasonable period. There can be no assurance that the amount ultimately realized for inventories will not be materially different than that assumed in the calculation of the reserves. Inventory markdowns to net realizable value of $50 thousand were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, inventory consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):

   As of
December 31, 2019
   As of
December 31, 2018
 

Raw materials

  $144   $392 

Work-in-process

   375    —   

Finished goods

   129    —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory

  $648   $392 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory reserve

   (50   —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventory, net of reserve

  $598   $392 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related asset or the term of the related lease. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the expected useful life of the assets, are expensed to operations while major repairs are capitalized. The estimated useful life of its leasehold improvements is over the shorter of its lease term or useful life of 5 years, the estimated useful life of furniture and fixtures is 7 years; equipment has an estimated useful life of 15 years and computer software and hardware has an estimated useful life of 3 to 5 years.

The following tables summarizes the Company’s property and equipment as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   As of December 31, 
   2019   2018 

Leasehold improvement

  $182   $182 

Furniture and fixtures

   247    185 

Equipment

   286    219 

Computer hardware and software

   182    44 

Property and equipment

   897    630 

Less accumulated depreciation

   (185   (76
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $712   $554 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of $127 thousand and $59 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During 2019, the Company wrote-off $17 thousand of fully depreciated software.

Business Combinations

Transactions in which the Company obtains control of a business are accounted for according to the acquisition method as described in FASB ASC 805 – Business Combinations. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized and measured at their fair values as of the date control is obtained. Acquisition related costs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. Contingent consideration is recognized and measured at fair value at the acquisition date and until paid re-measured on a recurring basis. It is classified as a liability based on appropriate GAAP.

On October 30, 2019, the Company and HTC entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) whereby the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, acquired Heuro from HTC. Under the terms of the SPA, total consideration of approximately CAD$2.1 million (USD$1.6 million) was paid to HTC, which included (1) cash of CAD$0.5 million (USD$0.4 million), (2) delivery of 55 PoNS devices for which the fair value was determined to be CAD$0.5 million (USD$0.4 million), (3) the CAD$750 thousand (USD$0.6 million) receivable from the September 2018 strategic alliance agreement and (4) the sale of exclusivity rights granted to HTC in the Co-Promotion Agreement (as defined below) to provide PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia with a determined fair value of CAD$0.4 million (USD$0.3 million). The transaction has been accounted for as a business combination.

The operating results of Heuro have been included in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss since the date of the acquisition.

The acquisition related costs were $0.1 million and were accounted for as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Supplemental proforma financial information has not been presented here because the proforma effects of this acquisition are not material to the Company’s reported results for any period presented.

The following table summarizes the recognized fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of October 30, 2019:

Assets:

  October 30, 2019
Fair Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1 

Other receivables

   19 

Fixed assets

   7 

Intangibles

   564 

Goodwill

   1,226 
  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $1,817 
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   186 

Other current liabilities

   9 
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $195 
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $1,622 
  

 

 

 

The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets assumed were based on management’s current estimates and assumptions and is considered preliminary. The Company believes that the most recent information available provides a reasonable basis for assigning fair value, but anticipates receiving additional information, and as such, the provisional measurements of fair value are subject to change. The Company will finalize the amounts recognized as it obtains the information necessary to complete the analysis, but no later than one year from the acquisition date.

Acquired intangibles consisted of customer relationships and proprietary technology. The remaining useful life at acquisition was 1.25 years and 5 years, respectively, and the acquired intangibles are amortized using the straight-line method.

Factors considered by the Company in determination of goodwill include synergies, strategic fit and other benefits that do not meet the recognition criteria of acquired identifiable intangible assets. The recognized goodwill of $1.2 million is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The fair value of the 55 PoNS devices in the amount of CAD$0.5 million will be recognized as revenue within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss once control has been transferred in accordance with ASC 606. As of December 31, 2019, the control had not been transferred resulting in the fair value being recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet.

In connection with the SPA, on October 30, 2019, the Company entered into a Clinical Research and Co-Promotion Agreement with HTC (the “Co-Promotion Agreement”), whereby each company will promote the sales of the PoNS Treatment and the NeuroCatchTM device throughout Canada. This co-promotion arrangement terminates upon the earlier of the collection of data from 200 patients in Canada and December 31, 2020. Also, subject to certain terms and conditions, Helius granted to HTC the exclusive right to provide the PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia, where HTC has operated a PoNS authorized clinic since February 2019. HTC will purchase the PoNS devices for use in these regions exclusively from the Company and on terms no less favorable than the then-current standard terms and conditions. This exclusivity right has an initial term of ten (10) years, renewable by HTC for one additional ten (10) year term upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Helius. The Co-Promotion Agreement had a fair value of CAD$360 thousand at the time of acquisition. License revenue will be recognized in connection with the Co-Promotion Agreement ratably over the ten year term.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair values underlying net assets acquired in an acquisition. All of the Company’s goodwill as of December 31, 2019 is the result of the Heuro acquisition discussed above. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather will be tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company will test goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year.

Goodwill is allocated to, and evaluated for impairment at the Company’s one identified reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The qualitative evaluation is an assessment of factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. The Company may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for its reporting unit and perform the quantitative impairment test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test requires the Company to compare the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.

If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is required, and no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds the estimated fair value, the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recorded as an impairment loss, the amount of which is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

Definite-lived intangibles consist principally of acquired customer relationships and proprietary software as well as internally developed software. All are amortized straight-line over their estimated useful lives.

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 consist of the following:

       As of December 31, 2019 
   Useful Life   Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   1.25 years   $423   $(55

Acquired proprietary software

   5 years    148    (5

Internally developed software

   3 years    75    (4
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

    $646   $(64
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense related to the intangible assets was $64 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Amortization expense is anticipated to be as follows in future years:

For the Year Ending December 31,

  

2020

  $393 

2021

   83 

2022

   51 

2023

   30 

2024

   25 
  

 

 

 
  $582 
  

 

 

 

Internally Developed Software Costs

The Company follows ASC 350-40, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, in accounting for its internally developed software costs. Costs incurred during the preliminary

project work stage or conceptual stage, such as determining the performance requirements, system requirements and data conversion, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the application development phase, such as coding, testing for new software and upgrades that result in additional functionality, are capitalized and are amortized using the straight-line method over the useful life of the software, which was determined to be three years. Amortization of these capitalized costs commences when the software becomes ready for its intended use. Costs incurred during the post-implementation stage, such as maintenance and application training, are expensed as incurred.

Leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02,Leases, using the modified retrospective method. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard which allowed the Company to carry forward the historical lease classification. Adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of an operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and corresponding operating lease liabilities of $0.7 million. The Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 are presented under the new guidance, while prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous guidance.

The Company does not record an operating lease ROU asset and corresponding lease liability for leases with an expected term of twelve months or less and recognizes lease expense for these leases as incurred over the lease term. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had only one operating lease, which was for its headquarters office in Newtown, Pennsylvania upon the adoption date. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has not entered into any additional lease arrangements. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized upon the adoption date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company does not have a public credit rating and as such used a corporate yield with a “CCC” rating by S&P Capital IQ with a term commensurate with the term of its lease as its incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company’s lease arrangement does not have lease and non-lease components which are to be accounted for separately. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $0.1 million of the Company’s operating lease ROU asset had been amortized (see Note 7).

Foreign Currency

Prior to April 1, 2018, the Company’s functional currency was the Canadian dollar (“CAD$”). Translation gains and losses from the application of the USD$ as the reporting currency during the period that the Canadian dollar was the functional currency were included as part of cumulative currency translation adjustment, which is reported as a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The Company re-assessed its functional currency and determined that, as of April 1, 2018, its functional currency had changed from the CAD$ to the USD$ based on management’s analysis of changes in the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. The change in functional currency was accounted for prospectively from April 1, 2018 and financial statements prior to and including the period ended March 31, 2018 were not restated for the change in functional currency.

For periods commencing April 1, 2018, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Opening balances related to non-monetary assets and liabilities are based on prior period translated amounts, and non-monetary assets acquired, and non-monetary liabilities incurred after April 1, 2018 are translated at the approximate exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Revenue and expense transactions are translated at the approximate exchange rate in effect at the time of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss as foreign exchange gain (loss).

The functional currency of HMC and HCA, the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries, is the CAD$ and the functional currency of HMI and HNR is the USD$. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded into the functional currency of the relevant subsidiary at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Any monetary assets and liabilities arising from these transactions are translated into the functional currency at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date or on settlement. Revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated at the weighted-average rates of exchanges for the reporting period. The resulting currency translation adjustments are not included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the reporting period, but rather are accumulated and gains and losses are recorded in foreign exchange gain (loss), as a component of comprehensive loss, within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based payments and awards under the fair value basedvalue-based method. The Company recognizes its stock-based compensation expense using the straight linestraight-line method.

Stock-based payments to non-employees are measured at the fair value of the consideration received, or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, or liabilities incurred, whichever is more reliably measurable. The fair value of stock-based payments to non-employees is periodically re-measured until the counterparty performance is complete, and any change therein is recognized over the vesting period of the award and in the same manner as if the Company had paid cash instead of paying with or using equity based instruments. The fair value of the stock-based payments to non-employees that are fully vested and non-forfeitable as at the grant date are measured and recognized at that date.

F-8


Table of Contents

The Company accounts for the granting of share purchasestock options to employees and non-employees using the fair value method whereby all awards to employees will beare measured at fair value on the date of the grant. The fair value of all share purchaseemployee stock options areis expensed over their vestingthe requisite service period with a corresponding increase to additional capital surplus.paid-in capital. Upon exercise of share purchasestock options, the consideration paid by the option holder together with the amount previously recognizedis recorded in additional paid-in capital, while the par value of the shares received is recorded as an increasereclassified from additional paid in capital to share capital. Share purchasecommon stock. Stock options granted to employees are accounted for as liabilities when they contain conditions or other features that are indexed to other than a market, performance or service condition.conditions.

Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2018-07,Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”)during the third quarter of 2018,stock-based payments to non-employees were measured at the fair value of the consideration received, or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, or liabilities incurred, whichever was more reliably measurable, and the fair value of stock-based payments to non-employees was re-measured at the end of each reporting period until the counterparty performance was completed, with any change therein recognized over the vesting period of the award and in the same manner as if the Company had paid cash instead of paying with or using equity-based instruments. The fair value of the stock-based payments to non-employees that were fully vested and non-forfeitable as of the grant date was measured and recognized at that date. Following the adoption of ASU 2018-07, stock-based payments to non-employees are now being measured based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued and compensation expense for non-employee stock awards is recognized over the requisite service period following the measurement of the fair value on the grant date over the vesting period of the award.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricingoption-pricing model to calculate the fair value of share purchasestock options. The use of the Black-Scholes option pricingoption-pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates, the value of the common stock and expected dividend yield of the common stock. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

Foreign Exchange

TheAwards of options that provide for an exercise price that is not denominated in: (a) the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the Company’s equity securities trades in, (b) the currency in which the employee’s pay is denominated, or (c) the Company’s functional currency, are required to be classified as liabilities. The change in the Company’s functional currency, effective April 1, 2018 resulted in the reclassification of outstanding stock options that were previously denominated in CAD$ from equity- to liability-classified options (see Note 4). Liability classified options are re-measured to their fair values at the end of each reporting date with changes in the fair value recognized in stock-based compensation expense or additional paid-in capital until settlement or cancellation. Under FASB’s ASC 718 – Compensation – Stock Compensation, when an award is reclassified from equity to liability, if at the reclassification date the original vesting conditions

are expected to be satisfied, then the minimum amount of compensation cost to be recognized is based on the grant date fair value of the Company and Helius Canada is the Canadian dollar (“CAD”) and the functional currency of Neuro is the U.S. dollar (“USD”). The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar.

Transactions in foreign currencies are remeasured into the functional currency of the relevant subsidiary at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Any monetary assets and liabilities arising from these transactions are translated into the functional currency at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date or on settlement. Resulting gains and lossesoriginal award. Fair value changes below this minimum amount are recorded in other foreignadditional paid-in capital. In June 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved subject to the consent of the holders of such options the modification of outstanding stock options with exercise prices denominated in CAD$ to convert the exercise prices of such options to USD$ based on the prevailing USD$/CAD$ exchange gain (loss)rates on the dates of the grants for such modified stock options. During the third quarter of 2018, employee and non-employee option holders owning stock options representing an aggregate of 78,318 shares of common stock consented to the modification. Employee stock options with a fair value of $10.3 million on August 8, 2018, which were previously classified as stock-based compensation liability, were reclassified to equity during the third quarter of 2018. Following these reclassifications, the Company no longer has any liability-classified stock options (see Note 4).

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with FASB’s ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (“ASC 606”), the Company recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that the Company determines are within the consolidated statementsscope of operations.ASC 606, it performs the following five steps:

(i)

identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(ii)

identify the performance obligations in the contract;

(iii)

determine the transaction price;

(iv)

allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

(v)

recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The foreignCompany applies the five-step model to contracts when it determines that it is probable it will collect substantially all of the consideration it is entitled to in exchange adjustmentfor the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price, after consideration of variability and constraints, if any, that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied.

License Revenue

Prior to the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company had not generated revenue. During the fourth quarter of 2018, as part of its exclusive strategic alliance agreement, the Company transferred a license to Heuro in order for it to develop the clinic systems to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. The license was a functional license as it had stand-alone functionality. As such, the Company recognized revenue once control transferred, which occurred in the booksfourth quarter of Neuro relating2018 when regulatory approval of the PoNS device in Canada was obtained and the commercialization of the product, as defined within the agreement, began. The agreement provided to inter-company advances from Helius that are denominatedpay the Company CAD$750 thousand in Canadian dollars is recordedthree annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in consideration for the exclusivity right the Company granted to Heuro. The Company considered this to be a significant financing component and as such, the amount reflected in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.loss was discounted. The discount rate utilized to measure revenue and the related receivable was determined based on the rate that would be reflected in a separate financing transaction with the customer. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company recognized revenues of $0.5 million in license fees when it satisfied its performance obligation. As described above, the Company

modified its arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019. License revenue will be recognized ratably over the ten year term as the performance obligation is met in connection with the Co-Promotion Agreement. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company recognized revenues of $5 thousand in license fees associated with the Co-Promotion Agreement. Revenue not yet recognized of $0.3 million is recorded as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet.

Product Sales, net

During the first half of 2019, product sales were derived from the sale of the PoNS device and certain support services including services from the use of the NeuroCatchTM device, which is owned by HTC and assesses electroencephalogram brain waves related to cognition of patients participating in the PoNS Treatment at neuroplasticity clinics in Canada. The Company acted in an agency capacity for services performed using the NeuroCatch device and remitted CAD$600 for each patient assessed with the NeuroCatch device. According to the supply agreement with each of these clinics, the Company’s performance obligation was met when it delivered the PoNS device to the clinic’s facility and the clinic assumed title of the PoNS device upon acceptance. As such, revenue is recognized at a point in time. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight before control of a product has been transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of sales. Further, according to the Company’s arrangement with HTC and Heuro, the Company shared 50/50 with Heuro in fees from support services excluding the CAD$600 payment for an assessment using the NeuroCatch device. Subsequent to July 1, 2019, product sales were derived from the sale of the PoNS device alone as the NeuroCatch is sold directly to the neuroplasticity clinics in Canada by HTC. For the yearsyear ended MarchDecember 31, 2016 and 2015, foreign exchange losses2019, the Company recorded $1.5 million in product sales net of ($18,785) and gains$11 thousand for HTC’s portion related to assessments using the NeuroCatch device. As described above, the Company modified its arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019. As of $865,916 were recognizedDecember 31, 2019, the control of the 55 PoNS devices included as consideration in the Heuro acquisition had not been transferred resulting in the fair value of the devices being recorded as deferred revenue of $0.4 million on the consolidated statementsbalance sheet. Revenue will be recognized for these devices as control is transferred. The only returns during 2019 were the result of operationswarranty returns for defective products. These returns were insignificant during the year and comprehensive loss.any future replacements are expected to be immaterial.

Fee Revenue

During the first half of 2019, the Company’s agreement with HTC and Heuro also entitled the Company to 50% of the franchise fees collected by Heuro from each franchise agreement Heuro executed with neuroplasticity clinics engaged in providing the PoNS Treatment. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $37 thousand as its 50% portion of the franchise fees. There were 3 franchise agreements entered into for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which occurred in the first half of the year.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had recorded $0.2 million in current receivables, net and had no contract assets or liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets related to the supply agreements with each clinic. As of December 31, 2019, the Company did not have any receivables on its consolidated balance sheets related to license revenue pursuant to the Company’s arrangement with HTC and Heuro due to the modification of its arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has recorded $0.2 million and $0.3 million in current and non-current receivables, respectively, and had no contract assets or liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets related to license revenue pursuant to the Company’s arrangement with HTC and Heuro.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales includes the cost to manufacture the PoNS device, royalty expenses, freight charges, customs duties, wages and salaries of employees involved in the management of the supply chain and logistics of fulfilling the Company’s sales orders and certain support services provided by Heuro on the Company’s behalf.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method providesprovide that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

The Company has adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”)ASC 740Income Taxes regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company initially recognizes tax provisionspositions in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of the tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Application requires numerous estimates based on available information. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits. These periodic adjustments may have a material impact on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. When applicable, the Company classifies penalties and interest associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-9


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, clinical studies performed by contract research organizations, development and manufacturing of clinical trial devices and devices for manufacturing testing and materials and supplies.supplies as well as regulatory costs related to post market surveillance, quality assurance complaint handling and adverse event reporting. R&D costs are charged to operations when they are incurred.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views their operationsoperates and manages theirits business within one operating and reportable segment. Accordingly, the Company reports the accompanying consolidated financial statements in the aggregate in one reportable segment.

Derivative LiabilitiesFinancial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments and other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for in accordance with ASC 815,Derivatives and Hedging. The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the derivative is marked-to-marketre-measured at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability or asset and the change in fair value is recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s derivative financial instruments were comprised of warrants issued in connection with both public and/or private securities offerings. During the third quarter of 2018, the non-employee stock options were reclassified to equity following the modification of these stock options. Upon conversion or exercisesettlement of a derivative financial instrument, the instrument is marked tore-measured at the settlement date and the fair value atof the conversion date and then that fair valueunderlying instrument is reclassified to equity.equity (see Note 4).

The classification of derivative financial instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilitiesliabilities/assets or as equity, is re-assessedreassessed at the end of each reporting period. Derivative financial instruments

that become subject to reclassification are reclassified at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative instrument liabilitiesfinancial instruments will be classified in the consolidated balance sheet as current if the right to exercise or non-current based on whether or not settlement ofsettle the derivative financial instrument is expected within 12 months oflies with the consolidated balance sheet date.holder.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2 – Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 – Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The Company’s financial instruments recorded in its consolidated balance sheets consist primarily of cash, and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and the Ximedica project initiation deposit, andreceivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and accrued liabilities.derivative financial instruments. The book values of these instruments, with the exception of derivative financial instruments and non-current receivables, approximate their fair values due to the immediate or short-term nature of thosethese instruments.

ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. AThe Company’s derivative financial instrument’s categorizationinstruments are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company had certain Level 3 derivative liabilities required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP as at March 31, 2016 and 2015.basis. Unobservable inputs used in the valuation of these liabilities includesfinancial instruments include volatility of the underlying share price and the expected term. See Note 7.3 for the inputs used in the Black ScholesBlack-Scholes option-pricing model at Marchas of December 31, 20162019 and 2018 and the rollforward of the warrant liability and see Note 8. for the inputs used in the Black Scholes model at March 31, 2016 and 2015 for the rollforwardroll forward of the derivative financial instruments. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are comprised of warrants which are classified as liabilities.

The following table summarizes the Company’s derivative financial instruments and stock-based compensation liability for non-employee options.within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

F-10


Table of Contents

   Fair Value  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3 
 March 31, 2016            
              
 Liabilities:            
    Non-employee options 521,179        521,179 
    Warrants 1,204,581        1,204,581 
              
 March 31, 2015            
              
 Assets:            
 Short-term investments 378,000  378,000       
              
 Liabilities:            
    Non-employee options 1,581,444        1,581,444 
    Warrants -        - 
   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

December 31, 2019

        

Liabilities:

        

Derivative financial instruments

  $5   $—     $—     $5 

December 31, 2018

        

Assets:

        

Non-current receivable

  $294   $—     $—     $294 

Liabilities:

        

Derivative financial instruments

  $13,769   $—     $—     $13,769 

There were no transfers between any of the levels during the years ended MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 2015.2018.

Basic and Diluted Income (Loss) per Share

Earnings or loss per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding forduring the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-averageweighted average of all potentially dilutive shares of common stock that were outstanding during the periods presented.

The treasury stock method is used in calculating diluted EPS for potentially dilutive stock options and share purchase warrants, which assumes that any proceeds received from the exercise of in-the-money stock options and share purchase warrants, would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price for the period.

EPS for convertible debt is calculated underperiod, unless including the “if-converted” method. Under the if-converted method, EPS is calculated as the moreeffects of these potentially dilutive of EPS (i) including all interest (both cash interest and non-cash discount amortization) and excluding all shares underlying the convertible debt or; (ii) excluding all interest and costs directly related to the convertible debt (both cash interest and non-cash discount amortization) and including all shares underlying the convertible debt.securities would be anti-dilutive.

The basic and diluted loss per share for the years ended March 31, 2016periods noted below is as follows (amounts in thousands, except for share and 2015 were calculated as follows:per share amounts):

Year ended
March 31, 2016
Year ended
March 31, 2015
  $  $ 
Net loss, basic (6,881,812) (9,838,317)
Effect of dilutive securities: Change in fair value of derivative liability (1,156,002) - 
Net loss, diluted (8,037,814) (9,838,317)
Denominator
Weighted average common shares outstanding
66,522,56457,048,406
Effective of dilutive securities
     Warrants and options
503,980-
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 67,026,545  57,048,406 
       
Basic net loss per share$(0.10)$(0.17)
       
Diluted net loss per shares$(0.12)$(0.17)

F-11


   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2019   2018 

Basic and Diluted

    

Numerator

    

Net loss

  $(9,781  $(28,623

Denominator

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

   752,932    651,034 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $(12.99  $(43.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Table of Contents

The following outstanding securities for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted shares outstanding for the periods noted below, as they would have been anti-dilutive:anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and because the exercise price of certain of these outstanding securities were greater than the average closing price of the Company’s common stock.

  Year ended  Year ended 
  March 31, 2016  March 31, 2015 
Options outstanding 5,875,360  4,920,000 
Warrants outstanding 12,973,009  8,444,400 
Total 18,848,369  13,364,400 

   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2019   2018 

Options outstanding

   99,018    94,475 

RSUs

   788    27 

Warrants outstanding

   86,958    114,406 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   186,764    208,908 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In MarchJune 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09,2016-13,Compensation—Stock CompensationFinancial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 718)326): ImprovementsMeasurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held and requires enhanced disclosures regarding significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10,Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which amends the effective date of ASU 2016-13. Public business entities that meeting the definition of an SEC filer, excluding entities eligible to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in this update change existing guidance relatedbe a Small Reporting Company (“SRC”) as defined by the SEC, are required to accountingadopt the standard for employee share-based payments affecting the income tax consequences of awards, classification of awards as equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual reporting periodsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,Leases (Topic 842). The new standard establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the consolidated income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01,Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in this update revise the accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods after December 15, 2017,2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluatingAll other entities are required to adopt the potential impact of the adoption of this standard.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest- Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30). This guidance is to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by recognizing a debt liability in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from that debt liability consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. The amendments in this update are effective for financial statements issuedstandard for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has adopted thismeets the definition of an SRC and therefore the standard andwill not be effective until the adoption did notbeginning of 2023. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-13 will have a material impact on the Company’sits consolidated financial position.statements.

In August 2014,2018, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15,2018-13,Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s AbilityFramework-Changes to Continue as a Going Concernthe Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which is intendedadds disclosure requirements to define management’s responsibilityTopic 820 for the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued when applicable) and to provide related footnote disclosures. The ASU provides guidance to an organization’s management, with principles and definitions that are intended to reduce diversity in the timing and content of disclosures that are commonly provided by organizations today in the financial statement footnotes. Thedevelop Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annualreporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016,2019. The Company will adopt the standard as of January 1, 2020 and anticipates an increase in Level 3 fair value disclosures within the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808): Clarifying the Interaction Between Topic 808 and Topic 606, which, among other things, provides guidance on how to assess whether certain collaborative arrangement transactions should be accounted for the Company is April 1, 2017. Earlyunder Topic 606. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption is permitted. The adoptionCompany will adopt the standard as of this standard will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

F-12


Table of Contents

The amendments also clarify that the guidance in Topic 275,Risks and Uncertainties, is applicable to entities that have not commenced planned principal operations. The central feature of the guidance on disclosure requirements is that required disclosures are limited to matters significant to a particular entity. The disclosures focus primarily on risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect the amounts reported in the financial statements in the near term or the near-term functioning of the reporting entity.

3.

RECAPITALIZATION

On June 13, 2014, the Company completed a recapitalization transaction where the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Neuro.January 1, 2020. In exchange, the Company issued a total of 35,300,083 shares to the shareholders of Neuro which merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, HMT Mergersub, for the purpose of the three-corner amalgamation. As a result, the former Neuro shareholders owned the majority of the outstanding shares of the Company upon completion of the transaction. Prior to the recapitalization transaction, the Company did not meet the definition of a business. Thus, the transaction is considered to be a capital transaction of Neuro accompanied by a recapitalization.

The ongoing Company has adopted the name Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. These consolidated financial statements present the results of Neuroconjunction with the exceptionacquisition of common stock which has been retroactively restated to reflect the Recapitalization. In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company advanced Neuro an unsecured loan in the amount of $150,000 (the “Bridge Loan”). The Bridge Loan was for a term of one year commencingHeuro on MayOctober 30, 2014, and was payable in a lump sum at the end of the term. The Bridge Loan bears interest at a rate of 8% per annum.

F-13


Table of Contents

The net assets acquired were as follows,

Cash and cash equivalents$ 23,904
Receivables1,644
Bridge loan receivable150,000
Prepaid expenses5,970
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities(18,628)
$ 162,890

The recapitalization transaction reflects a credit to additional paid-in capital of $162,890, the carrying value of the net assets of the Company at the time of the reverse merger.

In connection to the completion of the transaction, the Company completed a private placement of 15,240,000 units at CAD $0.50 per unit for a total of $7,016,002 (CAD $7,620,000) (Note 7). Each unit consisted of one common share of the Company and one-half of a share purchase warrant. Each whole share purchase warrant is exercisable at CAD $1.00 for a period of twenty-four months. In respect of this private placement, the Company paid aggregate finders’ fees of $379,806 (CAD $412,200) and issued 824,400 finders’ warrants. Each finder’s warrant is exercisable at CAD $1.00 per share for a period of two years.

4.

CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE

On February 19, 2014,2019, the Company entered into a securities purchaseco-promotion agreement wherewith HTC which meets the Company agreed to sell and issue a note with annual simple interest at 8% (the “Debenture”). A total of $1,000,100 in principal had been received. The Debenture matured on the earliest of (i) February 28, 2015 or such later date as agreed (ii) the closingdefinition of a transaction involving a change in controlcollaborative agreement. Certain components of the Company or (iii) the date of the closing of the Company’s qualified financing being an aggregate amount of at least $2,000,000 (“qualified financing”).

Upon completion of a qualified financing, the Debenture would automatically convert into equity securities of the Company at a price per share equal to 85% of the price per share of the qualified financing. If a qualified financing did not occur on or before the maturity date, at the option of the Company’s board of directors, the outstanding balance of the debenture would be converted into the Company’s equity securities at a conversion price per share determined using a valuation of $8.5 million and the number of shares outstanding at that date.

On June 13, 2014, the Debenture matured on the closing of the Company’s qualified financing and converted into 2,564,705 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The conversion option of the Debenture was accounted for as a contingent beneficial conversion feature valued at $176,488 which was recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on settlement of the contingency. Upon conversion of the Debenture, the Company issued a total of 2,564,705 common shares. In addition, the Company paid the Debenture holders $11,131 with respect to the accrued and unpaid interest outstanding.

5.

PROMISSORY NOTE

On September 8, 2015, the Company received $200,000 in exchange for the issuance of a promissory note (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was to be repaid six months from the date of issuance with interest accruing at the rate of 6% per annum for the first three months and 10% per annum thereafter. In addition, the lender was entitled to receive 30,000 common shares of the Company on the date of the Promissory Note (the “Bonus Shares”) and an additional 30,000 common shares every three months thereafter as long as the principal of the loan remained outstanding. During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company issued the lender 30,000 Bonus Shares valued at $29,045 based on their quoted market value to the lender. This amount was recorded as a debt discount of the Promissory Note at issuance and was being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the Promissory Note.

F-14


Table of Contents

On October 28, 2015, the Company repaid the Promissory Note in its entirety, along with accrued interest of $1,644. The remaining debt discount was immediately recorded as interest expense on the date of repayment.

6.

CONVERTIBLE NOTE

On October 9, 2015, in connection with an Asset Purchase Agreement, under which the Company licensed the use of its intellectual property in the People’s Republic of China, Taiwan, Singapore, Hong Kong, and the Macau Special Administrative Region, the Company entered into a US$7.0 million funding commitment with A&B Company Limited (“A&B”) in the form of a convertible promissory note. The funding commitment consisted of (i) an initial $2.0 millionco-promotion agreement fall under the Note (“$2.0 million note” and (ii) an additional $5.0 million funding commitment, upon which the Company could draw down at any time or from time to time during the six-month period beginning on the issuance date of the promissory note. The $2.0 million note would accrue interest at a rate equal to 6% per annum, payable in cash on the due date of April 9, 2016. The $2.0 million note was unsecured and was convertible at the option of the holder into units of the Company at $0.96 per unit. Each unit would consist of one share of common stock and one half share purchase warrant exercisable at $1.44 for a period of three years from the date of issuance.

Pursuant to the guidancescope of ASC 815Derivatives606 and Hedging, the Company determined that the conversion feature embedded in the $2.0 Million Note was required to be bifurcated from the Note and accounted for as a derivative liability because it was considered not to be indexed to the Company’s stock due to its exercise price being denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. Therefore, pursuant to the guidance of ASC 815-15, the Company allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the $2.0 million note first to the fair value of the embedded conversion feature, with a corresponding discount allocated to the Note. This resulted in a debt discount of $425,208. This debt discount would be amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the $2.0 million note. During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company did not record any accretion in respect of this discount, because the $2.0 million note was immediately converted, as noted below.

On October 9, 2015, the Company received the conversion notice and on November 10th, 2015, the Company issued 2,083,333 shares of common stock at a price of $0.96 per share and 1,041,667 warrants exercisable at $1.44 for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The shares of common stock and the warrants were issued on November 10, 2015. Pursuant to the guidance of ASC 815Derivatives and Hedging, the Company determined that the warrants are required towill be accounted for as liabilities because it they are considered not to be indexed to the Company’s stock due to the exercise price being denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. The fair value of these warrants was determined to be $206,667 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See Note 7. for the derivative liability rollforward.accordingly.

As a result of the bifurcation of the embedded conversion option, for accounting purposes, two instruments were considered outstanding and, upon exercise of the contractual conversion option, extinguishment accounting has been applied. Consequently, the shares issued pursuant to the conversion are recorded at their fair value on the date of issuance, determined with reference to their quoted market price on the date of conversion. The resulting difference between the fair value of the shares issued, less the fair value of the related conversion feature and the carrying value of the related debt, is recorded as a gain or loss on the consolidated statement of operations. During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company recorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $268,334 in connection with the conversion of the Note.

The Company could elect to draw down on the additional $5.0 million funding through the issuance of units of the Company at a price based on the volume weighted average closing price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the date the Company elects to draw down from the commitment (the “Draw Down Price”). Each unit would consist of one shares of common stock of the Company and one half share purchase warrant. The warrant would be exercisable at the price representing a fifty percent (50%) premium to the Draw Down Price.

On December 29, 2015, the Company drew down the remaining $5.0 million commitment through the issuance of 5,555,556 shares of common stock at a price of $0.90 per share and 2,777,778 warrants exercisable at $1.35 for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The shares of common stock and the warrants were issued on January 7, 2016.

F-15


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the guidance of ASC 815Derivatives and Hedging, the Company determined that the warrants are required to be accounted for as liabilities because they are considered not to be indexed to the Company’s stock due to the exercise price being denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. Consequently, the Company allocated the proceeds from the $5.0 million funding initially to the warrants at their fair value, with the remainder allocated to the common shares. The fair value of these warrants was determined to be $796,945 using the Black Scholes option pricing model. See Note 7. for the derivative liability rollforward relating to these warrants.

7.3.

COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS

As of March 31, 2016,On June 28, 2018, at the Company’s certificate2018 Annual Meeting of incorporation authorizedShareholders, the Company’s shareholders approved the Company’s reincorporation from the state of Wyoming to the state of Delaware. On July 20, 2018, the Company completed its reincorporation from Wyoming to issue unlimited Class Athe state of Delaware.

As a result, following the Company’s reincorporation, the Company’s authorized capital stock pursuant to its Delaware charter consists of 150,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, at a par value per share of $0.001 and 10,000,000 authorized shares withoutof preferred stock at a par value. Each Class Avalue per share of $0.001. Holders of common share isstock are entitled to have the right to vote at any shareholder meeting of the Company’s stockholders on the basis of one vote per share.share of common stock owned as of the record date of such meeting. Each Class A share heldof common stock entitles the holder to receive dividends, if any, as declared by the directors. Company’s Board of Directors.

No dividends have been declared since inception of the Company through MarchDecember 31, 2016.2019. In the event of thea liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholdersstockholders for the purposes of winding-up its affairs or upon a reduction of capital, the holders of the Class A common sharesstockholders shall, share equally, share for share, in the remaining assets and property of the Company.

On April 18, 2016, the Company closed its short form prospectus offering in Canada and a concurrent U.S. private placement (the “April 2016 Offering”) of units (the “Units”) with gross proceeds to the Company of $7.2 million through the issuance of Units at a price of CAD$175.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of common stock in the capital of the Company (a “Common Share’) and one-half of one Common Share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each Warrant entitled the holder thereof to acquire one additional Common Share at an exercise price of CAD$262.50 on or before April 18, 2019. Mackie Research Capital Corporation (the “Agent”) acted as agent and sole bookrunner in connection with the April 2016 Offering. The Company is subjectpaid the Agent a cash commission of $0.3 million and granted to the Agent compensation options exercisable to purchase 2,491 Units at an exercise price of CAD$175.00 per Unit for a period of 24 months from the closing of the April 2016 Offering. The Company incurred other cash issuance costs of $1.1 million related to this offering. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 1,096 warrants were exercised. On April 18, 2019, 26,352 warrants were cancelled due to their expiration.

On May 2, 2016, the Company closed the sale of the additional units issued pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the Agent in connection with the April 2016 Offering. The April 2016 Offering was made pursuant to a stockholders agreement, which places certain restrictions onshort form prospectus filed with the Company’ssecurities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces of Canada, except Québec. Pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option, the Company issued an additional 6,229 units at a price of CAD$175.00 per unit for additional gross proceeds to the Company of $0.9 million, bringing the total aggregate gross proceeds to the Company under the Offering to $8.1 million. Each over-allotment unit consisted of one share of common stock and its stockholders. These restrictions include approvals prior to sale or transferin the capital of stock, a right of first refusal to purchase stock held by the Company and a secondary rightone-half of refusalone Common Share purchase warrant. Each over-allotment warrant entitles the holder thereof to stockholders, rightacquire one additional over-allotment Common Share at an exercise price of co-sale whereby certain stockholders may be enabled to participate in a sale of other stockholders to obtain the same price, term and conditionsCAD$262.50 on a pro-rata basis, rights of first offer of new security issuances to current stockholders on a pro-rata basis and certain other restrictions.

Upon completion of the Recapitalization, the Company issued a total of 35,300,083 shares to the shareholders of Neuro (Note 3).or before April 18, 2019. In connection with the Recapitalization,closing of the over-allotment option, the Company also closedpaid the Agent a non-brokered private placement (the “Private Placement”)cash commission of $0.1 million and granted to the Agent compensation options exercisable to purchase 373 over-allotment units at CAD $0.50an exercise price of CAD$175.00 per unit for a period of 15,240,000 units raising $7,016,00224 months from the over-allotment closing. As of December 31, 2018, all remaining outstanding compensation options had been cancelled due to their expiration.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a $0.1 million gain in change in fair value of derivative financial instruments due to the expiration of both the April 18, 2016 and May 2, 2016 compensations options.

The proceeds from the April 2016 Offering were allocated on May 30, 2014 (Note 3). Each unit consists of onea relative fair value basis between the common stock and the warrants issued. The warrants issued in connection with the April 2016 Offering were classified within equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. These warrants were recorded in additional paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at their fair value. As discussed in Note 1, due to the change in the Company’s functional currency, as of April 1, 2018, these warrants were reclassified to liabilities as derivative financial instruments on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as they are now priced in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. This resulted in the Company recording a $4.7 million increase in derivative financial instruments and one halfa $1.4 million reduction in additional paid-in capital on its consolidated balance sheet and a $3.3 million loss related to the change in fair value of a warrantderivative financial instruments on its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss during the Company where one full warrant is exercisable for 2 years at CAD $1.00 into one common stock. year ended December 31, 2018.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants issued was determinedgranted in the April 2016 Offering using the Black Scholes option-pricingBlack-Scholes option pricing model as of the grant date and as of April 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018:

   December 31, 2018  April 1, 2018  Grant Date 

Stock price

  CAD$448.00  CAD$450.45  CAD$190.75 

Exercise price

  CAD$262.50  CAD$262.50  CAD$262.50 

Warrant term

   0.30 years   1.05 years   3.0 years 

Expected volatility

   83.56  71.13  83.83

Risk-free interest rate

   1.64  1.60  0.60

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00  0.00

On February 16, 2017, the Company used the relative fair value method to allocate $578,961completed an underwritten registered public offering and issued an aggregate of the37,457 shares of common stock for gross proceeds to Additional Paid-in Capital to account for the warrants issued.of $9.2 million. The Company incurred cash issuance costs of $1.2 million in connection with this offering.

On April 30, 2015,In June 2017, the Company closedcompleted a non-brokered private placement of 22,857 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $5.4 million. The Company incurred approximately $9 thousand in share issuance cost related to the private placement.

In December 2017, the Company completed a three-tranche non-brokered private placement (the “First Financing”“December 2017 financing”) raisingfor an aggregate of 18,457 units for gross proceeds of $1,825,937 by the issuanceapproximately $6.3 million. Each unit consisted of 849,273 units (each a “First Financing Unit”)one share of common stock and one share purchase warrant, and was sold at a price of $2.15$343.00 per First Financing Unit.unit. Each First Financing Unit consists of one (1) common share and one half of one (1/2) common share purchase warrant (each a “First Financing Warrant”). Each whole First Financing Warrant entitles the holder thereofto acquire one additional share of common stock and is exercisable over a period of 36 months following the respective closing of the December 2017 financing at an exercise price of $428.75 per warrant share. The first tranche, which closed on December 22, 2017, was for 7,740 units for which the Company received gross proceeds of approximately $2.6 million. The second tranche, which closed on December 28, 2017, was for 4,886 units for which the Company received approximately $1.7 million, while the third tranche, which closed on December 29, 2017, was for 5,830 units for which the Company received $2.0 million. The Company paid $0.1 million in share issuance costs related to the December 2017 financing.

As a result of the change in the Company’s functional currency, these warrants have been reclassified from liabilities as derivative financial instruments to additional paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. As of April 1, 2018, $2.5 million, was reclassified from derivative financial instruments to additional paid-in capital, representing the fair value of warrants having USD$ exercise prices. There was no impact to the

Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss as a result of this reclassification as the fair value of these warrants on April 1, 2018, was the same as of March 31, 2018, the most recent date that the fair value of these warrants was re-measured.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants granted in the December 2017 financing using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the grant dates and on April 1, 2018.

   April 1, 2018  December 29, 2017  December 28, 2017  December 22, 2017 

Stock price

  $353.85  $431.20  $435.75  $371.00 

Exercise price

  $428.75  $428.75  $428.75  $428.75 

Warrant term

   2.7 years   3.0 years   3.0 years   3.0 years 

Expected volatility

   65.40  60.24  60.24  60.24

Risk-free interest rate

   2.39  1.98  2.00  2.01

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00  0.00  0.00

On April 13, 2018, the Company issued 61,197 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase one additional common share61,197 shares of the CompanyCompany’s common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price of $3.00$261.45 per share for a period of thirty-six (36) monthsand accompanying warrant. Gross proceeds from the closing dateoffering were approximately $16.0 million. On April 24, 2018, the Company closed on the sale of an additional 9,179 shares of its common stock and warrants pursuant to the exercise of the Financing. The Company paid a cash finder’s fee of $84,074over-allotment option (collectively the “April 2018 offering”) granted to the underwriters in connection with this First Financing, as well as 27,396 finder’s warrants (the “First Financing Finder’s Warrants”). Each First Financing Finder’s Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Companyoffering at a price of $3.00$261.45 per share for a period of thirty-six (36) monthsand accompanying warrants. Gross proceeds from the closing dateexercise of the First Financing.

On June 26, 2015,over-allotment option was $2.4 million. BTIG, LLC and Echelon Wealth Partners acted as joint book-running managers for the April 2018 Offering. The Company closed a non-brokered private placement (the “Second Financing”) raising grosspaid approximately $1.1 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and incurred offering expenses of approximately $1.0 million in connection with the April 2018 Offering, resulting in net proceeds of $721,243 by$16.3 million from the April 2018 offering. The underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses were allocated between share issuance costs and expenses based on the relative fair values of 335,463 units (each a “Second Financing Unit”)common stock and warrants issued in connection with the April 2018 Offering, resulting in the recording of approximately $0.8 million of expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The fair value of these warrants at a price of $2.15 per Second Financing Unit. issuance was approximately $7.4 million.

Each Second Financing Unit consists of one (1) common share and one half of one (1/2) common share purchase warrant (each a “Second Financing Warrant”). Each whole Second Financing Warrantissued in connection with the April 2018 offering entitles the holder thereof to purchaseacquire one additional common share of the Company at a price of $3.00 per share for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the closing date of the Second Financing. The Company paid a cash finder’s fee of $40,803 in connection with this Second Financing, as well as 18,978 finder’s warrants (the “Second Financing Finder’s Warrants”). Each Second Financing Finder’s Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of $2.15 per share for a period of sixty (60) months from the closing date of the Second Financing.

F-16


Table of Contents

On July 17, 2015, the Company closed a non-brokered private placement (the “Third Financing”) raising gross proceeds of $270,375 by the issuance of 125,756 units (each a “Third Financing Unit”) at a price of $2.15 per Third Financing Unit. Each Third Financing Unit consists of one (1) common share and one half of one (1/2) common share purchase warrant (each a “Third Financing Warrant”). Each whole Third Financing Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of $3.00 per share for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the closing date of the Third Financing. The Company paid a cash finder’s fee of $16,223 in connection with this Third Financing, as well as 7,545 finder’s warrants (the “Third Financing Finder’s Warrants”). Each Third Financing Finder’s Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of $2.15 per share for a period of sixty (60) months from the closing date of the Third Financing.

On November 10, 2015, upon conversion of the $2.0 million Note, the Company issued 2,083,333 shares of common stock at aan exercise price of $0.96CAD$428.75 per share and 1,041,667 warrants exercisable at $1.44 for a period of three years from the date of issuance. See Note 6 “Convertible Note”.

On December 29, 2015, the Company drew down the remaining $5.0 million commitment through the issuance of 5,555,556 shares of common stock at a price of $0.90 per share and 2,777,778 warrants exercisable at $1.35 for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The shares of common stock and the warrants were issued on January 7, 2016. See Note 6 “Convertible Note”.

or before April 10, 2021. Pursuant to the guidance of ASC 815Derivatives and Hedging,, the Company has determined that all of the warrants issued duringin connection with the year ended March 31, 2016 as described above are required toApril 2018 offering should be accounted for as liabilities because they are considered notas the ability to be indexed tomaintain an effective registration is outside of the Company’s stock duecontrol and that it may be required to settle the exercise price being denominatedof the warrants in cash and because, as a result of the change in the Company’s functional currency (see Note 2), the exercise prices of these warrants are in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. Consequently, the Company determined the fair value of each warrant issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricingoption-pricing model, with the remainder of the proceeds allocated to the common shares. As of December 31, 2019, 2,025 warrants had been exercised, all during 2018, for gross proceeds of CAD$0.9 million.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants granted in the April 2018 Offering using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the date of the initial closing of the offering and the date of the closing of the over-allotment option, as well as of December 31, 2019.

   December 31, 2019  April 24, 2018  April 13, 2018 

Stock price

  CAD $43.05  CAD $376.60  CAD $344.75 

Exercise price

  CAD $428.75  CAD $428.75  CAD $428.75 

Warrant term

   1.28 years   3.00 years   3.00 years 

Expected volatility

   72.43  64.49  64.20

Risk-free interest rate

   1.72  2.02  1.99

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00  0.00

On November 19, 2018, the Company issued 60,606 shares of its common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price of $288.75 per share. Gross proceeds from the offering were $17.5 million. On November 2018, the Company closed on the sale of an additional 9,090 shares of its common stock pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option (collectively the “November 2018 offering”) granted to the underwriters in connection with the offering at a price of $288.75 per share. Gross proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option was $2.6 million. BTIG LLC and Oppenheimer & Co acted as joint book-running managers for the November 2018 offering. The Company paid approximately $1.2 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and incurred offering expenses of approximately $0.7 million, of which $0.1 million was accrued as of December 31, 2018, resulting in net proceeds of $18.3 million.

On November 22, 2019, the Company issued 137,571 shares of its common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price of $12.25 per share. Gross proceeds from the offering (the “November 2019 Offering”) were approximately $1.7 million. HC Wainwright acted as book-running manager for the November 2019 Offering. The Company paid approximately $0.1 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and incurred offering expenses of approximately $0.5 million, resulting in net proceeds of $1.1 million, in connection with the November 2019 Offering.

The following table summarizes the activities of warrants having an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the functional currency ofthat the Company thataccounts for as liabilities and records as derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2019  2018 

Fair value of warrants at beginning of year

  $13,769  $6,941 

Issuance of warrants

   —     7,372 

Exercise of warrants

   (35  (3,012

Fair value of previously classified equity warrants

   —     5,049 

Fair value of previously classified liability warrants reclassified to additional paid-in capital

   —     (2,478

Foreign exchange losses (gains)

   384   (872

Change in fair value of warrants during the year

   (14,113  769 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of warrants at end of year

  $5  $13,769 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

These warrants, which are classified as derivative financial instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are required to be accounted for as liabilities are summarized as follows for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

Year ended
March 31, 2016
$
Year ended
March 31, 2015
$
Fair value of warrants, beginning of there-measured at each reporting period,--
Issuance1,536,134-
Change in fair value of warrants during the period(331,553)-
Fair value of warrants, end of the period1,204,581-

The warrants are required to be re-valued with the change in fair value of the liability recorded as a gain or loss in the change of fair value of derivative liability,financial instruments, included in other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at the end of each reporting period.loss. The fair value of the warrants will continue to be classified as a liability until such time as they are exercised, expire or there is an amendment to the respective agreements that renders these financial instruments to be no longer classified as a liability.such.

The fair value of all warrants classified as derivative financial instruments outstanding as of MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 2018 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricingoption-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

March 31, 2016
Stock price$0.78
Exercise Price$1.62
Expected life2.65 years
Expected volatility83.86%
Risk – free interest rate0.83%
Dividend rate0.00%

F-17


   As of December 31, 
   2019  2018 

Stock price

  CAD $43.05  CAD$448.00 

Exercise price

  CAD $428.75  CAD$381.15 

Warrant term

   1.28 years   1.71 years 

Expected volatility

   72.43  75.31

Risk-free interest rate

   1.72  1.80

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00

TableThe following is a summary of Contents

warrant activity during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

   Number of Warrants (by currency
denomination of exercise price)
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
   CAD$  USD$  CAD$   USD$ 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

   28,900   38,382  $258.30   $358.75 

Granted

   70,766   —     427.70    —   

Expired

   (648  (3,901  175.00    525.00 

Exercised

   (3,219  (15,874  345.80    236.25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

   95,799   18,607  $381.15   $428.40 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

   —     —     —      —   

Cancelled/Expired

   (26,352  —     262.50    —   

Exercised

   (1,096  —     262.50    —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2019

   68,351   18,607  $428.75   $428.40 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The continuity of warrants forfollowing table summarizes the year ended March 31, 2016 is as follows:

  Number of warrants  Weighted Average Exercise Price 
  CAD  US  CAD  US 
Balance, March 31, 2015 8,444,400  - $ 1.00  - 
Granted    4,528,609 $ -  1.62 
Exercised (14,400) - $ 1.00  - 
Balance, March 31, 2016 8,430,000  4,528,609 $ 1.00  1.62 

TheCompany’s warrants outstanding and exercisable at Marchas of December 31, 2016 are as follows:2019:

Number of Warrants Outstanding

   

Exercise Price

Expiration Date

Number of warrants outstandingExercise Price108Expiry Date
8,430,000CAD $1.00May 30, 2016
452,032US$376.25US $ 3.00April 30, 2018
167,731US $ 3.00June 26, 2018
18,978US $ 2.15June 26, 2020
62,878US $ 3.0043July 17, 2018
7,545US $ 2.15US$376.25July 17, 2020
1,041,667US $ 1.447,740November 10, 2018US$428.75December 22, 2020
2,777,778US $ 1.354,886US$428.75December 28, 2020
5,830US$428.75December 29, 20182020
68,351CAD$428.75April 21, 2021

86,958


8.4.

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

On June 18, 2014,May 15, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and approved the adoption of the 20142018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“20142018 Plan”), under which an aggregate of 12,108,016153,031 shares of common stock may be issued. This share reserve is the sum of 85,714 new shares, plus the remaining 67,317 shares that remained available for issuance under the Company’s 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the predecessor incentive plan (the “2016 Plan”) at the time of the adoption of the 2018 Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the 20142018 Plan, the Company is authorized to grant stock options, as well as awards of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted shares, restricted stock units (“RSU”), stock equivalent units and deferred stock units.performance-based cash awards. These awards may be granted to directors, officers, employees and eligible consultants. Vesting and the term of an option is determined at the discretion of the Company’s Board of DirectorsDirectors. Subsequent to the adoption of the Company. At March2018 Plan, the Company ceased granting

awards under the 2016 Plan, the predecessor incentive plan. However, outstanding stock options granted prior to the effective date of the 2018 Plan are still governed by the 2016 Plan or the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, which preceded the 2016 Plan.

As of December 31, 2016,2019, there were 5,432,656an aggregate of 116,250 shares of common sharesstock remaining available for grant under the 2014Company’s 2018 Plan.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 33,337 stock options to employees and directors of which 3,963 were forfeited. The continuityCompany did not issue any stock options to consultants.

The following is a summary of stock optionsoption activity for the year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016is2019 and 2018:

   Number of Options  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
in USD$
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
in USD$
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

   69,921    

Granted

   28,896   354.20   

Forfeited

   (1,528  346.15   

Exercised (1)

   (2,814  108.50   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

   94,475  $249.87   $8,308 

Granted

   33,337  $162.74   

Forfeited/Cancelled

   (13,939  298.55   

Exercised (2)

   (14,855  96.95   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

   99,018  $236.63   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2019

   53,850  $248.25   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, 242 stock options were exercised on a cashless basis resulting in 93 shares being withheld in satisfaction of the exercise price.

(2)

For the year ended December 31, 2019, 14,855 stock options were exercised on a cashless basis resulting in 13,818 shares being withheld in satisfaction of the exercise price.

Upon the change in the Company’s functional currency effective April 1, 2018, stock options previously classified as follows:equity were classified as liabilities. On April 1, 2018, these options had a fair value of approximately $10.0 million, which was recorded as stock-based compensation liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, of which approximately $4.2 million was reclassified from additional paid-in capital and the remainder was recorded as additional stock-based compensation expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. In June 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors’ approved the modification of all outstanding stock options with exercise prices denominated in CAD$ to convert the exercise prices of such options to USD$, subject to the consent of the holders of such options. On August 8, 2018, following the consent of option holders, the Company re-measured stock options for which all holders had consented to the modification and recorded $0.3 million reduction to stock-based compensation liability and reclassified $10.3 million from liability to equity. The incremental expense as a result of the modification was immaterial to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2018.

     Weighted    
     Average  Aggregate 
     Exercise Price  Intrinsic Value 
Number(CAD)(CAD)
Balance outstanding at March 31, 2015 4,920,000 $ 1.14 $ 10,120,000 
Exercised (94,640)$ 0.60  - 
Granted 1,850,000 $ 0.88  - 
          
Balance outstanding at March 31, 2016 6,675,360 $ 1.08 $ 1,580,883 
          
Balance exercisable at March 31, 2016 4,336,864 $ 1.16 $ 1,064,963 

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and exercisable at Marchby employees and directors as of December 31, 2016 are as follows:2019:

F-18


Table of Contents

     Options          
     outstanding          
     remaining        Number of 
Number of    contractual life  Exercise  Grant date fair  options 
   options Expiry date  (years)  Price (CAD)  value (CAD)  exercisable 
                
3,520,000 June 18, 2019  3.22 $ 0.60 $ 0.26  2,346,669 
155,360 June 20, 2019  3.22 $ 0.60 $ 0.26  155,360 
100,000 July 14, 2017  1.29 $ 2.52 $ 1.05  100,000 
450,000 December 8, 2019  3.69 $ 2.92 $ 1.65  450,000 
100,000 December 8, 2019  3.69 $ 2.92 $ 1.31  66,667 
400,000 December 8, 2019  3.69 $ 2.96 $ 1.29  300,000 
100,000 March 16, 2020  4.96 $ 3.20 $ 1.42  66,667 
50,000 August 15, 2015  4.38 $ 0.98 $ 0.39  16,667 
750,000 October 21, 2020  4.56 $ 0.87 $ 0.36  187,500 
550,000 October 28, 2020  4.58 $ 0.84 $ 0.44  550,000 
400,000 October 28,2020  4.58 $ 0.84 $ 0.36  64,000 
100,000 December 31, 2020  4.76 $ 1.24 $ 0.50  33,334 
6,675,360             4,336,864 

Number of
Options
Outstanding

   

Expiration Date

  Options
Outstanding
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
   Exercise
Price
   Fair Value
Post
Modification (1)
   Grant Date
Fair Value
   Number of
Options
Exercisable
 
 571   December 8, 2024   4.94   $445.20   $76.30   $—      571 
 2,285   December 8, 2024   4.94   $445.20   $76.30   $—      2,285 
 571   March 16, 2025   5.20   $438.20   $85.05   $—      571 
 4,285   October 21, 2025   5.80   $112.00   $230.00   $—      4,285 
 570   December 31, 2025   6.00   $156.80   $204.94   $—      570 
 16,997   July 13, 2026   6.53   $187.25   $181.32   $—      16,997 
 571   August 8, 2026   6.60   $174.30   $189.75   $—      571 
 17,624   April 17, 2027   7.29   $284.55   $263.85   $—      8,812 
 175   May 18, 2027   7.37   $257.25   $166.27   $—      175 
 285   May 18, 2027   7.37   $257.25   $267.77   $—      142 
 571   August 8, 2027   7.60   $363.30   $258.17   $—      286 
 571   April 9, 2028   8.27   $316.05   $280.33   $—      143 
 9,639   May 15, 2028   8.37   $384.65   $276.29   $—      5,238 
 1,584   August 22, 2028   8.64   $358.05   $—     $252.39    396 
 11   September 4, 2028   8.67   $356.65   $—     $251.63    11 
 1,428   September 10, 2028   8.69   $361.90   $—     $255.45    357 
 1,428   September 24, 2028   8.73   $339.85   $—     $237.58    357 
 2,142   October 15, 2028   8.79   $306.25   $—     $216.82    2,142 
 285   October 29, 2028   8.82   $339.85   $—     $240.32    71 
 143   November 19, 2028   8.88   $280.00   $—     $198.12    143 
 214   January 22, 2029   9.06   $267.75   $—     $185.50    —   
 214   February 4, 2029   9.09   $254.10   $—     $176.05    —   
 15,528   March 28, 2029   9.23   $236.60   $—     $161.70    2,532 
 6,137   August 7, 2029   9.60   $71.05   $—     $47.95    —   
 1,142   August 19, 2029   9.63   $67.55   $—     $45.50    —   
 4,285   September 23, 2029   9.72   $60.55   $—     $42.00    —   
 856   September 30, 2029   9.74   $57.75   $—     $38.85    —   
 570   October 1, 2029   9.75   $58.80   $—     $34.30    —   
 428   October 14, 2029   9.78   $50.75   $—     $34.30    —   

 

 

             

 

 

 
 91,110              46,655 

 

 

             

 

 

 

Included in the table above are non-employee awards that are subject to remeasurement each reporting period until vested. As a result, the grant date fair value is not representative of the total expense that will be recorded for these awards.

(1)

Reflects fair value of modified stock options on August 8, 2018

As of MarchDecember 31, 2016,2019, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options outstanding for employees and directors was $440,633 to$6.0 million which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 0.762.8 years.

The fair value of the employee and director stock options granted during the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 March 31, 2016March 31, 2015
   
Stock price$0.82 CAD$1.85 CAD
Exercise Price$0.87 CAD$2.20 CAD
Expected life3.75 years3.9 years
Expected volatility67.85%67.85%
Risk – free interest rate0.63%1.32%
Dividend rate0.00%0.00%

The Company has adopted the simplified method prescribed by the SEC in SAB Topic 14 in respect of estimating the expected term of its stock options as its limited share purchase option history does not provide a reasonable basis to estimate the expected terms. Expected volatility was determined by reference to the average volatility rates of other companies in the same industry due to the Company’s limited trading history. The Company recognizes compensation expense for only the portion of awards that are expected to vest.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, upon a review of the Company’s equity compensation awards granted under the 2016 Plan, the Company determined that it had inadvertently exceeded the annual per-person sub-limits involving an option award previously granted to a current executive officer. The aggregate amount of common stock represented by this excess award was 1,714 shares. This excess award was deemed to have been granted outside of the 2016 Plan and, as such, the Company applied liability accounting to the award. As a result, this excess award was to be re-measured at the end of each reporting period until such time that the Company’s stockholders approved the excess award, at which time the liability would be reclassified to equity. On June 28,

2018, the Company’s stockholders approved the excess award. On August 8, 2018, upon the modification of the exercise price of this stock option to convert such exercise price from CAD$ to USD$ as described above this excess award was re-measured again and reclassified from liability to equity for the portion of the option that had vested.

For the years ended MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, the Company applied an expected forfeiture rategranted 33,337 and 28,468 stock options, respectively, to employees and directors at a weighted average exercise price of 0% based on its historical experience.$162.74 and $354.20, respectively. The fair value of employee and director stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 had a weighted average grant date fair value of $105.38 and $272.30 per option, respectively, and they were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2019  2018 

Stock price

  $162.74  $392.35 

Exercise price

  $162.74  $354.20 

Expected term

   5.42 years   6.25 years 

Expected volatility

   76.90  78.99

Risk-free interest rate

   1.96  2.67

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00

Non-Employee Stock Options

In accordanceFor the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not grant any stock options to consultants. For the year ended December 31, 2018 the Company granted 428 stock options to consultants at a weighted average exercise price of $358.05. Stock options granted to the Company’s consultants for the year ended December 31, 2018 had a weighted average grant date fair value of $310.45 per share, and they were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the guidancefollowing weighted-average assumptions:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2018 

Stock price

  $358.05 

Exercise price

  $358.05 

Option term

   10 years 

Expected volatility

   90.17

Risk-free interest rate

   2.82

Dividend rate

   0.00

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and exercisable by consultants as of ASC 815-40-15,December 31, 2019:

Number of
Options
Outstanding

   

Expiration Date

  Options
Outstanding
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
   Exercise
Price
   Fair Value
Post
Modification (1)
   Grant Date
Fair Value
   Number of
Options
Exercisable
 
 855   December 8, 2024   4.94   $445.20   $76.30   $—      855 
 3,142   October 28, 2025   5.82   $111.30   $230.67   $—      3,142 
 2,056   October 3, 2026   6.75   $180.25   $187.25   $—      2,056 
 571   May 18, 2027   7.37   $257.25   $267.77   $—      286 
 428   August 8, 2027   7.60   $363.30   $258.17   $—      214 
 428   November 6, 2027   7.84   $567.00   $244.32   $—      214 
 428   August 22, 2028   8.64   $358.05   $—     $310.28    428 

 

 

             

 

 

 
 7,908              7,195 

 

 

             

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects fair value of modified stock options on August 8, 2018

As of December 31, 2019, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options outstanding for consultants was $0.1 million which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of 1.6 years.

During the third quarter of 2018, following the redenomination of the exercise prices of stock options from CAD$ to USD$, stock options awarded to non-employeesconsultants that are performing services for Neuro are requiredNHC ceased to be accounted for as derivative liabilities oncefinancial instruments. As a result, following the services have been performed and there-measurement of stock options have vested because they are considered not to be indexedgranted to the Company’s consultants on August 8, 2018, all vested stock dueoptions granted to their exercise price being denominated in a currency other than Neuro’s functional currency. Stockthese consultants were reclassified from liability to equity.

The following table summarizes non-employee stock options awarded to non-employees that are not vested are re-measured at their respective fair values at each reporting period andhad been accounted for as equity awards until the terms associated with their vesting requirements have been met. The changes in fair of the unvested non-employee awards are reflected in their respective operating expense classification in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-19


Table of Contents

The non-employee stock options that are required to be accounted for as liabilities are summarized as follows for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

Year ended
March 31, 2016
$
Year ended
March 31, 2015
$
   
Fair value of non-employee options, beginning of the period1,581,444-
Issuance-767,879
Reallocation of vested non-employee options690,88574,190
Change in fair value of non-employee stock options during the period(1,751,150)739,375
   
Fair value of non-employee options, end of the period521,1791,581,444

The non-employee options that have vested are required to be re-valued with the change in fair value of the liability recorded as a gain or loss on the change of fair value of derivative liability and included in other items in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the options will continue to be classified as a liability until such time as they are exercised, expire or there is an amendment to the respective agreements that renders these financial instruments to be no longer classified as a liability.during the year ended December 31, 2018 (amounts in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2018 

Fair value of non-employee stock options at beginning of year

  $2,637 

Exercise of non-employee options

   (737

Cancelled

   —   

Foreign exchange gains

   (38

Change in fair value of non-employee stock options during

the year

   (656

Reclassification to additional paid-in capital

   (1,206
  

 

 

 

Fair value of non-employee stock options at end of year

  $—   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of non-employee liability stock options previously classified awards at March 31, 2016as liabilities and 2015recorded as derivative financial instruments which were subsequently reclassified to equity following the modification of stock option previously on August 8, 2018 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:assumptions as of August 8, 2018:

August 8, 2018

Stock price

CAD$424.90

Exercise price

CAD$153.30

Expected life

0.93 years

Expected volatility

73.18

Risk-free interest rate

1.95

Dividend rate

0.00

Restricted Stock Units

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company granted RSUs to certain employees under the 2016 Plan that were scheduled to vest over a three-year period, with 25% vesting immediately. The fair value of the RSUs was based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, certain members of the Company’s executive management team elected to receive RSUs in lieu of cash compensation under the 2018 Plan that vested upon issuance. The fair value of the RSUs was based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the day of the grant.

 March 31, 2016March 31, 2015
   
Stock price$0.97 CAD$3.20 CAD
Exercise Price$1.52 CAD$1.90 CAD
Expected life3.23 years4.24 years
Expected volatility84.62%67.85%
Risk – free interest rate0.53%1.31%
Dividend rate0.00%0.00%

Share-based payments areThe following is a summary of the Company’s RSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

   Number of
Restricted
Stock Units
   Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Unit
 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2018

   54   CAD$350.00 

Vested and settled during 2018 (1)

   (27  CAD$350.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

   27   CAD$350.00 

Granted

   788   USD$21.17 

Vested and settled during 2019 (1)

   (27  CAD$350.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

   788   USD$21.17 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 7 RSUs withheld to satisfy required withholding taxes.

Stock-based compensation expense is classified in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows for(amounts in thousands):

   2019   2018 

Research and development

  $898   $939 

General and administrative

   3,793    7,156 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,691   $8,095 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5.

ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:following (amounts in thousands):

Year ended
March 31, 2016
$
Year ended
March 31, 2015
$
   
Consulting fees239,0641,167,281
Research and development158,396721,601
Wages and salaries833,790451,994
   
 1,231,2502,340,876

F-20


Table of Contents

   As of December 31, 
   2019   2018 

Employees benefits

  $722   $876 

Professional services

   67    518 

Legal expense

   81    253 

Royalty fees

   13    —   

Franchise fees

   28    —   

Rent

   —      98 

Severance

   606    66 

Other

   2    1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,519   $1,812 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

9.6.

INCOME TAXES

The components of net loss for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015(income) are as follows:follows (amounts in thousands):

  2016  2015 
  $  $ 
       
U.S 5,132,611  9,301,988 
Non-U.S. 1,749,201  536,329 
       
  6,881,812  9,838,317 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2019   2018 

U.S.

  $7,980   $29,013 

Non-U.S.

   1,801    (390
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $9,781   $28,623 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the income tax provision computed at statutory rates to the reported income tax provision for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:follows (amounts in thousands):

  2016  2015 
  $  $ 
Statutory tax rate 34.00%  34.00% 
Loss before income taxes (6,882,812) (9,838,317)
Expected income tax recovery (2,340,000) (3,345,000)
Increase (decrease) in income tax recovery resulting from:      
         Derivative liability (708,000) 251,000 
         Share based payments 419,000  796,000 
         Other permanent difference 49,000  12,000 
         Share issue costs -  (140,000)
         Effect of change in statutory rate (147,000) (41,000)
         Effect of foreign exchange -  89,000 
         Effect of over provision in prior year (2,164,000) - 
         Foreign income taxed at foreign rate 100,000  14,000 
         Increase in valuation allowance 4,791,000  2,364,000 
Income tax expense -  - 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2019  2018 

Statutory tax rate

   21.00  21.00
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

  $9,781  $28,623 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Expected income tax recovery

  $(2,054 $(6,011

Increase (decrease) in income tax recovery resulting from:

   

Derivative liability

   (2,964  877 

Share based payments

   949   1,279 

Other permanent difference

   (213  (376

Foreign income taxed at foreign rate

   (99  23 

Increase in valuation allowance

   4,381   4,208 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities after applying enacted corporate tax rates at March 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:follows (amounts in thousands):

  2016  2015 
  $  $ 
       
       
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities)      
   Operating losses carried forward 4,915,000  2,074,000 
   Intangible costs -  285,000 
   Share issuance costs -  99,000 
   Stock compensation 1,725,000  - 
   Other 609,000    
   Valuation allowance (7,249,000) (2,458,000)
       
       
Net deferred income tax asset -  - 

At March

   As of December 31, 
   2019   2018 

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

    

Operating losses carried forward

  $21,318   $16,028 

Tax credits

   679    1,217 

Stock compensation

   1,496    1,447 

Other

   1,293    85 

Valuation allowance

   (24,786   (18,777
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax asset

  $—     $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company has accumulated non-capital losses totaling $1,839,000$3.6 million in Canada and net operating losses of $12,616,000$75.3 million in the U.S.,United States, which may be available to carry forward and offset future years’ taxable income. The losses expire in various amounts starting in 2033.

F-21


Table of Contents

Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the net operating loss carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50 percent, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“The Act”). The Act makes broad changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (iv) creating the base erosion and anti-abuse tax, a new minimum tax; (v) limitation on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; (vi) enhancing the option to claim accelerated depreciation deductions on qualified property, and (vii) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. The Act reduced the corporate tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018.

The Company completed its determination of the accounting implications of The Act on its tax accruals as of December 31, 2018 and made estimates primarily comprised of the re-measurement of federal net deferred tax assets resulting from the permanent reduction in the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate to 21% from 34%.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company has adopted certain provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. The provisions also provide guidance on the de-recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in various state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s tax returns are subject to tax examinations by U.S. federal and state tax authorities, or examinations by foreign tax authorities until the expiration of the respective statutes of limitation. The Company currently has no tax years under examination.

At MarchAs of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company does not have an accrual relating to uncertain tax positions. It is not anticipated that unrecognized tax benefits would significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date.

10.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


(a)

On January 22, 2013, the Company entered into a license agreement with ANRAdvanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC (“ANR”) for an exclusive right on ANR’s patent pending technology, claims and knowhow. In addition to the issuance of 16,035,02691,628 shares of common stock, the Company agreed to pay a 4% royalty on net revenue on the sales of devices covered by the patent-pending technology and services related to the therapy or use of devices covered by the patent-pending technology. TheFor the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not made anyrecorded approximately $59 thousand and $0, respectively, in royalty payments to date under this agreement.expenses in its consolidated statement of operations.

(b)

On March 7, 2014,October 30, 2017, HMI amended the Company entered into a commercial development-to-supply program with Ximedica where Ximedica will design, develop and produce PoNS™ product solution suitable for clinical trial and commercial sale. Under the program, the Company is responsible for ensuring the device is in compliance with relevant laws and regulations. The agreed budget for phase 1B of development is $499,000; phase 2 is $1,065,000; Phase 3 and 4 is $1,389,000 and 2nd software development cycle is $586,000, of which $5,191,368 was expensed as research and development since inception to March 31, 2016. Invoices are to be issued monthly for work in progress. The Company can cancel the project at any time with a written notice at least 30 days prior to the intended date of cancellation. The Company recorded a prepaid expense of $274,000 to Ximedica for the upcoming clinical build of the PoNS™ device. As of March 31, 2016, the Company has expensed $120,448 of the $274,000 prepayment. As of March 31, 2016, the Company also recorded $300,000 project initiation deposit which will be applied once the development-to-supply program has been completed. During the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred R&D charges of $1,937,817 and $2,928,289 pursuant to this agreement.

(c)

On January 27, 2015, the Company received a demand letter containing allegations that it had entered into a consulting arrangement with the complainants and breached certain of its terms, and used certain intellectual property in the form of business and marketing plans allegedly prepared by the complainants, and seeking damages. On May 7, 2015, Mr. Rainier Maas and Dr. Jochen Scheld filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania seeking monetary damages in excess of $225,000. On December 2, 2015 the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiffs for an amount of €57,000 which was subsequently paid on January 12, 2016. The parties have since executed the settlement agreement for the aforementioned amount and the case has been dismissed without prejudice.


F-22


Table of Contents

(d)

On January 5, 2015, Wicab Inc. (“Wicab”) filed a complaint against the Company, NHC, its director Mitchell Tyler, and its former director Yuri Danilov, and ANR in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin. The complaint contained various state and common law claims arising from Messrs. Danilov’s and Tyler’s prior employment with Wicab and the Company’s two issued patents for the PoNS™ device. The complaint alleged, among other things, that following their departure from Wicab, Messrs. Danilov and Tyler knowingly filed patent applications for and used ideas and inventions developed at Wicab in violation of various non-competition and confidentiality agreements, and that the Company’s two issued patents are therefore rightfully the property of Wicab. The complaint sought an unspecified amount of monetary damages, an injunction preventing the Company from using the ideas and inventions in the two patents, an order transferring ownership of the patents from the Company to Wicab, and recovery of costs and attorneys’ fees. The complaint was voluntarily dismissed without prejudice on January 14, 2015.

On October 12, 2015, the Company received a letter from Wicab alleging that the two issued patents were invalid in view of prior art cited in the letter, including scientific publications and patent applications, and that Paul Bach-y-Rita, Wicab’s founder, should have been named as an inventor on these two issued patents. Wicab indicated in the letter that it may file reexamination or inter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to attempt to invalidate the claims in the two issued patents. Wicab also stated that it would consider an unspecified “business solution” to resolve this matter. On December 10, 2015, representatives of each of the Company and Wicab met to discuss the parameters of a potential settlement. There can be no guarantee that a settlement will be reached. In the event that a settlement with Wicab is not reached, Wicab may file reexamination or inter partes review proceedings with the U.S. Patent Office to challenge the validity of the two issued patents. If the Company receives an adverse decision from the U.S. Patent Office in connection with these proceedings, some or all of the claims in the two patents may be invalidated or otherwise impaired, which could prevent the Company from bringing an infringement suit against a future competitor for making use of the PoNS™ technology for neurorehabilitation, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. Wicab may also take other actions against the Company, its assets, intellectual property rights, officers, directors, employees, agents or other persons or entities which may also have a material effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. The Company believes that the possibility of an economic outlay is remote.

(e)

Under the Company’s Asset Purchase Agreement with A&B which specified that if the Company fails to obtain FDA clearancemarketing authorization for commercialization of or otherwise failfails to ensure that the PoNS™PoNS device is available for purchase by the U.S. Government by December 31, 2017,2021, the Company iswould be subject to a US$2,000,000$2.0 million contract penalty payable to A&B.&B, unless the Company receives an exemption for the requirement of FDA marketing authorization from the U.S. Army Medical Material Agency. In December 2018, the U.S. Army notified the Company that they were amending the Agreement such that the satisfaction of the obligation of the contract was changed from FDA marketing authorization of the PoNS device to submitting of an application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device with the FDA. As the Company submitted its application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device to the FDA on August 31, 2018, and with copies of the submission documents provided to the U.S. Army, the Company has met its obligation under the amended agreement. Based on this amendment the Company has determined that the possibility of a payment under this contractual penalty is remote.

(f)(c)

In November 2014, the Company signed a development and distribution agreement with the Altair company in RussiaLLC to apply for registration and distributedistribution of the PoNS™PoNS device in the territories of the former Soviet Union. However, there isThrough March 31, 2019, the Company was entitled to receive a 7% royalty on sales of the devices within the territories. Altair terminated the distribution agreement effective May, 20, 2019. The Company made no assurance that such commercialization will occur.commercial sales in the territories pursuant to the distribution agreement.


11.(d)

In March 2017, the Company entered into a lease for office space in Newtown, Pennsylvania. The initial term of the lease is from July 1, 2017 through December 31, 2022, with an option to extend until 2027. In July 2017, the Company amended the contract to commence the lease on July 17, 2017 through January 16, 2023, with an option to extend until January 2028. It is not reasonably certain at this point in time that the

Company will elect to utilize the option to extend. Monthly rent plus utilities will be approximately $20 thousand per month beginning in January 2018 with a 3% annual increase.

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating lease information including future minimum lease payments under a non-cancellable lease as of December 31, 2019 (amounts in thousands):

For the Year Ending December 31, 2019

  

Operating lease cost

  $224 

Operating lease – operating cash flows

  $246 

Weighted average remaining lease term

   3.05 years 

Weighted average discount rate

   15.1

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable lease as of December 31, 2019 were as follows:

  

For the Period Ending December 31,

  

2020

  $253 

2021

   260 

2022

   267 

2023

   10 
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   790 

Less imputed interest

   (153
  

 

 

 

Total liability

  $637 
  

 

 

 

Reported as of December 31, 2019

  

Current operating lease liability

   172 

Non-current operating lease liability

   465 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $637 
  

 

 

 

(e)

On December 29, 2017, HMI (formerly known as NeuroHabilitation Corporation) entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (“MSA”) with Key Tronic Corporation (“Key Tronic”), for the manufacture and supply of the Company’s PoNS device based upon the Company’s product specifications as set forth in the MSA. Per the agreement, the Company shall provide to Key Tronic a rolling forecast for the procurement of parts and material and within normal lead times based on estimated delivery dates for the manufacture of the PoNS device. The term of the agreement is for three years and the agreement will automatically renew for additional consecutive terms of one year, unless cancelled by either party upon 180-day written notice to the other party prior to the end of the then current term. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had a $0.1 million obligation to Key Tronic to complete the Company’s forecast for the procurement of materials necessary for the delivery of PoNS devices.

(f)

In September 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive strategic alliance agreement with HTC and Heuro to establish up to three founding clinics to treat patients and create a replicable model for future clinic expansion. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties developed a clinic system to facilitate the commercialization of the PoNS Treatment in Canada. Under the terms of the agreement, the parties contracted with the clinics and developed a model for the clinics to deliver clinical services, featuring the PoNS Treatment to manage neurological conditions. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company entered into the clinic expansion phase of this alliance with the addition of three new PoNS authorized clinics, bringing the total number of clinics authorized to treat patients with the PoNS device to five in Canada. The agreement also provided for HTC to pay the Company CAD$750 thousand in three annual payments of CAD$250 thousand beginning December 31, 2019, in consideration for the exclusivity right the Company granted to Heuro. The Company and HTC governed the agreement through a joint steering committee, and each funded up to 50% of Heuro’s operating budget as agreed upon by a joint steering committee and shared in the net profits and losses of Heuro on a 50/50 basis. On October 30, 2019, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with HTC to purchase Heuro. The receivable was

considered part of the consideration for acquisition and was imbedded in the purchase price allocation. See Note 2 for details of the transaction. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in expenses for its share of the estimated costs incurred by Heuro. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded $0.2 million of expenses incurred by the Company in performing services on behalf of Heuro. The aforementioned expenses were recorded as general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded $0.1 million in cost of sales for services rendered in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Further for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $37 thousand in fee revenue related to its arrangement with HTC and Heuro (see Note 2).

8.

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is an entity that either (i) has insufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (ii) has equity investors who lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Under ASC 810, an entity that holds a variable interest in a VIE and meets certain requirements would be considered to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE and is required to consolidate the VIE in its consolidated financial statements. In order to be considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE, an entity must hold a variable interest in the VIE and have both:

the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE; and

the right to receive benefits from, or the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could be potentially significant to the VIE.

The Company regularly assesses its relationships with contractual third party and other entities for potential VIE’s. In making this assessment, the Company considers the potential that its contracts or other arrangements provide subordinated financial support, absorb losses or rights to residual returns of the entity and the ability to directly or indirectly make decisions about the entity’s activities. If the Company determines that it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the Company consolidates the statements of operations and financial condition of the VIE into its consolidated financial statements.

Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entity

Prior to the acquisition of Heuro on October 30, 2019 (see Note 2), the Company utilized the consolidation guidance under ASC 810 to determine whether Heuro was a VIE, and if so, whether the Company was the primary beneficiary of Heuro (see Note 7(f)). Prior to the aforementioned acquisition, the Company had concluded that Heuro was a VIE based on the fact that the equity investment at risk in Heuro was not sufficient. The Company’s variable interests in Heuro arose from a profit sharing arrangement with Heuro. In determining whether the Company was the primary beneficiary and whether the Company had the right to receive benefits and the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the Company evaluated its economic interest in Heuro.

This evaluation considered all relevant factors of Heuro’s structure, including its capital structure, contractual rights to earnings (losses) as well as other contractual arrangements that had the potential to be economically significant. Following the guidance in ASC 810, although the Company had the obligation to absorb losses prior to October 30, 2019, the Company concluded that it was not the primary beneficiary, as it did not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly affected the economic performance of Heuro. The significant economic activities identified were financing activities, research and development activities, commercialization activities, supply and distribution activities, business strategy activities and clinic expansion activities. The evaluation of each of these factors in reaching a conclusion about the potential significance of the Company’s economic interests and control was a matter that required the exercise of professional judgement.

Accordingly, prior to October 30, 2019, the Company did not consolidate Heuro in its consolidated financial statements nor did the Company have any carrying amounts for assets and liabilities relating to the variable interest in the VIE. Upon completion of the acquisition of Heuro on October 30, 2019, the Company consolidates Heuro’s results in its consolidated financial statements.

9.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

DuringFor the years ended MarchDecember 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, the Company paid $64,210approximately $27 thousand and $47,100$33 thousand, respectively, in consulting fees to directorsa director of the Company. This expense was included in research and development expense. At MarchAs of December 31, 2016,2019, the Company owed $3,450$5 thousand to a director for consulting services (March 31, 2015: 24,418).services.

During April 2016, the yearsCompany entered into a consulting agreement with Montel Media, Inc. (“Montel Media”), pursuant to which Montel Media provides consulting services for the promotion of the Company’s clinical trials and ongoing media and marketing strategies. Under the agreement, Montel Media received $15 thousand per month. During the first quarter of 2018, the Company terminated its agreement with Montel Media. Montel Media is owned by Montel Williams, who beneficially owns greater than 5% of the Company’s common stock. The Company paid Montel Media $45 thousand for the year ended MarchDecember 31, 2016 and 2015,2018 pursuant to the consulting agreement. The Company made no payments to Montel Media for the year ended December 31, 2019

For the year ended December 31, 2018, a benefit of $195,709 and an expense$0.3 million, which included a foreign exchange gain of $1,040,854$18 thousand was included in research & development expensethe change in fair value of derivative financial instruments as the fair value of stock-based compensation attributed to the options granted to two directors and a consultantdirector for consulting services rendered with respect to the design and development of the PoNS™PoNS device. With the adoption of ASC 2018-07 during the third quarter of 2018, all non-employee stock-based compensation are no longer recorded as derivative financial instruments.

The Company’s Chief Medical Officer was a founding member of Clinvue LLC (“Clinvue”), a company that provided regulatory advisory services to the Company until it ceased operations during the fourth quarter of 2018. The Company paid Clinvue approximately $0.1 million for consulting services in the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company made no payments to Clinvue for the year ended December 31, 2019.

12.10.

SOLE-SOURCE COST-SHARING AGREEMENT AND COOPERATIVE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016,In July 2015, the Company entered into a sole source cost sharing contract executedagreement with the USAMRMC.U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (“USAMRMC”). Under the terms of the contract, the USAMRMC will reimbursereimbursed the Company up to $3.0 million to conduct a maximum of $2,996,244 representing approximately 62% of the Company’s estimated costs for the registrational trial (“the trial”) investigating the safety and effectiveness of the portable neuromodulation stimulatorPoNS device for mildthe treatment of chronic balance deficits due to moderate traumatic brain injury.mmTBI. Reimbursement of expenses under the agreement was based on a schedule of milestones related to the completion of subjects in the trial. The trial expiresoriginal contract expired on December 31, 20162016; however, the Company is workingextended the agreement through December 31, 2017. On November 7, 2017, the Company received another extension of the contract agreement to December 31, 2018.

In addition, during the third quarter of 2017, the Company announced the execution of an extension to its Cooperative Research and Development Agreement with the USAMRMC through 2018 and extended the deadline for commercialization of the PoNS device to extendDecember 31, 2021.

In December 2018, the U.S. Army notified the Company that they were amending the U.S. Army Agreement such that the satisfaction of the obligation of the contract into 2017 basedwas changed from FDA marketing authorization of the PoNS device to submitting of an application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device with the FDA. The Company satisfied this obligation when it submitted its application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device to the FDA on August 31, 2018, and provided copies of the current trial forecast timelines. submission documents to the U.S. Army.

As of MarchDecember 31, 2016,2018, the Company hashad received a total of $1,458,374 in$3.0 million with respect to expenses reimbursed for amounts owed to the Company for completion of expenses reimbursed.development milestones. All reimbursement amounts received are credited directly to the accounts in which the original expense isexpenses were recorded, including research and development, wages and salaries, and legal expenses.

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Except for share data, amounts in thousands)

   September 30,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 
ASSETS   

Current assets

   

Cash

  $2,680  $5,459 

Accounts receivable, net

   80   210 

Other receivables

   138   364 

Inventory, net

   572   598 

Prepaid expenses

   666   610 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   4,136   7,241 

Property and equipment, net

   463   712 

Other assets

   

Goodwill

   725   1,242 

Intangible assets, net

   579   582 

Operating lease right-of-use asset, net

   105 �� 552 

Other assets

   18   18 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other assets

   1,427   2,394 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $6,026  $10,347 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable

  $720  $1,676 

Accrued liabilities

   1,399   1,519 

Operating lease liability

   107   172 

Derivative financial instruments

   —     5 

Deferred revenue

   339   430 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   2,565   3,802 

Non-current liabilities

   

Operating lease liability

   47   465 

Deferred revenue

   217   245 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

   2,829   4,512 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

   —     —   

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 1,295,805 and 877,672 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

   1   1 

Additional paid-in capital

   120,257   111,509 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (693  (902

Accumulated deficit

   (116,368  (104,773
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   3,197   5,835 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $6,026  $10,347 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.)

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(Amounts in thousands except shares and per share data)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2020  2019 

Revenue:

   

Product sales, net

  $441  $1,295 

Fee revenue

   9   49 

License revenue

   20   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

   470   1,344 

Cost of sales:

   

Cost of product sales

   187   538 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   283   806 

Operating expenses:

   

Research and development

   3,755   6,462 

Selling, general and administrative

   7,625   12,715 

Amortization expense

   287   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   11,667   19,177 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating loss

   (11,384  (18,371

Other income (expense):

   

Other income

   63   35 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

   4   14,033 

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

   (278  (147
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   (211  13,921 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (11,595  (4,450
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss:

   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   209   (168

Comprehensive loss

  $(11,386 $(4,618
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share

   

Basic

  $(10.36 $(6.02
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $(10.36 $(6.02
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

   

Basic

   1,119,639   739,115 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   1,119,639   739,115 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.)

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

(Except share and per share data, amounts in thousands)

   Common Stock,
$0.001 par value
   Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total 
   Shares   Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   737,938   $1   $105,436  $(591 $(94,992 $9,854 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants

   2,134    —      215   —     —     215 

Settlement of restricted stock units

   27    —      —     —     —     —   

Reclassification of derivative financial instruments from exercise of warrants

   —      —      35   —     —     35 

Stock-based compensation

   —      —      3,336   —     —     3,336 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —      —      —     (168  —     (168

Net loss

   —      —      —     —     (4,450  (4,450
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019

   740,099   $1   $109,022  $(759 $(99,442 $8,822 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Common Stock,
$0.001 par value
   Additional
Paid-In

Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total 
   Shares   Amount 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   877,672   $1   $111,509  $(902 $(104,773 $5,835 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock from At-the-Market program

   232,526    —      5,043   —     —     5,043 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from the March 2020 Offering

   178,776    —      1,348   —     —     1,348 

Warrant issuance from the March 2020 Offering

   —      —      842   —     —     842 

Share issuance costs

   —      —      (506  —     —     (506

Settlement of restricted stock units

   6,831    —      —     —     —     —   

Stock-based compensation

   —      —      2,021   —     —     2,021 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —      —      —     209   —     209 

Net loss

   —      —      —     —     (11,595  (11,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020

   1,295,805   $1   $120,257  $(693 $(116,368 $3,197 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.)

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2020  2019 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net loss

  $(11,595 $(4,450

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

   (4  (14,033

Stock-based compensation expense

   2,021   3,336 

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

   245   211 

Depreciation expense

   92   89 

Amortization expense

   287   —   

Provision for doubtful accounts

   160   —   

Intangible asset impairment

   182   —   

Loss from disposal of property and equipment

   110   —   

Gain on lease modification

   (56  —   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

   (30  (380

Other receivables

   226   (123

Inventory

   26   (897

Prepaid expenses

   (56  285 

Other current assets

   —     264 

Operating lease liability

   20   (9

Accounts payable

   (956  (678

Accrued liabilities

   (120  (75

Deferred revenue

   (119  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (9,567  (16,460
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Purchase of property and equipment

   (14  (260

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

   61   —   

Internally developed software

   (7  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   40   (260
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Proceeds from the issuances of common stock and warrants

   7,233   —   

Share issuance costs

   (506  (52

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants

   —     215 

Proceeds from Paycheck Protection Program Loan

   323   —   

Repayment of Paycheck Protection Program Loan

   (323  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   6,727   163 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

   21   (7

Net decrease in cash

   (2,779  (16,564

Cash at beginning of period

   5,459   25,583 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

  $2,680  $9,019 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.)

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. (“we” or the “Company”), is a neurotech company focused on neurological wellness. The Company’s purpose is to develop, license or acquire unique and non-invasive technologies targeted at reducing symptoms of neurological disease or trauma.

The Company’s first product, known as the Portable Neuromodulation Stimulator (“PoNSTM”), is authorized for sale in Canada as a class II, non-implantable medical device intended as a short term treatment (14 weeks) of gait deficit due to mild and moderate symptoms from multiple sclerosis (“MS”,) and chronic balance deficit due to mild-to-moderate traumatic brain injury (“mmTBI”) and is to be used in conjunction with physical therapy (“PoNS TreatmentTM”). It is an investigational medical device in the United States, the European Union (“EU”), and Australia (“AUS”). The device is currently under review for de novo classification and clearance by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) as a potential treatment for gait deficit due to symptoms of MS. It is also under premarket review by the AUS Therapeutic Goods Administration. PoNS Treatment is not currently commercially available in the United States, the European Union or Australia.

The Company was incorporated in British Columbia, Canada on March 13, 2014. On May 28, 2014, we were reincorporated from British Columbia to the State of Wyoming, and on July 20, 2018, we were reincorporated from the State of Wyoming to the State of Delaware. We are headquartered in Newtown, Pennsylvania. On December 21, 2018, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, NeuroHabilitation Corporation, changed its name to Helius Medical, Inc (“HMI”). On January 31, 2019, the Company formed another wholly owned subsidiary, Helius NeuroRehab, Inc., (“HNR”), a Delaware corporation. On October 10, 2019, the Company formed Helius Canada Acquisition Ltd. (“HCA”), a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada and a wholly owned subsidiary of Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc. (“HMC”), a company incorporated under the federal laws of Canada, which acquired Heuro Canada, Inc. (“Heuro”) from Health Tech Connex Inc. (“HTC”) on October 30, 2019.

2020 Reverse Stock Split

Effective after the close of business on December 31, 2020, the Company completed a 1-for-35 reverse stock split of its common stock (“2020 Reverse Stock Split”). The 2020 Reverse Stock Split did not change the par value of the Company’s common stock or the number of common or preferred shares authorized by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. All share and per-share amounts have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 2020 Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented.

Going Concern Uncertainty

As of September 30, 2020, the Company had cash of $2.7 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company had an operating loss of $11.4 million, and as of September 30, 2020, its accumulated deficit was $116.4 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company had $0.5 million of revenue from the commercial sale of products or services. The Company expects to continue to incur operating losses and net cash outflows until such time as it generates a level of revenue to support its cost structure. There is no assurance that the Company will achieve profitable operations, and, if achieved, whether it will be sustained on a continued basis. These factors indicate substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are filed. The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of continuity of operations, realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business; no adjustments have been made relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not continue as a going concern.

The Company intends to fund ongoing activities by utilizing its current cash on hand, cash received from the sale of its PoNS device in Canada and by raising additional capital through equity or debt financings. As discussed further in Note 8, on October 26, 2020, the Company closed a private placement and received net proceeds of approximately $3.2 million. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in raising that additional capital or that such capital, if available, will be on terms that are acceptable to the Company. If the Company is unable to raise sufficient additional capital, the Company may be compelled to reduce the scope of its operations and planned capital expenditures.

Risks and Uncertainties

COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) as a global pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States and around the world. The Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition have been and may continue to be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and global economic conditions. The outbreak and spread of COVID-19 has significantly increased economic uncertainty. Authorities implemented numerous measures to try to contain COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders, and business shutdowns. The COVID-19 pandemic initially led to the closure of PoNS Authorized clinic locations across Canada. While all clinics have re-opened, they are all currently operating at reduced capacity, and patients have been and may continue to be less willing to return to these clinics, impacting our commercial activities and our customer engagement efforts. In addition, the resurgence of COVID-19 cases across Canada in the fourth quarter of 2020 has led to further restrictions on clinic activities. Moreover, the Company’s ability to conduct its ongoing clinical experience programs in Canada has been and may continue to be impaired due to trial participants’ attendance being adversely affected by COVID-19, leading to further delays in the development and approval of the Company’s product candidate. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to cause delays in the Company’s suppliers’ ability to ship materials that the Company relies upon, and disruptions in business or governmental operations due to COVID-19 may delay the timing for the submission and approval of the Company’s marketing applications with regulatory agencies. Further, the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic could affect the Company’s ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue its operations.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. The Company does not know yet the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on its business, operations or the global economy as a whole.

Nasdaq Delisting

On March 23, 2020, the Company received a letter (the “Notice”) from the Listing Qualifications staff of Nasdaq indicating that, based on the closing bid price of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “common stock”) for the 30 consecutive business days preceding the Notice, the Company no longer meets the requirement to maintain a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share, as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”). The Notice did not result in the immediate delisting of the Company’s common stock from Nasdaq. In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company was provided a period of 180 calendar days in which to regain compliance.

On April 17, 2020, the Company received a second letter (the “Second Notice”) for the Listing Qualifications staff of Nasdaq stating that the 180-day period to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement has been extended due to the global market impact caused by COVID-19. More specifically, Nasdaq has stated that compliance periods were suspended from April 16, 2020 until June 30, 2020. On July 1, 2020, companies received the balance of any pending compliance period to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. As a result of this extension, the Company was given to until December 3, 2020 to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement.

On December 4, 2020, the Company received notice from the Listing Qualifications staff of Nasdaq indicating that the Company was not eligible for an additional 180 day extension to meet the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. As a result, the Staff determined that the Company’s securities would be subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Panel. The Company timely submitted a request for a hearing before the Panel, which request stayed any suspension or delisting action by Nasdaq at least until the hearing process concludes and an extension granted by the Panel expires. An oral hearing has been scheduled for early 2021 (See Note 8).

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The condensed consolidated financial statements have also been prepared on a basis substantially consistent with, and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K that was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2020. The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar (“USD$”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates include the assumptions used in the fair value pricing model for stock-based compensation, derivative financial instruments and deferred income tax asset valuation allowance. Financial statements include estimates which, by their nature, are uncertain. Actual outcomes could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority of the voting interests of an entity. However, a controlling financial interest may also exist through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. As such, the Company applies the guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 – Consolidation (“ASC 810”), to determine when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or not controlled through its voting interests, referred to as a variable interest entity should be consolidated. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company is subject to credit risk with respect to its cash. Amounts invested in such instruments are limited by credit rating, maturity, industry group, investment type and issuer. The Company is not currently exposed to any significant concentrations of credit risk from these financial instruments. The Company seeks to maintain safety and preservation of principal and diversification of risk, liquidity of investments sufficient to meet cash flow requirements and a competitive after-tax rate of return.

Receivables

Accounts receivables are stated at their net realizable value. In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company considers a combination of factors, such as the aging of trade receivables, its customers’ financial strength, and payment history. Changes in these factors, among others, may lead to

adjustments in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts. The calculation of the allowance required judgment by Company management. As of September 30, 2020, the Company’s accounts receivable of $0.1 million, is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.4 million and is the result of revenue from product sales. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s accounts receivable of $0.2 million, is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million and is the result of revenue from product sales.

Other receivables as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 included refunds from research and development (“R&D”) tax credits of $21 thousand and $0.2 million, respectively, and Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) and Quebec Sales Tax (“QST”) refunds of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, related to the Company’s Canadian expenditures.

Inventory

The Company’s inventory consists of raw materials, work in progress and finished goods of the PoNS device. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (average cost method) or net realizable value. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made if required. The Company calculates provisions for excess inventory based on inventory on hand compared to anticipated sales or usage. Management uses its judgment to forecast sales or usage and to determine what constitutes a reasonable period. There can be no assurance that the amount ultimately realized for inventories will not be materially different than that assumed in the calculation of the reserves. Inventory markdowns to net realizable value of $2 thousand was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. No inventory markdowns to net realizable value were recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, inventory consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):

   As of
September 30, 2020
   As of
December 31, 2019
 

Raw materials

  $159   $144 

Work-in-process

   446    375 

Finished goods

   19    129 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory

  $624   $648 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory reserve

   (52   (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventory, net of reserve

  $572   $598 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related asset or the term of the related lease. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the expected useful life of the assets, are expensed to operations while major repairs are capitalized. The estimated useful life of the Company’s leasehold improvements is over the shorter of its lease term or useful life of 5 years; the estimated useful life for the Company’s furniture and fixtures is 7 years; and equipment has an estimated useful life of 15 years, while computer software and hardware has an estimated useful life of 3 to 5 years.

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, property and equipment consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):

   As of
September 30, 2020
   As of
December 31, 2019
 

Leasehold improvement

  $64   $182 

Furniture and fixtures

   93    247 

Equipment

   300    286 

Computer software and hardware

   182    182 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

   639    897 

Less accumulated depreciation

   (176   (185
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $463   $712 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $92 thousand and $89 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company sold furniture and fixtures with a net book value of $118 thousand for $61 thousand. Additionally, the Company abandoned leasehold improvements with a net book value of $53 thousand. The loss on the disposal of the furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements of $110 thousand was recorded as selling, general and administrative expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Business Combinations

Transactions in which the Company obtains control of a business are accounted for according to the acquisition method as described in FASB ASC 805 – Business Combinations. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized and measured at their fair values as of the date control is obtained. Acquisition related costs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. Contingent consideration is recognized and measured at fair value at the acquisition date and until paid re-measured on a recurring basis. It is classified as a liability based on appropriate GAAP.

On October 30, 2019, the Company and HTC entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) whereby the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, acquired Heuro from HTC. Under the terms of the SPA, total consideration of approximately CAD$2.1 million (USD$1.6 million) was transferred to HTC, which included (1) cash of CAD$0.5 million (USD$0.4 million), (2) delivery of 55 PoNS devices for which the fair value was determined to be CAD$0.5 million (USD$0.4 million), (3) the forgiveness of CAD$750 thousand (USD$0.5 million) receivable from the September 2018 strategic alliance agreement and (4) the USAMRMC may terminate their obligationexclusivity rights granted to HTC in the Co-Promotion Agreement (as defined below) to provide PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia with a determined fair value of CAD$0.4 million (USD$0.3 million). The transaction has been accounted for as a business combination.

The acquisition related costs were $0.1 million and were accounted for as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The following table summarizes the recognized fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of October 30, 2019:

   October 30, 2019
Fair Value
 

Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1 

Other receivables

   19 

Fixed assets

   7 

Intangibles

   1,053 

Goodwill

   737 
  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $1,817 
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

  $186 

Other current liabilities

   9 
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $195 
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $1,622 
  

 

 

 

The fair values assigned to identifiable intangible assets assumed were based on management’s estimates and assumptions as of such date and are considered finalized. The Company recorded measurement adjustments of $0.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, all of which was recorded during the first quarter of 2020. The recorded adjustments related to the recognition of reacquired exclusivity rights.

Acquired intangibles consisted of customer relationships, proprietary technology and reacquired rights. The remaining useful life at any time with 30 days written notice.acquisition was 1.25 years, 5 years and 3.87 years, respectively, and the acquired intangibles are amortized using the straight-line method.

F-23


TableFactors considered by the Company in determination of Contents

13.

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Investinggoodwill include synergies, strategic fit and financing activitiesother benefits that do not have a direct impact on current cash flows are excluded frommeet the recognition criteria of acquired identifiable intangible assets. The recognized goodwill of $0.7 million is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The fair value of 55 PoNS devices which we agreed to transfer to HTC pursuant to the SPA in the amount of CAD$0.5 million will be recognized as revenue within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss once control has been transferred in accordance with ASC 606. As of December 31, 2019, the control had not been transferred resulting in the fair value being recorded as deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. As of September 30, 2020, the control of 11 devices had been transferred resulting in recognition of revenue for these devices. The fair value of the remaining 44 devices is still recorded as deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

In connection with the SPA, on October 30, 2019, the Company entered into a Clinical Research and Co-Promotion Agreement with HTC (the “Co-Promotion Agreement”), whereby each company will promote the sales of the Company’s PoNS Treatment and HTC’s NeuroCatchTM device throughout Canada. This co-promotion arrangement terminates upon the earlier of the collection of data from 200 patients in Canada and December 31, 2020. Also, subject to certain terms and conditions, Helius granted to HTC the exclusive right to provide the PoNS Treatment in the Fraser Valley and Vancouver metro regions of British Columbia, where HTC has operated a PoNS authorized clinic since February 2019. HTC will purchase the PoNS devices for use in these regions exclusively from the Company and on terms no less favorable than the then-current standard terms and conditions. This exclusivity right has an initial term of ten (10) years, renewable by HTC for one additional ten (10) year term upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Helius. The Co-Promotion Agreement had a fair value of CAD$360 thousand at the time of acquisition. License revenue will be recognized in connection with the Co-Promotion Agreement ratably over the ten-year term.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair values underlying net assets acquired in an acquisition. All of the Company’s goodwill as of September 30, 2020 is the result of the Heuro acquisition discussed above. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather will be tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company will test goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year.

Goodwill is allocated to and evaluated for impairment at the Company’s one identified reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment by either performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The qualitative evaluation is an assessment of factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. The Company may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for its reporting unit and perform the quantitative impairment test. The quantitative goodwill impairment test requires the Company to compare the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.

If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is required, and no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds the estimated fair value, the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recorded as an impairment loss, the amount of which is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

The COVID-19 pandemic was a triggering event for testing whether goodwill is impaired. The Company performed quantitative assessments at March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. As a result of these assessments, the Company determined that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit. Therefore, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of any of the aforementioned periods. The Company will continue to monitor the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic in future periods.

The following is a summary of the activity for the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 for goodwill:

Goodwill

  2020 

Carrying amount at beginning of period

  $1,242 

Business acquisition fair value allocation adjustment

   (454

Foreign currency translation

   (63
  

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of period

  $725 
  

 

 

 

Definite-lived intangibles consist principally of acquired customer relationships, proprietary software and reacquired rights as well as internally developed software. All are amortized straight-line over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $0.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. No amortization expense related to intangible assets was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed for the carrying value of assets held for use based on a review of undiscounted projected cash flows. Impairment losses, where identified, are measured as the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over its estimated fair value as determined by discounted projected cash flows. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company incurred an intangible asset impairment loss of $0.2 million related to the customer relationships, all of which was incurred during the first quarter of 2020, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Intangible assets as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consist of the following:

   Useful Life   As of September 30, 2020   As of December 31, 2019 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   1.25 years   $227   $(191  $423   $(55

Acquired proprietary software

   5 years    143    (26   148    (5

Reacquired rights

   3.87 years    480    (113   —      —   

Internally developed software

   3 years    82    (23   75    (4
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

    $932   $(353  $646   $(64
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense is anticipated to be as follows in future years:

For the Year Ending December 31,

  

2020 (remaining 3 months)

  $73 

2021

   189 

2022

   176 

2023

   117 

2024

   24 
  

 

 

 
  $579 
  

 

 

 

Leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02,Leases, using the modified retrospective method. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard which allowed the Company to carry forward the historical lease classification. Adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of an operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and corresponding operating lease liabilities of $0.7 million on January 1, 2019.

The Company does not record an operating lease ROU asset and corresponding lease liability for leases with an initial term of twelve months or less and recognizes lease expense for these leases as incurred over the lease term. The Company had only one operating lease, which was for its headquarters office in Newtown, Pennsylvania upon the adoption date. As of September 30, 2020, the Company has not entered into any additional lease arrangements, but did modify the existing lease arrangement. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized upon the adoption date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company does not have a public credit rating and as such used a corporate yield with a “CCC” rating by S&P Capital IQ with a term commensurate with the term of its lease as its incremental borrowing rate in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company’s lease arrangement does not have lease and non-lease components which are to be accounted for separately (see Note 6).

Foreign Currency

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Opening balances related to non-monetary assets and liabilities are based on prior period translated amounts, and non-monetary assets acquired, and non-monetary liabilities incurred are translated at the approximate exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Revenue and expense transactions are translated at the approximate exchange rate in effect at the time of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss as foreign exchange (loss) gain.

The functional currency of HMC and HCA, the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries, is the CAD$ and the functional currency of HMI and HNR is the USD$. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded into the functional currency of the relevant subsidiary at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Any monetary assets and liabilities arising from these transactions are translated into the functional currency at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date or on settlement. Revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated at the weighted-average rates of exchanges for the reporting period. The resulting currency translation adjustments are not included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the reporting period, but rather are accumulated and gains and losses are recorded in foreign exchange (loss) gain, as a component of comprehensive loss, within the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based payments and awards under the fair value-based method. The Company recognizes its stock-based compensation expense using the straight-line method. Compensation cost is not adjusted for estimated forfeitures, but instead is adjusted upon an actual forfeiture of a stock option.

The Company accounts for the granting of stock options to employees and non-employees using the fair value method whereby all awards are measured at fair value on the date of the grant. The fair value of all employee-related stock options is expensed over the requisite service period with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital. Upon exercise of stock options, the consideration paid by the option holder, together with the amount previously recognized in additional paid-in capital is recorded as an increase to common stock, while the par value of the shares received is reclassified from additional paid in capital. Stock options granted to employees are accounted for as liabilities when they contain conditions or other features that are indexed to other than a market, performance or service condition.

In accordance with ASU 2018-07,Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”), stock-based payments to non-employees are measured based on the fair value of the equity instrument issued. Compensation expense for non-employee stock awards is recognized over the requisite service period following the measurement of the fair value on the grant date over the vesting period of the award.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options. The use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates, the value of the common stock and expected dividend yield of the common stock. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate.

Awards of options that provide for an exercise price that is not denominated in: (a) the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the Company’s equity securities trades, (b) the currency in which the employee’s pay is denominated, or (c) the Company’s functional currency, are required to be classified as liabilities.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with the FASB’s ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), the Company recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that the Company determines are within the scope of ASC 606, it performs the following five steps:

(i)

identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(ii)

identify the performance obligations in the contract;

(iii)

determine the transaction price;

(iv)

allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

(v)

recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company applies the five-step model to contracts when it determines that it is probable it will collect substantially all of the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price, after consideration of variability and constraints, if any, that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Product Sales, net

During the yearfirst half of 2019, product sales were derived from the sale of the PoNS device and certain support services including services from the use of the NeuroCatchTM device, which is owned by HTC and assesses electroencephalogram brain waves related to cognition of patients participating in the PoNS Treatment at neuroplasticity clinics in Canada. The Company acted in an agency capacity for services performed using the NeuroCatch device and remitted CAD$600 for each patient assessed with the NeuroCatch device. According to the supply agreement with each of these clinics, the Company’s performance obligation was met when it delivered the PoNS device to the clinic’s facility and the clinic assumed title of the PoNS device upon acceptance. As such, revenue is recognized at a point in time. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight before control of a product has been transferred to a customer is accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of sales. Further, according to the Company’s arrangement with HTC and Heuro, the Company shared 50/50 with Heuro in fees from support services excluding the CAD$600 payment for an assessment using the NeuroCatch device. For the nine months ended MarchSeptember 30, 2019, the Company recorded $1.3 million in product sales, net of $11 thousand for HTC’s portion related to services performed using the NeuroCatch device. As described above, the Company modified its arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019 and product sales were derived from the sale of the PoNS device alone as the NeuroCatch is sold directly to the neuroplasticity clinics in Canada by HTC. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded $0.4 million in product sales. As of September 30, 2020, the control of 11 of the 55 PoNS devices included as consideration in the Heuro acquisition had been transferred resulting in revenue of $0.1 million being recognized which is included in the aforementioned $0.4 million in product sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The fair value of the remaining 44 devices is recorded as deferred revenue of $0.3 million on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The only returns during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were the result of warranty returns for defective products. These returns were insignificant and any future replacements are expected to be insignificant.

Fee Revenue

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized $9 thousand of fee revenue related to engaging new neuroplasticity clinics to provide the PoNS Treatment. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recognized $49 thousand of fee revenue associated with the Company’s agreement with HTC and Heuro that entitled the Company to 50% of the franchise fees collected by Heuro from each executed franchise agreement. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2016,2019, the Company had no contract assets or liabilities on its condensed consolidated balance sheets related to the supply agreements with each clinic.

License Revenue

The Company did not record any license revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. As described above, the Company modified its arrangement with HTC on October 30, 2019. License revenue will be

recognized ratably over the ten-year term as the performance obligation is met in connection with the Co-Promotion Agreement. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized revenues of $20 thousand in license fees associated with the Co-Promotion Agreement. Revenue not yet recognized of $0.2 million is recorded as deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Cost of Sales

Cost of product sales includes the cost to manufacture the PoNS device, royalty expenses, freight charges, customs duties, wages and salaries of employees involved in the management of the supply chain and logistics of fulfilling the Company’s sales orders and certain support services provided by Heuro on the Company’s behalf.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method provide that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

The Company has adopted the provisions of ASC 740 Income Taxes regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company initially recognizes tax positions in the condensed consolidated financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of the tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Application requires numerous estimates based on available information. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits. These periodic adjustments may have a material impact on the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. When applicable, the Company classifies penalties and interest associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense in its condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. We continue to examine the impact that the CARES Act may have on our business. Currently, we do not believe the CARES Act will have a material impact on our accounting for income taxes.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, clinical studies performed by contract research organizations, development and manufacturing of clinical trial devices and devices for manufacturing testing and materials and supplies as well as regulatory costs related to post market surveillance, quality assurance complaint handling and adverse event reporting. R&D costs are charged to operations when they are incurred.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to

allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company operates and manages its business within one operating and reportable segment. Accordingly, the Company reports the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements in the aggregate in one reportable segment.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments and other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives to be separately accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The result of this accounting treatment is that the fair value of the derivative is re-measured at each balance sheet date and recorded as a liability or asset and the change in fair value is recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company’s derivative financial instruments accounted for in accordance with ASC 815 were comprised of warrants issued in connection with both public and/or private securities offerings. Upon settlement of a derivative financial instrument, the instrument is re-measured at the settlement date and the fair value of the underlying instrument is reclassified to equity.

The classification of derivative financial instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities/assets or as equity, is reassessed at the end of each reporting period. Derivative financial instruments that become subject to reclassification are reclassified at the fair value of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative financial instruments will be classified in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as current if the right to exercise or settle the derivative financial instrument lies with the holder.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2 – Quoted prices in markets that are not active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 – Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The Company’s financial instruments recorded in its condensed consolidated balance sheets consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, other current receivables, operating lease ROU asset, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, operating lease liability and derivative financial instruments. The book values of these instruments, with the exception of derivative financial instruments, non-current lease liability, operating lease ROU asset and non-current receivables approximate their fair values due to the immediate or short-term nature of these instruments.

The Company’s derivative financial instruments are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. Unobservable inputs used in the valuation of these financial instruments include volatility of the underlying share price and the expected term. See Note 3 for the inputs used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and the roll forward of the Company’s derivative financial instruments. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are comprised of warrants which are classified as liabilities.

The following table summarizes the Company’s recurring fair value measurements for derivative financial instruments and stock-based compensation liability within the fair value hierarchy as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

September 30, 2020

        

Liabilities:

        

Derivative financial instruments

  $  —     $  —     $  —     $  —   

December 31, 2019

        

Liabilities:

        

Derivative financial instruments

  $5   $—     $—     $5 

There were no transfers between any levels for any of the periods presented.

In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company’s assets and liabilities are also subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the related risks and uncertainties, the Company’s customer relationship intangible asset incurred an impairment loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $0.2 million, all of which was recorded during the first quarter of 2020, and has a remaining net book value of $36 thousand as of September 30, 2020. The fair value of this intangible asset was determined based on Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Inputs to these fair value measurements included estimates of the amount and timing of the asset’s net future discounted cash flows based on historical data, current trends and market conditions.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Share

Earnings or loss per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average of all potentially dilutive shares of common stock that were outstanding during the periods presented.

The treasury stock method is used in calculating diluted EPS for potentially dilutive stock options and share purchase warrants, which assumes that any proceeds received from the exercise of in-the-money stock options and share purchase warrants, would be used to purchase common shares at the average market price for the period, unless including the effects of these potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

The basic and diluted loss per share for the periods noted below is as follows (amounts in thousands except shares and per share data):

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2020  2019 

Basic

   

Numerator:

   

Net loss

  $(11,595 $(4,450
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator:

   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,119,639   739,115 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share

  $(10.36 $(6.02
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   

Numerator:

   

Net loss, basic

  $(11,595 $(4,450

Effect of dilutive securities

   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss, diluted

  $(11,595 $(4,450

Denominator:

   

Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic

   1,119,639   739,115 

Potential common share issuances:

   

Incremental dilutive shares from equity instruments (treasury stock method)

   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,119,639   739,115 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted net loss per share

  $(10.36 $(6.02
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following outstanding securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted shares outstanding for the periods noted below, as they would have been anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and because the exercise price of certain of these outstanding securities was greater than the average closing price of the Company’s common stock.

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2020   2019 

Stock options outstanding

   112,224    103,693 

RSUs

   164    —   

Warrants outstanding

   265,583    86,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   337,971    190,653 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13,Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held and requires enhanced disclosures regarding significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10,Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which amends the effective date of ASU 2016-13. Public business entities that meeting the definition of an SEC filer, excluding entities eligible to be a Smaller Reporting Company (“SRC”) as defined by the SEC, are required to

adopt the standard for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All other entities are required to adopt the standard for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company meets the definition of an SRC and therefore the standard will not be effective until the beginning of 2023. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13,Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which adds disclosure requirements to Topic 820 for the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

In November 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808): Clarifying the Interaction Between Topic 808 and Topic 606, which, among other things, provides guidance on how to assess whether certain collaborative arrangement transactions should be accounted for under Topic 606. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

3.

COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS

The Company’s authorized capital stock pursuant to its Delaware charter consists of 150,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, at a par value per share of $0.001 and 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock at a par value per share of $0.001. Holders of common stock are entitled to vote at any meeting of the Company’s stockholders on the basis of one vote per share of common stock owned as of the record date of such meeting. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to receive dividends, if any, as declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.

No dividends have been declared since inception of the Company through September 30, 2020. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, other distribution of assets of the Company among its stockholders for the purposes of winding-up its affairs or upon a reduction of capital, the stockholders shall, share equally, share for share, in the remaining assets and property of the Company.

On April 13, 2018, the Company issued 61,197 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 61,197 shares of the Company’s common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price of $261.45 per share and accompanying warrant. On April 24, 2018, the Company closed on the sale of an additional 9,179 shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase 9,179 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (collectively the “April 2018 Offering”). The Company received net proceeds of $16.3 million from the April 2018 Offering. The fair value of these warrants at issuance was approximately $7.4 million.

Each warrant issued in connection with the April 2018 Offering entitles the holder to acquire one additional share of common stock at an exercise price of CAD$428.75 per share on or before April 10, 2021. Pursuant to the guidance of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, the Company has determined that warrants issued in connection with the April 2018 Offering should be accounted for as liabilities as the ability to maintain an effective registration is outside of the Company’s control and that it may be required to settle the exercise of the warrants in cash and because, as a result of the change in the Company’s functional currency (see Note 2), the exercise prices of these warrants are in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. Consequently, the Company determined the fair value of each warrant issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the remainder of the proceeds allocated to the common shares. As of September 30, 2020, 2,025 warrants had been exercised, all during 2018, for gross proceeds of CAD$0.9 million.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants issued in the April 2018 Offering using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the date of the initial closing of the offering and the date of the closing of the over-allotment option and September 30, 2020.

   September 30, 2020  April 24, 2018  April 13, 2018 

Stock price

  CAD$18.55  CAD$ 376.60  CAD$344.75 

Exercise price

  CAD$ 428.75  CAD$428.75  CAD$ 428.75 

Warrant term

   0.53 years   3.00 years   3.00 years 

Expected volatility

   107.16  64.49  64.20

Risk-free interest rate

   0.16  2.02  1.99

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00  0.00

On November 22, 2019, the Company issued 137,751 shares of its common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price of $12.25 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $1.1 million.

On January 27, 2020, the Company filed a Form S-3 shelf registration under the Securities Act which was declared effective by the SEC on February 6, 2020 (the “2020 Shelf”). In conjunction with the 2020 Shelf, on January 27, 2020, the Company entered into an At The Market Offering Agreement (the “2020 ATM”) with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“Wainwright”) under which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time at its sole discretion, to or through Wainwright, acting as agent and/or principal, shares of its common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $11.34 million, which, in March 2020, was subsequently reduced to $9.15 million, including the shares previously sold under the 2020 ATM. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, under the 2020 ATM, the Company sold and issued 232,526 shares of its common stock with an aggregated market value of $5.0 million at an average price of $21.68 per share and paid Wainwright a sales commission of approximately $181 thousand related to those shares.

On March 20, 2020, the Company, in a registered direct offering, issued an aggregate of 178,776 shares of its common stock at a price of $12.25 per share. Additionally, the Company issued unregistered warrants in a concurrent private placement to purchase up to 178,776 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $16.10 per share. Gross proceeds from the offering (the “March 2020 Offering”) were approximately $2.2 million. The underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses of $0.3 million were recorded to share issuance costs.

Each warrant issued in connection with the March 2020 Offering entitles the holder to acquire one additional share of common stock at an exercise price of $16.10 per share, which became exercisable on September 20, 2020 and will expire on March 20, 2025. Pursuant to the guidance of ASC 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, the Company has determined that warrants issued in connection with the March 2020 Offering should be classified as equity as the warrants can be settled with unregistered shares. The relative fair value of these warrants at issuance was approximately $0.8 million and was included in additional paid-in capital.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the warrants granted in the March 2020 Offering using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the date of the closing of the offering on March 20, 2020.

   March 20, 2020 

Stock price

  $12.25 

Exercise price

  $16.10 

Warrant term

   5.50 years 

Expected volatility

   82.41

Risk-free interest rate

   0.52

Dividend rate

   0.00

The following table summarizes warrants accounted for as liabilities and recorded as derivative financial instruments on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in thousands):

   Nine Months Ended September 30, 
   2020  2019 

Fair value of warrants at beginning of period

  $5  $13,769 

Exercise of warrants

   —     (35

Foreign exchange losses

   (1  382 

Change in fair value of warrants during the period

   (4  (14,033
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of warrants at end of period

  $ —    $83 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

These warrants which are classified as derivative financial instruments in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets are required to be re-measured at each reporting period, with the change in fair value recorded as a gain or loss in the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, included in other income (expense) in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The fair value of the warrants will continue to be classified as a liability until such time as they are exercised, expire or there is an amendment to the respective agreements that renders these financial instruments to be no longer classified as such.

The fair value of all warrants classified as derivative financial instruments outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following non-cash financing transactions:weighted average assumptions:

   September 30,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 

Stock price

  CAD$18.55  CAD$ 43.05 

Exercise price

  CAD$ 428.75  CAD$ 428.75 

Warrant term

   0.53 years   1.28 years 

Expected volatility

   107.16  72.43

Risk-free interest rate

   0.16  1.72

Dividend rate

   0.00  0.00

The following is a summary of the Company’s warrant activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

   Number of
Warrants
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
   CAD   US  CAD$   USD$ 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

   68,351    18,607  $428.75   $428.40 

Granted

   —      178,776   —      16.10 

Cancelled/Expired

   —      (151  —      376.25 

Exercised

   —      —     —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 30, 2020

   68,351    197,232  $428.75   $54.71 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s warrants outstanding and exercisable as of September 30, 2020 were as follows:

Number of Warrants Outstanding

i)

Exercise Price

Fair value of warrants issued in conjunction with private placements in Expiration Date

7,740USD$428.75December 22, 2020
4,886USD$428.75December 28, 2020
5,830USD$428.75December 29, 2020
68,351CAD$428.75April June and July 2015 was $532,522.

10, 2021
178,776USD$16.10March 20, 2025

 

 

ii)

265,583

Fair value of warrants issued in conjunction with A&B credit facility (including upon conversion of $2.0 million convertible note and draw down of $5.0 million) was $1,003,612.

 

 

 

4.

iii)STOCK-BASED PAYMENTS

On May 15, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and approved the adoption of the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (as amended, the “2018 Plan”), which was effective upon approval by the stockholders of the Company on June 28, 2018 and under which an aggregate of 153,031 shares may be issued. This share reserve is the sum of 85,714 new shares, plus the 67,317 shares that remained available for issuance under the Company’s 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), the predecessor incentive plan at the time of the adoption of the 2018 Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Plan, the Company is authorized to grant stock options, as well as awards of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted shares, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock equivalent units and performance-based cash awards. These awards may be granted to directors, officers, employees and eligible consultants. Vesting and the term of an option is determined at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. Subsequent to the adoption of the 2018 Plan, the Company ceased granting awards under the 2016 Plan, the predecessor incentive plan. However, outstanding stock options granted prior to the effective date of the 2018 Plan are still governed by the 2016 Plan or the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, which preceded the 2016 Plan.

As of September 30, 2020, there was an aggregate of 96,798 shares of common stock remaining available for grant under the Company’s 2018 Plan.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company issued 23,112 stock options to employees and directors. The Company issued no stock options to consultants during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

   Number
of Stock
Options
   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

   99,018   $236.63   $—   

Granted

   23,112    16.42    —   

Forfeited/Cancelled

   (9,906   (198.03   —   

Exercised

   —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 30, 2020

   112,224   $194.68   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable as of September 30, 2020

   69,995   $149.62   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2020, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options outstanding for employees and directors, was $4.1 million which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 2.8 years. Compensation cost is not adjusted for estimated forfeitures, but instead is adjusted upon an actual forfeiture of a stock option.

The weighted average grant date fair value of employee and director stock options granted for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $10.50 per option and the grant date fair values of these stock options were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

   Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2020
 

Stock price

  $16.42 

Exercise price

  $16.42 

Expected term

   5.26 years 

Expected volatility

   77.35

Risk-free interest rate

   0.58

Dividend rate

   0.00

As of September 30, 2020, the unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options outstanding for non-employees was $15 thousand which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining vesting period of approximately 0.9 years. Compensation cost is not adjusted for estimated forfeitures, but instead is adjusted upon an actual forfeiture of a stock option.

Restricted Stock Awards

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2019, certain members of the Company’s executive management team elected to receive restricted stock awards in lieu of cash compensation under the 2018 Plan that vest upon issuance. The fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the day of the grant.

The following is a summary of the Company’s restricted stock award activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2020:

   Number of Restricted
Stock Units
   Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
per Unit
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

   788    USD$21.17 

Granted

   6,207    17.62 

Settled

   (6,831   18.13 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding as of September 30, 2020

   164    $13.54 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is classified in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (amounts in thousands):

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2020   2019 

Research and development

  $727   $643 

Cost of sales

   (1   —   

Selling, general and administrative

   1,295    2,693 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,021   $3,336 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 includes the reversal of $125 thousand of expense as a result of forfeitures due to the departure of our former chief executive officer in August 2020.

5.

TheACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):

   As of 
   September 30, 2020   December 31, 2019 

Employees benefits

  $557   $722 

Professional services

   6    67 

Legal fees

   163    81 

Royalty fees

   5    13 

Franchise fees

   40    28 

Severance

   550    606 

Other

   78    2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,399   $1,519 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued severance expenses as of September 30, 2020 included $0.5 million in severance costs related to the departure of our former chief executive officer in August 2020.

6.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

(a)

On January 22, 2013, the Company issued 30,000entered into a license agreement with Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC (“ANR”) for an exclusive right to ANR’s patent pending technology, claims and knowhow. In addition to the issuance of 91,628 shares of common stock havingto ANR, the Company agreed to pay a fair value4% royalty on net revenue on the sales of $29,045devices covered by the patent-pending technology and services related to the therapy or use of devices covered by the patent-pending technology. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company recorded approximately $15 thousand in royalty expenses in its condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company recorded approximately $52 thousand in royalty expenses in its condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

(b)

On October 30, 2017, HMI amended the Asset Purchase Agreement with A&B (HK) Company Ltd. (“A&B”) which specified that if the Company fails to obtain FDA marketing authorization for commercialization of or otherwise fails to ensure that the PoNS device is available for purchase by the U.S. Government by December 31, 2021, the Company would be subject to a $2.0 million contract penalty payable to A&B, unless the Company receives an exemption for the requirement of FDA marketing authorization from the U.S. Army Medical Material Agency. In December 2018, the U.S. Army notified the Company that it was amending the Agreement such that the satisfaction of the obligation of the contract was changed from FDA marketing authorization of the PoNS device to submitting of an application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device with the FDA. As the Company submitted its application for marketing authorization of the PoNS device to the FDA on August 31, 2018, and with copies of the submission documents provided to the U.S. Army, the Company has met its obligation under the amended agreement. Based on this amendment the Company has determined that the possibility of a payment under this contractual penalty is remote.

(c)

In March 2017, the Company entered into a lease for office space in Newtown, Pennsylvania. The initial term of the lease was from July 1, 2017 through December 31, 2022, with an option to extend until 2027. In July 2017, the Company amended the contract to commence the lease on July 17, 2017 through January 16, 2023, with an option to extend until January 2028. Lease extension options were not included in the lease term as it was not reasonably certain that the Company would elect to utilize the option to extend. Monthly rent plus utilities were approximately $20 thousand per month beginning in January 2018 with a 3% annual increase.

In May 2020, the Company terminated its lease and entered into a new lease (the “Lease Amendment”) for a smaller footprint of the current office space in Newtown, Pennsylvania. Lease payments under the original contract will be made through December 2020. The Lease Amendment was determined to be a partial termination that qualified as a change of accounting of the existing lease and not a separate contract. As such, the ROU assets and operating lease liabilities were remeasured using an incremental borrowing rate at the date of modification. The carrying value of the ROU asset decreased on a basis proportionate to the partial termination by approximately $0.4 million and the related lease liability decreased by approximately $0.4 million. The Company recorded a gain of approximately $0.1 million resulting from the difference between the reduction in the lease liability and the proportionate reduction of the ROU asset. This amount is recorded as a component of other income in the condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The initial lease term of the Lease Amendment is from July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021, with options to extend for successive six month periods. Two lease extension options were included in the lease term as it was reasonably certain that the Company would elect to utilize the option to extend for this period of time. Monthly rent plus utilities will be approximately $5 thousand per month beginning in January 2021 with a 3% annual increase.

The following table summarizes the Company’s operating lease information including future minimum lease payments under a non-cancellable lease as of September 30, 2020 (amounts in thousands).

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

  

Operating lease cost

  $57 

Operating lease – operating cash flows

  $189 

Weighted average remaining lease term

   1.75 years 

Weighted average discount rate

   7.2

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable lease as of September 30, 2020 were as follows:

  

For the Period Ending December 31,

  

2020 (remaining three months)

  $63 

2021

   63 

2022

   32 
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   158 

Less imputed interest

   (4
  

 

 

 

Total liability

  $154 
  

 

 

 

Reported as of September 30, 2020

  

Current operating lease liability

   107 

Non-current operating lease liability

   47 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $154 
  

 

 

 

(d)

On December 29, 2017, HMI (formerly known as NeuroHabilitation Corporation) entered into a Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (“MSA”) with Key Tronic Corporation (“Key Tronic”), for the manufacture and supply of the Company’s PoNS device based upon the Company’s product specifications as set forth in the MSA. Per the agreement, the Company shall provide to Key Tronic a rolling forecast for the procurement of parts and material and within normal lead times based on estimated delivery dates for the quoted market price asmanufacture of the PoNS device. The term of the agreement is for three years and will automatically renew for additional consecutive terms of one year, unless cancelled by either party upon 180-day written notice to the other party prior to the end of the then current term. On June 1, 2020, HMI extended the existing manufacturing agreement with Key Tronic for a bonussecond three year term from December 29, 2020 until December 31, 2023. As of September 30, 2020, the Company did not have any outstanding

commitments to Key Tronic to complete the Company’s forecasts for the procurement of materials necessary for the delivery of PoNS devices.

(e)

The Company was granted a $323 thousand loan on April 13, 2020 under the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP Loan”) established under the CARES Act. The Company planned to use the proceeds from the PPP Loan for covered payroll costs, rent and utilities in connectionaccordance with the issuance of a promissory note;

iv)A gain on extinguishment of debt of $268,334 based on the difference between the fair valuerelevant terms and conditions of the sharesCARES Act. However, based upon subsequent guidance issued to settleby the A&B credit facilityFederal Government, including a presumption that publicly traded companies may not be eligible for a PPP loan, the Company returned the PPP Loan proceeds in May 2020 and paid interest for the fair valueperiod of time the related conversion feature and the carrying value of the related debt.loan was outstanding.

Legal Contingencies

Caramahai v. Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. et al.

On or about July 9, 2019, a putative shareholder class action lawsuit, Caramahai v. Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. et al., Case No. 1:19-cv-06365 (S.D.N.Y.), was filed against the Company and three of its individual officers in the Southern District of New York (“the Caramahai Action”). The lawsuit alleges that the Company made materially false and misleading statements regarding the prospects for FDA approval of Helius’ application for de novo classification and clearance of its PoNS device in the United States. As a result of these alleged misstatements, the Caramahai Action asserts claims on behalf of shareholders who bought or sold Helius common stock between from November 9, 2017 to April 10, 2019 for alleged violations of the federal securities laws, specifically Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

On or about July 31, 2019, a putative shareholder class action lawsuit, Evans v. Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. et al., Case No. 1:19-cv-07171 (S.D.N.Y.), was filed against the Company and three of its individual officers in the Southern District of New York (the “Evans Action”). The Evans Action alleges similar claims as the Caramahai Action.

On September 9, 2019, three Helius shareholders each filed motions in the Caramahai and Evans cases seeking to consolidate the two proceedings into a single putative class action. The individual motions also sought to have the movant appointed as Lead Plaintiff (the plaintiff responsible for prosecuting the class’s claims and has the power to settle and release claims of all class members) and have the movant’s attorneys appointed as Lead Counsel. On September 13 and 17, 2019, respectively, two of the movants filed notices withdrawing their motions on the ground that they did not appear to have “the largest financial interest in the relief sought by the class.” The third movant was appointed Lead Plaintiff on April 28, 2020 and movant’s attorneys were appointed as Lead Counsel.

During the second quarter of 2020, the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed the lawsuit without prejudice, ending the case. The U.S. District Judge signed the final order dismissing the litigation on July 1, 2020.

7.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the yearnine months ended March 31, 2015:September 30, 2020, the Company paid approximately $5 thousand in consulting fees to a director of the Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company paid approximately $25 thousand in consulting fees to a director of the Company. As of September 30, 2020, the Company did not have an accrued liability for consulting fees to a director of the Company.

i)

the Company issued 2,564,705 common shares valued at $1,000,100 based on the carrying value of the convertible debenture upon its conversion;

ii)

the Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature of $176,488 in respect of a qualifying transaction recorded in connection with the convertible debenture;

iii)

the Company recorded a credit to additional paid-in capital of $162,890 representing the carrying values of the net assets acquired in a reverse merger recapitalization transaction.


14.8.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 18, 2016,October 26, 2020, the Company closed its short form prospectus offering in Canadaon a private placement of an aggregate of 187,646 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 93,817 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $18.20 per unit, consisting of one share and a concurrent U.S. privatewarrant to purchase 0.50 shares of common stock, resulting in gross

proceeds of approximately $3.4 million, excluding the proceeds, if any, that the Company may receive in the future from the exercise of the warrants. The Company incurred $0.2 million in share issuance costs, including placement (the "Offering")agent fees. The warrants have an initial exercise price of units (the "Units") with gross proceeds$15.82 per share and are exercisable for a period of three years from the date of issuance. The Company also issued warrants to the Companyplacement agent to purchase 961 shares of CAD $9,215,000 through the issuance of Units at a price of CAD $1.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one Class A common share in the capital of the Company (a “Common Share”) and one half of one Common Share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, a “Warrant”). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to acquire one additional Common Share atstock, with an exercise price of CAD $1.50$19.775 per share. An officer of the Company and affiliates of an officer and director of the Company participated in the private placement on or before April 18, 2019. Mackie Research Capital Corporation (the "Agent") actedthe same terms and conditions as agentall other purchasers, except that they paid $18.354 per unit and sole bookrunner in connection with the Offering. The Company paid the Agent a cash commission of CAD $436,050 and has granted to the Agent compensation options exercisable to purchase 436,050 Units attheir warrants have an exercise price of CAD $1.00$16.1665 per Unitshare.

Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for the private placement, if the Company issues any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents for cash consideration, indebtedness or a periodcombination thereof, with certain exceptions, within twelve months of 24 months from the closing of the Offering.private placement, each purchaser who subscribed for at least $250,000 has the right to participate in up to such purchaser’s pro rata portion of 30% of the such subsequent financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the subsequent financing.

The following table sets forth the Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reported as of September 30, 2020 and as adjusted on a pro forma basis to reflect the recently completed private placement (amounts in thousands):

Total stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2020

  $3,197 

Net proceeds from October 2020 private placement

   3,244 
  

 

 

 

Pro forma total stockholders’ equity as of September 30, 2020

  $6,441 
  

 

 

 

Nasdaq Delisting

On December 4, 2020, the Company received notice from the Listing Qualifications staff of Nasdaq indicating that the Company was not eligible for an additional 180 day extension to meet the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. As a result, the Staff determined that the Company’s securities would be subject to delisting unless the Company timely requests a hearing before the Panel. The Company timely submitted a request for a hearing before the Panel, which request stayed any suspension or delisting action by Nasdaq at March 231, 2016,least until the hearing process concludes and any extension granted by the Panel expires. On January 15, 2021, the Company received notice from the Staff that the bid price deficiency of the Company had received $150,000 in respect of the Offering; these funds were reflected as a current liability on Company's consolidated balance sheet as the issuance of the Units in connection with these proceeds was contingent onbeen cured, and that the Company achieving a minimum financing threshold. Subsequent to March 31, 2016,was in compliance with all applicable listing standards, and so the Company issuedscheduled hearing before the Panel was cancelled.

518,806 Units in connection with these proceeds.

In addition, the Company has recorded other current assetsconsisting of $495,415 which represent legal fees pertaining to the Offering invoiced to the Company prior to March 31, 2016. The amount will be recorded as a share issuance cost upon closingshares of the Offering.

F-24


Table of Contents

On May 2, 2016, the Company closed the sale of the additional units issued pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option (“Over-Allotment Option”) granted to the Agent in connection with the Offering. The Offering was made pursuant to a short form prospectus filed with the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces of Canada, except Québec. Pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, the Company issued an additional 1,090,125 Units (the "Over-Allotment Units") at a price of CAD $1.00 per Over-Allotment Unit for additional gross proceeds to the Company of CAD $1,090,125, bringing the total aggregate gross proceeds to the Company under the Offering to CAD $10,305,125. Each Over-Allotment Unit consists of one Class A common share in the capital of the Company (an “Over-Allotment Common Share”)stock and one half of one Common Share purchase warrant (each whole warrant, an “Over-Allotment Warrant”). Each Over-Allotment Warrant entitles the holder thereof to acquire one additional Over-Allotment Common Share at an exercise price of CAD $1.50 on or before April 18, 2019. In connection with the closing of the Over-Allotment Option, the Company paid the Agent a cash commission of CAD $65,408 and granted to the Agent compensation options exercisable to purchase 65,407 Over-Allotment Units at an exercise price of CAD $1.00 per Over-Allotment Unit for a period of 24 months from the closing of the Offering.

On June 6th, 2016, the Company announced that it received proceeds of CAD $1,825,600 from the exercise of outstanding warrants which were issued in connection with the Company’s private placement of subscription receipts that closed on May 30, 2014.

F-25


Table of Contents

Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.

11,953,115 Shares(and shares of Class A Common Stock
5,074,560 Warrants to purchase Sharescommon stock underlying such warrants)

LOGO

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Sole Book-Running Manager

Ladenburg Thalmann

The date of Class A Common Stock and
5,074,560 Shares of Class A Common Stock Issuable upon Exercise of Warrantsthis prospectus is                     , 2021.


PROSPECTUS
June 28, 2016


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses payable by the registrantto be incurred in connection with the saleissuance and distribution of common stock being registered.the securities registered under this Registration Statement. All amounts are estimates except for the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission registration fee filing fee.

   Amount to
be

Item

paid Paid 

SEC registration fee

  $1,633.00 1,844.60

FINRA filing fee

2,688.50 

Legal fees and expenses

   100,000227,000.00 

AccountingPrinting expenses

50,000.00

Accountant’s fees and expenses

   20,00055,000.00

Transfer agent and registrar fees

2,100.00 

Miscellaneous expenses

   15,00011,578.50 

Total

  $ 136,844.60350,000.00 

Item 14.

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of Directors and Officersthe State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Our directors and officers are indemnified as provided bySection 145 of the Wyoming BusinessDelaware General Corporation Act (the “WBCA”), our Articles of Continuance and our Bylaws.

Wyoming Business Corporation Act

The WBCA,Law provides that a corporation shallhas the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any the defense to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

The WBCA provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or wasand certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,in related capacities against expenses including(including attorneys’ fees,fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlementsettlements actually and reasonably incurred by himthe person in connection with thean action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if he: (a) is not liable pursuant to the WBCA; or (b)such person acted in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect toin any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The WBCA providesunlawful, except that, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suitin the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he: (a) is not liable pursuant to the WBCA; or (b) acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. Indemnification may notno indemnification shall be made forwith respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such a person hasshall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion of all appeals there from, to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was broughtCourt of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of competent jurisdiction determines upon application thatliability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, thesuch person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses aswhich the Court of Chancery or such other court deemsshall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

The WBCA provides that except as otherwise providedAs permitted by specific statute, no director or officer of a corporation is individually liable for a debt or liability of the corporation, unless the director or officer acts as the alter ego of the corporation. The court as a matter of law must determine the question of whether a director or officer acts as the alter ego of a corporation.

Our Articles of Incorporation

Article 14 ofDelaware General Corporation Law, our Articles of Incorporationamended and restated bylaws provide for indemnification ofthat: (1) we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers as follows:

PERSONAL LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION; ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or to its shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, modification of or repeal of this paragraph 14 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Company for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment. The Company shall indemnify, advance expenses, and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except for claims for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses not paid in full, the Company shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the board of directors of the Company. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this paragraph 14 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Our Bylaws

Our Bylaws provide that we shall indemnify a director as required by the mandatoryDelaware General Corporation Law; (2) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our other officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (3) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors and executive officers in connection with certain legal proceedings; (4) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; (5) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents; and (6) we may secure insurance

II-1


on behalf of any director, officer, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of the Act, to the extent applicable, and as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation.Delaware law.

We intend to enterhave entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements will provide broader indemnity rights than those provided under the WyomingDelaware General Corporation Law and our certificateCertificate of incorporation.Incorporation. The indemnification agreements are not intended to deny or otherwise limit third-party or derivative suits against us or our directors or officers, but to the extent a director or officer were entitled to indemnity or contribution under the indemnification agreement, the financial burden of a third-party suit would be borne by us, and we would not benefit from derivative recoveries against the director or officer. Such recoveries would accrue to our benefit but would be offset by our obligations to the director or officer under the indemnification agreement.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered SecuritiesWe maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since our inception andThe following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the registrant in the three years preceding the filingdate of this registration statement,statement.

On March 18, 2020, we have issued the followingentered into a securities that were notpurchase agreement with certain purchasers, pursuant to which we agreed to sell and issue to such purchasers, in a registered under the Securities Act.

II-2


Tabledirect offering, an aggregate of Contents

On April 15, 2014, we issued in aggregate 10,000,000178,776 shares of our common stock, at $12.25 per share. Pursuant to the shareholderspurchase agreement, in a concurrent private placement, on March 20, 2020 we issued to the purchasers warrants to purchase up to 178,776 shares of 0995162 BC Ltd. (174 individuals/entities from Canadacommon stock. The warrants are exercisable beginning on September 21, 2020 at an exercise price of $16.10 per share and 1 individual from Germany)expire on September 22, 2025. H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC acted as placement agent for the private placement.

On October 21, 2020, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain purchasers, pursuant to the planwhich we agreed to sell and issue, in a private placement, an aggregate of arrangement between us, Boomerang Oil, Inc. and 0995162 BC Ltd., in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding187,646 shares of 0995162 BC Ltd. We reliedcommon stock. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we also issued 93,817 Warrants. The Warrants have an initial exercise price of $15.82 per share and expire on October 26, 2023, except that Warrants issued to insiders, and affiliates of insiders, have an initial exercise price of $16.1665 per share and expire on October 26, 2023. Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC acted as placement agent for the Company in connection with the private placement. The Company issued warrants to the Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC to purchase 961 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $19.775 per share.

In March 2018, we issued 15,874 shares of common stock upon the exemption provided under Section 2.11exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $236.25 per share. During the Canadian Securities Administrators National Instrument 45-106 - Prospectus and Registration Exemptions. We did not issue anysecond quarter of our2018, we issued 405 shares of common stock to any U.S. persons.

On May 28, 2014 we filed our Articlesupon the exercise of Continuance with the Wyoming Secretarywarrants at an exercise price of State, whichCAD$262.50 per share. The issuance of these securities was effective with the State of Wyoming on June 2, 2014, whereby we continuedexempt from the Province of British Columbia into the State of Wyomingregistration pursuant to a plan of arrangement between us and our shareholders in accordance with section 288 of the BCBCA. This reincorporation resulted in the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of our common stock to our shareholders, in exchange for their existing common shares in the capital of our company that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the reincorporation transaction. The plan of arrangement between us and our shareholders required court approval under section 291 of the BCBCA. We advised the British Columbia Supreme Court, or the Court, prior to the hearing that we would be relying upon the registration exemption under Section 3(a)(10)Regulation S of the Securities Act and that in order for us to relyas an offering outside the United States. During the third quarter of 2018, we issued 1 share of common stock upon such Section 3(a)(10) exemption the Court must approve the fairnessexercise of the terms and conditionswarrants at an exercise price of the exchangeCAD$262.50 per share. The issuance of our sharesthese securities was exempt from a British Columbia corporation to shares of us as a Wyoming corporation. The fairness hearing was open to all our shareholders to whom securities of us as a Wyoming corporation would be exchangedregistration pursuant to the plan of arrangement and adequate notice was provided to all our shareholders. On May 27, 2014, the Court found that the terms and conditions of the plan of arrangement were fair and approved the plan of arrangement. None of our shareholders exercised their rights of dissent under the BCBCA in respect of the reincorporation transaction.

On May 30, 2014, we closed a private placement consisting of 15,240,000 subscription receipts at a price of CAD$0.50 per subscription receipt for gross proceeds of $7,016,002(CAD$7,620,000). On June 13, 2014, each subscription receipt automatically converted, for no additional consideration, into one common share and one-half of one common share purchase warrant. We refer to each whole warrant as a Warrant. Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one additional share of our common stock at a price of CAD$1.00 until May 30, 2016. We relied on exemptions from registration under the Securities Act, provided by Rule 506 of Regulation D and/or Section 4(a)(2) for the one U.S. purchaser who was an “accredited investor” as defined under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D as well as Regulation S for the Canadian and offshore purchasers, based on representations and warranties provided by the purchasers of the subscription receipts in their respective subscription agreements entered into between us and each purchaser.

In connection with the May 30, 2014 private placement, we paid finder’s fees of$379,806 (CAD$412,200) in cash and 824,400 finder’s warrants, or a Finder’s Warrant, in aggregate to five entities in British Columbia, Canada and one entity in Nevis, West Indies. The Finder’s Warrants have the same attributes as the Warrants. We relied on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S for the issuance of the Finder’s Warrants to each finder.

On June 13, 2014, we acquired a 100% interest in NHC, as discussed above, pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger whereby our wholly-owned subsidiary was merged with and into NHC and all of the common shares in the capital of NHC were cancelled in consideration for the issuance of an aggregate of 35,300,083 shares of our common stock to the NHC shareholders. We relied on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) for the issuance of shares of our common stock to the four NHC shareholders with which we had a pre-existing relationship. Of the 35,300,083 shares issued in this private placement, 32,070,052 shares were held in escrow beginning on June 23, 2014.

On June 19, 2014, we granted 1,800,000 options to our Chief Executive Officer and 60,000 options to one of our directors. We also granted 800,000 options to purchase our common stock to two directors (400,000 each) for services rendered as non-employee consultants. We also granted 400,000 options to purchase our common stock to an advisor for consulting services rendered. We relied on Rule 701 under the Securities Act for these grants. Also on such date, we issued 460,000 options to purchase our common stock to four persons (in individual amounts of 60,000; 250,000; 50,000 and 100,000). The four persons did not pay cash for the options but rendered consulting services to us. We relied on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the issuances of these options, as we had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with each of these four persons, and these persons had access to information about us.

II-3


Table of Contents

On June 20, 2014, we issued 250,000 options to purchase our common stock to one entity. The entity did not pay cash for the options but rendered consulting services to us. We relied on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the issuances of these options, as we had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with the entity, and the entity had access to information about us.

On June 30, 2014, we issued 2,564,705 common shares to one offshore individual pursuant to the conversion of a convertible note that was issued by our subsidiary, NHC, in the principal amount of $1,000,100 (CAD$1,090,000 when converted to CAD$) at a price of CAD$0.425 per share. Under the terms of the agreement and plan of merger with NHC, we agreed to assume responsibility for satisfying the payment obligations under such convertible note by issuing shares of our capital stock. We relied upon the exemption from registration as provided under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act as the securities were issued to the individual through an offshore transaction which was negotiated and consummatedoffering outside of the United States.

On July 14, 2014,In December 2017, we granted 100,000 options to purchase our common stock to an advisor for consulting services rendered. We relied on Rule 701 under the Securities Act for this grant.

On December 8, 2014, we granted 50,000 options to purchase our common stock to each of nine advisors for consulting services rendered. Also on such date, we granted 100,000 options to purchase our common stock to oneissued 18,457 units in a multi-tranche private placement with certain of our officers and directors and 400,000 options to purchase our common stock to one of our employees for services rendered as director and employee, respectively. We relied on Rule 701 under the Securities Act for these grants.

On March 16, 2015, we granted 100,000 options to purchase our common stock to one of our directors for services rendered as director. We relied on Rule 701 under the Securities Act for this grant.

On April 30, 2015, we closed a private placement to 12other accredited investors, which included one institution and 11 individuals, consisting of an aggregate of 849,273 units at a price of $2.15 per unit for gross proceeds of approximately $1,825,937.investors. Each unit consisted of one share of our common stock and one-half of one common share purchase warrant.warrant and had a purchase price of $343.00 per share of common stock. Each whole warrant entitlesentitled the

II-2


holder to purchaseacquire one additional share of our common stock for a period of 36 months following the closing of the private placement at aan exercise price of $3.00$428.75 per share until April 30, 2018. We relied onshare.

Unless otherwise noted, the exemptiontransactions described in Item 15 were exempt from registration provided byunder the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act andin that such sales did not involve a public offering, under Rule 506(b) thereunder for the private placement. In connection with the private placement, we issued 27,396 warrants to one institutional accredited investor that served as a finder for the private placement. The finder’s warrant permits the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $3.00 per share until April 30, 2018. We relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of701 promulgated under the Securities Act, for the issuance of the finder’s warrant.

On June 26, 2015, we closedin that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a private placementwritten contract relating to seven accredited investors, which included one institution and six individuals, consisting of an aggregate of 335,463 units at a price of $2.15 per unit for gross proceeds of $721,243. Each unit issued in the private placements consisted of one share of our common stock and one-half of one common share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional share of our common stock at a purchase price of $3.00 for a period of thirty-six months.

On July 17, 2015, we closed a private placement to four accredited investors, which included three institutions and one individual, consisting of an aggregate of 125,756 units at a price of $2.15 per unit for gross proceeds of approximately $270,375. Each unit issued in the private placements consisted of one share of our common stock and one-half of one common share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional share of our common stock at a purchase price of $3.00 for a period of thirty-six months.

We relied on the exemption from registrationcompensation, as provided by Section 4(a)(2)Rule 701, or under Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) thereunder for the private placements. In connection with the July 17, 2015 and June 26, 2015 private placements, we issued 18,978 and 7,545 warrants, respectively, to an institutional accredited investor that served as finder for the private placements. The finder’s warrants permit the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $2.15 per share for a period of thirty-six months. We relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the issuance of the finder’s warrants.Act.

II-4


Table of Contents

On August 25, 2015, the Company received $200,000 in exchange for the issuance of a promissory note. The promissory note was to be repaid six months from the date of issuance with interest at the rate of 6% per annum. In addition, the lender was entitled to receive 30,000 common shares of the Company on the date of the promissory note and 30,000 common every three months thereafter as long as the principal of the loan remained outstanding. On October 28, 2015, the Company repaid the loan in its entirety and issued 30,000 common shares that were owed the lender in accordance with the terms of the promissory note. We relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) thereunder for the issuance of the promissory note and the 30,000 shares of common stock.

On October 28, 2015, the Company issued 950,000 options to consultants and officers of the Company. The options are exercisable at CAD $0.84 for 5 years from the grant date. 614,000 options vest immediately, and the remaining 336,000 options vest at a rate of 14% every 6 months. A portion of the options were issued pursuant to our Form S-8. The remaining options and the underlying common stock were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) and Rule 506(b) thereunder.

In connection with the asset purchase agreement with A&B Limited, on October 9, 2015 we entered into a $7.0 million funding commitment with A&B Limited in the form of a convertible promissory note. The funding commitment consisted of (a) an initial $2.0 million and (b) an additional $5.0 million funding commitment. On November 10, 2015, we converted the initial $2.0 million and issued to A&B 2,083,333 shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase 1,041,667 shares of our common stock at $1.44 per share. On December 29, 2015, we drew down the remaining $5.0 million from the credit facility provided by A&B pursuant to the convertible promissory note in exchange for 5,555,556 shares of common stock at a price of $0.90 per share and a warrant to purchase 2,777,778 shares of common stock for a period of three years with an exercise price of $1.35 per share. The shares are subject to a four-month statutory hold period. We relied upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) thereunder for the issuance of the Convertible Promissory Note and the underlying shares of Common Stock and warrants.

On April 18, 2016, the Company issued 9,215,000 units at a price of CAD$1.00 per unit for gross proceeds of $7,199,781. On May 2, 2018, the Company issued an additional 1,090,125 units for additional net proceeds of $765,062, and aggregate net proceeds of $7,964,843. Each unit consisted of one share of our common stock and one-half of one common share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional share of our common stock at a price of CAD$1.50 per share (US$1.16 per share at the noon exchange rate as published by the Bank of Canada on June 24, 2016) until April 18, 2019. In connection with these sales, we issued 501,457 compensation options to the agent. Each compensation option entitles the holder thereof to acquire one unit at CAD$1.50. We relied upon the exemptions from registration provided by Regulation S for “offshore transactions” outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons, and by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder for private sales to accredited investors.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a)Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.


(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are being filed with this Registration Statement:

Exhibit Number

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit

    1.1  Underwriting Agreement
2.2

Agreement and Plan

    3.1Certificate of Merger among Helius Medical Technologies, Inc., HMT Mergersub, Inc. and NeuroHabilitation Corporation, dated June 6, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form S-1Conversion filed with the SECDelaware Secretary of State on July 14, 2014)

3.1Articles of Continuation  18, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form S-110-Q filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)August 9, 2018)

II-5


Table of Contents


Exhibit NumberExhibit
    3.2  
3.2

ArticlesCertificate of Amendment filed with the Wyoming Secretary of State on July 3, 2014Incorporation, as corrected (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.23.1 to the Form S-18-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

October 30, 2018)
    

3.3

Articles

Certificate of Amendment filed with the Wyoming Secretaryto Certificate of State on April 27, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to amendment no. 1 to the Form 10 filed with the SEC on May 4, 2015)

3.4

Bylaws as amended and restatedIncorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 23, 2016)

December  31, 2020)
    3.4

4.1Form of Warrant (included in Exhibit 4.2)
  
4.2

Warrant Indenture dated April 18, 2016 byBylaws as amended and between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Computershare Investor Services Inc.restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to amendment no. 13.3 to the Form 8-K10-Q filed April 18, 2016 and amended on April 20, 2016)

August  9, 2018)
    4.1  Form of Warrant
    4.25.1*Form of Warrant Agency Agreement
    4.3Form of Underwriter Warrant
    5.1Opinion of Holland & HartHonigman LLP
5.2*Opinion of Blakes, Cassel & Graydon LLP
  10.1*  
10.1†

EmploymentSeparation and Release Agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Philippe Deschamps, dated June 13, 2014August  23, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.110.2 to the Form S-18-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

August 25, 2020)
  10.2*

10.2†

AmendmentInterim President and CEO Employment Letter Agreement to the Employment Agreement betweenBetween Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Philippe Deschamps,Dane C. Andreeff dated September 1, 2014August 23, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.510.1 to the Amendment to Form S-18-K filed with the SEC on September 23, 2014)

August 25, 2020)
  10.3*

10.3†

Employment Agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Jonathan Sackier, dated December  1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-12G filed with the SEC on April 15, 2015)

  10.4*

10.4†

Consulting Agreement between NeuroHabilitation Corporation and Yuri Danilov, dated July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Amendment to Form S-1 filed with the SEC on September 23, 2014)

10.5†

Consulting Agreement between NeuroHabilitation CorporationHelius Medical, Inc. and Mitch Tyler, dated December  10, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-12G filed with the SEC on February 6, 2015)

  10.5

10.6†

Advisory Agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and V Baron Global Financial Canada Ltd., dated June 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

  

10.7

License Agreement between Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC and Yuri Danilov, Mitchell Tyler, Kurt Kaczmarek and John Klus, dated June 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Amendment to Form S-1 filed with the SEC on September 23, 2014)

II-6


Table of Contents


Exhibit Number

Exhibit

  10.6

10.8

Amended and Restated Patent Sub-License Agreement between Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC and NeuroHabilitation Corporation,Helius Medical, Inc, having an effective date of January 22, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

II-3


Exhibit

Number

Exhibit

10.9  10.7

Second Amended and Restated Patent Sub-License Agreement between Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC and NeuroHabilitation Corporation,Helius Medical, Inc, dated June 6, 2014, but having an effective date of January 22, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

  10.8

10.10

Master Cooperative Research and Development Agreement between NeuroHabilitation Corporation,Helius Medical, Inc, Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC, Yuri Danilov, Mitchell Tyler, Kurt Kaczmarek and U.S. Army Medical Material Agency and U.S. Army Medical Material Development Activity, dated effective February 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

  10.9

10.11

Notice of Modification No.  1 to Cooperative Research and Development Agreement between NeuroHabilitation Corporation,Helius Medical, Inc., Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC, Yuri Danilov, Mitchell Tyler, Kurt Kaczmarek and U.S. Army Medical Material Agency and U.S. Army Medical Material Development Activity, dated April 29, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

  10.10

10.12

Notice of Modification No.  2 to Cooperative Research and Development Agreement between NeuroHabilitation Corporation,Helius Medical, Inc., Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC, Yuri Danilov, Mitchell Tyler, Kurt Kaczmarek and U.S. Army Medical Material Agency and U.S. Army Medical Material Development Activity, dated January 12, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Form 10-12G filed with the SEC on February 6, 2015)

  10.11

10.13

Design and Manufacturing Consultant Agreement between NeuroHabilitation CorporationHelius Medical, Inc. and Clinvue, LLC, dated January  30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

  10.12

10.14

Commercial Development-to-Supply Program between NeuroHabilitation CorporationHelius Medical, Inc. and Ximedica, dated October 25, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

  10.13*

10.15

Amendment No. 1 to the Commercial Development-to-Supply Program between NeuroHabilitation Corporation and Ximedica, dated October 25, 2013, amended January 15, 2016 (incorporated by reference to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on May 4, 2016)

  

10.16†

Employment Agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Joyce LaViscount, dated October  19, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 16, 2016)

  10.14‡

10.17†

Employment Agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Brian Bapty, dated November 2, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 16, 2016)

  

10.18‡

Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and A&B (HK) Company Limited, dated as of October  9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 13, 16, 2015)

II-7


Table of Contents


Exhibit NumberExhibit
  10.14.1  
10.19

Convertible Promissory NoteAmendment to Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and A&B (HK) Company Limited, dated as of October 9, 2015  30, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 13, 2015)

November 2, 2017)
  10.14.2

10.20

NoticeSupplemental Agreement to Asset Purchase Agreement Dated October  9, 2015, between Helius Medical, Inc. and A&B (HK) Company Limited, dated as of Modification No. 3 to Cooperative Research and Development Agreement between NeuroHabilitation Corporation, Advanced NeuroRehabilitation, LLC, Yuri Danilov, Mitchell Tyler, Kurt Kaczmarek and U.S. Army Medical Material Agency and U.S. Army Medical Material Development Activity, dated December 28, 2016August 15, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.110.27 to the Form 8-K10-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2015)

March 14, 2019)
  10.15

10.21

Agency Agreement between the Company and Mackie Research Capital Corporation, dated as of March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on May 4, 2016)

  

10.22

Sole-source cost sharing contract by and between NeuroHabilitation CorporationHelius Medical, Inc. and the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (USAMRMC) dated as of July 7, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on May 4, 2016)

  10.15.1Amendment to Sole-Source Cost Sharing Contract between Helius Medical, Inc. and the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (USAMRMC), dated November 7, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2016)
  10.16*Amended and Restated June 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 9, 2017)

II-4


Exhibit

Number

Exhibit

10.23†  10.16.1*

2014 Stock Incentive Plan Form of Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.23.1 to the Transition Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 3, 2017)
  10.17*2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Transition Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 3, 2017)
  10.17.1*Amendment Number 1 to the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.25.1 to the Transition Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 3, 2017)
  10.17.2*Amendment Number 2 to the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  4.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 18, 2017)
  10.17.3*2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of U.S. Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 18, 2017)
  10.17.4*2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Canada Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on May 18, 2017)
  10.18Commercial lease agreement dated March  29, 2017 between Helius Medical, Inc. and 660 Tudor Square, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Transition Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 3, 2017)
  10.19†Employment agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Jennifer Laux, dated July  9, 2018, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2018)
  10.20*2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2018)
  10.20.1*2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2018)
  10.20.2*2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2018)
  10.20.3*2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan Form of Option Grant Agreement—2020 Retention Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 7, 2020)
  10.21Warrant Indenture dated April  18, 2016 by and between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Computershare Investor Services Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No.  1 to the Form 8-K filed April 18, 2016 and amended on April 20, 2016)
  10.22Form of Warrant Indenture dated April  13, 2018 by and between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed April 12, 2018)
  10.23Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed March 18, 2020)
  10.24+Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated October 21, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2020)
  10.25*Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, effective as of June  10, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed on November 12, 2020)
  10.26Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-18-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2014)

March  18, 2020)
  10.27

10.24

Consulting Agreement between Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. and Montel Media, Inc., dated April 13, 2016 (incorporated by referenceForm of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued pursuant to the Form S-1 filed with the SEC on May 4, 2016)

16.1

Letter from Davidson & Company LLP,Securities Purchase Agreement, dated April 15, 2015October  21, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.14.1 to the Form 10-12G8-K filed with the SEC on April 15, 2015)

October 26, 2020)
  21.1  
21.1*Subsidiaries of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.: (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Form 10-K filed March 12, 2020)

II-5


Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit

1. NeuroHabilitation Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.
  23.1  
2. Helius Medical Technologies (Canada), Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.
23.1*Consent of BDO CanadaUSA, LLP
23.2*  23.2Consent of Holland & HartHonigman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)5.1 hereto)
  24.1**  
23.3*ConsentPower of Blakes, Cassel & Graydon LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)Attorney
24.1Power of Attorney (included on signature page) (incorporated by reference to the Form S-1 field with the SEC on May 4, 2016)
101.INS  
101.INS*XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

II-8


Table of Contents


Exhibit NumberExhibit
101.CAL  
101.CAL*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

**

Previously filed.

* Filed herewith.

†Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

Confidential information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to this omitted information.

(b)#

Financial statementSchedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish any omitted schedules or exhibits upon the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission. A list of the omitted schedules and exhibits to this agreement is as follows: Exhibit A: Schedule of Purchasers; Exhibit B: Form of Warrant; Exhibit C: Accredited Investor Qualification Questionnaire; Exhibit D: Bad Actor Questionnaire; and Exhibit E: Selling Stockholder Questionnaire.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules not listed above

All schedules have been omitted because the informationeither they are not required, to be set forth therein isare not applicable or the information is shownotherwise set forth in the financial statements orand related notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

Item 17.

Undertakings.

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

II-6


(b)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(d)    That, for the purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e)    That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:


 (i)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;


(2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post- effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-9


Table of Contents


(4)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: (i) anyAny preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any

Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the

The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any

Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(2)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrantRegistrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-10

II-7


Table of Contents

SignaturesSIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the cityCity of Newtown,Newton, State of Pennsylvania, on June 28, 2016.January 19, 2021.

HELIUS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Helius Medical Technologies, Inc.
By:/s/ Philippe Deschamps
 Philippe Deschamps

        /s/ Dane C. Andreeff

Dane C. Andreeff
Interim President, and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 Title

Date

/s/ Dane Andreeff

Dane Andreeff

 Date
/s/ Philippe DeschampsInterim President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director June 28, 2016

January 19, 2021

Philippe Deschampsand a director (Principal Executive
Officer)

/s/ Joyce LaViscount

Joyce LaViscount

 Chief Financial Officer and ChiefJune 28, 2016
Joyce LaViscountOperating Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer) 

January 19, 2021

*

Edward M. Straw

 Director June 28, 2016

January 19, 2021

Savio Chiu

*

Jeffrey Mathiesen

 Director June 28, 2016

January 19, 2021

Blane Walter

*

Mitchell E. Tyler

 Director June 28, 2016

January 19, 2021

Mitch Tyler

*

Blane Walter

 Director June 28, 2016

January 19, 2021

Edward M. Straw

*By: /s/ Dane Andreeff

  
Attorney-in-fact 
 
*DirectorJune 28, 2016
Huaizheng Peng
*By:/s/ Joyce LaViscount    

June 28, 2016

        Attorney-in-Fact



II-8